- Supplement No. 1 to Part 774—The Commerce Control List
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 0A501.y | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry except 0A501.y | RS Column 1 | FC applies to entire entry except 0A501.y | FC Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1 of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Non-automatic and semi-automatic firearms equal to .50 caliber (12.7 mm) or less.
Note 1 to paragraph 0A501.a:'Combination pistols' are controlled under ECCN 0A501.a. A 'combination pistol' (a.k.a., a combination gun) has at least one rifled barrel and at least one smoothbore barrel (generally a shotgun style barrel).
Technical Note to 0A501.a:Firearms described in 0A501.a includes those chambered for the .50 BMG cartridge.
b. Non-automatic and non-semi-automatic rifles, carbines, revolvers or pistols with a caliber greater than .50 inches (12.7 mm) but less than or equal to .72 inches (18.0 mm).
c. The following types of “parts” and “components” if “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by paragraph .a or .b of this entry, or USML Category I (unless listed in USML Category I(g) or (h)): Barrels, cylinders, barrel extensions, mounting blocks (trunnions), bolts, bolt carriers, operating rods, gas pistons, trigger housings, triggers, hammers/striker, sears, disconnectors, pistol grips that contain fire control “parts” or “components” (e.g., triggers, hammers/striker, sears, disconnectors) and buttstocks that contain fire control “parts” or “components.”
Technical Note to 0A501.c:Barrel blanks that have reached a stage in manufacturing in which they are either chambered or rifled are controlled by 0A501.c.
d. Detachable magazines with a capacity of 17 to 50 rounds “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by paragraph .a or .b of this entry.
Note 2 to paragraph 0A501.d:Magazines with a capacity of 16 rounds or less are controlled under 0A501.x; for magazines with a capacity greater than 50 rounds, see USML Category I.
e. Receivers (frames) and “complete breech mechanisms,” including castings, forgings, stampings, or machined items thereof, “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by paragraph .a or .b of this entry.
Note 3 to 0A501.e:Frames (receivers) under 0A501.e refers to any “part” or “component” of the firearm that has or is customarily marked with a serial number when required by law. This paragraph 0A501.e is synonymous with a “part” or “component” that is regulated by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (see 27 Cspan parts 447, 478, and 479,) as a firearm.
f. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts” and “components” that are “specially designed” for a commodity classified under paragraphs .a through .c of this entry or the USML and not elsewhere specified on the USML or CCL.
y. Specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in this ECCN or common to a defense article in USML Category I and not elsewhere specified in the USML or CCL as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor.
y.1. Stocks (including adjustable, collapsible, blades and braces), grips, handguards, or forends, that do not contain any fire control “parts” or “components” (e.g., triggers, hammers/striker, sears, disconnectors);
y.2 to y.5. [Reserved]
y.6. Bayonets; and
y.7. Firearms manufactured from 1890 to 1898 and reproductions thereof.
Technical Note 1 to 0A501:The controls on “parts” and “components” in ECCN 0A501 include those “parts” and “components” that are common to firearms described in ECCN 0A501 and to those firearms “subject to the ITAR.”
Technical Note 2 to 0A501:A receiver with any other controlled “part” or “component” (e.g., a barrel (0A501.c), or trigger guard (0A501.x), or stock (0A501.y.1)) is still controlled under 0A501.e.
Note 4 to 0A501:Antique firearms (i.e., those manufactured before 1890) and reproductions thereof, muzzle loading and black powder firearms except those designs based on centerfire weapons of a post 1937 design, Bspan guns, pellet rifles, paint ball, and all other air rifles are EAR99 commodities.
Note 5 to 0A501:Muzzle loading and black powder firearms with a caliber less than 20 mm that were manufactured post 1937 that are used for hunting or sporting purposes that were not “specially designed” for military use and are not “subject to the ITAR” nor controlled as shotguns under ECCN 0A502 are EAR99 commodities.
Note 6 to 0A501:Scope mounts or accessory rails, iron sights, sling swivels, and butt plates or recoil pads are designated as EAR99. These commodities have been determined to no longer warrant being “specially designed” for purposes of ECCN 0A501.
Note 7 to 0A501:A kit, including a replacement or repair kit, of firearms “parts” or “components” customarily sold and exported together takes on the classification of the most restrictive “part” or “component” that is included in the kit. For example, a kit containing 0A501.y and .x “parts,” is controlled as a 0A501.x kit because the .x “part” is the most restrictive “part” included in the kit. A complete firearm disassembled in a kit form is controlled as a firearm under 0A501.a, .b, or .y.7.
0A502 Shotguns; shotguns “parts” and “components,” consisting of complete trigger mechanisms; magazines and magazine extension tubes; “complete breech mechanisms;” except equipment used to slaughter domestic animals or used exclusively to treat or tranquilize animals, and except arms designed solely for signal, flare, or saluting use.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to shotguns with a barrel length less than 18 inches (45.72 cm) | NS Column 1 | RS applies to shotguns with a barrel length less than 18 inches (45.72 cm) | RS Column 1 | FC applies to entire entry | FC Column 1 | CC applies to shotguns with a barrel length less than 24 in. (60.96 cm) and shotgun “components” controlled by this entry regardless of end user | CC Column 1 | CC applies to shotguns with a barrel length greater than or equal to 24 in. (60.96 cm), regardless of end user | CC Column 2 | CC applies to shotguns with a barrel length greater than or equal to 24 in. (60.96 cm) if for sale or resale to police or law enforcement | CC Column 3 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to shotguns with a barrel length less than 18 inches (45.72 cm) | AT Column 1 |
|---|
Shotguns made in or before 1898 are considered antique shotguns and designated as EAR99.
Technical Note:Shot pistols or shotguns that have had the shoulder stock removed and a pistol grip attached are controlled by ECCN 0A502. Slug guns are also controlled under ECCN 0A502.
0A503 Discharge type arms; non-lethal or less-lethal grenades and projectiles, and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” of those projectiles; and devices to administer electric shock, for example, stun guns, shock batons, shock shields, electric cattle prods, immobilization guns and projectiles; except equipment used to slaughter domestic animals or used exclusively to treat or tranquilize animals, and except arms designed solely for signal, flare, or saluting use; and “specially designed” “parts” and “components,” n.e.s.| Control(s) | Country Chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | A license is required for ALL destinations, except Canada, regardless of end use. Accordingly, a column specific to this control does not appear on the Commerce Country Chart. (See part 742 of the EAR for additional information) | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) of the EAR for UN controls |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to paragraph .i | RS Column 1 | FC applies to paragraphs .a, .b, .c, .d, .e, .g, and .i of this entry | FC Column 1 | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) of the EAR for UN controls |
|---|
a. Telescopic sights.
b. Holographic sights.
c. Reflex or “red dot” sights.
d. Reticle sights.
e. Other sighting devices that contain optical elements.
f. Laser aiming devices or laser illuminators “specially designed” for use on firearms, and having an operational wavelength exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 710 nm.
Note 1 to 0A504.f:0A504.f does not control laser boresighting devices that must be placed in the bore or chamber to provide a reference for aligning the firearms sights.
g. Lenses, other optical elements and adjustment mechanisms for articles in paragraphs .a, .b, .c, .d, .e, or .i.
h. [Reserved]
i. Riflescopes that were not “subject to the EAR” as of March 8, 2020 and are “specially designed” for use in firearms that are “subject to the ITAR.”
Note 2 to paragraph i:For purpose of the application of “specially designed” for the riflescopes controlled under 0A504.i, paragraph (a)(1) of the definition of “specially designed” in § 772.1 of the EAR is what is used to determine whether the riflescope is “specially designed.”
0A505 Ammunition as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to 0A505.a and .x | NS Column 1 | RS applies to 0A505.a and .x | RS Column 1 | CC applies to 0A505.b | CC Column 1 | FC applies to entire entry except 0A505.d | FC Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1 of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to 0A505.a, .d, and .x | AT Column 1 | AT applies to 0A505.c | A license is required for items controlled by paragraph .c of this entry to North Korea for anti-terrorism reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine AT licensing requirements for this entry. See § 742.19 of the EAR for additional information. |
|---|
a. Ammunition for firearms controlled by ECCN 0A501 or USML Category I and not enumerated in paragraph .b, .c, or .d of this entry or in USML Category III.
b. Buckshot (No. 4 .24” diameter and larger, any material) shotgun shells and shotgun shells that contain only, or are for the dispersion of chemical irritants.
c. Shotgun shells (including less than lethal rounds) that do not contain buckshot; and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” of shotgun shells.
d. Blank ammunition for firearms controlled by ECCNs 0A501 or 0A502 and not enumerated in USML Category III.
Technical Note to 0A505.d:Includes 'marking rounds' that have paint/dye as the projectile.
e. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts” and “components” that are “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in this ECCN or a defense article in USML Category III and not elsewhere specified on the USML or the CCL.
Note 1 to 0A505.x:The controls on “parts” and “components” in this entry include Berdan and boxer primers, metallic cartridge cases, and standard metallic projectiles such as full metal jacket, lead core, copper projectiles, and frangible projectiles.
Note 2 to 0A505.x:The controls on “parts” and “components” in this entry include those “parts” and “components” that are common to ammunition and ordnance described in this entry and to those enumerated in USML Category III.
Note 3 to 0A505:Metal shot smaller than No. 4 Buckshot, empty and unprimed shotgun shells, shotgun wads, smokeless gunpowder, 'dummy rounds' and 'drill rounds' (unless linked or belted), not incorporating a lethal or non-lethal projectile(s) are designated EAR99. A 'dummy round' or 'drill round' is a round that is completely inert, (i.e., contains no primer, propellant, or explosive charge). It is typically used to check weapon function and for crew training.
Note 4 to 0A505:Shotgun shells that contain two or more balls/shot larger than .24-inch are controlled under 0A505.b.
0A521 Any commodity subject to the EAR that is not listed elsewhere in the CCL, but which is controlled for export because it provides at least a significant military or intelligence advantage to the United States or for foreign policy reasons.0A521 commodities are subject to RS1 controls with no license exception eligibility other than License Exception GOV for U.S. Government personnel and agencies under § 740.11(b)(2)(ii) of the EAR, or an item-specific license exception identified in Supplement No. 5 to part 774 particular to an item covered under ECCN 0A521. The list of commodities determined to be classified under ECCN 0A521 controls is published in Supplement No. 5 to part 774. The license requirements and licensing policy relating to ECCN 0A521 are set forth in § 742.6(a)(8) of the EAR.
0A602 Guns and Armament as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1 of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Guns and armament manufactured between 1890 and 1919.
b. Military flame throwers with an effective range less than 20 meters.
c. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts” and “components” that are “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in paragraphs .a or .b of this ECCN or a defense article in USML Category II and not elsewhere specified on the USML or the CCL.
Note 1 to 0A602.x:Engines that are “specially designed” for a self-propelled gun or howitzer subject to control under paragraph .a of this ECCN or a defense article in USML Category VII are controlled under ECCN 0A606.x.
Note 2 to 0A602:“Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” specified in USML subcategory II(j) are subject to the controls of that paragraph.
Note 3 to 0A602:Black powder guns and armament manufactured in or prior to 1890 and replicas thereof designed for use with black powder propellants are designated EAR99.
0A604 Commodities related to military explosive devices and charges (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. Military explosive excavating devices.
Note to 0A604.a and .b:This entry does not control the detonators and other items described in ECCN 1A007 or ECCN 3A232.
c. Smoke hand grenades and stun hand grenades (e.g., “flashbangs”) not controlled by ECCN 1A984.
d. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in paragraphs .a through .c of this ECCN, or for a defense article controlled under USML Category IV, and not specified elsewhere on the USML.
Note to 0A604.x:“Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” specified in USML Category IV(h) are subject to the controls of that paragraph
0A606 Ground vehicles and related commodities, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 0A606.b and .y | NS Column 1 | NS applies to 0A606.b | NS Column 2 | RS applies to entire entry, except 0A606.b and .y | RS Column 1 | RS applies to 0A606.b | RS Column 2 | RS applies to 0A606.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry, except 0A606.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
a. Ground vehicles, whether manned or unmanned, “specially designed” for a military use and not enumerated or otherwise described in USML Category VII.
Note 1 to paragraph a:For purposes of paragraph a, “ground vehicles” include (i) tanks and armored vehicles manufactured prior to 1956 that have not been modified since 1955 and that do not contain a functional weapon or a weapon capable of becoming functional through repair; (ii) military railway trains except those that are armed or are “specially designed” to launch missiles; (iii) unarmored military recovery and other support vehicles; (iv) unarmored, unarmed vehicles with mounts or hard points for firearms of .50 caliber or less; and (v) trailers “specially designed” for use with other ground vehicles enumerated in USML Category VII or ECCN 0A606.a, and not separately enumerated or otherwise described in USML Category VII. For purposes of this note, the term “modified” does not include incorporation of safety features required by law, cosmetic changes (e.g., different paint or repositioning of bolt holes) or addition of “parts” or “components” available prior to 1956.
Note 2 to paragraph a:A ground vehicle's being “specially designed” for military use for purposes of determining controls under paragraph .a. entails a structural, electrical or mechanical feature involving one or more “components” that are “specially designed” for military use. Such “components” include:
a. Pneumatic tire casings of a kind “specially designed” to be bullet-proof;
b. Armored protection of vital “parts” (e.g., fuel tanks or vehicle cabs);
c. Special reinforcements or mountings for weapons;
d. Black-out lighting.
b. Other ground vehicles, “parts” and “components,” as follows:
b.1. Unarmed vehicles that are derived from civilian vehicles and that have all of the following:
b.1.a. Manufactured or fitted with materials or “components” other than reactive or electromagnetic armor to provide ballistic protection equal to or better than level III (National Institute of Justice standard 0108.01, September 1985) or “equivalent standards”;
b.1.b. A transmission to provide drive to both front and rear wheels simultaneously, including those for vehicles having additional wheels for load bearing purposes whether driven or not;
b.1.c. Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) greater than 4,500 kg; and
b.1.d. Designed or modified for off-road use.
b.2. “Parts” and “components” having all of the following:
b.2.a. “Specially designed” for vehicles specified in paragraph .b.1 of this entry; and
b.2.b. Providing ballistic protection equal to or better than level III (National Institute of Justice standard 0108.01, September 1985) or “equivalent standards”.
Note 1 to paragraph b:Ground vehicles otherwise controlled by 0A606.b.1 that contain reactive or electromagnetic armor are subject to the controls of USML Category VII.
Note 2 to paragraph b:ECCN 0A606.b.1 does not control civilian vehicles “specially designed” for transporting money or valuables.
Note 3 to paragraph b:“Unarmed” means not having installed weapons, installed mountings for weapons, or special reinforcements for mounts for weapons.
c. Air-cooled diesel engines and engine blocks for armored vehicles that weigh more than 40 tons.
d. Fully automatic continuously variable transmissions for tracked combat vehicles.
e. Deep water fording kits “specially designed” for ground vehicles controlled by ECCN 0A606.a or USML Category VII.
f. Self-launching bridge “components” not enumerated in USML Category VII(g) “specially designed” for deployment by ground vehicles enumerated in USML Category VII or this ECCN.
g. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 0A606 (other than 0A606.b or 0A606.y) or a defense article enumerated in USML Category VII and not elsewhere specified on the USML or in 0A606.y.
Note 1:Forgings, castings, and other unfinished products, such as extrusions and machined bodies, that have reached a stage in manufacture where they are clearly identifiable by mechanical properties, material composition, geometry, or function as commodities controlled by ECCN 0A606.x are controlled by ECCN 0A606.x.
Note 2:“Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” enumerated in USML paragraph VII(g) are subject to the controls of that paragraph. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” described in ECCN 0A606.y are subject to the controls of that paragraph.
y. Specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity enumerated or otherwise described in this ECCN (other than ECCN 0A606.b) or for a defense article in USML Category VII and not elsewhere specified on the USML or the CCL, as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor:
y.1. Brake discs, rotors, drums, calipers, cylinders, pads, shoes, lines, hoses, vacuum boosters, and parts therefor;
y.2. Alternators and generators;
y.3. Axles;
y.4. Batteries;
y.5. Bearings (e.g., ball, roller, wheel);
y.6. Cables, cable assembles, and connectors;
y.7. Cooling system hoses;
y.8. Hydraulic, fuel, oil, and air filters, not controlled by ECCN 1A004;
y.9. Gaskets and o-rings;
y.10. Hydraulic system hoses, fittings, couplings, adapters, and valves;
y.11. Latches and hinges;
y.12. Lighting systems, fuses, and “components;”
y.13. Pneumatic hoses, fittings, adapters, couplings, and valves;
y.14. Seats, seat assemblies, seat supports, and harnesses;
y.15 Tires, except run flat; and
y.16 Windows, except those for armored vehicles.
0A614 Military training “equipment,” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
This entry includes operational flight trainers, radar target trainers, flight simulators for aircraft classified under ECCN 9A610.a, human-rated centrifuges, radar trainers for radars classified under ECCN 3A611, instrument flight trainers for military aircraft, navigation trainers for military items, target equipment, armament trainers, military pilotless aircraft trainers, mobile training units and training “equipment” for ground military operations.
Note 2 to 0A614:This entry does not apply to “equipment” “specially designed” for training in the use of hunting or sporting weapons.
b. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories” “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by this entry or an article enumerated or otherwise described in USML Category IX, and not specified elsewhere on the USML.
0A617 Miscellaneous “Equipment,” Materials, and Related Commodities (See List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to
part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 0A617.y | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry, except 0A617.y | RS Column 1 | RS applies to 0A617.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire
entry, except 0A617.y. | See § 764.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
a. [Reserved]
b. Concealment and deception equipment “specially designed” for military application, including special paints, decoys, smoke or obscuration equipment and simulators, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor, not controlled by USML Category XIII.
c. Ferries, bridges not described in ECCN 0A606 or USML Category VII, and pontoons, “specially designed” for military use.
d. Test models “specially designed” for the “development” of defense articles controlled by USML Categories IV, VI, VII and VIII.
e. [Reserved]
f. “Metal embrittlement agents.”
g. through x. [Reserved]
y. Other commodities as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefore:
y.1. Construction equipment “specially designed” for military use, including such equipment “specially designed” for transport in aircraft controlled by USML VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a.
y.2. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for commodities in paragraph .y.1 of this entry, including crew protection kits used as protective cabs.
y.3. ISO intermodal containers or demountable vehicle bodies (i.e., swap bodies), n.e.s., “specially designed” or 'modified' for shipping or packing defense articles or items controlled by a “600 series” ECCN.
Technical Note:For the purpose of 0A617.y.3, 'modified' means any structural, electrical, mechanical, or other change that provides a non-military item with military capabilities equivalent to an item which is “specially designed” for military use.
y.4. Field generators “specially designed” for military use.
y.5. Power controlled searchlights and control units therefor, “specially designed” for military use, and “equipment” mounting such units.
0A919 “Military commodities” located and produced outside the United States as follows (see list of items controlled)| Control(s) | Country Chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1, See § 742.6(a)(3) for license requirements. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
Related Controls: (1) “Military commodities” are subject to the export licensing jurisdiction of the Department of State if they incorporate items that are subject to the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) (22 Cspan parts 120-130). (2) “Military commodities” described in this paragraph are subject to the export licensing jurisdiction of the Department of State if such commodities are described on the U.S. Munitions List (22 Cspan part 121) and are in the United States. (3) The furnishing of assistance (including training) to foreign persons, whether in the United States or abroad, in the design, development, engineering, manufacture, production, assembly, testing, repair, maintenance, modification, operation, demilitarization, destruction, processing, or use of defense articles that are subject to the ITAR; or the furnishing to foreign persons of any technical data controlled under 22 Cspan 121.1 whether in the United States or abroad are under the licensing jurisdiction of the Department of State. (4) Brokering activities (as defined in 22 Cspan 129) of “military commodities” that are subject to the ITAR are under the licensing jurisdiction of the Department of State.
Related Definitions: “Military commodity” or “military commodities” means an article, material or supply that is described on the U.S. Munitions List (22 Cspan part 121) or on the Munitions List that is published by the Wassenaar Arrangement on Export Controls for Conventional Arms and Dual-Use Goods and Technologies (i.e., the Wassenaar Arrangement Munitions List (WAML)), but does not include software, technology, any item listed in any ECCN for which the last three numerals are 018, or any item in the “600 series.”
Items:a. “Military commodities” produced and located outside the United States that are not subject to the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (22 Cspan parts 120-130) and having any of the following characteristics:
a.1. Incorporate more than a de minimis amount of U.S.-origin controlled content classified under ECCNs 6A002, 6A003, or 6A993.a (having a maximum frame rate equal to or less than 9 Hz and thus meeting the criterion of Note 3.a to 6A003.b.4);
a.2. Incorporate more than a de minimis amount of U.S.-origin “600 series” controlled content (see § 734.4 of the EAR); or
a.3. Are direct products of U.S.-origin “600 series” technology or software (see § 734.9(d) of the EAR).
b. [Reserved]
0A977 Water cannon systems for riot or crowd control, and “parts” and “components” “specially designed” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1. |
|---|
0A977 water cannon systems include, for example: vehicles or fixed stations equipped with remotely operated water cannon that are designed to protect the operator from an outside riot with features such as armor, shatter resistant windows, metal screens, bull-bars, or run-flat tires. Components “specially designed” for water cannons may include, for example: deck gun water nozzles, pumps, reservoirs, cameras, and lights that are hardened or shielded against projectiles, elevating masts for those items, and teleoperation systems for those items.
0A978 Law enforcement striking weapons, including saps, police batons, side handle batons, tonfas, sjamboks, and whips.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 |
|---|
b. Electric chairs for the purpose of executing human beings.
c. Air tight vaults designed for the execution of human beings by the administration of a lethal gas or substance.
d. Automatic drug injection systems designed for the execution of human beings by administration of a lethal substance.
0A982 Law enforcement restraint devices, including leg irons, shackles, and handcuffs; straight jackets; stun cuffs; shock belts; shock sleeves; multipoint restraint devices such as restraint chairs; and “specially designed” “parts,” “components” and “accessories,” n.e.s.This ECCN applies to restraint devices used in law enforcement activities. It does not apply to medical devices that are equipped to restrain patient movement during medical procedures. It does not apply to devices that confine memory impaired patients to appropriate medical facilities. It does not apply to safety equipment such as safety belts or child automobile safety seats.
0A983 “Specially designed” implements of torture, including thumbscrews, thumbcuffs, fingercuffs, spiked batons, and “specially designed” “parts,” “components” and “accessories,” n.e.s.In this ECCN, “torture” has the meaning set forth in Section 2340(1) of Title 18, United States Code.
0A998 Oil and gas exploration equipment, software, and data, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s): | Country chart | Russian industry sector sanction applies to entire entry | See § 746.5 for specific license requirements and license review policy. |
|---|
b. Hydraulic fracturing items, as follows:
b.1. Hydraulic fracturing design and analysis software and data.
b.2. Hydraulic fracturing 'proppant,' 'fracking fluid,' and chemical additives therefor.
Technical Note:A 'proppant' is a solid material, typically treated sand or man-made ceramic materials, designed to keep an induced hydraulic fracture open, during or following a fracturing treatment. It is added to a 'fracking fluid' which may vary in composition depending on the type of fracturing used, and can be gel, foam or slickwater-based.
b.3. High pressure pumps.
0A999 Specific Processing Equipment, as Follows (See List of Items Controlled).b. Reserved.
span. “Test”, “Inspection” and “Production Equipment” 0B501 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” and related commodities for the “development” or “production” of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 0A501 or USML Category I as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except equipment for ECCN 0A501.y | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry except equipment for ECCN 0A501.y | RS Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1 of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Small arms chambering machines.
b. Small arms deep hole drilling machines and drills therefor.
c. Small arms rifling machines.
d. Small arms boring/reaming machines.
e. Production equipment (including dies, fixtures, and other tooling) “specially designed” for the “production” of the items controlled in 0A501.a through .x. or USML Category I.
0B505 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” and related commodities “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 0A505 or USML Category III, except equipment for the hand loading of cartridges and shotgun shells, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to paragraphs .a and .x | NS Column 1 | RS applies to paragraphs .a and .x | RS Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1 of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to paragraphs .a, .d, and .x | AT Column 1 | AT applies to paragraph .c | A license is required for export or reexport of these items to North Korea for anti-terrorism reasons |
|---|
a. Production equipment (including tooling, templates, jigs, mandrels, molds, dies, fixtures, alignment mechanisms, and test equipment), not enumerated in USML Category III that are “specially designed” for the “production” of commodities controlled by ECCN 0A505.a or .x or USML Category III.
b. Equipment “specially designed” for the “production” of commodities in ECCN 0A505.b.
c. Equipment “specially designed” for the “production” of commodities in ECCN 0A505.c.
d. Equipment “specially designed” for the “production” of commodities in ECCN 0A505.d.
e. through .w [Reserved]
x. “Parts” and “components” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in paragraph .a of this entry.
0B521 Any commodity subject to the EAR that is not listed elsewhere in the CCL, but which is controlled for export because it provides at least a significant military or intelligence advantage to the United States or for foreign policy reasons.0B521 commodities are subject to RS1 controls with no license exception eligibility other than License Exception GOV for U.S. Government personnel and agencies under § 740.11(b)(2)(ii) of the EAR, or an item-specific license exception identified in Supplement No. 5 to part 774 particular to an item covered under ECCN 0B521. The list of commodities determined to be classified under ECCN 0B521 controls is published in Supplement No. 5 to part 774. The license requirements and licensing policy relating to ECCN 0B521 are set forth in § 742.6(a)(8) of the EAR.
0B602 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” and related commodities “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 0A602 or USML Category II as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1 of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. The following commodities if “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of commodities enumerated in ECCN 0A602.a or USML Category II:
a.1. Gun barrel rifling and broaching machines and tools therefor;
a.2. Gun barrel rifling machines;
a.3. Gun barrel trepanning machines;
a.4. Gun boring and turning machines;
a.5. Gun honing machines of 6 feet (183 cm) stroke or more;
a.6. Gun jump screw lathes;
a.7. Gun rifling machines; and
a.8. Barrel straightening presses.
b. Jigs and fixtures and other metal-working implements or accessories of the kinds exclusively designed for use in the manufacture of items in ECCN 0A602 or USML Category II.
c. Other tooling and equipment, “specially designed” for the “production” of items in ECCN 0A602 or USML Category II.
d. Test and evaluation equipment and test models, including diagnostic instrumentation and physical test models, “specially designed” for items in ECCN 0A602 or USML Category II.
0B604 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” and related commodities “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities in ECCN 0A604 or related defense articles in USML Category IV (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in paragraph .a of this ECCN.
0B606 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” and related commodities, not enumerated on the USML, “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 0A606 or USML Category VII (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
ECCN 0B606 includes (i) armor plate drilling machines, other than radial drilling machines, (ii) armor plate planing machines, (iii) armor plate quenching presses; and (iv) tank turret bearing grinding machines.
b. Environmental test facilities “specially designed” for the certification, qualification, or testing of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 0A606 (except for 0A606.b or 0A606.y) or in USML Category VII, and “equipment” “specially designed” therefor.
0B614 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” for military training “equipment” and “specially designed” “parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. through .w [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by ECCN 0B614.
0B617 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” and related commodities “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 0A617 or USML Category XIII, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
Note:Field engineer equipment “specially designed” for use in a combat zone, identified in the Wassenaar Arrangement Munitions List 17.d, and mobile repair shops “specially designed” or modified to service military equipment, identified in Wassenaar Arrangement Munitions List 17.j, are controlled by 0B617 to the extent that the items are not included in USML Category XIII(k).
0B999 Specific Processing Equipment, as Follows (See List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry. | A license is required for items controlled by this entry to North Korea for anti-terrorism reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine AT license requirements for this entry. See § 742.19 of the EAR for additional information. | RS applies to entire entry. | A license is required for items controlled by this entry for export or reexport to Iraq or transfer within Iraq for regional stability reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine RS license requirements for this entry. See §§ 742.6 and 746.3 of the EAR for additional information. |
|---|
b. Glove boxes suitable for use with radioactive materials.
C. “Materials” 0C521 Any material subject to the EAR that is not listed elsewhere in the CCL, but which is controlled for export because it provides at least a significant military or intelligence advantage to the United States or for foreign policy reasons.0C521 materials are subject to RS1 controls with no license exception eligibility other than License Exception GOV for U.S. Government personnel and agencies under § 740.11(b)(2)(ii) of the EAR, or an item-specific license exception identified in Supplement No. 5 to part 774 particular to an item covered under ECCN 0C521. The list of materials determined to be classified under ECCN 0C521 controls is published in Supplement No. 5 to part 774. The license requirements and licensing policy relating to ECCN 0C521 are set forth in § 742.6(a)(8) of the EAR.
0C606 Materials “specially designed” for commodities controlled by ECCN 0A606 not elsewhere specified in the USML (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
Materials “specially designed” for both ground vehicles enumerated or otherwise described in USML Category VII and ground vehicles enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 0A606 are subject to the controls of this ECCN unless identified in USML Category VII(g) as being subject to the controls of that paragraph.
0C617 Miscellaneous Materials “Specially Designed” for Military Use (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
D. “Software” 0D001 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “development,” “production,” or “use” of commodities described in 0A002. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) Heading Note:Certain “software” for the “development,” “production,” or “use” of nuclear related commodities is subject to the export licensing authority of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (see 10 Cspan part 110).
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except “software” for commodities in ECCN 0A501.y or equipment in ECCN 0B501 for commodities in ECCN 0A501.y | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry except “software” for commodities in ECCN 0A501.y or equipment in ECCN 0B501 for commodities in ECCN 0A501.y | RS Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1 of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “software” for commodities in ECCN 0A505.a and .x and equipment in ECCN 0B505.a .and .x | NS Column 1 | RS applies to “software” for commodities in ECCN 0A505.a and .x and equipment in ECCN 0B505.a and .x | RS Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1 of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to “software” for commodities in ECCN 0A505.a, .d, or .x and equipment in ECCN 0B505.a, .d, or .x | AT Column 1 |
|---|
0D521 software is subject to RS1 controls with no license exception eligibility other than License Exception GOV for U.S. Government personnel and agencies under § 740.11(b)(2)(ii) of the EAR, or an item-specific license exception identified in Supplement No. 5 to part 774 particular to an item covered under ECCN 0D521. The list of software determined to be classified under ECCN 0D521 controls is published in Supplement No. 5 to part 774. The license requirements and licensing policy relating to ECCN 0D521 are set forth in § 742.6(a)(8) of the EAR.
0D602 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation or maintenance of commodities controlled by 0A602 or 0B602 as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1 of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
0D606 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of ground vehicles and related commodities controlled by 0A606, 0B606, or 0C606 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 0D606.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry, except 0D606.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 0D606.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 0D606.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCNs 0A606 (except for ECCNs 0A606.b or 0A606.y), 0B606, or 0C606.
b. through x. [Reserved]
y. “Specific software” “specially designed” for the “production,” “development,” operation, or maintenance of commodities described in ECCN 0A606.y.
0D614 “Software” related to military training “equipment,” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
0D617 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by 0A617, “equipment” controlled by 0B617, or materials controlled by 0C617 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 0D617.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry, except 0D617.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 0D617.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 0D617.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
STA: Paragraph (c)(2) of License Exception STA (§ 740.20(c)(2) of the EAR) may not be used for any “software” in 0D617.
a. “Software” (other than “software” controlled in paragraph .y of this entry) “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCNs 0A617 (except 0A617.y), 0B617, or 0C617.
b. to x. [Reserved].
y. Specific “software” “specially designed” for the “production,” “development,” operation or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCN 0A617.y.
0D977 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production” or “use” of commodities controlled by 0A977.| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | A license is required for items controlled by this entry to North Korea for anti-terrorism reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine AT license requirements for this entry. See § 742.19 of the EAR for additional information. | RS applies to entire entry. | A license is required for items controlled by this entry for export or reexport to Iraq or transfer within Iraq for regional stability reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine RS license requirements for this entry. See §§ 742.6 and 746.3 of the EAR for additional information. |
|---|
b. Software for radiation transport calculations/modeling;
c. Software for hydrodynamic calculations/modeling.
E. “Technology” 0E001 “Technology,” according to the Nuclear Technology Note, for the “development,” “production,” or “use” of items described in 0A002, or 0D001. Heading Note:“Technology” for certain items subject to the export licensing authority of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (see 10 Cspan part 110) is subject to the export licensing authority of the Department of Energy (see 10 Cspan part 810).
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1 of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of commodities controlled by ECCN 0A501 (other than 0A501.y) or 0B501.
b. “Technology” “required” for the operation, installation, maintenance, repair, or overhaul of commodities controlled by ECCN 0A501 (other than 0A501.y) or 0B501.
0E502 “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of commodities controlled by 0A502.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) of the EAR for UN controls |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “technology” for “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing commodities in 0A505.a and .x; for equipment for those commodities in 0B505; and for “software” for that equipment and those commodities in 0D505 | NS Column 1 | RS applies to “technology” for “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing commodities in 0A505.a and .x; for equipment for those commodities in 0B505 and for “software” for those commodities and that equipment in 0D505 | RS Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1 of the EAR for UN controls | CC applies to “technology” for the “development” or “production” of commodities in 0A505.b | CC Column 1 | AT applies to “technology” for “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing commodities in 0A505.a, .d, and .x | AT Column 1 |
|---|
0E521 technology is subject to RS1 controls with no license exception eligibility other than License Exception GOV for U.S. Government personnel and agencies under § 740.11(b)(2)(ii) of the EAR, or an item-specific license exception identified in Supplement No. 5 to part 774 particular to an item covered under ECCN 0E521. The list of technologies determined to be classified under ECCN 0E521 controls is published in Supplement No. 5 to part 774. The license requirements and licensing policy relating to ECCN 0E521 are set forth in § 742.6(a)(8) of the EAR.
0E602 “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by 0A602 or 0B602, or “software” controlled by 0D602 as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1 of the EAR for UN controls | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
0E606 “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbushing of ground vehicles and related commodities in 0A606, 0B606, 0C606, or software in 0D606 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 0E606.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry, except 0E606.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 0E606.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 0E606.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 0A606 (except for ECCNs 0A606.b or 0A606.y), 0B606, or 0C606.
b. through x. [Reserved]
y. Specific “technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul or refurbishing of commodities or software in ECCN 0A606.y or 0D606.y.
0E614 “Technology,” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
0E617 “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by ECCN 0A617, “equipment” controlled by 0B617, or materials controlled by 0C617, or “software” controlled by ECCN 0D617 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 0E617.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry, except 0E617.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 0E617.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 0E617.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Technology” (other than “technology” controlled by paragraph .y of this entry) “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities or “software” controlled by ECCN 0A617 (except 0A617.y), 0B617, 0C617, or 0D617 (except 0D617.y).
b. through x. [Reserved].
y. Specific “technology” “required” for the “production,” “development,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by ECCN 0A617.y or “software” controlled by 0D617.y.
0E977 “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of commodities controlled by 0A977.| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | CC applies to “technology” for items controlled by 0A982 or 0A503. A license is required for ALL destinations, except Canada, regardless of end use. Accordingly, a column specific to this control does not appear on the Commerce Country Chart. (See part 742 of the EAR for additional information.) |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
EAR99 Items subject to the EAR that are not elsewhere specified in this CCL Category or in any other category in the CCL are designated by the number EAR99. Category 1—Special Materials and Related Equipment, Chemicals, “Microorganisms,” and “Toxins” Note:The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) may control exports of items subject to the EAR and on the Commerce Control List. BIS provides cross references to these other agency controls for convenience only. Therefore, please consult relevant FDA and DEA regulations for guidance related to the item you wish to export and do not rely solely on the EAR for information about other agency export control requirements. See Supplement No. 3 to part 730 (Other U.S. Government Departments and Agencies with Export Control Responsibilities) for more information.
A. “End Items”, “Equipment”, “Accessories”, “Attachments”, “Parts”, “Components”and “Systems” 1A001 “Parts” and “components” made from fluorinated compounds, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
1A002 “Composite” structures or laminates, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | NP applies to 1A002.b.1 in the form of tubes with an inside diameter between 75 mm and 400 mm | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
a. Made from any of the following:
a.1. An organic “matrix” and “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1C010.c or 1C010.d; or
a.2. Prepregs or preforms specified by 1C010.e;
b. Made from a metal or carbon “matrix”, and any of the following:
b.1. Carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” having all of the following:
b.1.a. A “specific modulus” exceeding 10.15 x 10 6 m; and
b.1.b. A “specific tensile strength” exceeding 17.7 x 10 4 m; or
b.2. Materials controlled by 1C010.c.
Note 1:1A002 does not control “composite” structures or laminates made from epoxy resin impregnated carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials”, for the repair of “civil aircraft” structures or laminates, having all of the following:
a. An area not exceeding 1 m 2;
b. A length not exceeding 2.5 m; and
c. A width exceeding 15 mm.
Note 2:1A002 does not control semi-finished items, “specially designed” for civilian applications as follows:
a. Sporting goods;
b. Automotive industry;
c. Machine tool industry;
d. Medical applications.
Note 3:1A002.b.1 does not apply to semi-finished items containing a maximum of two dimensions of interwoven filaments and “specially designed” for applications as follows:
a. Metal heat-treatment furnaces for tempering metals;
b. Silicon boule production equipment.
Note 4:1A002 does not apply to finished items “specially designed” for a specific application.
Note 5:1A002.b.1 does not apply to mechanically chopped, milled, or cut carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” 25.0 mm or less in length.
1A003 Manufactures of non-“fusible” aromatic polyimides in film, sheet, tape or ribbon form having any of the following (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Coated or laminated with carbon, graphite, metals or magnetic substances.
1A004 Protective and detection equipment and “components”, not “specially designed” for military use, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | Cspan applies to chemical detection systems and dedicated detectors therefor, in 1A004.c, that also have the technical characteristic | Cspan Column 2 | RS apply to 1A004.d | RS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Full face masks, filter canisters and decontamination equipment therefor, designed or modified for defense against any of the following, and “specially designed” “components” therefor:
Note:1A004.a includes Powered Air Purifying Respirators (PAPR) that are designed or modified for defense against agents or materials, listed in 1A004.a.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 1A004.a:
1. Full face masks are also known as gas masks.
2. Filter canisters include filter cartridges.
a.1. 'Biological agents';
a.2. 'Radioactive materials';
a.3. Chemical warfare (CW) agents; or
a.4. 'Riot control agents', as follows:
a.4.a. α-Bromobenzeneacetonitrile, (Bromobenzyl cyanide) (CA) (CAS 5798-79-8);
a.4.b. [(2-chlorophenyl) methylene] propanedinitrile, (o-Chlorobenzylidenemalononitrile) (CS) (CAS 2698-41-1);
a.4.c. 2-Chloro-1-phenylethanone, Phenylacyl chloride (ω-chloroacetophenone) (CN) (CAS 532-27-4);
a.4.d. Dibenz-(b,f)-1,4-oxazephine, (CR) (CAS 257-07-8);
a.4.e. 10-Chloro-5, 10-dihydrophenarsazine, (Phenarsazine chloride), (Adamsite), (DM) (CAS 578-94-9);
a.4.f. N-Nonanoylmorpholine, (MPA) (CAS 5299-64-9);
b. Protective suits, gloves and shoes, “specially designed” or modified for defense against any of the following:
b.1. 'Biological agents';
b.2. 'Radioactive materials'; or
b.3. Chemical warfare (CW) agents;
c. Detection systems, “specially designed” or modified for detection or identification of any of the following, and “specially designed” “components” therefor:
c.1. 'Biological agents';
c.2. 'Radioactive materials'; or
c.3. Chemical warfare (CW) agents;
d. Electronic equipment designed for automatically detecting or identifying the presence of “explosives” (as listed in the annex at the end of Category 1) residues and utilizing 'trace detection' techniques (e.g., surface acoustic wave, ion mobility spectrometry, differential mobility spectrometry, mass spectrometry).
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1A004.d, 'trace detection' is defined as the capability to detect less than 1 ppm vapor, or 1 mg solid or liquid.
Note 1:1A004.d does not apply to equipment “specially designed” for laboratory use.
Note 2: 1A004.d does not apply to non-contact walk-through security portals.
Note: 1A004 does not control:a. Personal radiation monitoring dosimeters;
b. Occupational health or safety equipment limited by design or function to protect against hazards specific to residential safety or civil industries, including:
1. Mining;
2. Quarrying;
3. Agriculture;
4. Pharmaceutical;
5. Medical;
6. Veterinary;
7. Environmental;
8. Waste management;
9. Food industry.
Technical Notes:1. 1A004 includes equipment, “components” that have been 'identified,' successfully tested to national standards or otherwise proven effective, for the detection of or defense against 'radioactive materials' 'biological agents,' chemical warfare agents, 'simulants' or “riot control agents,” even if such equipment or “components” are used in civil industries such as mining, quarrying, agriculture, pharmaceuticals, medical, veterinary, environmental, waste management, or the food industry.
2. 'Simulant': A substance or material that is used in place of toxic agent (chemical or biological) in training, research, testing or evaluation.
3. For the purposes of 1A004, 'radioactive materials' are those selected or modified to increase their effectiveness in producing casualties in humans or animals, degrading equipment or damaging crops or the environment.
1A005 Body armor and “specially designed” “components” therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
1. Soft body armor not manufactured to military standards or specifications must provide ballistic protection equal to or less than NIJ level III (NIJ 0101.06, July 2008) to be controlled under 1A005.a. 2. For purposes of 1A005.a, military standards and specifications include, at a minimum, specifications for fragmentation protection.
a. Soft body armor not manufactured to military standards or specifications, or to their equivalents, and “specially designed” “components” therefor;
b. Hard body armor plates that provide ballistic protection less than NIJ level III (NIJ 0101.06, July 2008) or “equivalent standards”.
Notes to ECCN 1A005:1. This entry does not control body armor when accompanying its user for the user's own personal protection.
2. This entry does not control body armor designed to provide frontal protection only from both fragment and blast from non-military explosive devices.
3. This entry does not apply to body armor designed to provide protection only from knife, spike, needle or blunt trauma.
1A006 Equipment, “specially designed” or modified for the disposal of Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs), as follows (see List of Items Controlled), and “specially designed” “components” and “accessories” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
License Requirement Note: 1A006 does not apply to equipment when accompanying its operator.
a. Remotely operated vehicles;
b. 'Disruptors'.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1A006.b 'disruptors' are devices “specially designed” for the purpose of preventing the operation of an explosive device by projecting a liquid, solid or frangible projectile.
Note:1A006 does not apply to equipment when accompanying its operator.
1A007 Equipment and devices, “specially designed” to initiate charges and devices containing “energetic materials,” by electrical means, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | NP applies to 1A007.b, as well as 1A007.a when the detonator firing set meets or exceeds the parameters of 3A229 | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Explosive detonator firing sets designed to drive explosive detonators specified by 1A007.b;
b. Electrically driven explosive detonators as follows:
b.1. Exploding bridge (Espan);
b.2. Exploding bridge wire (EBW);
b.3. Slapper;
b.4. Exploding foil initiators (EFI).
Technical Notes:1. The word initiator or igniter is sometimes used in place of the word detonator.
2. For the purposes of 1A007.b, the detonators of concern all utilize a small electrical conductor (bridge, bridge wire, or foil) that explosively vaporizes when a fast, high-current electrical pulse is passed through it. In non slapper types, the exploding conductor starts a chemical detonation in a contacting high explosive material such as PETN (pentaerythritoltetranitrate). In slapper detonators, the explosive vaporization of the electrical conductor drives a flyer or slapper across a gap, and the impact of the slapper on an explosive starts a chemical detonation. The slapper in some designs is driven by magnetic force. The term exploding foil detonator may refer to either an Espan or a slapper-type detonator.
1A008 Charges, devices and “components”, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. High explosives and related equipment “specially designed” for military use;
b. Explosive devices or charges in this entry that utilize USML controlled energetic materials (See 22 Cspan 121.1 Category V), if they have been specifically designed, developed, configured, adapted, or modified for a military application;
c. Shaped charges that have all of the following a uniform shaped conical liner with an included angle of 90 degrees or less, more than 2.0 kg of controlled materials, and a diameter exceeding 4.5 inches;
d. Detonating cord containing greater than 0.1 kg per meter (470 grains per foot) of controlled materials;
e. Cutters and severing tools containing greater than 10 kg of controlled materials;
f. With the exception of cutters and severing tools, devices or charges controlled by this entry where the USML controlled materials can be easily extracted without destroying the device or charge; and
g. Individual USML controlled energetic materials in this entry, even when compounded with other materials, when not incorporated into explosive devices or charges controlled by this entry or 1C992.
(2) See also ECCNs 1C011, 1C018, 1C111, 1C239, and 1C608 for additional controlled energetic materials. See ECCN 1E001 for the “development” or “production” “technology” for the commodities controlled by ECCN 1A008, but not for explosives or commodities that are “subject to the ITAR” (see 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130). Related Definitions: N/A Items:a. 'Shaped charges' having all of the following:
a.1. Net Explosive Quantity (NEQ) greater than 90 g; and
a.2. Outer casing diameter equal to or greater than 75 mm;
b. Linear shaped cutting charges having all of the following, and “specially designed” “components” therefor:
b.1. An explosive load greater than 40 g/m; and
b.2. A width of 10 mm or more;
c. Detonating cord with explosive core load greater than 64 g/m;
d. Cutters, not specified by 1A008.b, and severing tools, having a NEQ greater than 3.5 kg.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1A008.a, 'shaped charges' are explosive charges shaped to focus the effects of the explosive blast.
Note:The only charges and devices specified in 1A008 are those containing “explosives” (see list of explosives in the Annex at the end of Category 1) and mixtures thereof.
1A101 Devices for reduced observables such as radar reflectivity, ultraviolet/infrared signatures and acoustic signatures, for applications usable in rockets, missiles, or unmanned aerial vehicles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km or their complete subsystems.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Made with any of the “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified in 1C010.a or .b or 1C210.a or with carbon prepreg materials specified in 1C210.c.
1A225 Platinized catalysts “specially designed” or prepared for promoting the hydrogen isotope exchange reaction between hydrogen and water for the recovery of tritium from heavy water or for the production of heavy water.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Designed to be used in vacuum distillation towers.
1A227 High-density (lead glass or other) radiation shielding windows, having all of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled), and “specially designed” frames therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. A density greater than 3 g/cm 3; and
c. A thickness of 100 mm or greater.
1A231 Target assemblies and components for the production of tritium as follows (See List of Items Controlled):| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supplement No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry
AT applies to entire entry | NP Column 1
AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Components “specially designed” for the target assemblies specified in item a.
Technical Note to ECCN 1A231.b.:Components “specially designed” for target assemblies for the “production” of tritium may include lithium pellets, tritium getters, and specially-coated cladding.
1A290 Depleted uranium (any uranium containing less than 0.711% of the isotope U-235) in shipments of more than 1,000 kilograms in the form of shielding contained in X-ray units, radiographic exposure or teletherapy devices, radioactive thermoelectric generators, or packaging for the transportation of radioactive materials.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to Part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
e. “Equipment” “specially designed” for military use and for the dissemination of any of the riot control agents controlled in ECCN 1C607.a.
f. Protection “equipment” (including air conditioning units, protective coatings, and protective clothing):
f.1. Not controlled by USML Category XIV(f); and
f.2. “Specially designed” for military use and for defense against:
f.2.1. Materials specified by USML Category XIV (a) or (b); or
f.2.2. Riot control agents controlled in 1C607.a.
g. Decontamination “equipment”:
g.1. Not controlled by USML Category XIV(f); and
g.2. “Specially designed” for military use and for decontamination of objects contaminated with materials controlled by USML Category XIV(a) or (b).
h. “Equipment”:
h.1. Not controlled by USML Category XIV(f); and
h.2. “Specially designed” for military use and for the detection or identification of:
h.2.1. Materials specified by USML Category XIV(a) or (b); or
h.2.2. Riot control agents controlled by ECCN 1C607.a.
i. [Reserved]
j. “Equipment” “specially designed” to:
j.1. Interface with a detector, shelter, vehicle, vessel, or aircraft controlled by the USML or a “600 series” ECCN; and
j.2. Collect and process samples of articles controlled in USML Category XIV(a) or (b).
k. Medical countermeasures that are “specially designed” for military use (including pre- and post-treatments, antidotes, and medical diagnostics) and “specially designed” to counter chemical agents controlled by the USML Category XIV(a).
Note:Examples of “equipment” controlled by this entry are barrier and non-barrier creams and filled autoinjectors (e.g., combopens where one injector contains 2-PAM and the other atropine) if “specially designed” to counter such agents.
l. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by ECCN 1A607.e, .f, .g, .h, or .j or for a defense article controlled by USML Category XIV(f) and that are not enumerated or otherwise described elsewhere in the USML.
1A613 Armored and protective “equipment” and related commodities, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 1A613.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 1A613.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies 1A613.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 1A613.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. Metallic or non-metallic armored plate “specially designed” for military use and not controlled by the USML.
Note to paragraph a:For controls on body armor plates, see ECCN 1A613.d.2 and USML Category X(a)(1).
b. Shelters “specially designed” to:
b.1. Provide ballistic protection for military systems; or
b.2. Protect against nuclear, biological, or chemical contamination.
c. Military helmets (other than helmets controlled under 1A613.y.1) providing less than NIJ Type IV or “equivalent standards” protection.
Note 1:See ECCN 0A979 for controls on police helmets.
Note 2: See USML Category X(a)(5) and (a)(6) for controls on other military helmets.
Note 3: 1A613.c does not apply to helmets that meet all the following:
a. Were first manufactured before 1970; and
b. Are neither designed or modified to accept, nor equipped with items specified by the U.S. Munitions List (22 Cspan 121) or another “600 series” ECCN.
d. Body armor and protective garments, as follows:
d.1. Soft body armor and protective garments manufactured to military standards or specifications, or to their equivalents, that provide ballistic protection equal to or less than NIJ level III (NIJ 0101.06, July 2008) or “equivalent standards”; or
Note:For 1A613.d.1, military standards or specifications include, at a minimum, specifications for fragmentation protection.
d.2. Hard body armor plates that provide ballistic protection equal to NIJ level III (NIJ 0101.06, July 2008) or “equivalent standards”.
Note:See ECCN 1A005 for controls on soft body armor not manufactured to military standards or specifications and hard body armor plates providing less than NIJ level III or “equivalent standards” protection. For body armor providing NIJ Type IV protection or greater, see USML Category X(a)(1).
e. Atmospheric diving suits “specially designed” for rescue operations for submarines controlled by the USML or the CCL.
f. Other personal protective “equipment” “specially designed” for military applications not controlled by the USML, not elsewhere controlled on the CCL.
g. to w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by ECCN 1A613 (except for 1A613.y) or an article enumerated in USML Category X, and not controlled elsewhere in the USML.
Note:1A613.x includes forgings, castings, and other unfinished products, such as extrusions and machined bodies, that have reached a stage in manufacturing where they are clearly identifiable by mechanical properties, material composition, geometry, or function as commodities specified in ECCN 1A613.x.
y. Other commodities as follows:
y.1 Conventional military steel helmets.
Note: 1A613.y.1 does not apply to helmets that meet all the following:
a. Were first manufactured before 1970; and
b. Are neither designed or modified to accept, nor equipped with items specified by the U.S. Munitions List (22 Cspan 121) or another “600 series” ECCN.
N.span. to paragraph y.1: For other military helmet “components” or “accessories,” see the relevant ECCN in the CCL or USML Entry.
y.2 [Reserved]
1A984 Chemical agents, including tear gas formulation containing 1 percent or less of orthochlorobenzalmalononitrile (CS), or 1 percent or less of chloroacetophenone (CN), except in individual containers with a net weight of 20 grams or less; liquid pepper except when packaged in individual containers with a net weight of 3 ounces (85.05 grams) or less; smoke bombs; non-irritant smoke flares, canisters, grenades and charges; and other pyrotechnic articles having dual military and commercial use, and “parts” and “components” “specially designed” therefor, n.e.s.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
1A985 Fingerprinting powders, dyes, and inks.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Equipment limited by design or function to protect against hazards specific to civil industries, such as mining, quarrying, agriculture, pharmaceuticals, medical, veterinary, environmental, waste management, or to the food industry.
Note:This entry (1A995) does not control items for protection against chemical or biological agents that are consumer goods, packaged for retail sale or personal use, or medical products, such as latex exam gloves, latex surgical gloves, liquid disinfectant soap, disposable surgical drapes, surgical gowns, surgical foot covers, and surgical masks. Such items are classified as EAR99.
1A999 Specific Processing Equipment, n.e.s., as Follows (See List of Items Controlled).b. Radiographic detection equipment such as x-ray converters, and storage phosphor image plates.
span. “Test”, “Inspection” and “Production Equipment” 1B001 Equipment for the production or inspection of “composite” structures or laminates controlled by 1A002 or “fibrous or filamentary materials” controlled by 1C010, as follows (see List of Items Controlled), and “specially designed” “components” and “accessories” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | MT applies to entire entry, except 1B001.d.4, e and f. | MT Column 1 | NP applies to filament winding machines described in 1B001.a that are capable of winding cylindrical rotors having a diameter between 75 mm (3 in) and 400 mm (16 in) and lengths of 600 mm (24 in) or greater; AND coordinating and programming controls and precision mandrels for these filament winding machines | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Filament winding machines, of which the motions for positioning, wrapping and winding fibers are coordinated and programmed in three or more 'primary servo positioning' axes, “specially designed” for the manufacture of “composite” structures or laminates, from “fibrous or filamentary materials”;
b. 'Tape laying machines', of which the motions for positioning and laying tape are coordinated and programmed in five or more 'primary servo positioning' axes, “specially designed” for the manufacture of “composite” airframe or missile structures;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1B001.b, 'tape-laying machines' have the ability to lay one or more 'filament bands' limited to widths greater than 25.4 mm and less than or equal to 304.8 mm, and to cut and restart individual 'filament band' courses during the laying process.
c. Multidirectional, multidimensional weaving machines or interlacing machines, including adapters and modification kits, “specially designed” or modified for weaving, interlacing or braiding fibers for “composite” structures;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1B001.c the technique of interlacing includes knitting.
d. Equipment “specially designed” or adapted for the production of reinforcement fibers, as follows:
d.1. Equipment for converting polymeric fibers (such as polyacrylonitrile, rayon, pitch or polycarbosilane) into carbon fibers or silicon carbide fibers, including special equipment to strain the fiber during heating;
d.2. Equipment for the chemical vapor deposition of elements or compounds, on heated filamentary substrates, to manufacture silicon carbide fibers;
d.3. Equipment for the wet-spinning of refractory ceramics (such as aluminum oxide);
d.4. Equipment for converting aluminum containing precursor fibers into alumina fibers by heat treatment;
e. Equipment for producing prepregs controlled by 1C010.e by the hot melt method;
f. Non-destructive inspection equipment “specially designed” for “composite” materials, as follows:
f.1. X-ray tomography systems for three dimensional defect inspection;
f.2. Numerically controlled ultrasonic testing machines of which the motions for positioning transmitters or receivers are simultaneously coordinated and programmed in four or more axes to follow the three dimensional contours of the “part” or “component” under inspection;
g. Tow-placement machines, of which the motions for positioning and laying tows are coordinated and programmed in two or more 'primary servo positioning' axes, “specially designed” for the manufacture of “composite” airframe or missile structures.
Technical Note to 1B001.g:For the purposes of 1B001.g, 'tow-placement machines' have the ability to place one or more 'filament bands' having widths less than or equal to 25.4 mm, and to cut and restart individual 'filament band' courses during the placement process.
Technical Notes for 1B001:1. For the purposes of 1B001, 'primary servo positioning' axes control, under computer “program” direction, the position of the end effector (i.e., head) in space relative to the work piece at the correct orientation and direction to achieve the desired process.
2. For the purposes of 1B001, a 'filament band' is a single continuous width of fully or partially resin-impregnated tape, tow or fiber. Fully or partially resin-impregnated 'filament bands' include those coated with dry powder that tacks upon heating.
1B002 Equipment designed to produce metal alloy powder or particulate materials and having any of the following (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. “Specially designed” to avoid contamination; and
b. “Specially designed” for use in one of the processes specified by 1C002.c.2.
1B003 Tools, dies, molds or fixtures, for “superplastic forming” or “diffusion bonding” titanium, aluminum or their alloys, “specially designed” for the manufacture of any of the following (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. “Aircraft” or aerospace engines; or
c. “Specially designed” “parts” and “components” for structures specified by 1B003.a or for engines specified by 1B003.b.
1B018 Items on the Wassenaar Arrangement Munitions List (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | MT applies to equipment for the “production” of rocket propellants | MT Column 1. | RS applies to 1B018.a | RS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
1B101 Equipment, other than that controlled by 1B001, for the “production” of structural composites, fibers, prepregs or preforms, usable for rockets, missiles, or unmanned aerial vehicles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km and their subsystems, as follows (see List of Items Controlled); and “specially designed” “parts,” “components” and “accessories” therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | NP applies to filament winding machines described in 1B101.a that are capable of winding cylindrical rotors having a diameter between 75 mm (3 in.) and 400 mm (16 in.) and lengths of 600 mm (24 in.) or greater AND to coordinating and programming controls and precision mandrels for these filament winding machines | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
b. 'Tape-laying machines' of which the motions for positioning and laying tape can be coordinated and programmed in two or more axes, designed for the manufacture of composite airframe and missile structures;
Technical Notes for paragraphs a and b:For the purposes of 1B101.a. and 1B101.b., the following definitions apply:
1. 'Fiber/tow-placement machines' and 'tape-laying machines' are machines that perform similar processes that use computer-guided heads to lay one or several 'filament bands' onto a mold to create a part or a structure. These machines have the ability to cut and restart individual 'filament band' courses during the laying process.
2. A 'filament band' is a single continuous width of fully or partially resin-impregnated tape, tow, or fiber. Fully or partially resin-impregnated 'filament bands' include those coated with dry powder that tacks upon heating.
3. 'Fiber/tow-placement machines' have the ability to place one or more 'filament bands' having widths less than or equal to 25.4 mm. This refers to the minimum width of material the machine can place, regardless of the upper capability of the machine.
4. 'Tape-laying machines' have the ability to place one or more 'filament bands' having widths less than or equal to 304.8 mm, but cannot place 'filament bands' with a width equal to or less than 25.4 mm. This refers to the minimum width of material the machine can place, regardless of the upper capability of the machine.
c. Equipment designed or modified for the “production” of “fibrous or filamentary materials” as follows:
c.1. Equipment for converting polymeric fibers (such as polyacrylonitrile, rayon or polycarbosilane) including special provision to strain the fiber during heating;
c.2. Equipment for the vapor deposition of elements or compounds on heated filament substrates; and
c.3. Equipment for the wet-spinning of refractory ceramics (such as aluminum oxide);
d. Equipment designed or modified for special fiber surface treatment or for producing prepregs and preforms controlled by 9A110.
Note:Equipment covered in 1B101.d includes but is not limited to, rollers, tension stretchers, coating equipment, cutting equipment and clicker dies.
1B102 Metal powder “production equipment,” other than that specified in 1B002, and “parts” and “components” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. “Specially designed” “parts” and “components” for “production equipment” specified in 1B002 or 1B102.a.
Note:1B102 includes:
a. Plasma generators (high frequency arc-jet) usable for obtaining sputtered or spherical metallic powders with organization of the process in an argon-water environment;
b. Electroburst equipment usable for obtaining sputtered or spherical metallic powders with organization of the process in an argon-water environment;
c. Equipment usable for the “production” of spherical aluminum powders by powdering a melt in an inert medium (e.g., nitrogen).
1B115 “Equipment, other than that controlled in 1B002 or 1B102, for the “production” of propellant or propellant constituents (see List of Items Controlled), and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. “Production equipment,” for the production, handling, mixing, curing, casting, pressing, machining, extruding or acceptance testing of solid propellants or propellant constituents described in 1C011.a, 1C011.b or 1C111, or on the U.S. Munitions List.
Note:1B115.b does not control batch mixers, continuous mixers or fluid energy mills. For the control of batch mixers, continuous mixers and fluid energy mills see 1B117, 1B118, and 1B119.
Note 1:[Reserved]
Note 2:1B115 does not control equipment for the “production,” handling and acceptance testing of boron carbide.
1B116 “Specially Designed” nozzles for producing pyrolitically derived materials formed on a mold, mandrel or other substrate from precursor gases which decompose in the 1,573 K (1,300 °C) to 3,173 K (2,900 °C) temperature range at pressures of 130 Pa to 20 kPa.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Capable of controlling the temperature of the mixing chamber;
c. A total volumetric capacity of 110 liters (30 gallons) or more; and
d. At least one 'mixing/kneading shaft' mounted off center.
Note to paragraph d:In 1B117.d. the term 'mixing/kneading shaft' does not refer to deagglomerators or knife-spindles.
1B118 Continuous mixers having all of the following (see List of Items Controlled), and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Capable of controlling the temperature of the mixing chamber; and
c. Either of the following:
c.1. Two or more mixing/kneading shafts; or
c.2. A single rotating and oscillating shaft with kneading teeth/pins as well as kneading teeth/pins inside the casing of the mixing chamber.
1B119 Fluid energy mills usable for grinding or milling propellant or propellant constituents specified in 1C011.a, 1C011.b or 1C111, or on the U.S. Munitions List, and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Having motions for positioning, wrapping, and winding fibers coordinated and programmed in two or more axes;
a.2. “Specially Designed” to fabricate composite structures or laminates from “fibrous or filamentary materials”; and
a.3. Capable of winding cylindrical tubes with an internal diameter between 75 mm and 650 mm and lengths of 300 mm or greater;
b. Coordinating and programming controls for filament winding machines controlled by 1B201.a;
c. Precision mandrels for filament winding machines controlled by 1B201.a.
1B225 Electrolytic cells for fluorine production with a production capacity greater than 250 g of fluorine per hour.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Designed to operate at an internal pressure of 0.5 to 5 MPa (5 to 50 atmospheres);
c. Constructed of “fine-grain stainless steels” of the 300 series with low sulphur content or equivalent cryogenic and H
d. With internal diameters of 30 cm or greater and “effective lengths” of 4 m or greater.
1B230 Pumps capable of circulating solutions of concentrated or dilute potassium amide catalyst in liquid ammonia (KNH| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. A capacity greater than 8.5 m 3/h; and
c. Either of the following characteristics:
c.1. For concentrated potassium amide solutions (1% or greater), an operating pressure of 1.5 to 60 MPa (15-600 atmospheres); or
c.2. For dilute potassium amide solutions (less than 1%), an operating pressure of 20 to 60 MPa (200-600 atmospheres).
1B231 Tritium facilities or plants, and equipment therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Facilities or plant for the production, recovery, extraction, concentration, or handling of tritium;
b. Equipment for tritium facilities or plant, as follows:
b.1. Hydrogen or helium refrigeration units capable of cooling to 23 K (−250 °C) or less, with heat removal capacity greater than 150 watts; or
b.2. Hydrogen isotope storage or hydrogen isotope purification systems using metal hydrides as the storage, or purification medium.
1B232 Turboexpanders or turboexpander-compressor sets having both of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Designed for a throughput of hydrogen gas of 1,000 kg/h or greater.
1B233 Lithium isotope separation facilities or plants, and systems and equipment therefor (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to 1B233.b | NP Column 1 | AT applies to 1B233.b | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Equipment for the separation of lithium isotopes based on the lithium-mercury amalgam process, as follows:
b.1. Packed liquid-liquid exchange columns “specially designed” for lithium amalgams;
b.2. Mercury and/or lithium amalgam pumps;
b.3. Lithium amalgam electrolysis cells;
b.4. Evaporators for concentrated lithium hydroxide solution.
c. Ion exchange systems “specially designed” for lithium isotope separation, and “specially designed” component parts therefor;
d. Chemical exchange systems (employing crown ethers, cryptands, or lariat ethers) “specially designed” for lithium isotope separation, and “specially designed” component parts therefor.
1B234 High explosive containment vessels, chambers, containers, and other similar containment devices, not enumerated in ECCN 1B608 or in USML Category IV or V of the ITAR, designed for the testing of high explosives or explosive devices and having both of the characteristics described in this ECCN (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Having design elements or features enabling real time or delayed transfer of diagnostic or measurement information.
1B607 Military test, inspection, and production “equipment” and related commodities “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities identified in ECCN 1A607 or 1C607, or defense articles enumerated or otherwise described in USML Category XIV (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to Part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
ECCN 1B607.a includes controls over facilities “specially designed” for destruction operations. This paragraph .a does not control incinerators and “specially designed” handling facilities or “specially designed” waste supply systems therefor.
b. Test facilities and “equipment” “specially designed” for military certification, qualification, or testing of commodities controlled by ECCN 1A607.e, .f, .g, .h, or .j or by USML Category XIV(f), except for XIV(f)(1).
c. Tooling and “equipment” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by ECCN 1A607.e, .f .g, .h, or .j or USML Category XIV(f).
d. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by ECCN 1B607.b or .c, or for a defense article controlled by USML Category XIV(f), and that are not enumerated or otherwise described elsewhere in the USML.
1B608 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” and related commodities “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities enumerated in ECCN 1C608 or USML Category V (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | MT applies to equipment “specially designed” for MT-controlled commodities in ECCN 1C608 or MT articles in USML Category V | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
ECCN 1B608.a. includes: (1) Continuous nitrators; (2) dehydration presses;
(3) cutting machines for the sizing of extruded propellants; (4) sweetie barrels (tumblers) 6 feet or more in diameter and having over 500 pounds product capacity; (5) convection current converters for the conversion of materials listed in USML Category V(c)(2); and (6) extrusion presses for the extrusion of small arms, cannon and rocket propellants.
b. Complete installations “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of items controlled by ECCN 1C608 or USML Category V and not elsewhere specified on the USML.
c. Environmental test facilities “specially designed” for the certification, qualification, or testing of items controlled by ECCN 1C608 or USML Category V.
d. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in this ECCN or a defense article in USML Category V and not elsewhere specified on the USML.
1B613 Test, inspection, and “production” “equipment” and related commodities “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by ECCN 1A613 or USML Category X, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. Plasma pressure compaction (P2C) “equipment” “specially designed” for the “production” of ceramic or composite body armor plates controlled by ECCN 1A613 or USML Category X.
1B999 Specific Processing Equipment, n.e.s., as Follows (See List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | A license is required for items controlled by this entry to North Korea for anti-terrorism reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine AT license requirements for this entry. See § 742.19 of the EAR for additional information. | RS applies to entire entry. | A license is required for items controlled by this entry for export or reexport to Iraq or transfer within Iraq for regional stability reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine RS license requirements for this entry. See §§ 742.6 and 746.3 of the EAR for additional information. |
|---|
b. Particle accelerators;
c. Industrial process control hardware/systems designed for power industries, n.e.s.;
d. Freon and chilled water cooling systems capable of continuous cooling duties of 100,000 BTU/hr (29.3 kW) or greater;
e. Equipment for the production of structural composites, fibers, prepregs and preforms, n.e.s.
C. “Materials” Technical Note:Metals and alloys: Unless provision to the contrary is made, the words “metals” and “alloys” in 1C001 to 1C011 cover crude and semi-fabricated forms, as follows:
Crude forms: Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars and wire bars), billets, blocks, blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes, crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots, lumps, pellets, pigs, powder, rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge, sticks;
Semi-fabricated forms (whether or not coated, plated, drilled or punched):
a. Wrought or worked materials fabricated by rolling, drawing, extruding, forging, impact extruding, pressing, graining, atomizing, and grinding, i.e.: angles, channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils and leaf, forging, plate, powder, pressings and stampings, ribbons, rings, rods (including bare welding rods, wire rods, and rolled wire), sections, shapes, sheets, strip, pipe and tubes (including tube rounds, squares, and hollows), drawn or extruded wire;
b. Cast material produced by casting in sand, die, metal, plaster or other types of molds, including high pressure castings, sintered forms, and forms made by powder metallurgy.
The object of the control should not be defeated by the export of non-listed forms alleged to be finished products but representing in reality crude forms or semi-fabricated forms.
1C001 Materials “specially designed” for absorbing electromagnetic radiation, or intrinsically conductive polymers, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to items that meet or exceed the parameters of ECCN 1C101 | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
a. Materials for absorbing frequencies exceeding 2 × 10 8 Hz but less than 3 × 10 12 Hz.
Note 1:1C001.a does not control:
a. Hair type absorbers, constructed of natural or synthetic fibers, with non-magnetic loading to provide absorption;
b. Absorbers having no magnetic loss and whose incident surface is non-planar in shape, including pyramids, cones, wedges and convoluted surfaces;
c. Planar absorbers, having all of the following:
1. Made from any of the following:
a. Plastic foam materials (flexible or non-flexible) with carbon-loading, or organic materials, including binders, providing more than 5% echo compared with metal over a bandwidth exceeding ±15% of the center frequency of the incident energy, and not capable of withstanding temperatures exceeding 450 K (177 °C); or
b. Ceramic materials providing more than 20% echo compared with metal over a bandwidth exceeding ±15% of the center frequency of the incident energy, and not capable of withstanding temperatures exceeding 800 K (527 °C);
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1C001.a Note 1.c.1, absorption test samples should be a square at least 5 wavelengths of the center frequency on a side and positioned in the far field of the radiating element.
2. Tensile strength less than 7 × 10 6 N/m 2; and
3. Compressive strength less than 14 × 10 6 N/m 2;
d. Planar absorbers made of sintered ferrite, having all of the following:
1. A specific gravity exceeding 4.4; and
2. A maximum operating temperature of 548 K (275 °C) or less;
e. Planar absorbers having no magnetic loss and fabricated from 'open-cell foams' plastic material with a density of 0.15 grams/cm 3 or less.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1C001.a Note e., 'open-cell foams' are flexible and porous materials, having an inner structure open to the atmosphere. 'Open-cell foams' are also known as reticulated foams.
Note 2:Nothing in Note 1 releases magnetic materials to provide absorption when contained in paint.
b. Materials not transparent to visible light and “specially designed” for absorbing near-infrared radiation having a wavelength exceeding 810 nm but less than 2,000 nm (frequencies exceeding 150 THz but less than 370 THz);
Note:1C001.b does not apply to materials, “specially designed” or formulated for any of the following applications:
a. “Laser” marking of polymers; or
b. “Laser” welding of polymers.
c. Intrinsically conductive polymeric materials with a 'bulk electrical conductivity' exceeding 10,000 S/m (Siemens per meter) or a 'sheet (surface) resistivity' of less than 100 ohms/square, based on any of the following polymers:
c.1. Polyaniline;
c.2. Polypyrrole;
c.3. Polythiophene;
c.4. Poly phenylene-vinylene; or
c.5. Poly thienylene-vinylene.
Note:1C001.c does not apply to materials in a liquid form.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1C001.c, 'bulk electrical conductivity' and 'sheet (surface) resistivity' should be determined using ASTM D-257 or national equivalents.
1C002 Metal alloys, metal alloy powder and alloyed materials, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | NP applies to 1C002.b.3 or b.4 if they exceed the parameters stated in 1C202 | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
1C002 does not control metal alloys, metal alloy powder and alloyed materials, specially formulated for coating purposes.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1C002, metal alloys are those containing a higher percentage by weight of the stated metal than of any other element.
a. Aluminides, as follows:
a.1. Nickel aluminides containing a minimum of 15% by weight aluminum, a maximum of 38% by weight aluminum and at least one additional alloying element;
a.2. Titanium aluminides containing 10% by weight or more aluminum and at least one additional alloying element;
b. Metal alloys, as follows, made from the powder or particulate material controlled by 1C002.c:
b.1. Nickel alloys having any of the following:
b.1.a. A 'stress-rupture life' of 10,000 hours or longer at 923 K (650 °C) at a stress of 676 MPa; or
b.1.b. A 'low cycle fatigue life' of 10,000 cycles or more at 823 K (550 °C) at a maximum stress of 1,095 MPa;
b.2. Niobium alloys having any of the following:
b.2.a. A 'stress-rupture life' of 10,000 hours or longer at 1,073 K (800 °C) at a stress of 400 MPa; or
b.2.b. A 'low cycle fatigue life' of 10,000 cycles or more at 973 K (700 °C) at a maximum stress of 700 MPa;
b.3. Titanium alloys having any of the following:
b.3.a. A 'stress-rupture life' of 10,000 hours or longer at 723 K (450 °C) at a stress of 200 MPa; or
b.3.b. A 'low cycle fatigue life' of 10,000 cycles or more at 723 K (450 °C) at a maximum stress of 400 MPa;
b.4 Aluminum alloys having any of the following:
b.4.a. A tensile strength of 240 MPa or more at 473 K (200 °C); or
b.4.b. A tensile strength of 415 MPa or more at 298 K (25 °C);
b.5. Magnesium alloys having all the following:
b.5.a. A tensile strength of 345 MPa or more; and
b.5.b. A corrosion rate of less than 1 mm/year in 3% sodium chloride aqueous solution measured in accordance with ASTM standard G-31 or national equivalents;
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 1C002.b:
1. 'Stress-rupture life' should be measured in accordance with ASTM standard E-139 or national equivalents.
2. 'Low cycle fatigue life' should be measured in accordance with ASTM Standard E-606 'Recommended Practice for Constant-Amplitude Low-Cycle Fatigue Testing' or national equivalents. Testing should be axial with an average stress ratio equal to 1 and a stress-concentration factor (K
c. Metal alloy powder or particulate material, having all of the following:
c.1. Made from any of the following composition systems:
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1C002.c.1, X equals one or more alloying elements.
c.1.a. Nickel alloys (Ni-Al-X, Ni-X-Al) qualified for turbine engine “parts” or “components,” i.e., with less than 3 non-metallic particles (introduced during the manufacturing process) larger than 100 µm in 109 alloy particles;
c.1.b. Niobium alloys (Nb-Al-X or Nb-X-Al, Nb-Si-X or Nb-X-Si, Nb-Ti-X or Nb-X-Ti);
c.1.c. Titanium alloys (Ti-Al-X or Ti-X-Al);
c.1.d. Aluminum alloys (Al-Mg-X or Al-X-Mg, Al-Zn-X or Al-X-Zn, Al-Fe-X or Al-X-Fe); or
c.1.e. Magnesium alloys (Mg-Al-X or Mg-X-Al);
c.2. Made in a controlled environment by any of the following processes:
c.2.a. 'Vacuum atomization';
c.2.b. 'Gas atomization';
c.2.c. 'Rotary atomization';
c.2.d. 'Splat quenching';
c.2.e. 'Melt spinning' and 'comminution';
c.2.f. 'Melt extraction' and 'comminution';
c.2.g. 'Mechanical alloying'; or
c.2.h. 'Plasma atomization'; and
c.3. Capable of forming materials controlled by 1C002.a or 1C002.b;
d. Alloyed materials, having all the following:
d.1. Made from any of the composition systems specified by 1C002.c.1;
d.2. In the form of uncomminuted flakes, ribbons or thin rods; and
d.3. Produced in a controlled environment by any of the following:
d.3.a. 'Splat quenching';
d.3.b. 'Melt spinning'; or
d.3.c. 'Melt extraction'.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 1C002:
1. 'Vacuum atomization' is a process to reduce a molten stream of metal to droplets of a diameter of 500 µm or less by the rapid evolution of a dissolved gas upon exposure to a vacuum.
2. 'Gas atomization' is a process to reduce a molten stream of metal alloy to droplets of 500 µm diameter or less by a high pressure gas stream.
3. 'Rotary atomization' is a process to reduce a stream or pool of molten metal to droplets of a diameter of 500 µm or less by centrifugal force.
4. 'Splat quenching' is a process to 'solidify rapidly' a molten metal stream impinging upon a chilled block, forming a flake-like product.
5. 'Melt spinning' is a process to 'solidify rapidly' a molten metal stream impinging upon a rotating chilled block, forming a flake, ribbon or rod-like product.
6. 'Comminution' is a process to reduce a material to particles by crushing or grinding.
7. 'Melt extraction' is a process to 'solidify rapidly' and extract a ribbon-like alloy product by the insertion of a short segment of a rotating chilled block into a bath of a molten metal alloy.
8. 'Mechanical alloying' is an alloying process resulting from the bonding, fracturing and rebonding of elemental and master alloy powders by mechanical impact. Non-metallic particles may be incorporated in the alloy by addition of the appropriate powders.
9. 'Plasma atomization' is a process to reduce a molten stream or solid metal to droplets of 500 µm diameter or less, using plasma torches in an inert gas environment.
10. For the purposes of 1C002 Technical Notes, 'solidify rapidly' is a process involving the solidification of molten material at cooling rates exceeding 1000 K/sec.
1C003 Magnetic metals, of all types and of whatever form, having any of the following (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Initial relative permeability of 120,000 or more and a thickness of 0.05 mm or less;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1C003.a, measurement of initial relative permeability must be performed on fully annealed materials.
b. Magnetostrictive alloys having any of the following:
b.1. A saturation magnetostriction of more than 5 × 104
b.2. A magnetomechanical coupling factor (k) of more than 0.8; or
c. Amorphous or 'nanocrystalline' alloy strips, having all of the following:
c.1. A composition having a minimum of 75% by weight of iron, cobalt or nickel;
c.2. A saturation magnetic induction (span
c.3. Any of the following:
c.3.a. A strip thickness of 0.02 mm or less; or
c.3.b. An electrical resistivity of 2 × 10
For the purposes of 1C003.c, 'nanocrystalline' materials are those materials having a crystal grain size of 50 nm or less, as determined by X-ray diffraction.
1C004 Uranium titanium alloys or tungsten alloys with a “matrix” based on iron, nickel or copper, having all of the following (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. An elastic limit exceeding 880 MPa;
c. An ultimate tensile strength exceeding 1,270 MPa; and
d. An elongation exceeding 8%.
1C005 “Superconductive” “composite” conductors in lengths exceeding 100 m or with a mass exceeding 100 g, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. “Superconductive” “composite” conductors containing one or more niobium-titanium 'filaments', having all of the following:
a.1. Embedded in a “matrix” other than a copper or copper-based mixed “matrix”; and
a.2. Having a cross-section area less than 0.28 × 10
b. “Superconductive” “composite” conductors consisting of one or more “superconductive” 'filaments' other than niobium-titanium, having all of the following:
b.1. A “critical temperature” at zero magnetic induction exceeding 9.85 K (−263.31 °C); and
b.2. Remaining in the “superconductive” state at a temperature of 4.2 K (−268.96 °C) when exposed to a magnetic field oriented in any direction perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of conductor and corresponding to a magnetic induction of 12 T with critical current density exceeding 1750 A/mm 2 on overall cross-section of the conductor.
c. “Superconductive” “composite” conductors consisting of one or more “superconductive” 'filaments' which remain “superconductive” above 115 K (−158.16 °C).
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1C005, 'filaments' may be in wire, cylinder, film, tape or ribbon form.
1C006 Fluids and lubricating materials, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. [Reserved]
b. Lubricating materials containing, as their principal ingredients, phenylene or alkylphenylene ethers or thio-ethers, or their mixtures, containing more than two ether or thio-ether functions or mixtures thereof.
c. Damping or flotation fluids having all of the following:
c.1. Purity exceeding 99.8%;
c.2. Containing less than 25 particles of 200 µm or larger in size per 100 ml; and
c.3. Made from at least 85% of any of the following:
c.3.a. Dibromotetrafluoroethane (CAS 25497-30-7, 124-73-2, 27336-23-8);
c.3.b. Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (oily and waxy modifications only); or
c.3.c. Polybromotrifluoroethylene;
d. Fluorocarbon fluids designed for electronic cooling and having all of the following:
d.1. Containing 85% by weight or more of any of the following, or mixtures thereof:
d.1.a. Monomeric forms of perfluoropolyalkylether-triazines or perfluoroaliphatic-ethers;
d.1.b. Perfluoroalkylamines;
d.1.c. Perfluorocycloalkanes; or
d.1.d. Perfluoroalkanes;
d.2. Density at 298 K (25 °C) of 1.5 g/ml or more;
d.3. In a liquid state at 273 K (0 °C); and
d.4. Containing 60% or more by weight of fluorine.
Note:1C006.d does not apply to materials specified and packaged as medical products.
1C007 Ceramic powders, ceramic “matrix” “composite” materials and 'precursor materials,' as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | MT applies to items in 1C007.c when the dielectric constant is less than 6 at any frequency from 100 MHz to 100 GHz for use in “missile” radomes | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
c. Ceramic “matrix” “composite” materials as follows:
c.1. Ceramic-ceramic “composite” materials with a glass or oxide-“matrix” and reinforced with any of the following:
c.1.a. Continuous fibers made from any of the following materials:
c.1.a.1. Al
c.1.a.2. Si-C-N; or
Note:1C007.c.1.a does not apply to “composites” containing fibers with a tensile strength of less than 700 MPa at 1,273 K (1,000 °C) or tensile creep resistance of more than 1% creep strain at 100 MPa load and 1,273 K (1,000 °C) for 100 hours.
c.1.b. Fibers being all of the following:
c.1.b.1. Made from any of the following materials:
c.1.b.1.a. Si-N;
c.1.b.1.b. Si-C;
c.1.b.1.c. Si-Al-O-N; or
c.1.b.1.d. Si-O-N; and
c.1.b.2. Having a “specific tensile strength” exceeding 12.7 × 10 3 m;
c.2. Ceramic “matrix” “composite” materials with a “matrix” formed of carbides or nitrides of silicon, zirconium or boron;
N.span.:For items previously specified by 1C007.c see 1C007.c.1.b.
d. [Reserved]
N.span.:For items previously specified by 1C007.d see 1C007.c.2.
e. 'Precursor materials' “specially designed” for the “production” of materials controlled by 1C007.c, as follows:
e.1. Polydiorganosilanes;
e.2. Polysilazanes;
e.3. Polycarbosilazanes;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1C007, 'precursor materials' are special purpose polymeric or metallo-organic materials used for the “production” of silicon carbide, silicon nitride, or ceramics with silicon, carbon and nitrogen.
f. [Reserved]
N.span.:For items previously specified by 1C007.f see 1C007.c.1.a.
1C008 Non-fluorinated polymeric substances as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Imides as follows:
a.1. Bismaleimides;
a.2. Aromatic polyamide-imides (PAI) having a 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' exceeding 563 K (290 °C);
a.3. Aromatic polyimides having a 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' exceeding 505 K (232 °C);
a.4. Aromatic polyetherimides having a 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' exceeding 563 K (290 °C);
Note:1C008.a controls the substances in liquid or solid “fusible” form, including resin, powder, pellet, film, sheet, tape, or ribbon.
N.span.:For non-“fusible” aromatic polyimides in film, sheet, tape, or ribbon form, see ECCN 1A003.
b. [Reserved]
c. [Reserved]
d. Polyarylene ketones;
e. Polyarylene sulfides, where the arylene group is biphenylene, triphenylene or combinations thereof;
f. Polybiphenylenethersulphone having a 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' exceeding 563 K (290 °C).
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 1C008.a.2 thermoplastic materials, 1C008.a.4 materials, and 1C008.f materials, the 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' is determined using the method described in ISO 11357-2 (1999) or national equivalents.
2. For the purposes of 1C008.a.2 thermosetting materials and 1C008.a.3 materials, the 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' is determined using the 3-point bend method described in ASTM D 7028-07 or equivalent national standard. The test is to be performed using a dry test specimen which has attained a minimum of 90% degree of cure as specified by ASTM E 2160-04 or equivalent national standard, and was cured using the combination of standard- and post-cure processes that yield the highest Tg.
1C009 Unprocessed fluorinated compounds as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Fluorinated polyimides containing 10% by weight or more of combined fluorine;
c. Fluorinated phosphazene elastomers containing 30% by weight or more of combined fluorine.
1C010 “Fibrous or filamentary materials” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | NP applies to 1C010.a (aramid “fibrous or filamentary materials”, b (carbon “fibrous and filamentary materials”), and e.1 for “fibrous and filamentary materials” that meet or exceed the control criteria of ECCN 1C210 | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
1. For the purposes of calculating “specific tensile strength”, “specific modulus” or specific weight of “fibrous or filamentary materials” in 1C010.a, 1C010.b, 1C010.c, or 1C010.e.1.b the tensile strength and modulus should be determined by using Method A described in ISO 10618 (2004) or national equivalents.
2. For the purposes of assessing the “specific tensile strength”, “specific modulus” or specific weight of non-unidirectional “fibrous or filamentary materials” (e.g., fabrics, random mats or braids) in 1C010, this is to be based on the mechanical properties of the constituent unidirectional monofilaments (e.g., monofilaments, yarns, rovings or tows) prior to processing into the non-unidirectional “fibrous or filamentary materials”.
a. Organic “fibrous or filamentary materials”, having all of the following:
a.1. “Specific modulus” exceeding 12.7 × 10 6 m; and
a.2. “Specific tensile strength” exceeding 23.5 × 10 4 m;
Note:1C010.a does not control polyethylene.
b. Carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials”, having all of the following:
b.1. “Specific modulus” exceeding 14.65 × 10 6 m; and
b.2. “Specific tensile strength” exceeding 26.82 × 10 4 m;
Note:1C010.b does not control:
a. “Fibrous or filamentary materials”, for the repair of “civil aircraft” structures or laminates, having all of the following:
1. An area not exceeding 1 m
2. A length not exceeding 2.5 m; and
3. A width exceeding 15 mm.
b. Mechanically chopped, milled or cut carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” 25.0 mm or less in length.
c. Inorganic “fibrous or filamentary materials”, having all of the following:
c.1. Having any of the following:
c.1.a. Composed of 50% or more by weight silicon dioxide (SiO
c.1.b. Not specified in 1C010.c.1.a and having a “specific modulus” exceeding 5.6 × 10 6 m; and
c.2. Melting, softening, decomposition or sublimation point exceeding 1,922 K (1,649 °C) in an inert environment;
Note:1C010.c does not control:
a. Discontinuous, multiphase, polycrystalline alumina fibers in chopped fiber or random mat form, containing 3% by weight or more silica, with a “specific modulus” of less than 10 × 10
b. Molybdenum and molybdenum alloy fibers;
c. Boron fibers;
d. Discontinuous ceramic fibers with a melting, softening, decomposition or sublimation point lower than 2,043 K (1,770 °C) in an inert environment.
d. “Fibrous or filamentary materials”, having any of the following:
d.1. Composed of any of the following:
d.1.a. Polyetherimides controlled by 1C008.a; or
d.1.b. Materials controlled by 1C008.b to 1C008.f; or
d.2. Composed of materials controlled by 1C010.d.1.a or 1C010.d.1.b and 'commingled' with other fibers controlled by 1C010.a, 1C010.b or 1C010.c;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1C010.d.2, 'commingled' is filament to filament blending of thermoplastic fibers and reinforcement fibers in order to produce a fiber reinforcement “matrix” mix in total fiber form.
e. Fully or partially resin impregnated or pitch impregnated “fibrous or filamentary materials” (prepregs), metal or carbon coated “fibrous or filamentary materials” (preforms) or 'carbon fiber preforms', having all of the following:
e.1. Having any of the following:
e.1.a. Inorganic “fibrous or filamentary materials” controlled by 1C010.c; or
e.1.b. Organic or carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials”, having all of the following:
e.1.b.1. “Specific modulus” exceeding 10.15 × 10 6 m; and
e.1.b.2 “Specific tensile strength” exceeding 17.7 × 10 4m; and
e.2. Having any of the following:
e.2.a. Resin or pitch, controlled by 1C008 or 1C009.b;
e.2.b. 'Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA T
e.2.c. 'Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA T
Metal or carbon coated “fibrous or filamentary materials” (preforms) or 'carbon fiber preforms', not impregnated with resin or pitch, are specified by “fibrous or filamentary materials” in 1C010.a, 1C010.b or 1C010.c.
Note 2: 1C010.e does not apply to:a. Epoxy resin “matrix” impregnated carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” (prepregs) for the repair of “civil aircraft” structures or laminates, having all of the following:
1. An area not exceeding 1 m
2. A length not exceeding 2.5 m; and
3. A width exceeding 15 mm;
b. Fully or partially resin-impregnated or pitch-impregnated mechanically chopped, milled or cut carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” 25.0 mm or less in length when using a resin or pitch other than those specified by 1C008 or 1C009.b.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 1C010.e and Note 1, 'carbon fiber preforms' are an ordered arrangement of uncoated or coated fibers intended to constitute a framework of a part before the “matrix” is introduced to form a “composite”.
2. For the purposes of 1C010.e.2, 'Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA Tg)' is determined using the method described in ASTM D 7028 -07, or equivalent national standard, on a dry test specimen. In the case of thermoset materials, degree of cure of a dry test specimen shall be a minimum of 90% as defined by ASTM E 2160 04 or equivalent national standard.
1C011 Metals and compounds, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | MT applies to 1C011.a and .b for items that meet or exceed the parameters in 1C111. | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Metals in particle sizes of less than 60 µm whether spherical, atomized, spheroidal, flaked or ground, manufactured from material consisting of 99% or more of zirconium, magnesium and alloys thereof;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 1C011.a, the natural content of hafnium in the zirconium (typically 2% to 7%) is counted with the zirconium.
Note:The metals or alloys specified by 1C011.a also refer to metals or alloys encapsulated in aluminum, magnesium, zirconium or beryllium.
b. Boron or boron alloys, with a particle size of 60 µm or less, as follows:
b.1. Boron with a purity of 85% by weight or more;
b.2. Boron alloys with a boron content of 85% by weight or more;
Note:The metals or alloys specified by 1C011.b also refer to metals or alloys encapsulated in aluminum, magnesium, zirconium or beryllium.
c. Guanidine nitrate (CAS 506-93-4);
d. Nitroguanidine (NQ) (CAS 556-88-7).
1C018 Commercial charges and devices containing energetic materials on the Wassenaar Arrangement Munitions List and certain chemicals.No items currently are in this ECCN. (1) See ECCN 1C608.b. through .m for items that, immediately prior to July 1, 2014 were classified under 1C018.b through .m. (2) See ECCNs 1C011, 1C111, and 1C239 for additional controlled energetic materials, including chlorine trifluoride (ClF
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Cylinders having a diameter of 120 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater;
a.2. Tubes having an inner diameter of 65 mm or greater and a wall thickness of 25 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater;
a.3. Blocks having a size of 120 mm × 120 mm × 50 mm or greater.
b. Pyrolytic or fibrous reinforced graphites, usable for rocket nozzles and reentry vehicle nose tips;
c. Ceramic composite materials (dielectric constant is less than 6 at any frequency from 100 MHz to 100 GHz) for use in radomes useable in rockets, missiles, and unmanned aerial vehicles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km; or
d. High-temperature ceramic materials, useable in rockets, missiles, and unmanned aerial vehicles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km, as follows:
d.1. Bulk machinable silicon-carbide reinforced unfired ceramic, usable for nose tips.
d.2. Reinforced silicon-carbide ceramic composites usable for nose tips, re-entry vehicles, nozzle flaps.
d.3. Bulk machinable ceramic composite materials consisting of an 'Ultra High Temperature Ceramic (UHTC)' matrix with a melting point equal to or greater than 3000 °C and reinforced with fibers or filaments, usable for missile components (such as nose tips, re-entry vehicles, leading edges, jet vanes, control surfaces, or rocket motor throat inserts).
Note:ECCN 1C107.d.3. does not control 'Ultra High Temperature Ceramic (UHTC)' materials in non-composite form.
Technical Note:'Ultra High Temperature Ceramics (UHTC)' includes: Titanium diboride (Tispan
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | NP applies to 1C111.a.3.f only | NP Column 1. | RS applies to 1C111.d.3 only | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Propulsive substances:
a.1. Spherical or spheroidal aluminum powder (C.A.S. 7429-90-5) in particle size of less than 200 × 10
A particle size of 63 µm (ISO R-565) corresponds to 250 mesh (Tyler) or 230 mesh (ASTM standard E-11).
a.2. Metal powders and alloys where at least 90% of the total particles by particle volume or weight are made up of particles of less than 60 µ (determined by measurement techniques such as using a sieve, laser diffraction or optical scanning), whether spherical, atomized, spheroidal, flaked or ground, as follows:
a.2.a. Consisting of 97% by weight or more of any of the following:
a.2.a.1. Zirconium (C.A.S. #7440-67-7);
a.2.a.2. Beryllium (C.A.S. #7440-41-7); or
a.2.a.3. Magnesium (C.A.S. #7439-95-4);
a.2.b. Boron or boron alloys with a boron content of 85% or more by weight.
Technical Note:The natural content of hafnium in the zirconium (typically 2% to 7%) is counted with the zirconium.
Note:In a multimodal particle distribution (e.g., mixtures of different grain sizes) in which one or more modes are controlled, the entire powder mixture is controlled.
a.3. Oxidizer substances usable in liquid propellant rocket engines, as follows:
a.3.a. Dinitrogen trioxide (CAS 10544-73-7);
a.3.b. Nitrogen dioxide (CAS 10102-44-0)/dinitrogen tetroxide (CAS 10544-72-6);
a.3.c. Dinitrogen pentoxide (CAS 10102-03-1);
a.3.d. Mixed oxides of nitrogen (MON);
a.3.e. [Reserved];
a.3.f. Chlorine trifluoride (ClF
Mixed oxides of nitrogen (MON) are solutions of nitric oxide (NO) in dinitrogen tetroxide/nitrogen dioxide (N
b. Polymeric substances:
b.1. Carboxy-terminated polybutadiene (including carboxyl-terminated polybutadiene) (CTPspan);
b.2. Hydroxy-terminated polybutadiene (including hydroxyl-terminated polybutadiene) (HTPspan) (CAS 69102-90-5), except for hydroxyl-terminated polybutadiene as specified in USML Category V (see 22 Cspan 121.1) (also see Related Controls Note #1 for this ECCN);
b.3. Polybutadiene acrylic acid (PBAA);
b.4. Polybutadiene acrylic acid acrylonitrile (PBAN) (CAS 25265-19-4/CAS 68891-50-9);
b.5. Polytetrahydrofuran polyethylene glycol (TPEG).
Technical Note:Polytetrahydrofuran polyethylene glycol (TPEG) is a block copolymer of poly 1,4-Butanediol (CAS 110-63-4) and polyethylene glycol (PEG) (CAS 25322-68-3).
c. Other propellant energetic materials, additives, or agents:
c.1. [Reserved]
c.2. Triethylene glycol dinitrate (TEGDN);
c.3. 2 Nitrodiphenylamine (2-NDPA);
c.4. Trimethylolethane trinitrate (TMETN);
c.5. Diethylene glycol dinitrate (DEGDN).
d. Hydrazine and derivatives as follows:
d.1. Hydrazine (C.A.S. #302-01-2) in concentrations of 70% or more;
d.2. Monomethyl hydrazine (MMH) (C.A.S. #60-34-4);
d.3. Symmetrical dimethyl hydrazine (SDMH) (C.A.S. #540-73-8);
d.4. Unsymmetrical dimethyl hydrazine (UDMH) (C.A.S. #57-14-7);
d.5. Trimethylhydrazine (C.A.S. #1741-01-1);
d.6. Tetramethylhydrazine (C.A.S. #6415-12-9);
d.7. N,N diallylhydrazine (CAS 5164-11-4);
d.8. Allylhydrazine (C.A.S. #7422-78-8);
d.9. Ethylene dihydrazine (CAS 6068-98-0);
d.10. Monomethylhydrazine dinitrate;
d.11. Unsymmetrical dimethylhydrazine nitrate;
d.12. 1,1-Dimethylhydrazinium azide (CAS 227955-52-4)/1,2-Dimethylhydrazinium azide (CAS 299177-50-7);
d.13. Hydrazinium azide (C.A.S. #14546-44-2);
d.14. Hydrazinium dinitrate (CAS 13464-98-7);
d.15. Diimido oxalic acid dihydrazine (C.A.S. #3457-37-2);
d.16. 2-hydroxyethylhydrazine nitrate (HEHN);
d.17. Hydrazinium diperchlorate (C.A.S. #13812-39-0);
d.18. Methylhydrazine nitrate (MHN) (CAS 29674-96-2);
d.19. 1,1-Diethylhydrazine nitrate (DEHN)/1,2-Diethylhydrazine nitrate (DEHN) (CAS 363453-17-2);
d.20. 3,6-dihydrazino tetrazine nitrate (DHTN), also referred to as 1,4-dihydrazine nitrate.
e. Hydrazine replacement fuels as follows:
e.1. 2-Dimethylaminoethylazide (DMAZ) (CAS 86147-04-8);
e.2. [Reserved]
1C116 Maraging steels having both of the following (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | NP applies to items that meet or exceed the parameters of 1C216 | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. 0.9 GPa in the solution annealed stage; or
a.2. 1.5 GPa in the precipitation hardened stage; and
b. Any of the following forms:
b.1 Sheet, plate or tubing with a wall or plate thickness equal to or less than 5.0 mm;
orb.2 Tubular forms with a wall thickness equal to or less than 50 mm and having an inner diameter equal to or greater than 270 mm.
Technical Note:Maraging steels are iron alloys that are generally:
a. Characterized by high nickel, very low carbon content and use substitutional elements or precipitates to produce strengthening and age-hardening of the alloy; and
b. Subjected to heat treatment cycles to facilitate the martensitic transformation process (solution annealed stage) and subsequently age hardened (precipitation hardened stage).
1C117 Materials for the fabrication of missile “parts” or “components” for rockets or missiles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Molybdenum and alloys in particulate form with a molybdenum content of 97% by weight or more and a particle size of 50 × 10
c. Tungsten materials in the solid form having all of the following:
c.1. Any of the following material compositions:
c.1.a. Tungsten and alloys containing 97% by weight or more of tungsten;
c.1.b. Copper infiltrated tungsten containing 80% by weight or more of tungsten; or
c.1.c. Silver infiltrated tungsten containing 80% by weight or more of tungsten; and
c.2. Able to be machined to any of the following products:
c.2.a. Cylinders having a diameter of 120 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater;
c.2.b. Tubes having an inner diameter of 65 mm or greater and a wall thickness of 25 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater; or
c.2.c. Blocks having a size of 120 mm × 120 mm × 50 mm or greater.
1C118 Titanium-stabilized duplex stainless steel (Ti-DSS), having all of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Containing 17.0-23.0% by weight of chromium and 4.5-7.0% by weight of nickel;
a.2. Having a titanium content of greater than 0.10% by weight; and
a.3. A ferritic-austenitic microstructure (also referred to as a two-phase microstructure) of which at least 10% by volume (according to ASTM E-1181-87 or national equivalents) is austenite; and
b. Having any of the following forms:
b.1. Ingots or bars having a size of 100 mm or more in each dimension;
b.2. Sheets having a width of 600 mm or more and a thickness of 3 mm or less; or
b.3. Tubes having an outer diameter of 600 mm or more and a wall thickness of 3 mm or less.
1C202 Alloys other than those controlled by 1C002.b.3 or 1C002.b.4 as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. “Capable of” an ultimate tensile strength of 460 MPa or more at 293 K (20 °C); and
a.2. In the form of tubes or cylindrical solid forms (including forgings) with an outside diameter of more than 75 mm;
b. Titanium alloys having both of the following characteristics:
b.1. “Capable of” an ultimate tensile strength of 900 MPa or more at 293 K (20 °C); and
b.2. In the form of tubes or cylindrical solid forms (including forgings) with an outside diameter of more than 75 mm.
1C210 “Fibrous or filamentary materials” or prepregs, other than those controlled by 1C010.a, .b or .e, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
Filament or Monofilament is the smallest increment of fiber, usually several µm in diameter.
Strand is a bundle of filaments (typically over 200) arranged approximately parallel.
Roving is a bundle (typically 12-120) of approximately parallel strands.
Yarn is a bundle of twisted strands.
Tow is a bundle of filaments, usually approximately parallel.
Tape is a material constructed of interlaced or unidirectional filaments, strands, rovings, tows, or yarns, etc., usually preimpregnated with resin.
Specific modulus is the Young's modulus in N/m 2 divided by the specific weight in N/m 3, measured at a temperature of (296 ±2) K ((23 ±2) °C) and a relative humidity of 50 ±5 percent.
Specific tensile strength is the ultimate tensile strength in N/m 2 divided by specific weight in N/m 3, measured at a temperature of (296 ±2) K ((23 ±2) °C) and a relative humidity of 50 ±5 percent.
Items: a. Carbon or aramid “fibrous or filamentary materials” having a “specific modulus” of 12.7 × 10 6 m or greater or a “specific tensile strength” of 235 × 10 3 m or greater except Aramid “fibrous or filamentary materials” having 0.25 percent or more by weight of an ester based fiber surface modifier;b. Glass “fibrous or filamentary materials” having a “specific modulus” of 3.18 × 10 6 m or greater and a “specific tensile strength” of 76.2 × 10 3 m or greater; or
c. Thermoset resin impregnated continuous “yarns”, “rovings”, “tows” or “tapes” with a width no greater than 15 mm (prepregs), made from carbon or glass “fibrous or filamentary materials” controlled by 1C210.a or .b.
Technical Note:The resin forms the matrix of the composite.
1C216 Maraging steel, other than that controlled by 1C116, “capable of” an ultimate tensile strength of 1,950 MPa or more, at 293 K (20 °C).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
(2) Also see ECCN 1C116.
(3) Maraging steel, in physical form and finished products “specially designed” or prepared for use in separating uranium isotopes, is subject to the export licensing authority of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (see 10 Cspan part 110).
Related Definitions: The phrase “capable of” in the ECCN heading refers to maraging steel either before or after heat treatment. ECCN Controls: This entry does not control forms in which all linear dimensions are 75 mm or less. Items: The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading. 1C225 Boron enriched in the boron-10 ( 10span) isotope to greater than its natural isotopic abundance, as follows: elemental boron, compounds, mixtures containing boron, manufactures thereof, waste or scrap of any of the foregoing.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
The natural isotopic abundance of boron-10 is approximately 18.5 weight percent (20 atom percent).
1C226 Tungsten, tungsten carbide, and alloys containing more than 90% tungsten by weight, having both of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. A mass greater than 20 kg.
1C227 Calcium having both of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Containing less than 10 parts per million by weight of boron.
1C228 Magnesium having both of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Containing less than 10 parts per million by weight of boron.
1C229 Bismuth having both of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled)| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Containing less than 10 parts per million by weight of silver.
1C230 Beryllium metal, alloys containing more than 50% beryllium by weight, beryllium compounds, manufactures thereof, and waste or scrap of any of the foregoing.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Metal windows for X-ray machines, or for bore-hole logging devices;
b. Oxide shapes in fabricated or semi-fabricated forms “specially designed” for electronic component parts or as substrates for electronic circuits;
c. Beryl (silicate of beryllium and aluminum) in the form of emeralds or aquamarines.
Items: The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading. 1C231 Hafnium metal, hafnium alloys and compounds containing more than 60% hafnium by weight, manufactures thereof, and waste or scrap of any of the foregoing.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Radionuclides, as follows, appropriate for making neutron sources based on alpha-n reactions:
a.1.a. Actinium 225;
a.1.b. Actinium 227;
a.1.c. Californium 253;
a.1.d. Curium 240;
a.1.e. Curium 241;
a.1.f. Curium 242;
a.1.g. Curium 243;
a.1.h. Curium 244;
a.1.i. Einsteinium 253;
a.1.j. Einsteinium 254;
a.1.k. Gadolinium 148;
a.1.l. Plutonium 236;
a.1.m. Plutonium 238;
a.1.n. Polonium 208;
a.1.o. Polonium 209;
a.1.p. Polonium 210;
a.1.q. Radium 223;
a.1.r. Thorium 227;
a.1.s. Thorium 228;
a.1.t. Uranium 230;
a.1.u. Uranium 232; and
a.2. In any of the following forms:
a.2.a. Elemental;
a.2.b. Compounds having a total activity of 37 GBq (1 curie) per kg or greater; or
a.2.c. Mixtures having a total activity of 37 GBq (1 curie) per kg or greater.
b. Products or devices containing radionuclides identified in 1C236.a.1 in any of the forms described in 1C236.a.2.
1C237 Radium-226 ( 226Ra), radium-226 alloys, radium-226 compounds, mixtures containing radium-226, manufactures thereof, and products or devices containing any of the foregoing.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Medical applicators;
b. A product or device containing less than 0.37 GBq (10 millicuries) of radium-226.
Items: The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading. 1C239 High explosives, other than those controlled by the U.S. Munitions List, or substances or mixtures containing more than 2% by weight thereof, with a crystal density greater than 1.8 g/cm 3 and having a detonation velocity greater than 8,000 m/s.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Filamentary nickel powders;
b. Single porous nickel sheets with an area of 1,000 cm 2 per sheet or less.
Items: a. Nickel powder having both of the following characteristics:a.1. A nickel purity content of 99.0% or greater by weight; and
a.2. A mean particle size of less than 10 micrometers measured by American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B330 standard;
b. Porous nickel metal produced from materials controlled by 1C240.a.
Technical Note:1C240.b refers to porous metal formed by compacting and sintering the materials in 1C240.a to form a metal material with fine pores interconnected throughout the structure.
1C241 Rhenium and alloys containing rhenium (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Alloys containing 90% by weight or more of rhenium;
a.2. Alloys containing 90% by weight or more of any combination of rhenium and tungsten; and
b. Having both of the following characteristics:
b.1. In forms with a hollow cylindrical symmetry (including cylinder segments) with an inside diameter between 100 mm and 300 mm; and
b.2. A mass greater than 20 kg.
1C298 Graphite and deuterium that is intended for use other than in a nuclear reactor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to
part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 2. |
|---|
a. Graphite with a boron content of less than 5 parts per million and a density greater than 1.5 grams per cubic centimeter that is intended for use other than in a nuclear reactor;
b. 'Deuterium' not for use in a nuclear reactor.
1C350 Chemicals that may be used as precursors for toxic chemical agents (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to entire entry | Cspan Column 2. |
|---|
CW applies to 1C350.b and .c. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine licensing requirements for items controlled for CW reasons. A license is required, for CW reasons, to export or reexport Schedule 2 chemicals and mixtures identified in 1C350.b to States not Party to the CWC (destinations not listed in Supplement No. 2 to part 745 of the EAR). A license is required, for CW reasons, to export Schedule 3 chemicals and mixtures identified in 1C350.c to States not Party to the CWC, unless an End-Use Certificate issued by the government of the importing country has been obtained by the exporter prior to export. A license is required, for CW reasons, to reexport Schedule 3 chemicals and mixtures identified in 1C350.c from a State not Party to the CWC to any other State not Party to the CWC. (See § 742.18 of the EAR for license requirements and policies for toxic and precursor chemicals controlled for CW reasons. See § 745.2 of the EAR for End-Use Certificate requirements that apply to exports of Schedule 3 chemicals to countries not listed in Supplement No. 2 to part 745 of the EAR.)
AT applies to entire entry. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine licensing requirements for items controlled for AT reasons in 1C350. A license is required, for AT reasons, to export or reexport items controlled by 1C350 to a country in Country Group E:1 of Supplement No. 1 to part 740 of the EAR. (See part 742 of the EAR for additional information on the AT controls that apply to Iran, North Korea, and Syria. See part 746 of the EAR for additional information on sanctions that apply to Iran, North Korea, and Syria.)
License Requirement Notes
1. SAMPLE SHIPMENTS: Subject to the following requirements and restrictions, a license is not required for sample shipments when the cumulative total of these shipments does not exceed a 55-gallon container or 200 kg of a single chemical to any one consignee during a calendar year. A consignee that receives a sample shipment under this exclusion may not resell, transfer, or reexport the sample shipment, but may use the sample shipment for any other legal purpose unrelated to chemical weapons.
a. Chemicals Not Eligible
A. [Reserved]
span. CWC Schedule 2 chemicals (States not Party to the CWC). No CWC Schedule 2 chemical or mixture identified in 1C350.b is eligible for sample shipment to States not Party to the CWC (destinations not listed in Supplement No. 2 to part 745 of the EAR) without a license.
b. Countries Not Eligible: Countries in Country Group E:1 of Supplement No. 1 to part 740 of the EAR are not eligible to receive sample shipments of any chemicals controlled by this ECCN without a license.
c. Sample shipments that require an End-Use Certificate for CW reasons: No CWC Schedule 3 chemical or mixture identified in 1C350.c is eligible for sample shipment to States not Party to the CWC (destinations not listed in Supplement No. 2 to part 745 of the EAR) without a license, unless an End-Use Certificate issued by the government of the importing country is obtained by the exporter prior to export (see § 745.2 of the EAR for End-Use Certificate requirements).
d. Sample shipments that require a license for reasons set forth elsewhere in the EAR: Sample shipments, as described in this Note 1, may require a license for reasons set forth elsewhere in the EAR. See, in particular, the end-use/end-user restrictions in part 744 of the EAR, and the restrictions that apply to embargoed countries in part 746 of the EAR.
e. Annual report requirement. The exporter is required to submit an annual written report for shipments of samples made under this Note 1. The report must be on company letterhead stationery (titled “Report of Sample Shipments of Chemical Precursors” at the top of the first page) and identify the chemical(s), Chemical Abstract Service Registry (C.A.S.) number(s), quantity(ies), the ultimate consignee's name and address, and the date of export for all sample shipments that were made during the previous calendar year. The report must be submitted no later than February 28 of the year following the calendar year in which the sample shipments were made, to: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security, 14th Street and Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Room 2099span, Washington, DC 20230, Attn: “Report of Sample Shipments of Chemical Precursors.”
2. MIXTURES:
a. Mixtures that contain precursor chemicals identified in ECCN 1C350, in concentrations that are below the levels indicated in 1C350.b through .d, are controlled by ECCN 1C395 or 1C995 and are subject to the licensing requirements specified in those ECCNs.
b. A license is not required under this ECCN for a mixture, when the controlled chemical in the mixture is a normal ingredient in consumer goods packaged for retail sale for personal use. Such consumer goods are designated EAR99. However, a license may be required for reasons set forth elsewhere in the EAR.
Note to Mixtures: Calculation of concentrations of AG-controlled chemicals:
a. Exclusion. No chemical may be added to the mixture (solution) for the sole purpose of circumventing the Export Administration Regulations;
b. Percent Weight Calculation. When calculating the percentage, by weight, of ingredients in a chemical mixture, include all ingredients of the mixture, including those that act as solvents.
3. COMPOUNDS. Compounds created with any chemicals identified in this ECCN 1C350 may be shipped NLR (No License Required), without obtaining an End-Use Certificate, unless those compounds are also identified in this entry or require a license for reasons set forth elsewhere in the EAR.
4. TESTING KITS: Certain medical, analytical, diagnostic, and food testing kits containing small quantities of chemicals identified in this ECCN 1C350, are excluded from the scope of this ECCN and are controlled under ECCN 1C395 or 1C995. (Note that replacement reagents for such kits are controlled by this ECCN 1C350 if the reagents contain one or more of the precursor chemicals identified in 1C350 in concentrations equal to or greater than the control levels for mixtures indicated in 1C350.)
Technical Notes:
1. For purposes of this entry, a “mixture” is defined as a solid, liquid or gaseous product made up of two or more ingredients that do not react together under normal storage conditions.
2. The scope of this control applicable to Hydrogen Fluoride (see 1C350.d.14 in the List of Items Controlled) includes its liquid, gaseous, and aqueous phases, and hydrates.
3. Precursor chemicals in ECCN 1C350 are listed by name, Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) number and CWC Schedule (where applicable). Precursor chemicals of the same structural formula (e.g., hydrates, isotopically-labeled forms or all possible stereoisomers) are controlled by ECCN 1C350, regardless of name or CAS number. CAS numbers are shown to assist in identifying whether a particular precursor chemical or mixture is controlled under ECCN 1C350, irrespective of nomenclature. However, CAS numbers cannot be used as unique identifiers in all situations because some forms of the listed precursor chemical have different CAS numbers, and mixtures containing a precursor chemical listed in ECCN 1C350 may also have different CAS numbers.
a. [Reserved]
b. Australia Group-controlled precursor chemicals also identified as Schedule 2 chemicals under the CWC, as follows, and mixtures in which at least one of the following chemicals constitutes 30 percent or more of the weight of the mixture:
b.1. (C.A.S. #7784-34-1) Arsenic trichloride;
b.2. (C.A.S. #76-93-7) Benzilic acid;
b.3. (C.A.S. #78-38-6) Diethyl ethylphosphonate;
b.4. (C.A.S. #683-08-9) Diethyl methylphosphonate;
b.5. (C.A.S. #15715-41-0) Diethyl methylphosphonite;
b.6. (C.A.S. #2404-03-7) Diethyl-N,N-dimethylphosphoroamidate;
b.7. (C.A.S. #41480-75-5) N,N-Diisopropylaminoethanethiol hydrochloride;
b.8. (C.A.S. #5842-07-9) N,N-Diisopropyl-beta-aminoethane thiol;
b.9. (C.A.S. #96-80-0) N,N-Diisopropyl-beta-aminoethanol;
b.10. (C.A.S. #96-79-7), N,N-Diisopropyl-beta-aminoethyl chloride;
b.11. (C.A.S. #4261-68-1) N,N-Diisopropyl-beta-aminoethyl chloride hydrochloride;
b.12. (C.A.S. #6163-75-3) Dimethyl ethylphosphonate;
b.13. (C.A.S. #756-79-6) Dimethyl methylphosphonate;
b.14. (C.A.S. #677-43-0) N,N-dimethylamino-phosphoryl dichloride;
b.15. (C.A.S. #1498-40-4) Ethyl phosphonous dichloride [Ethyl phosphinyl dichloride];
b.16. (C.A.S. #430-78-4) Ethyl phosphonus difluoride [Ethyl phosphinyl difluoride];
b.17. (C.A.S. #1066-50-8) Ethyl phosphonyl dichloride;
b.18. (C.A.S. #993-13-5) Methylphosphonic acid;
b.19. (C.A.S. #676-98-2) Methylphosphonothioic dichloride.
b.20. (C.A.S. #464-07-3) Pinacolyl alcohol;
b.21. (C.A.S. #1619-34-7) 3-Quinuclidinol;
b.22. (C.A.S. #111-48-8) Thiodiglycol.
c. Australia Group-controlled precursor chemicals also identified as Schedule 3 chemicals under the CWC, as follows, and mixtures in which at least one of the following chemicals constitutes 30 percent or more of the weight of the mixture:
c.1. (C.A.S. #762-04-9) Diethyl phosphite;
c.2. (C.A.S. #868-85-9) Dimethyl phosphite (dimethyl hydrogen phosphite);
c.3. (C.A.S. #139-87-7) Ethyldiethanolamine;
c.4. (C.A.S. #10025-87-3) Phosphorus oxychloride;
c.5. (C.A.S. #10026-13-8) Phosphorus pentachloride;
c.6. (C.A.S. #7719-12-2) Phosphorus trichloride;
c.7. (C.A.S. #10545-99-0) Sulfur dichloride;
c.8. (C.A.S. #10025-67-9) Sulfur monochloride;
c.9. (C.A.S. #7719-09-7) Thionyl chloride;
c.10. (C.A.S. #102-71-6) Triethanolamine;
c.11. (C.A.S. #122-52-1) Triethyl phosphite;
c.12. (C.A.S. #121-45-9) Trimethyl phosphite.
d. Other Australia Group-controlled precursor chemicals not also identified as Schedule 1, 2, or 3 chemicals under the CWC, as follows, and mixtures in which at least one of the following chemicals constitutes 30 percent or more of the weight of the mixture:
d.1. (C.A.S. #1341-49-7) Ammonium hydrogen fluoride;
d.2. (C.A.S. #107-07-3) 2-Chloroethanol;
d.3. (C.A.S. #109-89-7) Diethylamine;
d.4. (C.A.S. #100-37-8) N,N-Diethylaminoethanol;
d.5. (C.A.S. #589-57-1) Diethyl chlorophosphite;
d.6. (C.A.S. #298-06-6) O,O-Diethyl phosphorodithioate;
d.7. (C.A.S. #2465-65-8) O,O-Diethyl phosphorothioate;
d.8. (C.A.S. #108-18-9) Di-isopropylamine;
d.9. (C.A.S. #124-40-3) Dimethylamine;
d.10. (C.A.S. #506-59-2) Dimethylamine hydrochloride;
d.11. (C.A.S. #762-77-6) Ethyl chlorofluorophosphate;
d.12. (C.A.S. #1498-51-7) Ethyl dichlorophosphate;
d.13. (C.A.S. #460-52-6) Ethyl difluorophosphate;
d.14. (C.A.S. #7664-39-3) Hydrogen fluoride;
d.15. (C.A.S. #3554-74-3) 3-Hydroxyl-1-methylpiperidine;
d.16. (C.A.S. #76-89-1) Methyl benzilate;
d.17. (C.A.S. #754-01-8) Methyl chlorofluorophosphate;
d.18. (C.A.S. #677-24-7) Methyl dichlorophosphate;
d.19. (C.A.S. #22382-13-4) Methyl difluorophosphate;
d.20. (C.A.S. #14277-06-6) N,N Diethylacetamidine;
d.21. (C.A.S. #53510-30-8) N,N-Diethylbutanamidine;
d.22. (C.A.S. #90324-67-7) N,N-Diethylformamidine;
d.23. (C.A.S. #1342789-47-2) N,N Diethylisobutanamidine;
d.24. (C.A.S. #84764-73-8) N,N-Diethylpropanamidine;
d.25. (C.A.S. #1315467-17-4) N,N-Diisopropylbutanamidine;
d.26. (C.A.S. #857522-08-8) N,N-Diisopropylformamidine;
d.27. (C.A.S. #2909-14-0) N,N-Dimethylacetamidine;
d.28. (C.A.S. #1340437-35-5) N,N-Dimethylbutanamidine;
d.29. (C.A.S. #44205-42-7) N,N-Dimethylformamidine;
d.30. (C.A.S. #321881-25-8) N,N-Dimethylisobutanamidine;
d.31. (C.A.S. #56776-14-8) N,N-Dimethylpropanamidine;
d.32. (C.A.S. #1339586-99-0) N,N-Dipropylacetamidine;
d.33. C.A.S. #1342422-35-8) N,N-Dipropylbutanamidine;
d.34. (C.A.S. #48044-20-8) N,N-Dipropylformamidine;
d.35. (C.A.S. #1342700-45-1) N,N-Dipropylisobutanamidine;
d.36. (C.A.S. #1341496-89-6) N,N-Dipropylpropanamidine;
d.37. (C.A.S. #1314-80-3) Phosphorus pentasulfide;
d.38. (C.A.S. #75-97-8) Pinacolone;
d.39. (C.A.S. #7789-29-9) Potassium bifluoride;
d.40. (C.A.S. #151-50-8) Potassium cyanide;
d.41. (C.A.S. #7789-23-3) Potassium fluoride;
d.42. (C.A.S. #3731-38-2) 3-Quinuclidone;
d.43. (C.A.S. #1333-83-1) Sodium bifluoride;
d.44. (C.A.S. #143-33-9) Sodium cyanide;
d.45. (C.A.S. #7681-49-4) Sodium fluoride;
d.46. (C.A.S. #16893-85-9) Sodium hexafluorosilicate;
d.47. (C.A.S. #1313-82-2) Sodium sulfide;
d.48. (C.A.S. #637-39-8) Triethanolamine hydrochloride;
d.49. (C.A.S. #116-17-6) Tri-isopropyl phosphite.
1C351 Human and animal pathogens and “toxins,” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to items controlled by 1C351.d.14 and .15 | Cspan Column 1. | Cspan applies to entire entry | Cspan Column 2. |
|---|
CW applies to 1C351.d.14 and .d.15 and a license is required for CW reasons for all destinations, including Australia, Canada, and the United Kingdom, as follows: CW applies to 1C351.d.14 for ricin in the form of (1) Ricinus communis AgglutininII (RCA
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
License Requirement Notes:
1. All vaccines and 'immunotoxins' are excluded from the scope of this entry. Certain medical products and diagnostic and food testing kits that contain biological toxins controlled under 1C351.d, with the exception of toxins controlled for CW reasons under 1C351.d.14 or .d.15, are excluded from the scope of this entry. Vaccines, 'immunotoxins', certain medical products, and diagnostic and food testing kits excluded from the scope of this entry are controlled under ECCN 1C991.
2. For the purposes of this entry, only saxitoxin is controlled under 1C351.d.15; other members of the paralytic shellfish poison family (e.g., neosaxitoxin) are designated EAR99.
3. Clostridium perfringens strains, other than the epsilon toxin-producing strains of Clostridium perfringens described in 1C351.c.12, are excluded from the scope of this entry, since they may be used as positive control cultures for food testing and quality control.
4. Unless specified elsewhere in this ECCN 1C351 (e.g., in License Requirement Notes 1-3), this ECCN controls all biological agents and “toxins,” regardless of quantity or attenuation, that are identified in the List of Items Controlled for this ECCN, including small quantities or attenuated strains of select biological agents or “toxins” that are excluded from the lists of select biological agents or “toxins” by the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS), U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), or the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), in accordance with their regulations in 9 Cspan part 121 and 42 Cspan part 73, respectively.
5. Biological agents and pathogens are controlled under this ECCN 1C351 when they are an isolated live culture of a pathogen agent, or a preparation of a toxin agent that has been isolated or extracted from any source or material, including living material that has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with the agent. Isolated live cultures of a pathogen agent include live cultures in dormant form or in dried preparations, whether the agent is natural, enhanced or modified.
a. Viruses identified on the Australia Group (AG) “List of Human and Animal Pathogens and Toxins for Export Control,” as follows:
a.1. African horse sickness virus;
a.2. African swine fever virus;
a.3. Andes virus;
a.4. Avian influenza (AI) viruses identified as having high pathogenicity (HP), as follows:
a.4.a. AI viruses that have an intravenous pathogenicity index (IVPI) in 6-week-old chickens greater than 1.2; or
a.4.b. AI viruses that cause at least 75% mortality in 4- to 8-week-old chickens infected intravenously.
Note:Avian influenza (AI) viruses of the H5 or H7 subtype that do not have either of the characteristics described in 1C351.a.4 (specifically, 1C351.a.4.a or .a.4.b) should be sequenced to determine whether multiple basic amino acids are present at the cleavage site of the haemagglutinin molecule (HA0). If the amino acid motif is similar to that observed for other HPAI isolates, then the isolate being tested should be considered as HPAI and the virus is controlled under 1C351.a.4.
a.5. Bluetongue virus;
a.6. Chapare virus;
a.7. Chikungunya virus;
a.8. Choclo virus;
a.9. Classical swine fever virus (Hog cholera virus);
a.10. Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus;
a.11. Dobrava-Belgrade virus;
a.12. Eastern equine encephalitis virus;
a.13. Ebolavirus (includes all members of the Ebolavirus genus);
a.14. Foot-and-mouth disease virus;
a.15. Goatpox virus;
a.16. Guanarito virus;
a.17. Hantaan virus;
a.18. Hendra virus (Equine morbillivirus);
a.19. Japanese encephalitis virus;
a.20. Junin virus;
a.21. Kyasanur Forest disease virus;
a.22. Laguna Negra virus;
a.23. Lassa virus;
a.24. Louping ill virus;
a.25. Lujo virus;
a.26. Lumpy skin disease virus;
a.27. Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus;
a.28. Machupo virus;
a.29. Marburgvirus (includes all members of the Marburgvirus genus);
a.30. Middle East respiratory syndrome-related coronavirus (MERS-related coronavirus);
a.31. Monkeypox virus;
a.32. Murray Valley encephalitis virus;
a.33. Newcastle disease virus;
a.34. Nipah virus;
a.35. Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus;
a.36. Oropouche virus;
a.37. Peste-des-petits ruminants virus;
a.38. Porcine Teschovirus;
a.39. Powassan virus;
a.40. Rabies virus and all other members of the Lyssavirus genus;
a.41. Reconstructed 1918 influenza virus;
Technical Note:1C351.a.41 includes reconstructed replication competent forms of the 1918 pandemic influenza virus containing any portion of the coding regions of all eight gene segments.
a.42. Rift Valley fever virus;
a.43. Rinderpest virus;
a.44. Rocio virus;
a.45. Sabia virus;
a.46. Seoul virus;
a.47. Severe acute respiratory syndrome-related coronavirus (SARS-related coronavirus);
a.48. Sheeppox virus;
a.49. Sin Nombre virus;
a.50. St. Louis encephalitis virus;
a.51. Suid herpesvirus 1 (Pseudorabies virus; Aujeszky's disease);
a.52. Swine vesicular disease virus;
a.53. Tick-borne encephalitis virus (Far Eastern subtype, formerly known as Russian Spring-Summer encephalitis virus—see 1C351.b.3 for Siberian subtype);
a.54. Variola virus;
a.55. Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus;
a.56. Vesicular stomatitis virus;
a.57. Western equine encephalitis virus; or
a.58. Yellow fever virus.
b. Viruses identified on the APHIS/CDC “select agents” lists (see Related Controls paragraph #2 for this ECCN), but not identified on the Australia Group (AG) “List of Human and Animal Pathogens and Toxins for Export Control,” as follows:
b.1. [Reserved];
b.2. [Reserved]; or
b.3. Tick-borne encephalitis virus (Siberian subtype, formerly West Siberian virus—see 1C351.a.53 for Far Eastern subtype).
c. Bacteria identified on the Australia Group (AG) “List of Human and Animal Pathogens and Toxins for Export Control,” as follows:
c.1. Bacillus anthracis;
c.2. Brucella abortus;
c.3. Brucella melitensis;
c.4. Brucella suis;
c.5. Burkholderia mallei (Pseudomonas mallei);
c.6. Burkholderia pseudomallei (Pseudomonas pseudomallei);
c.7. Chlamydia psittaci (Chlamydophila psittaci);
c.8. Clostriduim argentinense (formerly known as Clostridium botulinum Type G), botulinum neurotoxin producing strains;
c.9. Clostridium baratii, botulinum neurotoxin producing strains;
c.10. Clostridium botulinum;
c.11. Clostridium butyricum, botulinum neurotoxin producing strains;
c.12. Clostridium perfringens, epsilon toxin producing types;
c.13. Coxiella burnetii;
c.14. Francisella tularensis;
c.15. Mycoplasma capricolum subspecies capripneumoniae (“strain F38”);
c.16. Mycoplasma mycoides subspecies mycoides SC (small colony) (a.k.a. contagious bovine pleuropneumonia);
c.17. Rickettsia prowazekii;
c.18. Salmonella enterica subspecies enterica serovar Typhi (Salmonella typhi);
c.19. Shiga toxin producing Escherichia coli (STEC) of serogroups O26, O45, O103, O104, O111, O121, O145, O157, and other shiga toxin producing serogroups;
Note:Shiga toxin producing Escherichia coli (STEC) includes, inter alia, enterohaemorrhagic E. coli (EHEC), verotoxin producing E. coli (VTEC) or verocytotoxin producing E. coli (VTEC).
c.20. Shigella dysenteriae;
c.21. Vibrio cholerae; or
c.22. Yersinia pestis.
d. “Toxins” identified on the Australia Group (AG) “List of Human and Animal Pathogens and Toxins for Export Control,” as follows, or their subunits:
d.1. Abrin;
d.2. Aflatoxins;
d.3. Botulinum toxins;
d.4. Brevetoxins;
d.5. Clostridium perfringens alpha, beta 1, beta 2, epsilon and iota toxins;
d.6. Conotoxins;
d.7. Diacetoxyscirpenol;
d.8. Gonyautoxins;
d.9. HT-2 toxin;
d.10. Microcystins (Cyanginosins);
d.11. Modeccin;
d.12. Nodularins;
d.13. Palytoxin;
d.14. Ricin;
d.15. Saxitoxin;
d.16. Shiga toxins (shiga-like toxins, verotoxins, and verocytotoxins);
d.17. Staphylococcus aureus enterotoxins, hemolysin alpha toxin, and toxic shock syndrome toxin (formerly known as Staphylococcus enterotoxin F);
d.18. T-2 toxin;
d.19. Tetrodotoxin;
d.20. Viscumin (Viscum album lectin 1); or
d.21. Volkensin.
e. “Fungi”, as follows:
e.1. Coccidioides immitis; or
e.2. Coccidioides posadasii.
1C353 Genetic elements and genetically modified organisms, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to genetic elements of items controlled by 1C351.d.14 and .15 | Cspan Column 1 | Cspan applies to entire entry | Cspan Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
1. Vaccines that contain genetic elements or genetically modified organisms identified in this ECCN are controlled by ECCN 1C991.
2. Unless specified elsewhere in this ECCN 1C353 (e.g., in License Requirement Note 1), this ECCN controls genetic elements or genetically modified organisms for all biological agents and “toxins,” regardless of quantity or attenuation, that are identified in the List of Items Controlled for this ECCN, including genetic elements or genetically modified organisms for attenuated strains of select biological agents or “toxins” that are excluded from the lists of select biological agents or “toxins” by the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS), U.S. Department of Agriculture, or the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, in accordance with the APHIS regulations in 7 Cspan part 331 and 9 Cspan part 121 and the CDC regulations in 42 Cspan part 73.
a. Any genetically modified organism that contains, or any genetic element that codes for, any of the following:
a.1. Any gene, genes, translated product or translated products specific to any virus controlled by 1C351.a or .b or 1C354.c;
a.2. Any gene or genes specific to any bacterium controlled by 1C351.c or 1C354.a, or any fungus controlled by 1C351.e or 1C354.b, and which;
a.2.a. In itself or through its transcribed or translated products represents a significant hazard to human, animal or plant health; or
a.2.b. Could endow or enhance pathogenicity; or
a.3. Any toxins, or their subunits, controlled by 1C351.d.
b. [Reserved].
Technical Notes:1. Genetically modified organisms include organisms in which the nucleic acid sequences have been created or altered by deliberate molecular manipulation.
2. “Genetic elements” include, inter alia, chromosomes, genomes, plasmids, transposons, vectors, and inactivated organisms containing recoverable nucleic acid fragments, whether genetically modified or unmodified, or chemically synthesized in whole or in part. For the purposes of this ECCN 1C353, nucleic acids from an inactivated organism, virus, or sample are considered to be 'recoverable' if the inactivation and preparation of the material is intended or known to facilitate isolation, purification, amplification, detection, or identification of nucleic acids.
3. This ECCN does not control nucleic acid sequences of shiga toxin producing Escherichia coli of serogroups O26, O45, O103, O104, O111, O121, O145, O157, and other shiga toxin producing serogroups, other than those genetic elements coding for shiga toxin, or for its subunits.
4. 'Endow or enhance pathogenicity' is defined as when the insertion or integration of the nucleic acid sequence or sequences is/are likely to enable or increase a recipient organism's ability to be used to deliberately cause disease or death. This might include alterations to, inter alia: virulence, transmissibility, stability, route of infection, host range, reproducibility, ability to evade or suppress host immunity, resistance to medical countermeasures, or detectability.
1C354 Plant pathogens, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to entire entry | Cspan Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
1. All vaccines are excluded from the scope of this ECCN. See ECCN 1C991 for vaccines.
2. Unless specified elsewhere in this ECCN 1C354 (e.g., in License Requirement Note 1), this ECCN controls all biological agents, regardless of quantity or attenuation, that are identified in the List of Items Controlled for this ECCN, including small quantities or attenuated strains of select biological agents that are excluded from the list of PPQ select agents and “toxins” by the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS), U.S. Department of Agriculture, in accordance with their regulations in 7 Cspan part 331.
a. Bacteria, as follows:
a.1. Xanthomonas albilineans;
a.2. Xanthomonas citri pv. citri (Xanthomonas axonopodis pv. citri, Xanthomonas campestris pv. citri);
a.3. Xanthomonas oryzae [this species of proteobacteria is identified on the APHIS “select agents” list (see Related Controls paragraph for this ECCN), but only the pathovar Xanthomonas oryzae pv. oryzae (syn. Pseudomonas campestris pv. oryzae) is identified on the Australia Group (AG) “List of Plant Pathogens for Export Control”];
a.4. Clavibacter michiganensis subsp. sepedonicus (Clavibacter sepedonicus, Clavibacter michiganense subsp. sepedonicus, Corynebacterium michiganensis subsp. sepedonicum, Corynebacterium sepedonicum);
a.5. Ralstonia solanacearum, race 3, biovar 2;
a.6. Raythayibactor toxicus [this bacterium is identified on the APHIS “select agents” list (see the Related Controls paragraph for this ECCN), but is not identified on the Australia Group (AG) “List of Plant Pathogens for Export Control”].
b. Fungi, as follows:
b.1. Bipolaris oryzae (Cochliobolus miyabeanus, Helminthosporium oryzae);
b.2. Colletotrichum kahawae (Colletotrichum coffeanum var. virulans);
b.3. Pseudocercospora ulei (Microcyclus ulei, Dothidella ulei);
b.4. Puccinnia graminis ssp. graminis var. graminis/Puccinia graminis ssp. graminis var. stakmanii (Puccinia graminis [syn. Puccinia graminis f. sp. tritici]);
b.5. Puccinia striiformis (syn. Puccinia glumarum);
b.6. Magnaporthe oryzae (Pyricularia oryzae);
b.7. Peronosclerospora philippinensis (Peronosclerospora sacchari);
b.8. Sclerophthora rayssiae var. zeae;
b.9. Synchytrium endobioticum;
b.10. Tilletia indica;
b.11. Thecaphora solani;
b.12. Phoma glycinicola (formerly Pyrenochaeta glycines) [this fungus is identified on the APHIS “select agents” list (see the Related Controls paragraph for this ECCN), but is not identified on the Australia Group (AG) “List of Plant Pathogens for Export Control”].
c. Viruses, as follows:
c.1. Andean potato latent virus (Potato Andean latent tymovirus);
c.2. Potato spindle tuber viroid.
1C355 Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC) Schedule 2 and 3 chemicals and families of chemicals not controlled by ECCN 1C350 or “subject to the ITAR” (see 22 Cspan parts) (see List of Items Controlled).CW applies to entire entry. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine licensing requirements for items controlled for CW reasons. A license is required to export or reexport CWC Schedule 2 chemicals and mixtures identified in 1C355.a to States not Party to the CWC (destinations not listed in Supplement No. 2 to part 745 of the EAR). A license is required to export CWC Schedule 3 chemicals and mixtures identified in 1C355.b to States not Party to the CWC, unless an End Use Certificate issued by the government of the importing country is obtained by the exporter, prior to export. A license is required to reexport CWC Schedule 3 chemicals and mixtures identified in 1C355.b from a State not Party to the CWC to any other State not Party to the CWC. (See § 742.18 of the EAR for license requirements and policies for toxic and precursor chemicals controlled for CW reasons.)
AT applies to entire entry. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine licensing requirements for items controlled for AT reasons in 1C350. A license is required, for AT reasons, to export or reexport items controlled by 1C350 to a country in Country Group E:1 of Supplement No. 1 to part 740 of the EAR. (See part 742 of the EAR for additional information on the AT controls that apply to Iran, North Korea, and Syria. See part 746 of the EAR for additional information on sanctions that apply to Iran, North Korea, and Syria.)
License Requirements Notes:1. MIXTURES:
a. Mixtures containing toxic and precursor chemicals identified in ECCN 1C355, in concentrations that are below the control levels indicated in 1C355.a and .b, are controlled by ECCN 1C995 and are subject to the license requirements specified in that ECCN.
b. Mixtures containing chemicals identified in this entry are not controlled by ECCN 1C355 when the controlled chemical is a normal ingredient in consumer goods packaged for retail sale for personal use or packaged for individual use. Such consumer goods are classified as EAR99.
Note to mixtures:Calculation of concentrations of CW-controlled chemicals:
a. Exclusion. No chemical may be added to the mixture (solution) for the sole purpose of circumventing the Export Administration Regulations;
b. Percent Weight Calculation. When calculating the percentage, by weight, of ingredients in a chemical mixture, include all ingredients of the mixture, including those that act as solvents.
2. COMPOUNDS: Compounds created with any chemicals identified in this ECCN 1C355 may be shipped NLR (No License Required), without obtaining an End-Use Certificate, unless those compounds are also identified in this entry or require a license for reasons set forth elsewhere in the EAR.
Technical Notes:For purposes of this entry, a “mixture” is defined as a solid, liquid or gaseous product made up of two or more ingredients that do not react together under normal storage conditions.
a. CWC Schedule 2 chemicals and mixtures containing Schedule 2 chemicals:
a.1. Toxic chemicals, as follows, and mixtures containing toxic chemicals:
a.1.a. PFIspan: 1,1,3,3,3-Pentafluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)-1-propene (C.A.S. 382-21-8) and mixtures in which PFIspan constitutes more than 1 percent of the weight of the mixture;
a.1.b. [Reserved]
a.2. Precursor chemicals, as follows, and mixtures in which at least one of the following precursor chemicals constitutes more than 10 percent of the weight of the mixture:
a.2.a. Chemicals, except for those listed in Schedule 1, containing a phosphorus atom to which is bonded one methyl, ethyl, or propyl (normal or iso) group but not further carbon atoms.
Note:1C355.a.2.a does not control Fonofos: O-Ethyl S-phenyl ethylphosphonothiolothionate (C.A.S. 944-22-9).
a.2.b. FAMILY: N,N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) phosphoramidic dihalides;
a.2.c. FAMILY: Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) N,N-dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr, or i-Pr)-phosphoramidates;
a.2.d. FAMILY: N,N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethyl-2-chlorides and corresponding protonated salts;
a.2.e. FAMILY: N,N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethane-2-ols and corresponding protonated salts;
Note:1C355.a.2.e. does not control N,N-Dimethylaminoethanol and corresponding protonated salts (C.A.S. 108-01-0) or N,N-Diethylaminoethanol and corresponding protonated salts (C.A.S. 100-37-8).
a.2.f. FAMILY: N,N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethane-2-thiols and corresponding protonated salts.
b. CWC Schedule 3 chemicals and mixtures containing Schedule 3 chemicals:
b.1. Toxic chemicals, as follows, and mixtures in which at least one of the following toxic chemicals constitutes 30 percent or more of the weight of the mixture:
b.1.a. Phosgene: Carbonyl dichloride (C.A.S. 75-44-5);
b.1.b. Cyanogen chloride (C.A.S. 506-77-4);
b.1.c. Hydrogen cyanide (C.A.S. 74-90-8);
b.1.d. Chloropicrin: Trichloronitromethane (CAS 76-06-2).
b.2. Precursor chemicals, as follows, and mixtures in which at least one of the following precursor chemicals constitutes 30 percent or more of the weight of the mixture:
b.2.a. [Reserved];
b.2.b. Methyldiethanolamine (C.A.S. 105-59-9).
1C395 Mixtures and Medical, Analytical, Diagnostic, and Food Testing Kits Not Controlled by ECCN 1C350, as follows (See List of Items Controlled).CW applies to entire entry. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine licensing requirements for items controlled for CW reasons. A license is required for CW reasons, as follows, to States not Party to the CWC (destinations not listed in Supplement No. 2 to part 745 of the EAR): (1) Exports and reexports of mixtures controlled by 1C395.a, (2) exports and reexports of test kits controlled by 1C395.b that contain CWC Schedule 2 chemicals controlled by ECCN 1C350, (3) exports of test kits controlled by 1C395.b that contain CWC Schedule 3 chemicals controlled by ECCN 1C350, except that a license is not required, for CW reasons, to export test kits containing CWC Schedule 3 chemicals if an End-Use Certificate issued by the government of the importing country is obtained by the exporter prior to export, and (4) reexports from States not Party to the CWC of test kits controlled by 1C395.b that contain CWC Schedule 3 chemicals. (See § 742.18 of the EAR for license requirements and policies for toxic and precursor chemicals controlled for CW reasons.)
AT applies to entire entry. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine licensing requirements for items controlled for AT reasons in 1C395. A license is required, for AT reasons, to export or reexport items controlled by 1C395 to a country in Country Group E:1 of Supplement No. 1 to part 740 of the EAR. (See part 742 of the EAR for additional information on the AT controls that apply to Iran, North Korea, Sudan, and Syria. See part 746 of the EAR for additional information on sanctions that apply to Iran, North Korea, and Syria.)
License Requirements Notes:1. 1C395.b does not control mixtures that contain precursor chemicals identified in ECCN 1C350.b or .c in concentrations below the control levels for mixtures indicated in 1C350.b or .c. 1C395.a and 1C995.a.1 and a.2.a control such mixtures, unless they are consumer goods, as described in License Requirements Note 2 of this ECCN.
2. This ECCN does not control mixtures when the controlled chemicals are normal ingredients in consumer goods packaged for retail sale for personal use. Such consumer goods are classified as EAR99.
b. “Medical, analytical, diagnostic, and food testing kits” (as defined in the Related Definitions for this ECCN) that contain CWC Schedule 2 or 3 chemicals controlled by ECCN 1C350.b or .c in an amount not exceeding 300 grams per chemical. (For controls on other such test kits containing these and other controlled chemicals, see Note 2 in the Related Controls paragraph of this ECCN.)
1C607 Tear Gases, Riot Control Agents and materials for the detection and decontamination of chemical warfare agents (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to Part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 1C607.a.10, .a.11, .a.12, and .a.14 | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a.1. CA (Bromobenzyl cyanide) (CAS 5798-79-8);
a.2. CS (o-Chlorobenzylidenemalononitrile or o-Chlorobenzalmalononitrile) (CAS 2698-41-1);
a.3. CN (Phenylacyl chloride or w-Chloroacetophenone) (CAS 532-27-4);
a.4. CR (Dibenz-(b,f)-1,4-oxazephine) (CAS 257-07-8);
a.5. Adamsite (Diphenylamine chloroarsine or DM) (CAS 578-94-9);
a.6. N-Nonanoylmorpholine, (MPA) (CAS 5299-64-9);
a.7. Dibromodimethyl ether (CAS 4497-29-4);
a.8. Dichlorodimethyl ether (ClCi) (CAS 542-88-1);
a.9. Ethyldibromoarsine (CAS 683-43-2);
a.10. Bromo acetone (CAS 598-31-2);
a.11. Bromo methylethylketone (CAS 816-40-0);
a.12. Iodo acetone (CAS 3019-04-3);
a.13. Phenylcarbylamine chloride (CAS 622-44-6);
a.14. Ethyl iodoacetate (CAS 623-48-3);
Note to 1C607.a:ECCN 1C607.a. does not control the following: formulations containing 1% or less of CN or CS; individually packaged tear gases or riot control agents for personal self-defense purposes that are controlled by ECCN 1A984; or active constituent chemicals, and combinations thereof, identified and packaged for food production or medical purposes.
b. “Biopolymers,” not controlled by USML Category XIV(g) “specially designed” or processed for the detection or identification of chemical warfare agents specified by USML Category XIV(a), and the cultures of specific cells used to produce them.
c. “Biocatalysts,” and biological systems therefor, not controlled by USML Category XIV(g) “specially designed” for the decontamination or degradation of chemical warfare agents controlled in USML Category XIV (a), as follows:
c.1. “Biocatalysts” “specially designed” for the decontamination or degradation of chemical warfare agents controlled in USML Category XIV(a) resulting from directed laboratory selection or genetic manipulation of biological systems;
c.2. Biological systems containing the genetic information specific to the production of “biocatalysts” specified by 1C607.c.1, as follows:
c.2.a. “Expression vectors;”
c.2.b. Viruses; or
c.2.c. Cultures of cells.
Note to 1C607.b and .c:The cultures of cells and biological systems are exclusive and these sub-items do not apply to cells or biological systems for civil purposes, such as agricultural, pharmaceutical, medical, veterinary, environmental, waste management, or in the food industry.
d. Chemical mixtures not controlled by USML Category XIV(f) “specially designed” for military use for the decontamination of objects contaminated with materials specified by USML Category XIV(a) or (b).
1C608 “Energetic materials” and related commodities (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. no. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | MT applies to 1C608.m | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) of the EAR for UN controls |
|---|
a.1. 'Sheetstock' or 'carpet rolls'; or
a.2. Grains with diameter greater than 0.10 inches.
Note:This entry does not control 'propellant' grains used in shotgun shells, small arms cartridges, or rifle cartridges.
Technical Notes:1. 'Sheetstock' is 'propellant' that has been manufactured in the form of a sheet suitable for further processing.
2. A 'carpet roll' is 'propellant' that has been manufactured as a sheet, often cut to a desired width, and subsequently rolled up (like a carpet).
3. 'Single base' is 'propellant' which consists mostly of nitrocellulose.
4. 'Double base' 'propellant' consist mostly of nitrocellulose and nitroglycerine.
5. 'Triple base' consists mostly of nitrocellulose, nitroglycerine, and nitroguanidine. Such 'propellants' contain other materials, such as resins or stabilizers, that could include carbon, salts, burn rate modifiers, nitrodiphenylamine, wax, polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyglycol adipate (PGA).
b. Shock tubes containing greater than 0.064 kg per meter (300 grains per foot), but not more than 0.1 kg per meter (470 grains per foot) of 'controlled materials.'
c. Cartridge power devices containing greater than 0.70 kg, but not more than 1.0 kg of 'controlled materials.'
d. Detonators (electric or nonelectric) and “specially designed” assemblies therefor containing greater than 0.01 kg, but not more than 0.1 kg of 'controlled materials'.
e. Igniters not controlled by USML Categories III or IV that contain greater than 0.01 kg, but not more than 0.1 kg of 'controlled materials'.
f. Oil well cartridges containing greater than 0.015 kg, but not more than 0.1 kg of 'controlled materials'.
g. Commercial cast or pressed boosters containing greater than 1.0 kg, but not more than 5.0 kg of 'controlled materials'.
h. Commercial prefabricated slurries and emulsions containing greater than 10 kg and less than or equal to thirty-five percent by weight of USML 'controlled materials'.
i. [Reserved]
j. “Pyrotechnic” devices “specially designed” for commercial purposes (e.g., theatrical stages, motion picture special effects, and fireworks displays), and containing greater than 3.0 kg, but not more than 5.0 kg of 'controlled materials'.
k. Other commercial explosive devices or charges “specially designed” for commercial applications, not controlled by 1C608.c through .g above, containing greater than 1.0 kg, but not more than 5.0 kg of 'controlled materials'.
l. Propyleneimine (2 methylaziridine) (C.A.S. #75-55-8).
m. Any oxidizer or 'mixture' thereof that is a compound composed of fluorine and any of the following: other halogens, oxygen, or nitrogen.
Note 1 to 1C608.m:Nitrogen trifluoride (NF3) (CAS 7783-54-2) in a gaseous state is controlled under ECCN 1C992 and not under ECCN 1C608.m.
Note 2 to 1C608.m:Chlorine trifluoride (ClF3) (CAS 7790-91-2) is controlled under ECCN 1C111.a.3.f and not under ECCN 1C608.m.
Note 3 to 1C608.m:Oxygen difluoride (OF2) is controlled under USML Category V.d.10 (see 22 Cspan 121.1) and not under ECCN 1C608.m.
Note to 1C608.l and m:If a chemical in ECCN 1C608.l or .m is incorporated into a commercial charge or device described in ECCN 1C608.c through .k or in ECCN 1C992, the classification of the commercial charge or device applies to the item.
Technical Note to 1C608.m:'Mixture' refers to a composition of two or more substances with at least one substance being enumerated in 1C011, 1C111, 1C239, 1C608, USML Category V, or elsewhere on the USML.
n. Any explosives, 'propellants', oxidizers, “pyrotechnics”, fuels, binders, or additives that are “specially designed” for military application and not enumerated or otherwise described in USML Category V or elsewhere on the USML.
Note 1:1C608.n does not apply to the following “aircraft” fuels: JP-4, JP-5, and JP-8.
Note 2:“Aircraft” fuels specified by 1C608.n, Note 1 are finished products, not their constituents.
1C980 Inorganic chemicals listed in Supplement No. 1 to part 754 of the EAR that were produced or derived from the Naval Petroleum Reserves (NPR) or became available for export as a result of an exchange of any NPR produced or derived commodities.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to 1C991.c | Cspan Column 3. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
(a) Ricinus communis AgglutininII (RCA
(b) Ricinus communis LectinIV (RCL
(c) Saxitoxin identified by C.A.S. #35523-89-8.
(2) The export of a “medical product” that is an “Investigational New Drug” (IND), as defined in 21 Cspan 312.3, is subject to certain U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) requirements that are independent of the export requirements specified in this ECCN or elsewhere in the EAR. These FDA requirements are described in 21 Cspan 312.110 and must be satisfied in addition to any requirements specified in the EAR.
(3) Also see 21 Cspan 314.410 for FDA requirements concerning exports of new drugs and new drug substances.
Related Definitions: For the purpose of this entry, 'immunotoxins' are monoclonal antibodies linked to a toxin with the intention of destroying a specific target cell while leaving adjacent cells intact. For the purpose of this entry, 'medical products' are: (1) Pharmaceutical formulations designed for testing and human (or veterinary) administration in the treatment of medical conditions; (2) prepackaged for distribution as clinical or medical products; and (3) approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration either to be marketed as clinical or medical products or for use as an “Investigational New Drug” (IND) (see 21 Cspan part 312). For the purpose of this entry, 'diagnostic and food testing kits' are specifically developed, packaged and marketed for diagnostic or public health purposes. Biological toxins in any other configuration, including bulk shipments, or for any other end-uses are controlled by ECCN 1C351. For the purpose of this entry, 'vaccine' is defined as a medicinal (or veterinary) product in a pharmaceutical formulation, approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or the U.S. Department of Agriculture to be marketed as a medical (or veterinary) product or for use in clinical trials, that is intended to stimulate a protective immunological response in humans or animals in order to prevent disease in those to whom or to which it is administered. Items:Technical Note: For purposes of the controls described in this ECCN, 'toxins' refers to those toxins, or their subunits, controlled under ECCN 1C351.d.
a. Vaccines containing, or designed for use against, items controlled by ECCN 1C351, 1C353 or 1C354.
b. Immunotoxins containing toxins controlled by 1C351.d;
c. Medical products that contain any of the following:
c.1. Toxins controlled by ECCN 1C351.d (except for botulinum toxins controlled by ECCN 1C351.d.3, conotoxins controlled by ECCN 1C351.d.6, or items controlled for CW reasons under ECCN 1C351.d.14 or .d.15); or
c.2. Genetically modified organisms or genetic elements controlled by ECCN 1C353.a.3 (except for those that contain, or code for, botulinum toxins controlled by ECCN 1C351.d.3 or conotoxins controlled by ECCN 1C351.d.6);
d. Medical products not controlled by 1C991.c that contain any of the following:
d.1. Botulinum toxins controlled by ECCN 1C351.d.3;
d.2. Conotoxins controlled by ECCN 1C351.d.6; or
d.3. Genetically modified organisms or genetic elements controlled by ECCN 1C353.a.3 that contain, or code for, botulinum toxins controlled by ECCN 1C351.d.3 or conotoxins controlled by ECCN 1C351.d.6;
e. Diagnostic and food testing kits containing toxins controlled by ECCN 1C351.d (except for items controlled for CW reasons under ECCN 1C351.d.14 or .d.15).
1C992 Commercial charges and devices containing energetic materials, n.e.s. and nitrogen trifluoride in a gaseous state (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | A license is required for items controlled by this entry for export or reexport to Iraq and transfer within Iraq for regional stability reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine RS license requirements for this entry. See §§ 742.6 and 746.3 of the EAR for additional information. | Russian industry sector sanctions apply to entire entry | See § 746.5 for specific license requirements and license review policy. |
|---|
a.1. Contain any formulation of controlled materials;
a.2. Have only a uniform shaped conical liner with an included angle of 90 degrees or less;
a.3. Contain more than 0.010 kg but less than or equal to 0.090 kg of controlled materials; and
a.4. Have a diameter not exceeding 4.5 inches;
b. Shaped charges “specially designed” for oil well operations containing less than or equal to 0.010 kg of controlled materials;
c. Detonation cord or shock tubes containing less than or equal to 0.064 kg per meter (300 grains per foot) of controlled materials;
d. Cartridge power devices, that contain less than or equal to 0.70 kg of controlled materials in the deflagration material;
e. Detonators (electric or nonelectric) and assemblies thereof, that contain less than or equal to 0.01 kg of controlled materials;
f. Igniters, that contain less than or equal to 0.01 kg of controlled materials;
g. Oil well cartridges, that contain less than or equal to 0.015 kg of controlled energetic materials;
h. Commercial cast or pressed boosters containing less than or equal to 1.0 kg of controlled materials;
i. Commercial prefabricated slurries and emulsions containing less than or equal to 10.0 kg and less than or equal to thirty-five percent by weight of USML controlled materials;
j. Cutters and severing tools containing less than or equal to 3.5 kg of controlled materials;
k. Pyrotechnic devices when designed exclusively for commercial purposes (e.g., theatrical stages, motion picture special effects, and fireworks displays) and containing less than or equal to 3.0 kg of controlled materials; or
l. Other commercial explosive devices and charges not controlled by 1C992.a through .k containing less than or equal to 1.0 kg of controlled materials.
Note:1C992.l includes automotive safety devices; extinguishing systems; cartridges for riveting guns; explosive charges for agricultural, oil and gas operations, sporting goods, commercial mining, or public works purposes; and delay tubes used in the assembly of commercial explosive devices.
m. Nitrogen trifluoride (NF
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry. | A license is required for items controlled by this entry for export or reexport to Iraq or transfer within Iraq for regional stability reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine RS license requirements for this entry. See §§ 742.6 and 746.3 of the EAR for additional information. |
|---|
1. This ECCN does not control mixtures containing less than 0.5% of any single toxic or precursor chemical controlled by ECCN 1C350.b, .c, or .d or ECCN 1C355 as unavoidable by-products or impurities. Such mixtures are classified as EAR99.
2. 1C995.c does not control mixtures that contain precursor chemicals identified in 1C350.d in concentrations below the levels for mixtures indicated in 1C350.d. 1C995.a.2.b controls such mixtures, unless they are consumer goods as described in License Requirements Note 3 of this ECCN.
3. This ECCN does not control mixtures when the controlled chemicals are normal ingredients in consumer goods packaged for retail sale for personal use. Such consumer goods are classified as EAR99.
a.1. Mixtures containing 10 percent or less, by weight, of any single CWC Schedule 2 chemical controlled by ECCN 1C350.b;
a.2. Mixtures containing less than 30 percent, by weight, of:
a.2.a. Any single CWC Schedule 3 chemical controlled by ECCN 1C350.c; or
a.2.b. Any single precursor chemical controlled by ECCN 1C350.d.
b. Mixtures containing the following concentrations of toxic or precursor chemicals controlled by ECCN 1C355 (For controls on other mixtures containing these chemicals, see Note 3 in the Related Controls paragraph of this ECCN.):
b.1. Mixtures containing the following concentrations of CWC Schedule 2 chemicals controlled by ECCN 1C355.a:
b.1.a. Mixtures containing 1 percent or less, by weight, of any single CWC Schedule 2 chemical controlled by ECCN 1C355.a.1 (i.e., mixtures containing PFIspan); or
b.1.b. Mixtures containing 10 percent or less, by weight, of any single CWC Schedule 2 chemical controlled by 1C355.a.2;
b.2. Mixtures containing less than 30 percent, by weight, of any single CWC Schedule 3 chemical controlled by ECCN 1C355.b.
c. “Medical, analytical, diagnostic, and food testing kits” (as defined in the Related Definitions for this ECCN) that contain precursor chemicals controlled by ECCN 1C350.d in an amount not exceeding 300 grams per chemical. (For controls on other such test kits containing these and other controlled chemicals, see Note 4 in the Related Controls paragraph of this ECCN.)
1C996 Hydraulic fluids containing synthetic hydrocarbon oils, not controlled by 1C006, having all the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. A pour point at 239 K (−-34 °C) or less;
c. A viscosity index of 75 or more; and
d. A thermal stability at 616 K (343 °C).
1C997 Ammonium Nitrate, Including Fertilizers and Fertilizer Blends Containing More Than 15% by Weight Ammonium Nitrate, Except Liquid Fertilizers (Containing Any Amount of Ammonium Nitrate) or Dry Fertilizers Containing Less Than 15% by Weight Ammonium Nitrate.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry. | A license is required for items controlled by this entry for export or reexport to Iraq or transfer within Iraq for regional stability reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine RS license requirements for this entry. See §§ 742.6 and 746.3 of the EAR for additional information. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a.1 Polyether ether ketone (PEEK);
a.2. Polyether ketone ketone (PEKK);
a.3. Polyether ketone (PEK);
a.4. Polyether ketone ether ketone ketone (PEKEKK);
b. [Reserved]
1C999 Specific Materials, n.e.s., as Follows (See List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | A license is required for items controlled by this entry to North Korea for anti-terrorism reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine AT license requirements for this entry. See § 742.19 of the EAR for additional information. | RS applies to entire entry. | A license is required for items controlled by this entry for export or reexport to Iraq or transfer within Iraq for regional stability reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine RS license requirements for this entry. See §§ 742.6 and 746.3 of the EAR for additional information. |
|---|
b. 304 and 316 stainless steel plate, n.e.s.;
c. Monel plate;
d. Tributyl phosphate;
e. Nitric acid in concentrations of 20 weight percent or greater;
f. Fluorine;
g. Alpha-emitting radionuclides, n.e.s.
D. “Software” 1D001 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment controlled by 1B001 to 1B003.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to “software” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of items controlled by 1B001 for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | NP applies to “software” for the “development”, “production” or “use” of items controlled by 1B001 for NP reasons | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | RS applies to software for equipment controlled by 1A004.d | RS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | MT applies to “software” for the “development”, “production”, operation, or maintenance of items controlled by 1B018 for MT reasons | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | NP applies to “software” for the “use” of items controlled by 1B101.a | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to entire entry | Cspan Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to Part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except “software” for 1C607.a.10, .a.11, .a.12, and .a.14 | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
1D608 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by 1B608 or 1C608 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | MT applies to “software” “specially designed” for the “use” of 1B608 equipment in the “production” and handling of materials controlled by 1C608.m or MT articles in USML Category V | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
1D613 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by 1A613 or 1B613, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 1D613.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 1D613.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 1D613.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 1D613.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Software” (other than “software” controlled in paragraph .y of this entry) “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCNs 1A613 (except 1A613.y) or 1B613 (except 1B613.y).
b. to x. [Reserved]
y. Specific “software” “specially designed” for the “production,” “development,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCN 1A613.y.
1D993 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production” or “use” of materials controlled by 1C210.b, or 1C990.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Software “specially designed” for equipment for the production of structural composites, fibers, prepregs and preforms controlled by 1B999, n.e.s.
E. “Technology” 1E001 “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of items controlled by 1A002, 1A003, 1A004, 1A005, 1A006.b, 1A007, 1A008 1A101, 1A231, 1span (except 1B608, 1B613 or 1B999), or 1C (except 1C355, 1C608, 1C980 to 1C984, 1C988, 1C990, 1C991, 1C995 to 1C999).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “technology” for items controlled by 1A002, 1A003, 1A005, 1A006.b, 1A007, 1B001 to 1B003, 1B018, 1C001 to 1C011, or 1C018 | NS Column 1 | NS applies to “technology” for items controlled by 1A004 | NS Column 2 | MT applies to “technology” for items controlled by 1A101, 1B001, 1B101, 1B102, 1B115 to 1B119, 1C001, 1C007, 1C011, 1C101, 1C102, 1C107, 1C111, 1C116, 1C117, or 1C118 for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | NP applies to “technology” for items controlled by 1A002, 1A007, 1A231, 1B001, 1B101, 1B201, 1B225, 1B226, 1B228 to 1B234, 1C002, 1C010, 1C111, 1C116, 1C202, 1C210, 1C216, 1C225 to 1C237, or 1C239 to 1C241 for NP reasons | NP Column 1 | Cspan applies to “technology” for items controlled by 1C351.d.14 and .15 and the 1C353 genetic elements of toxins in ECCN 1C351.d.14 and .15 | Cspan Column 1 | Cspan applies to “technology” for items controlled by 1C351, 1C353, or 1C354; and Cspan applies to “technology” for materials controlled by 1C350 and for chemical detection systems and dedicated detectors therefor, in 1A004.c, that also have the technical characteristics described in 2B351.a | Cspan Column 2 | RS applies to technology for equipment controlled in 1A004.d | RS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
(1) Items controlled for MT reasons; or
(2) Exports and reexports to destinations outside of those countries listed in Country Group A:5 (See Supplement No. 1 to part 740 of the EAR) of “technology” for the “development” or production” of the following:
(a) Items controlled by 1C001; or
(b) Items controlled by 1A002.a which are composite structures or laminates having an organic “matrix” and being made from materials listed under 1C010.c or 1C010.d.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
1E002 Other “technology” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 1E002.g | NS Column 1 | NS applies to 1E002.g | NS Column 2 | MT applies to 1E002.e | MT Column 1 | NP applies to “technology” for items controlled by 1A002 for NP reasons | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
License Exception Tspan is not applicable for the repair “technology” controlled by 1E002.e or .f, see supplement no. 2 to this part.
b. “Technology” for the “development” or “production” of fluoroelastomer compounds containing at least one vinylether monomer;
c. “Technology” for the design or “production” of the following ceramic powders or non-“composite” ceramic materials:
c.1. Ceramic powders having all of the following:
c.1.a. Any of the following compositions:
c.1.a.1. Single or complex oxides of zirconium and complex oxides of silicon or aluminum;
c.1.a.2. Single nitrides of boron (cubic crystalline forms);
c.1.a.3. Single or complex carbides of silicon or boron; or
c.1.a.4. Single or complex nitrides of silicon;
c.1.b. Any of the following total metallic impurities (excluding intentional additions):
c.1.b.1. Less than 1,000 ppm for single oxides or carbides; or
c.1.b.2. Less than 5,000 ppm for complex compounds or single nitrides; and
c.1.c. Being any of the following:
c.1.c.1. Zirconia (CAS 1314-23-4) with an average particle size equal to or less than 1 µm and no more than 10% of the particles larger than 5 µm; or
c.1.c.2. Other ceramic powders with an average particle size equal to or less than 5 µm and no more than 10% of the particles larger than 10 µm;
c.2. Non-“composite” ceramic materials composed of the materials described in 1E002.c.1;
Note:1E002.c.2 does not control “technology” for abrasives.
d. [Reserved]
e. “Technology” for the installation, maintenance or repair of materials controlled by 1C001;
f. “Technology” for the repair of “composite” structures, laminates or materials controlled by 1A002 or 1C007.c;
Note:1E002.f does not control “technology” for the repair of “civil aircraft” structures using carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” and epoxy resins, contained in “aircraft” manufacturers' manuals.
g. “Libraries” “specially designed” or modified to enable equipment to perform the functions of equipment controlled under 1A004.c or 1A004.d.
1E101 “Technology”, in accordance with the General Technology Note, for the “use” of commodities and “software” controlled by 1A101, 1A102, 1B001, 1B101, 1B102, 1B115 to 1B119, 1C001, 1C007, 1C011, 1C101, 1C107, 1C111, 1C116, 1C117, 1C118, 1D001, 1D101, or 1D103.| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to “technology” for commodities and software controlled by 1A101, 1A102, 1B001, 1B101, 1B102, 1B115 to 1B119, 1C001, 1C007, 1C011, 1C101, 1C107, 1C111, 1C116, 1C117, 1C118, 1D001, 1D101, or 1D103 for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | NP applies to “technology” for items controlled by 1B001, 1B101, 1C111, 1C116, 1D001, or 1D101 for NP reasons | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | NP applies to “technology” for items controlled by 1D001 and 1D101 for NP reasons | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry, for items controlled for NP reasons | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to entire entry | Cspan Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to “technology” for the disposal of items controlled by 1C351.d.14 and .15 and the 1C353 genetic elements of toxins in ECCN 1C351.d.14 and .15 | Cspan Column 1 | Cspan applies to “technology” for the disposal of items controlled by 1C351, 1C353, or 1C354; and Cspan applies to “technology” for the disposal of items controlled by 1C350 | Cspan Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
1E355 Technology for the production of Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC) Schedule 2 and 3 chemicals, as follows (see List of Items Controlled):| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CW applies to entire entry. A license is required for CW reasons to CWC non-States Parties (destinations not listed in Supplement No. 2 to part 745), except for Israel and Taiwan. See § 742.18 of the EAR. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine licensing requirements for items controlled for CW reasons | AT applies to the entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. PFIspan: 1,1,3,3,3-Pentafluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)-1-propene (382-21-8);
a.2. [Reserved]
b. Technology for the production of the following CWC Schedule 3 toxic chemicals:
b.1. Phosgene: Carbonyl dichloride (75-44-5);
b.2. Cyanogen chloride (506-77-4);
b.3. Hydrogen cyanide (74-90-8).
1E607 “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of items controlled by ECCN 1A607, 1B607, 1C607, or 1D607 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to Part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except “technology” for 1C607.a.10, .a.11, .a.12, and .a.14 and for 1D607 “software” therefor | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
ECCN 1E607.a includes “technology” “required” exclusively for the incorporation of “biocatalysts” controlled by ECCN 1C607.c.1 into military carrier substances or military material.
b. [Reserved]
1E608 “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of equipment controlled in 1B608 or materials controlled by 1C608 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | MT applies to “technology” “required” for 1C608.m | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of nitrocellulose with nitrogen content over 12.6% and at rates greater than 2000 pounds per hour.
c. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of nitrate esters (e.g., nitroglycerine) at rates greater than 2000 pounds per hour.
1E613 “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by 1A613 or 1B613 or “software” controlled by 1D613, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 1E613.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 1E613.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 1E613.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 1E613.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Technology” (other than “technology” controlled by paragraph .y of this entry) “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities or “software” controlled by ECCNs 1A613 (except 1A613.y), 1B613 or 1D613 (except 1D613.y).
b. through x. [Reserved]
y. Specific “technology” “required” for the “production,” “development,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities or software controlled by ECCN 1A613.y or 1D613.y.
1E994 “Technology” for the “development”, “production”, or “use” of fibrous and filamentary materials controlled by 1C990.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
1. ADNBF (aminodinitrobenzofuroxan or 7 amino 4,6 dinitrobenzofurazane 1 oxide) (CAS 97096 78 1);
2. BNCP (cis bis (5 nitrotetrazolato) tetra amine cobalt (III) perchlorate) (CAS 117412 28 9);
3. CL 14 (diamino dinitrobenzofuroxan or 5,7 diamino 4,6 dinitrobenzofurazane 1 oxide) (CAS 117907 74 1);
4. CL 20 (HNIW or Hexanitrohexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 135285 90 4); chlathrates of CL 20;
5. CP (2 (5 cyanotetrazolato) penta amine cobalt (III) perchlorate) (CAS 70247 32 4);
6. DADE (1,1 diamino 2,2 dinitroethylene, FOX-7) (CAS 145250-81-3);
7. DATspan (diaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 1630 08 6);
8. DDspan (1,4 dinitrodifurazanopiperazine);
9. DDPO (2,6 diamino 3,5 dinitropyrazine 1 oxide, PZO) (CAS 194486 77 6);
10. DIPAM (3,3′ diamino 2,2′,4,4′,6,6′ hexanitrobiphenyl or dipicramide) (CAS 17215 44 0);
11. DNGU (DINGU or dinitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510 04 8);
12. Furazans as follows:
a. DAAOF (diaminoazoxyfurazan);
b. DAAzF (diaminoazofurazan) (CAS 78644 90 3);
13. HMX and derivatives, as follows:
a. HMX (Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine, octahydro 1,3,5,7 tetranitro 1,3,5,7 tetrazine, 1,3,5,7 tetranitro 1,3,5,7 tetraza cyclooctane, octogen or octogene) (CAS 2691 41 0);
b. Difluoroaminated analogs of HMX;
c. K 55 (2,4,6,8 tetranitro 2,4,6,8 tetraazabicyclo [3,3,0] octanone 3, tetranitrosemiglycouril or keto bicyclic HMX) (CAS 130256 72 3);
14. HNAD (hexanitroadamantane) (CAS 143850 71 9);
15. HNS (hexanitrostilbene) (CAS 20062 22 0);
16. Imidazoles as follows:
a. BNNII (Octahydro 2,5 bis(nitroimino)imidazo [4,5 d]imidazole);
b. DNI (2,4 dinitroimidazole) (CAS 5213 49 0);
c. FDIA (1 fluoro 2,4 dinitroimidazole);
d. NTDNIA (N (2 nitrotriazolo) 2,4 dinitroimidazole);
e. PTIA (1 picryl 2,4,5 trinitroimidazole);
17. NTNMH (1 (2 nitrotriazolo) 2 dinitromethylene hydrazine);
18. NTO (ONTA or 3 nitro 1,2,4 triazol 5 one) (CAS 932 64 9);
19. Polynitrocubanes with more than four nitro groups;
20. PYX (2,6 Bis(picrylamino) 3,5 dinitropyridine) (CAS 38082 89 2);
21. RDX and derivatives, as follows:
a. RDX (cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, cyclonite, T4, hexahydro 1,3,5 trinitro 1,3,5 triazine, 1,3,5 trinitro 1,3,5 triaza cyclohexane, hexogen or hexogene) (CAS 121 82 4);
b. Keto RDX (K 6 or 2,4,6 trinitro 2,4,6 triazacyclohexanone) (CAS 115029 35 1);
22. TAGN (triaminoguanidinenitrate) (CAS 4000 16 2);
23. TATspan (triaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 3058 38 6);
24. TEDDZ (3,3,7,7 tetrabis(difluoroamine) octahydro 1,5 dinitro 1,5 diazocine);
25. Tetrazoles as follows:
a. NTAT (nitrotriazol aminotetrazole);
b. NTNT (1 N (2 nitrotriazolo) 4 nitrotetrazole);
26. Tetryl (trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) (CAS 479 45 8);
27. TNAD (1,4,5,8 tetranitro 1,4,5,8 tetraazadecalin) (CAS 135877 16 6);
28. TNAZ (1,3,3 trinitroazetidine) (CAS 97645 24 4);
29. TNGU (SORGUYL or tetranitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510 03 7);
30. TNP (1,4,5,8 tetranitro pyridazino[4,5 d]pyridazine) (CAS 229176 04 9);
31. Triazines as follows:
a. DNAM (2 oxy 4,6 dinitroamino s triazine) (CAS 19899 80 0);
b. NNHT (2 nitroimino 5 nitro hexahydro 1,3,5 triazine) (CAS 130400 13 4);
32. Triazoles as follows:
a. 5 azido 2 nitrotriazole;
b. ADHTDN (4 amino 3,5 dihydrazino 1,2,4 triazole dinitramide) (CAS 1614 08 0);
c. ADNT (1 amino 3,5 dinitro 1,2,4 triazole);
d. BDNTA ((bis dinitrotriazole)amine);
e. DBT (3,3′ dinitro 5,5 bi 1,2,4 triazole) (CAS 30003 46 4);
f. DNBT (dinitrobistriazole) (CAS 70890 46 9);
g. [Reserved]
h. NTDNT (1 N (2 nitrotriazolo) 3,5 dinitrotriazole);
i. PDNT (1 picryl 3,5 dinitrotriazole);
j. TACOT (tetranitrobenzotriazolobenzotriazole) (CAS 25243 36 1);
33. “Explosives” not listed elsewhere in this list having a detonation velocity exceeding 8,700 m/s, at maximum density, or a detonation pressure exceeding 34 GPa (340 kbar);
34. [Reserved]
35. Nitrocellulose (containing more than 12.5% nitrogen) (CAS 9004-70-0);
36. Nitroglycol (CAS 628-96-6);
37. Pentaerythritol tetranitrate (PETN) (CAS 78-11-5);
38. Picryl chloride (CAS 88-88-0);
39. 2,4,6 Trinitrotoluene (TNT) (CAS 118-96-7);
40. Nitroglycerine (NG) (CAS 55-63-0);
41. Triacetone Triperoxide (TATP) (CAS 17088-37-8);
42. Guanidine nitrate (CAS 506-93-4);
43. Nitroguanidine (NQ) (CAS 556 88 7);
44. DNAN (2,4-dinitroanisole) (CAS 119-27-7);
45. TEX (4,10-Dinitro-2,6,8,12-tetraoxa-4,10-diazaisowurtzitane);
46. GUDN (Guanylurea dinitramide) FOX-12 (CAS 217464-38-5);
47. Tetrazines as follows:
a. BTAT (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-3,6-diaminotetrazine);
b. LAX-112 (3,6-diamino-1,2,4,5-tetrazine-1,4-dioxide);
48. Energetic ionic materials melting between 343 K (70 °C) and 373 K (100 °C) and with detonation velocity exceeding 6,800 m/s or detonation pressure exceeding 18 GPa (180 kbar);
49. BTNEN (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-nitramine) (CAS 19836-28-3);
50. FTDO (5,6-(3′,4′-furazano)- 1,2,3,4-tetrazine-1,3-dioxide);
51. EDNA (Ethylenedinitramine) (CAS 505-71-5);
52. TKX-50 (Dihydroxylammonium 5,5′-bistetrazole-1,1′-diolate).
Category 2—Materials Processing Note:For quiet running bearings, see the U.S. Munitions List.
A. “End Items”, “Equipment”, “Accessories”, “Attachments”, “Parts”, “Components” and “Systems” 2A001 Anti-friction bearings, bearing systems and “components,” as follows, (see List of Items Controlled).Reason for Control: NS, MT, AT
| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | MT applies to radial ball bearings having all tolerances specified in accordance with ISO 492 Tolerance Class 2 (or ANSI/ABMA Std 20 Tolerance Class ABEC-9, or other national equivalents) or better and having all the following characteristics: an inner ring bore diameter between 12 and 50 mm; an outer ring outside diameter between 25 and 100 mm; and a width between 10 and 20 mm. | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
GBS: Yes, for 2A001.a,
N/A for MT
Related Controls: (1) See also 2A991. (2) Quiet running bearings are “subject to the ITAR” (see 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.)
Related Definitions: Annular Bearing Engineers Committee (ABEC).
Items: Note:2A001.a includes ball bearing and roller elements “specially designed” for the items specified therein.
a. Ball bearings and solid roller bearings, having all tolerances specified by the manufacturer in accordance with ISO 492 Tolerance Class 2 or Class 4 (or national equivalents), or better, and having both 'rings' and 'rolling elements', made from monel or beryllium;
Note:2A001.a does not control tapered roller bearings.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 2A001.a:
1. 'Ring'—is an annular part of a radial rolling bearing incorporating one or more raceways (ISO 5593:1997).
2. 'Rolling element'—is a ball or roller which rolls between raceways (ISO 5593:1997).
b. [Reserved]
c. Active magnetic bearing systems using any of the following, and “specially designed” components therefor:
c.1. Materials with flux densities of 2.0 T or greater and yield strengths greater than 414 MPa;
c.2. All-electromagnetic 3D homopolar bias designs for actuators; or
c.3. High temperature (450 K (177 °C) and above) position sensors.
2A101 Radial Ball Bearings Having all Tolerances Specified in Accordance With ISO 492 Tolerance Class 2 (or ANSI/ABMA Std 20 Tolerance Class ABEC-9 or Other National Equivalents), or Better and Having all of the Following Characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. An inner ring bore diameter between 12 and 50 mm;
b. An outer ring outside diameter between 25 and 100 mm; and
c. A width between 10 and 20 mm.
2A225 Crucibles made of materials resistant to liquid actinide metals (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. A volume of between 150 cm 3 (150 ml) and 8,000 cm 3 (8 liters); and
a.2. Made of, or coated with, any of the following materials, or combination of the following materials, having an overall impurity level of 2% or less by weight:
a.2.a. Calcium fluoride (CaF
a.2.b. Calcium zirconate (metazirconate) (CaZrO
a.2.c. Cerium sulfide (Ce
a.2.d. Erbium oxide (erbia) (Er
a.2.e. Hafnium oxide (hafnia) (HfO
a.2.f. Magnesium oxide (MgO);
a.2.g. Nitrided niobium-titanium-tungsten alloy (approximately 50% Nb, 30% Ti, 20% W);
a.2.h. Yttrium oxide (yttria) (Y
a.2.i. Zirconium oxide (zirconia) (ZrO
b. Crucibles having both of the following characteristics:
b.1. A volume of between 50 cm 3 (50 ml) and 2,000 cm 3 (2 liters); and
b.2. Made of or lined with tantalum, having a purity of 99.9% or greater by weight;
c. Crucibles having all of the following characteristics:
c.1. A volume of between 50 cm 3 (50 ml) and 2,000 cm 3 (2 liters);
c.2. Made of or lined with tantalum, having a purity of 98% or greater by weight; and
c.3. Coated with tantalum carbide, nitride, boride, or any combination thereof.
2A226 Valves having all of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1. | Cspan applies to valves that also meet or exceed the technical parameters in 2B350.g | Cspan Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
b. Having a bellows seal; and
c. Wholly made of or lined with aluminum, aluminum alloy, nickel, or nickel alloy containing more than 60% nickel by weight.
2A290 Generators and other equipment “specially designed”, prepared, or intended for use with nuclear plants.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Process control systems intended for use with the equipment controlled by 2A290.a.
2A291 Equipment, except items controlled by 2A290, related to nuclear material handling and processing and to nuclear reactors, and “parts,” “components” and “accessories” therefor (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Simulators “specially designed” for “nuclear reactors”.
c. Casks that are “specially designed” for transportation of high-level radioactive material and that weigh more than 1,000 kg.
d. Commodities, “parts,” “components” and “accessories” “specially designed” or prepared for use with nuclear plants (e.g., snubbers, airlocks, pumps, reactor fuel charging and discharging equipment, containment equipment such as hydrogen recombiner and penetration seals, and reactor and fuel inspection equipment, including ultrasonic or eddy current test equipment).
e. Radiation detectors and monitors “specially designed” for detecting or measuring “special nuclear material” (as defined in 10 Cspan part 110) or for nuclear reactors.
Technical Notes:1. 2A291.e does not control neutron flux detectors and monitors. These are subject to the export licens ing authority of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, pursuant to 10 Cspan part 110.
2. 2A291.e does not control general purpose radiation detection equipment, such as geiger counters and dosimeters. These items are controlled by ECCN 1A999.
2A983 Explosives or detonator detection equipment, both bulk and trace based, consisting of an automated device, or combination of devices for automated decision making to detect the presence of different types of explosives, explosive residue, or detonators; and “parts” and “components,” n.e.s.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
(2) Explosives and detonators include commercial charges and devices controlled by 1C018 and 1C992 and energetic materials controlled by ECCNs 1C011, 1C111, 1C239 and 22 Cspan 121.1 Category V.
Items: Note:Explosives or detonation detection equipment in 2A983 includes equipment for screening people, documents, baggage, other personal effects, cargo and/or mail.
a. Explosives detection equipment for automated decision making to detect and identify bulk explosives utilizing, but not limited to, x-ray (e.g., computed tomography, dual energy, or coherent scattering), nuclear (e.g., thermal neutron analysis, pulse fast neutron analysis, pulse fast neutron transmission spectroscopy, and gamma resonance absorption), or electromagnetic techniques (e.g., quadropole resonance and dielectrometry).
b. [Reserved]
c. Detonator detection equipment for automated decision making to detect and identify initiation devices (e.g. detonators, blasting caps) utilizing, but not limited to, x-ray (e.g. dual energy or computed tomography) or electromagnetic techniques.
2A984 Concealed object detection equipment operating in the frequency range from 30 GHz to 3000 GHz and having a spatial resolution of 0.1 milliradian up to and including 1 milliradian at a standoff distance of 100 meters; and “parts” and “components,” n.e.s.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
Concealed object detection equipment includes but is not limited to equipment for screening people, documents, baggage, other personal effects, cargo and/or mail.
Technical Note:The range of frequencies span what is generally considered as the millimeter-wave, submillimeter-wave and terahertz frequency regions.
2A991 Bearings and bearing systems not controlled by 2A001 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Manufactured for use at operating temperatures above 573 K (300 °C) either by using special materials or by special heat treatment; or
a.2. With lubricating elements or “part” or “component” modifications that, according to the manufacturer's specifications, are “specially designed” to enable the bearings to operate at speeds exceeding 2.3 million DN.
b. Solid tapered roller bearings, having tolerances specified by the manufacturer in accordance with ANSI/AFBMA Class 00 (inch) or Class A (metric) or better (or equivalents) and having either of the following characteristics.
b.1. With lubricating elements or “part” or “component” modifications that, according to the manufacturer's specifications, are “specially designed” to enable the bearings to operate at speeds exceeding 2.3 million DN; or
b.2. Manufactured for use at operating temperatures below 219 K (−54 °C) or above 423 K (150 °C).
c. Gas-lubricated foil bearing manufactured for use at operating temperatures of 561 K (288 °C) or higher and a unit load capacity exceeding 1 MPa.
d. Active magnetic bearing systems.
e. Fabric-lined self-aligning or fabric-lined journal sliding bearings manufactured for use at operating temperatures below 219 K (−54 °C) or above 423 K (150 °C).
2A992 Piping, fittings and valves made of, or lined with stainless, copper-nickel alloy or other alloy steel containing 10% or more nickel and/or chromium.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. no. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Pipe valves having all of the following characteristics that are not controlled by ECCN 2B350.g:
b.1. A pipe size connection of 200 mm (8 in.) or more inside diameter; and
b.2. Rated at 10.3 MPa (1,500 psi) or more.
2A993 Pumps designed to move molten metals by electromagnetic forces.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. no. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Reserved.
span. “Test”, “Inspection” and “Production Equipment” Technical Notes for 2B001 to 2B009, 2B201, and 2B991 to 2B999:1. Secondary parallel contouring axes, (e.g., the w-axis on horizontal boring mills or a secondary rotary axis the center line of which is parallel to the primary rotary axis) are not counted in the total number of contouring axes. Rotary axes need not rotate over 360°. A rotary axis can be driven by a linear device (e.g., a screw or a rack-and-pinion).
2. The number of axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” is the number of axes along or around which, during processing of the workpiece, simultaneous and interrelated motions are performed between the workpiece and a tool. This does not include any additional axes along or around which other relative motions within the machine are performed, such as:
2.a. Wheel-dressing systems in grinding machines;
2.b. Parallel rotary axes designed for mounting of separate workpieces;
2.c. Co-linear rotary axes designed for manipulating the same workpiece by holding it in a chuck from different ends.
3. Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance with International Standard ISO 841:2001, Industrial automation systems and integration—Numerical control of machines—Coordinate system and motion nomenclature.
4. A “tilting spindle” is counted as a rotary axis.
5. 'Stated “unidirectional positioning repeatability” ' may be used for each specific machine model as an alternative to individual machine tests, and is determined as follows:
5.a. Select five machines of a model to be evaluated;
5.b. Measure the linear axis repeatability (R↑,R↓) according to ISO 230-2:2014 and evaluate “unidirectional positioning repeatability” for each axis of each of the five machines;
5.c. Determine the arithmetic mean value of the ”unidirectional positioning repeatability”-values for each axis of all five machines together. These arithmetic mean values “unidirectional positioning repeatability” (UPR) become the stated value of each axis for the model...) (UPR
5.d. Since the Category 2 list refers to each linear axis there will be as many 'stated “unidirectional positioning repeatability” ' values as there are linear axes;
5.e. If any axis of a machine model not controlled by 2B001.a. to 2B001.c. has a 'stated “unidirectional positioning repeatability” ' equal to or less than the specified “unidirectional positioning repeatability” of each machine tool model plus 0.7 µm, the builder should be required to reaffirm the accuracy level once every eighteen months.
6. For the purpose of 2span, measurement uncertainty for the “unidirectional positioning repeatability” of machine tools, as defined in the International Standard ISO 230-2:2014, shall not be considered.
7. For the purpose of 2span, the measurement of axes shall be made according to test procedures in 5.3.2. of ISO 230-2:2014. Tests for axes longer than 2 meters shall be made over 2 m segments. Axes longer than 4 m require multiple tests (e.g., two tests for axes longer than 4 m and up to 8 m, three tests for axes longer than 8 m and up to 12 m), each over 2 m segments and distributed in equal intervals over the axis length. Test segments are equally spaced along the full axis length, with any excess length equally divided at the beginning, in between, and at the end of the test segments. The smallest “unidirectional positioning repeatability”-value of all test segments is to be reported.
2B001 Machine tools and any combination thereof, for removing (or cutting) metals, ceramics or “composites”, which, according to the manufacturer's technical specifications, can be equipped with electronic devices for “numerical control”; as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | NP applies to 2B001.a, .b, .c, and .d, EXCEPT: | NP Column 1. | (1) turning machines under 2B001.a with a capacity no greater than 35 mm diameter; (2) bar machines (Swissturn), limited to machining only bar feed through, if maximum bar diameter is equal to or less than 42 mm and there is no capability of mounting chucks. (Machines may have drilling and/or milling capabilities for machining “parts” or “components” with diameters less than 42 mm); or
(3) milling machines under 2B001.b with x-axis travel greater than two meters and overall positioning accuracy according to ISO 230/2 (2006) on the x-axis more (worse) than 22.5 µm. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
2B001 does not control special purpose machine tools limited to the manufacture of gears. For such machines, see 2B003.
Note 2:2B001 does not control special purpose machine tools limited to the manufacture of any of the following:
a. Crank shafts or cam shafts;
b. Tools or cutters;
c. Extruder worms;
d. Engraved or faceted jewelry parts; or
e. Dental prostheses.
Note 3:A machine tool having at least two of the three turning, milling or grinding capabilities (e.g., a turning machine with milling capability), must be evaluated against each applicable entry 2B001.a, .b or .c.
Note 4:A machine tool having an additive manufacturing capability in addition to a turning, milling or grinding capability must be evaluated against each applicable entry 2B001.a, .b or .c.
a. Machine tools for turning having two or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” having any of the following:
a.1. “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 0.9 µm along one or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1.0 m; or
a.2. “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 1.1 µm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 1.0 m;
Note 1:2B001.a does not control turning machines “specially designed” for producing contact lenses, having all of the following:
a. Machine controller limited to using ophthalmic based “software” for part programming data input; and
b. No vacuum chucking.
Note 2:2B001.a does not apply to bar machines (Swissturn), limited to machining only bar feed thru, if maximum bar diameter is equal to or less than 42 mm and there is no capability of mounting chucks. Machines may have drilling or milling capabilities for machining parts with diameters less than 42 mm.
b. Machine tools for milling having any of the following:
b.1. Three linear axes plus one rotary axis which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” having any of the following:
b.1.a. “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 0.9 µm along one or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1.0 m; or
b.1.b. “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 1.1 µm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 1.0 m;
b.2. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” having any of the following:
b.2.a. “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 0.9 µm along one or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1.0 m;
b.2.b. “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 1.4 µm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 1 m and less than 4 m; or
b.2.c. “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 6.0 µm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 4 m;
b.3. A “unidirectional positioning repeatability” for jig boring machines, equal to or less (better) than 1.1 µm along one or more linear axis; or
b.4. Fly cutting machines having all of the following:
b.4.a. Spindle “run-out” and “camming” less (better) than 0.0004 mm TIR; and
b.4.b. Angular deviation of slide movement (yaw, pitch and roll) less (better) than 2 seconds of arc, TIR, over 300 mm of travel;
c. Machine tools for grinding having any of the following:
c.1. Having all of the following:
c.1.a. “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 1.1 µm along one or more linear axis; and
c.1.b. Three or four axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”; or
c.2. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” having any of the following:
c.2.a. “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 1.1 µm along one or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1m;
c.2.b. “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 1.4 µm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 1 m and less than 4 m; or
c.2.c. “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 6.0 µm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 4 m.
Notes:2B001.c does not control grinding machines as follows:
a. Cylindrical external, internal, and external-internal grinding machines, having all of the following:
a.1. Limited to cylindrical grinding; and
a.2. Limited to a maximum workpiece capacity of 150 mm outside diameter or length.
b. Machines designed specifically as jig grinders that do not have a z-axis or a w-axis, with a “unidirectional positioning repeatability” less (better) than 1.1 µm.
c. Surface grinders.
d. Electrical discharge machines (EDM) of the non-wire type which have two or more rotary axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”;
e. Machine tools for removing metals, ceramics or “composites”, having all of the following:
e.1. Removing material by means of any of the following:
e.1.a. Water or other liquid jets, including those employing abrasive additives;
e.1.b. Electron beam; or
e.1.c. “Laser” beam; and
e.2. At least two rotary axes having all of the following:
e.2.a. Can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”; and
e.2.b. A positioning “accuracy” of less (better) than 0.003°;
f. Deep-hole-drilling machines and turning machines modified for deep-hole-drilling, having a maximum depth-of-bore capability exceeding 5m.
2B002 Numerically controlled optical finishing machine tools equipped for selective material removal to produce non-spherical optical surfaces having all of the following characteristics (See List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Finishing to a roughness less (better) than 100 nm rms;
c. Four or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”; and
d. Using any of the following processes:
d.1. ‘Magnetorheological finishing (MRF)’;
d.2. ‘Electrorheological finishing (ERF)’;
d.3. ‘Energetic particle beam finishing’;
d.4. ‘Inflatable membrane tool finishing’; or
d.5. ‘Fluid jet finishing’.
2B003 “Numerically controlled” machine tools, “specially designed” for the shaving, finishing, grinding or honing of hardened (R| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
a. A pitch diameter exceeding 1,250 mm;
b. A face width of 15% of pitch diameter or larger; and
c. A finished quality of AGMA 14 or better (equivalent to ISO 1328 class 3).
2B004 Hot “isostatic presses” having all of the characteristics described in the List of Items Controlled, and “specially designed” “components” and “accessories” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | NP applies to entire entry, except 2B004.b.3 and presses with maximum working pressures below 69 MPa | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. A controlled thermal environment within the closed cavity and possessing a chamber cavity with an inside diameter of 406 mm or more; and
b. Having any of the following:
b.1. A maximum working pressure exceeding 207 MPa;
b.2. A controlled thermal environment exceeding 1,773 K (1,500 °C); or
b.3. A facility for hydrocarbon impregnation and removal of resultant gaseous degradation products.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 2B004, the inside chamber dimension is that of the chamber in which both the working temperature and the working pressure are achieved and does not include fixtures. That dimension will be the smaller of either the inside diameter of the pressure chamber or the inside diameter of the insulated furnace chamber, depending on which of the two chambers is located inside the other.
2B005 Equipment “specially designed” for the deposition, processing and in-process control of inorganic overlays, coatings and surface modifications, as follows, for substrates specified in column 2, by processes shown in column 1 in the “Materials Processing Table; Deposition Techniques” following 2E003.f (see List of Items Controlled), and “specially designed” automated handling, positioning, manipulation and control “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. A process modified for one of the following:
a.1.a. Pulsating CVD;
a.1.b. Controlled nucleation thermal deposition (CNTD); or
a.1.c. Plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVD; and
a.2. Having any of the following:
a.2.a. Incorporating high vacuum (equal to or less than 0.01 Pa) rotating seals; or
a.2.b. Incorporating in situ coating thickness control;
b. Ion implantation “production equipment” having beam currents of 5 mA or more;
c. Electron beam physical vapor deposition (Espan-PVD) “production equipment” incorporating power systems rated for over 80 kW and having any of the following:
c.1. A liquid pool level “laser” control system which regulates precisely the ingots feed rate; or
c.2. A computer controlled rate monitor operating on the principle of photo-luminescence of the ionized atoms in the evaporant stream to control the deposition rate of a coating containing two or more elements;
d. Plasma spraying “production equipment” having any of the following:
d.1. Operating at reduced pressure controlled atmosphere (equal or less than 10 kPa measured above and within 300 mm of the gun nozzle exit) in a vacuum chamber capable of evacuation down to 0.01 Pa prior to the spraying process; or
d.2. Incorporating in situ coating thickness control;
e. Sputter deposition “production equipment” capable of current densities of 0.1 mA/mm 2 or higher at a deposition rate 15 µm/h or more;
f. Cathodic arc deposition “production equipment” incorporating a grid of electromagnets for steering control of the arc spot on the cathode;
g. Ion plating “production equipment” capable of in situ measurement of any of the following:
g.1. Coating thickness on the substrate and rate control; or
g.2. Optical characteristics.
2B006 Dimensional inspection or measuring systems, equipment, position feedback units and “electronic assemblies”, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | NP applies to those items in 2B006.a, b.1, b.3, and .c (angular displacement measuring instruments) that meet or exceed the technical parameters in 2B206. | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Computer controlled or “numerically controlled” Coordinate Measuring Machines (CMM), having a three dimensional length (volumetric) maximum permissible error of length measurement (E
For the purposes of 2B006.a, E
b. Linear displacement measuring instruments or systems, linear position feedback units, and “electronic assemblies”, as follows:
Note:Interferometer and optical-encoder measuring systems containing a “laser” are only specified by 2B006.b.3.
b.1. 'Non-contact type measuring systems' with a 'resolution' equal to or less (better) than 0.2 µm within 0 to 0.2 mm of the 'measuring range';
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 2B006.b.1:
1. 'Non-contact type measuring systems' are designed to measure the distance between the probe and measured object along a single vector, where the probe or measured object is in motion.
2. 'Measuring range' means the distance between the minimum and maximum working distance.
b.2. Linear position feedback units “specially designed” for machine tools and having an overall “accuracy” less (better) than (800 + (600 × L/1,000)) nm (L equals effective length in mm);
b.3. Measuring systems having all of the following:
b.3.a. Containing a “laser”;
b.3.b. A 'resolution' over their full scale of 0.200 nm or less (better); and
b.3.c. Capable of achieving a “measurement uncertainty” equal to or less (better) than (1.6 + L/2,000) nm (L is the measured length in mm) at any point within a measuring range, when compensated for the refractive index of air and measured over a period of 30 seconds at a temperature of 20±0.01 °C;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 2B006.b, 'resolution' is the least increment of a measuring device; on digital instruments, the least significant bit.
b.4. “Electronic assemblies” “specially designed” to provide feedback capability in systems controlled by 2B006.b.3;
c. Rotary position feedback units “specially designed” for machine tools or angular displacement measuring instruments, having an angular position “accuracy” equal to or less (better) than 0.9 second of arc;
Note:2B006.c does not control optical instruments, such as autocollimators, using collimated light (e.g., “laser” light) to detect angular displacement of a mirror.
d. Equipment for measuring surface roughness (including surface defects), by measuring optical scatter with a sensitivity of 0.5 nm or less (better).
Note:2B006 includes machine tools, other than those specified by 2B001, that can be used as measuring machines, if they meet or exceed the criteria specified for the measuring machine function.
2B007 “Robots” having any of the following characteristics described in the List of Items Controlled and “specially designed” controllers and “end-effectors” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | NP applies to equipment that meets or exceeds the criteria in ECCNs 2B207 | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. “Specially designed” to comply with national safety standards applicable to potentially explosive munitions environments;
Note:2B007.b does not apply to “robots” “specially designed” for paint-spraying booths.
c. “Specially designed” or rated as radiation-hardened to withstand a total radiation dose greater than 5 × 10 3 Gy (silicon) without operational degradation; or
Technical Note:The term Gy (silicon) refers to the energy in Joules per kilogram absorbed by an unshielded silicon sample when exposed to ionizing radiation.
d. “Specially designed” to operate at altitudes exceeding 30,000 m.
2B008 'Compound rotary tables' and “tilting spindles”, “specially designed” for machine tools, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. [Reserved]
b. [Reserved]
c. 'Compound rotary tables' having all of the following:
c.1. Designed for machine tools for turning, milling or grinding; and
c.2. Two rotary axes designed to be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 2B008.c, a 'compound rotary table' is a table allowing the workpiece to rotate and tilt about two non-parallel axes.
d. “Tilting spindles” having all of the following:
d.1. Designed for machine tools for turning, milling or grinding; and
d.2. Designed to be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”.
2B009 Spin-forming machines and flow-forming machines, which, according to the manufacturer's technical specifications, can be equipped with “numerical control” units or a computer control and having all of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | MT applies to: spin-forming
machines combining the functions of spin-forming and flow-forming; and flow-forming machines that meet or exceed the parameters of 2B009.a and 2B109 | MT Column 1 | NP applies to flow-forming machines, and spin-forming machines capable of flow-forming functions, that meet or exceed the parameters of 2B209 | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Three or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”; and
b. A roller force more than 60 kN.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 2B009, machines combining the function of spin-forming and flow-forming are regarded as flow-forming machines.
2B018 Equipment on the Wassenaar Arrangement Munitions List.No commodities currently are controlled by this entry. Commodities formerly controlled by paragraphs .a through .d, .m, and .s of this entry are controlled in ECCN 0B606. Commodities formerly controlled by paragraphs .e through .l of this entry are controlled by ECCN 0B602. Commodities formerly controlled by paragraphs .o through .r of this entry are controlled by ECCN 0B501. Commodities formerly controlled by paragraph .n of this entry are controlled in ECCN 0B501 if they are “specially designed” for the “production” of the items controlled in ECCN 0A501.a through .x or USML Category I and controlled in ECCN 0B602 if they are of the kind exclusively designed for use in the manufacture of items in ECCN 0A602 or USML Category II.
2B104 “Isostatic presses”, other than those controlled by 2B004, having all of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
b. Designed to achieve and maintain a controlled thermal environment of 873 K (600 °C) or greater; and
c. Possessing a chamber cavity with an inside diameter of 254 mm or greater.
2B105 Chemical vapor deposition (CVD) furnaces, other than those controlled by 2B005.a, designed or modified for the densification of carbon-carbon composites.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | NP applies to items controlled by this entry that meet or exceed the technical parameters in 2B209 | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Equipped with, or according to the manufacturer's technical specification are capable of being equipped with, “numerical control” units or a computer control, even when not equipped with such units at delivery; and
a.2. More than two axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control.”
b. “Specially designed” “parts” and “components” for flow-forming machines controlled in 2B009 for MT reasons or 2B109.a.
Technical Note:1. Machines combining the function of spin-forming and flow-forming are for the purpose of 2B109 regarded as flow-forming machines.
2B116 Vibration test systems and equipment, usable for rockets, missiles, or unmanned aerial vehicles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km and their subsystems, and “parts” and “components” therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | NP applies to electrodynamic vibration test systems in 2B116.a and to all items in 2B116.b, .c, and .d | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
b. Digital controllers, combined with “specially designed” vibration test “software”, with a ‘real-time control bandwidth’ greater than 5 kHz and designed for use with vibration test systems described in 2B116.a;
c. Vibration thrusters (shaker units), with or without associated amplifiers, capable of imparting a force equal to or greater than 50 kN (11,250 lbs.), measured ‘bare table’, and usable in vibration test systems described in 2B116.a;
d. Test piece support structures and electronic units designed to combine multiple shaker units into a complete shaker system capable of providing an effective combined force equal to or greater than 50 kN, measured ‘bare table’, and usable in vibration test systems described in 2B116.a.
Technical Notes:(1) ‘Bare table’ means a flat table, or surface, with no fixture or fitting.
(2) ‘Real-time control bandwidth’ is defined as the maximum rate at which a controller can execute complete cycles of sampling, processing data and transmitting control signals.
2B117 Equipment and process controls, other than those controlled by 2B004, 2B005.a, 2B104 or 2B105, designed or modified for the densification and pyrolysis of structural composite rocket nozzles and reentry vehicle nose tips.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Balancing machines having all of the following characteristics:
a.1. Not capable of balancing rotors/assemblies having a mass greater than 3 kg;
a.2. Capable of balancing rotors/assemblies at speeds greater than 12,500 rpm;
a.3. Capable of correcting unbalance in two planes or more; and
a.4. Capable of balancing to a residual specific unbalance of 0.2 g mm per kg of rotor mass.
Note:2B119.a. does not control balancing machines designed or modified for dental or other medical equipment.
b. Indicator heads designed or modified for use with machines specified in 2B119.a.
Note:Indicator heads are sometimes known as balancing instrumentation.
2B120 Motion simulators or rate tables (equipment capable of simulating motion), having all of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Designed or modified to incorporate sliprings or integrated non-contact devices capable of transferring electrical power, signal information, or both; and
c. Having any of the following characteristics:
c.1. For any single axis having all of the following:
c.1.a. Capable of rates of rotation of 400 degrees/s or more, or 30 degrees/s or less, and
c.1.b. A rate resolution equal to or less than 6 degrees/s and an accuracy equal to or less than 0.6 degrees/s; or
c.2. Having a worst-case rate stability equal to or better (less) than plus or minus 0.05% averaged over 10 degrees or more; or
c.3. A positioning “accuracy” equal to or better than 5 arc-second.
Note:2B120 does not control rotary tables designed or modified for machine tools or for medical equipment. For controls on machine tool rotary tables see 2B008.
2B121 Positioning tables (equipment capable of precise rotary position in any axis), other than those controlled in 2B120, having all the following characteristics (See List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. A positioning “accuracy” equal to or better than 5 arc-second.
Note:2B121 does not control rotary tables designed or modified for machine tools or for medical equipment. For controls on machine tool rotary tables see 2B008.
2B122 Centrifuges capable of imparting accelerations greater than 100 g and designed or modified to incorporate sliprings or integrated non-contact devices capable of transferring electrical power, signal information, or both.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
2B201 does not control special purpose machine tools limited to the manufacture of any of the following parts:
a. Gears;
b. Crank shafts or cam shafts;
c. Tools or cutters;
d. Extruder worms;
Technical Note:The identified positioning accuracy values in this entry are based on ISO 230/2 (2006), which equates to the values based on ISO 230/2 (1988) that are used by the Nuclear Supplier's Group (NSG). In 2B201.a and .b.1, this results in a change from 6 µm to 4.5 µm. In paragraph .b of the Note to 2B201.b, the resulting change is from 30 µm to 22.5 µm, In 2B201.c, the resulting change is from 4 µm to 3 µm.
a. Machine tools for turning, that have positioning accuracies according to ISO 230/2 (2006) with all compensations available better (less) than 4.5 µm along any linear axis (overall positioning) for machines capable of machining diameters greater than 35 mm;
Note to 2B201.a:2B201.a does not control bar machines (Swissturn), limited to machining only bar feed thru, if maximum bar diameter is equal to or less than 42 mm and there is no capability of mounting chucks. Machines may have drilling and/or milling capabilities for machining parts with diameters less than 42 mm.
b. Machine tools for milling, having any of the following characteristics:
b.1. Positioning accuracies according to ISO 230/2 (2006) with “all compensations available” equal to or less (better) than 4.5 µm along any linear axis (overall positioning);
b.2. Two or more contouring rotary axes; or
b.3. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control.”
Note to 2B201.b:2B201.b does not control milling machines having the following characteristics:
a. X-axis travel greater than 2 m; and
b. Overall positioning accuracy according to ISO 230/2 (2006) on the x-axis more (worse) than 22.5 µm.
c. Machine tools for grinding, having any of the following characteristics:
c.1. Positioning accuracies according to ISO 230/2 (2006) with “all compensations available” equal to or less (better) than 3 µm along any linear axis (overall positioning);
c.2. Two or more contouring rotary axes; or
c.3. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control.”
Note to 2B201.c:2B201.c does not control the following grinding machines:
a. Cylindrical external, internal, and external-internal grinding machines having all of the following characteristics:
1. Limited to a maximum workpiece capacity of 150 mm outside diameter or length; and
2. Axes limited to x, z and c.
b. Jig grinders that do not have a z-axis or a w-axis with an overall positioning accuracy less (better) than 3 microns. Positioning accuracy is according to ISO 230/2 (2006).
Technical Note:2B201.b.3 and c.3 include machines based on a parallel linear kinematic design (e.g. hexapods) that have 5 or more axes none of which are rotary axes.
2B204 “Isostatic presses”, other than those controlled by 2B004 or 2B104, and related equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Capable of achieving a maximum working pressure of 69 MPa or greater; and
a.2. A chamber cavity with an inside diameter in excess of 152 mm;
b. Dies, molds and controls, “specially designed” for “isostatic presses” controlled by 2B204.a.
2B206 Dimensional inspection machines, instruments or systems, other than those described in 2B006, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
(1) Machine tools that can be used as measuring machines are controlled by ECCN 2B206 if they meet or exceed the control parameters specified in this entry for the measuring machine function. (2) The machines described in ECCN 2B206 are controlled by this entry if they exceed the specified control threshold anywhere in their operating range.
Technical Note to ECCN 2B206:All parameters of measurement values in this entry represent plus/minus, i.e., not total band.
a. Computer controlled or numerically controlled coordinate measuring machines (CMM) with either of the following characteristics:
a.1. Having only two axes with a maximum permissible error of length measurement along any axis (one dimension), identified as any combination of E
a.2. Having three or more axes with a three dimensional (volumetric) maximum permissible error of length measurement, identified as E
The E
b. Systems for simultaneous linear-angular inspection of hemishells, having both of the following characteristics:
b.1. “Measurement uncertainty” along any linear axis equal to or less (better) than 3.5 µm per 5 mm; and
b.2. “Angular position deviation” equal to or less than 0.02°.
c. Linear displacement measuring systems having both of the following characteristics:
c.1. Containing a “laser;” and
c.2. Capable of maintaining, for at least 12 hours over a temperature range of ± 1 K around a standard temperature and a standard pressure, both:
c.2.a. A “resolution” over their full scale of 0.1 µm or better; and
c.2.b. A “measurement uncertainty” equal to or better (less) than (0.2 + L/2,000) µm (L is the measured length in millimeters).
Control Note to 2B206.c:2B206.c does not control measuring interferometer systems, without closed or open loop feedback, containing a “laser” to measure slide movement errors of machine tools, dimensional inspection machines, or similar equipment.
Technical Note to 2B206.c:In 2B206.c, “linear displacement” means the change of distance between the measuring probe and the measured object.
d. Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) systems having all of the following:
d.1. Having any of the following:
d.1.a. “Linearity” equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to the full operating range, for LVDTs with a full operating range up to and including ±5 mm; or
d.1.b. “Linearity” equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to 5 mm for LVDTs with a 'full operating range' greater than ±5 mm; and
d.2. Drift equal to or less (better) than 0.1% per day at a standard ambient test room temperature ±1 K.
2B207 “Robots”, “end-effectors” and control units, other than those controlled by 2B007, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Control units “specially designed” for any of the “robots” or “end-effectors” controlled by 2B207.a.
2B209 Flow forming machines, spin forming machines capable of flow forming functions, other than those controlled by 2B009 or 2B109, and mandrels, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Machines having both of the following characteristics:
a.1. Three or more rollers (active or guiding); and
a.2. According to the manufacturer's technical specifications, can be equipped with “numerical control” units or a computer control;
Note:2B209.a includes machines that have only a single roller designed to deform metal, plus two auxiliary rollers that support the mandrel, but do not participate directly in the deformation process.
b. Rotor-forming mandrels designed to form cylindrical rotors of inside diameter between 75 mm and 650 mm.
2B225 Remote manipulators that can be used to provide remote actions in radiochemical separation operations or hot cells, having either of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. A capability of bridging over the top of a hot cell wall with a thickness of 0.6 m or more (over-the-wall operation).
Technical Note:Remote manipulators provide translation of human operator actions to a remote operating arm and terminal fixture. They may be of “master/slave” type or operated by joystick or keypad.
2B226 Controlled atmosphere (vacuum or inert gas) induction furnaces, and power supplies therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Capable of operation above 1,123 K (850 °C);
a.2. Induction coils 600 mm or less in diameter; and
a.3. Designed for power inputs of 5 kW or more;
b. Power supplies, with a specified power output of 5 kW or more, “specially designed” for furnaces controlled by 2B226.a.
2B227 Vacuum or other controlled atmosphere metallurgical melting and casting furnaces and related equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Consumable electrode capabilities between 1,000 cm 3 and 20,000 cm 3; and
a.2. Capable of operating with melting temperatures above 1,973 K (1,700 °C);
b. Electron beam melting furnaces and plasma atomization and melting furnaces, having both of the following characteristics:
b.1. A power of 50 kW or greater; and
b.2. Capable of operating with melting temperatures above 1,473 K (1,200 °C);
c. Computer control and monitoring systems specially configured for any of the furnaces controlled by 2B227.a or .b.
2B228 Rotor fabrication and assembly equipment, rotor straightening equipment, bellows-forming mandrels and dies, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Rotor assembly equipment for assembly of gas centrifuge rotor tube sections, baffles, and end-caps;
Note:2B228.a includes precision mandrels, clamps, and shrink fit machines.
b. Rotor straightening equipment for alignment of gas centrifuge rotor tube sections to a common axis;
Technical Note:The rotor straightening equipment in 2B228.b normally consists of precision measuring probes linked to a computer that subsequently controls the action of, for example, pneumatic rams used for aligning the rotor tube sections.
c. Bellows-forming mandrels and dies for producing single-convolution bellows.
Technical Note:In 2B228.c, the bellows have all of the following characteristics:
1. Inside diameter between 75 mm and 650 mm;
2. Length equal to or greater than 12.7 mm;
3. Single convolution depth greater than 2 mm; and
4. Made of high-strength aluminum alloys, maraging steel or high strength “fibrous or filamentary materials”.
2B229 Centrifugal multiplane balancing machines, fixed or portable, horizontal or vertical, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Swing or journal diameter greater than 75 mm;
a.2. Mass capability of from 0.9 to 23 kg; and
a.3. Capable of balancing speed of revolution greater than 5,000 r.p.m.;
b. Centrifugal balancing machines designed for balancing hollow cylindrical rotor “parts” or “components” and having all of the following characteristics:
b.1. Journal diameter greater than 75 mm;
b.2. Mass capability of from 0.9 to 23 kg;
b.3. A minimum achievable residual specific unbalance equal to or less than 10 g-mm/kg per plane; and
b.4. Belt drive type.
2B230 All types of “pressure transducers” capable of measuring absolute pressures and having all of the characteristics described in this ECCN (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Seals, if any, essential for sealing the pressure sensing element, and in direct contact with the process medium, made of or protected by aluminum, aluminum alloy, aluminum oxide (alumina or sapphire), nickel, nickel alloy with more than 60% nickel by weight, or fully fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers; and
c. Either of the following characteristics:
c.1. A full scale of less 13 kPa and an “accuracy” of better than ±1% of full scale; or
c.2. A full scale of 13 kPa or greater and an “accuracy” of better than ±130 Pa when measuring at 13 kPa.
2B231 Vacuum pumps having all of the characteristics described in this ECCN (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Pumping speed equal to or greater than 15 m 3/s; and
c. Capable of producing an ultimate vacuum better than 13.3 mPa.
2B232 High-velocity gun systems (propellant, gas, coil, electromagnetic, and electrothermal types, and other advanced systems) capable of accelerating projectiles to 1.5 km/s or greater.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Capable of a pressure ratio of 2:1 or greater; and
c. Having all surfaces that come in contact with the process gas made from any of the following:
c.1. Aluminum or aluminum alloy;
c.2. Aluminum oxide;
c.3. Stainless steel;
c.4. Nickel or nickel alloy;
c.5. Phosphor bronze; or
c.6. Fluoropolymers.
Technical Notes:1. In a scroll compressor or vacuum pump, crescent-shaped pockets of gas are trapped between one or more pairs of intermeshed spiral vanes, or scrolls, one of which moves while the other remains stationary. The moving scroll orbits the stationary scroll; it does not rotate. As the moving scroll orbits the stationary scroll, the gas pockets diminish in size (i.e., they are compressed) as they move toward the outlet port of the machine.
2. In a bellows-sealed scroll compressor or vacuum pump, the process gas is totally isolated from the lubricated parts of the pump and from the external atmosphere by a metal bellows. One end of the bellows is attached to the moving scroll and the other end is attached to the stationary housing of the pump.
3. Fluoropolymers include, but are not limited to, the following materials:
a. Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE);
b. Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene (FEP);
c. Perfluoroalkoxy (PFA);
d. Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE); and
e. Vinylidene fluoride-hexafluoropropylene copolymer.
2B350 Chemical manufacturing facilities and equipment, except valves controlled by 2A226, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to entire entry | Cspan Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Reaction vessels or reactors, with or without agitators, with total internal (geometric) volume greater than 0.1 m 3 (100 liters) and less than 20 m 3 (20,000 liters), where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from any of the following materials:
a.1.a Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
a.1.b. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
a.1.c. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
a.1.d. Glass (including vitrified or enameled coating or glass lining);
a.1.e. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
a.1.f. Titanium or titanium alloys;
a.1.g. Zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
a.1.h. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys;
a.2. Prefabricated repair assemblies, and their specially designed components, that:
a.2.a. Are designed for mechanical attachment to glass-lined reaction vessels or reactors described in 2B350.a.1; and
a.2.b. Have metallic surfaces that are made from tantalum or tantalum alloys and come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed.
b. Agitators designed for use in reaction vessels or reactors described in 2B350.a.1, and impellers, blades or shafts designed for such agitators, where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from any of the following materials:
b.1. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
b.2. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
b.3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
b.4. Glass (including vitrified or enameled coatings or glass lining);
b.5. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
b.6. Titanium or titanium alloys;
b.7. Zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
b.8. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
c. Storage tanks, containers, receivers and prefabricated repair assemblies therefor, as follows:
c.1. Storage tanks, containers or receivers with a total internal (geometric) volume greater than 0.1 m 3 (100 liters) where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from any of the following materials:
c.1.a. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
c.1.b. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
c.1.c. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
c.1.d. Glass (including vitrified or enameled coatings or glass lining);
c.1.e. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
c.1.f. Titanium or titanium alloys;
c.1.g. Zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
c.1.h. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys;
c.2. Prefabricated repair assemblies, and their specially designed components, that:
c.2.a. Are designed for mechanical attachment to glass-lined storage tanks, containers or receivers described in 2B350.c.1; and
c.2.b. Have metallic surfaces that are made from tantalum or tantalum alloys and come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed.
d. Heat exchangers or condensers with a heat transfer surface area of less than 20 m 2, but greater than 0.15 m 2, and tubes, plates, coils or blocks (cores) designed for such heat exchangers or condensers, where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from any of the following materials:
d.1. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
d.2. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
d.3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
d.4. Glass (including vitrified or enameled coatings or glass lining);
d.5. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
d.6. Titanium or titanium alloys;
d.7. Zirconium or zirconium alloys;
d.8. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys;
d.9. Graphite or carbon-graphite;
d.10. Silicon carbide; or
d.11. Titanium carbide.
e. Distillation or absorption columns of internal diameter greater than 0.1 m, and liquid distributors, vapor distributors or liquid collectors designed for such distillation or absorption columns, where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from any of the following materials:
e.1. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
e.2. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
e.3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
e.4. Glass (including vitrified or enameled coatings or glass lining);
e.5. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
e.6. Titanium or titanium alloys;
e.7. Zirconium or zirconium alloys;
e.8. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys; or
e.9. Graphite or carbon-graphite.
f. Remotely operated filling equipment in which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from any of the following materials:
f.1. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight; or
f.2. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight.
g. Valves, as follows:
g.1. Valves having both of the following characteristics:
g.1.a. A nominal size greater than 1.0 cm ( 3/8 in.); and
g.1.b. All surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are made from materials identified in Technical Note 1 to 2B350.g.
g.2. Valves, except for valves controlled by 2B350.g.1, having all of the following characteristics:
g.2.a. A nominal size equal to or greater than 2.54 cm (1 inch) and equal to or less than 10.16 cm (4 inches);
g.2.b. Casings (valve bodies) or preformed casing liners controlled by 2B350.g.3, in which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are made from materials identified in Technical Note 1 to 2B350.g; and
g.2.c. A closure element designed to be interchangeable.
g.3. Casings (valve bodies) and preformed casing liners having both of the following characteristics:
g.3.a. Designed for valves in 2B350.g.1 or .g.2; and
g.3.b. All surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are made from materials identified in Technical Note 1 to 2B350.g.
Technical Note 1 to 2B350.g:All surfaces of the valves controlled by 2B350.g.1, and the casings (valve bodies) and preformed casing liners controlled by 2B350.g.3, that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are made from the following materials:
a. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
b. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
c. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
d. Glass (including vitrified or enameled coating or glass lining);
e. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
f. Titanium or titanium alloys;
g. Zirconium or zirconium alloys;
h. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys; or
i. Ceramic materials, as follows:
i.1. Silicon carbide with a purity of 80% or more by weight;
i.2. Aluminum oxide (alumina) with a purity of 99.9% or more by weight; or
i.3. Zirconium oxide (zirconia).
Technical Note 2 to 2B350.g:The 'nominal size' is defined as the smaller of the inlet and outlet port diameters.
h. Multi-walled piping incorporating a leak detection port, in which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from any of the following materials:
h.1. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
h.2. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
h.3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
h.4. Glass (including vitrified or enameled coatings or glass lining);
h.5. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
h.6. Titanium or titanium alloys;
h.7. Zirconium or zirconium alloys;
h.8. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys; or
h.9. Graphite or carbon-graphite.
i. Multiple-seal and seal-less pumps with manufacturer's specified maximum flow-rate greater than 0.6 m 3/hour (600 liters/hour), or vacuum pumps with manufacturer's specified maximum flow-rate greater than 5 m 3/hour (5,000 liters/hour) (under standard temperature (273 K (0 °C)) and pressure (101.3 kPa) conditions), and casings (pump bodies), preformed casing liners, impellers, rotors or jet pump nozzles designed for such pumps, in which all surfaces that come into direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from any of the following materials:
i.1. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
i.2. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
i.3. Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
i.4. Glass (including vitrified or enameled coatings or glass lining);
i.5. Tantalum or tantalum alloys;
i.6. Titanium or titanium alloys;
i.7. Zirconium or zirconium alloys;
i.8. Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
i.9. Graphite or carbon-graphite;
i.10. Ceramics; or
i.11. Ferrosilicon (high silicon iron alloys).
Technical Note to 2B350.i:The seals referred to in 2B350.i come into direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed (or are designed to do so), and provide a sealing function where a rotary or reciprocating drive shaft passes through a pump body.
j. Incinerators designed to destroy chemical warfare agents, chemical weapons precursors controlled by 1C350, or chemical munitions having “specially designed” waste supply systems, special handling facilities and an average combustion chamber temperature greater than 1000 °C in which all surfaces in the waste supply system that come into direct contact with the waste products are made from or lined with any of the following materials:
j.1. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
j.2. Nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight; or
j.3. Ceramics.
Technical Note 1:Carbon-graphite is a composition consisting primarily of graphite and amorphous carbon, in which the graphite is 8 percent or more by weight of the composition.
Technical Note 2:For the items listed in 2B350, the term 'alloy,' when not accompanied by a specific elemental concentration, is understood as identifying those alloys where the identified metal is present in a higher percentage by weight than any other element.
Technical Note 3:The materials used for gaskets, packing, seals, screws or washers, or other materials performing a sealing function, do not determine the control status of the items in this ECCN, provided that such components are designed to be interchangeable.
Note:See Categories V and XIV of the United States Munitions List for all chemicals that are “subject to the ITAR” (see 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130).
2B351 Toxic gas monitors and monitoring systems, and their dedicated detecting “parts” and “components” (| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to entire entry | Cspan Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Designed for the detection of cholinesterase-inhibiting activity.
2B352 Equipment Capable of Use in Handling Biological Materials, as Follows (See List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to entire entry | Cspan Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Containment facilities and related equipment, as follows:
a.1. Complete containment facilities at P3 or P4 containment level.
Technical Note to 2B352.a.1: P3 or P4 (BL3, BL4, L3, L4) containment levels are as specified in the WHO Laboratory Biosafety Manual (3rd edition, Geneva, 2004).
a.2. Equipment designed for fixed installation in containment facilities specified in paragraph a.1 of this ECCN, as follows:
a.2.a. Double-door pass-through decontamination autoclaves;
a.2.b. Breathing air suit decontamination showers;
a.2.c. Mechanical-seal or inflatable-seal walkthrough doors.
b. Fermenters and components as follows:
b.1. Fermenters capable of cultivation of micro-organisms or of live cells for the production of viruses or toxins, without the propagation of aerosols, having a total internal volume of 20 liters or greater.
b.2. Components designed for such fermenters, as follows:
b.2.a. Cultivation chambers designed to be sterilized or disinfected in situ;
b.2.b. Cultivation chamber holding devices; or
b.2.c. Process control units capable of simultaneously monitoring and controlling two or more fermentation system parameters (e.g., temperature, pH, nutrients, agitation, dissolved oxygen, air flow, foam control).
Technical Notes to 2B352.b:
1. Fermenters include bioreactors (including single-use (disposable) bioreactors), chemostats and continuous-flow systems.
2. Cultivation chamber holding devices controlled by 2B352.b.2.b include single-use cultivation chambers with rigid walls.
c. Centrifugal separators capable of the continuous separation of pathogenic microorganisms, without the propagation of aerosols, and having all of the following characteristics:
c.1. One or more sealing joints within the steam containment area;
c.2. A flow rate greater than 100 liters per hour;
c.3. “Parts” or “components” of polished stainless steel or titanium; and
c.4. Capable of in-situ steam sterilization in a closed state.
Technical Note to 2B352.c: Centrifugal separators include decanters.
d. Cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment and “accessories”, as follows:
d.1. Cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment capable of separation of microorganisms, viruses, toxins or cell cultures having all of the following characteristics:
d.1.a. A total filtration area equal to or greater than 1 square meter (1 m 2); and
d.1.b. Having any of the following characteristics:
d.1.b.1. Capable of being sterilized or disinfected in-situ; or
d.1.b.2. Using disposable or single-use filtration “parts” or “components”.
N.span.: 2B352.d.1 does not control reverse osmosis and hemodialysis equipment, as specified by the manufacturer.
d.2. Cross (tangential) flow filtration “parts” or “components” (e.g., modules, elements, cassettes, cartridges, units or plates) with filtration area equal to or greater than 0.2 square meters (0.2 m 2) for each “part” or “component” and designed for use in cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment controlled by 2B352.d.1.
Technical Note: In this ECCN, “sterilized” denotes the elimination of all viable microbes from the equipment through the use of either physical (e.g., steam) or chemical agents. “Disinfected” denotes a process to reduce the number of microorganisms, but not usually of bacterial spores, through the use of chemical agents, without necessarily killing or removing all organisms.
e. Steam, gas or vapor sterilizable freeze-drying equipment with a condenser capacity of 10 kg of ice or greater in 24 hours (10 liters of water or greater in 24 hours) and less than 1000 kg of ice in 24 hours (less than 1,000 liters of water in 24 hours).
f. Spray-drying equipment capable of drying toxins or pathogenic microorganisms having all of the following characteristics:
f.1. A water evaporation capacity of ≥0.4 kg/h and ≤400 kg/h;
f.2. The ability to generate a typical mean product particle size of ≤10 micrometers with existing fittings or by minimal modification of the spray-dryer with atomization nozzles enabling generation of the required particle size; and
f.3. Capable of being sterilized or disinfected in situ.
g. Protective and containment equipment, as follows:
g.1. Protective full or half suits, or hoods dependent upon a tethered external air supply and operating under positive pressure.
Technical Note to 2B352.g.1: 2B352.g.1 does not control suits designed to be worn with self-contained breathing apparatus.
g.2. Biocontainment chambers, isolators, or biological safety cabinets having all of the following characteristics, for normal operation:
g.2.a. Fully enclosed workspace where the operator is separated from the work by a physical barrier;
g.2.b. Able to operate at negative pressure;
g.2.c. Means to safely manipulate items in the workspace; and
g.2.d. Supply and exhaust air to and from the workspace is high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filtered.
Note 1 to 2B352.g.2: 2B352.g.2 controls class III biosafety cabinets, as specified in the WHO Laboratory Biosafety Manual (3rd edition, Geneva, 2004) or constructed in accordance with national standards, regulations or guidance.
Note 2 to 2B352.g.2: 2B352.g.2 controls any isolator having all of the characteristics described in 2B352.g.2.a through g.2.d, regardless of its intended use and its designation, except for medical isolators “specially designed” for barrier nursing or transportation of infected patients.
h. Aerosol inhalation equipment designed for aerosol challenge testing with microorganisms, viruses or toxins, as follows:
h.1. Whole-body exposure chambers having a capacity of 1 cubic meter or greater;
h.2. Nose-only exposure apparatus utilizing directed aerosol flow and having a capacity for the exposure of 12 or more rodents, or two or more animals other than rodents, and closed animal restraint tubes designed for use with such apparatus.
i. Spraying or fogging systems and “parts” and “components” therefor, as follows:
i.1. Complete spraying or fogging systems, “specially designed” or modified for fitting to aircraft, “lighter than air vehicles,” or “UAVs,” capable of delivering, from a liquid suspension, an initial droplet “VMD” of less than 50 microns at a flow rate of greater than 2 liters per minute;
i.2. Spray booms or arrays of aerosol generating units, “specially designed” or modified for fitting to aircraft, “lighter than air vehicles,” or “UAVs,” capable of delivering, from a liquid suspension, an initial droplet “VMD” of less than 50 microns at a flow rate of greater than 2 liters per minute;
i.3. Aerosol generating units “specially designed” for fitting to the systems as specified in paragraphs i.1 and i.2 of this ECCN.
Technical Notes to 2B352.i:
1. Aerosol generating units are devices “specially designed” or modified for fitting to aircraft and include nozzles, rotary drum atomizers and similar devices.
2. This ECCN does not control spraying or fogging systems, “parts” and “components,” as specified in 2B352.i, that are demonstrated not to be capable of delivering biological agents in the form of infectious aerosols.
3. Droplet size for spray equipment or nozzles “specially designed” for use on aircraft or “UAVs” should be measured using either of the following methods (pending the adoption of internationally accepted standards):
a. Doppler laser method,
b. Forward laser diffraction method.
j. Nucleic acid assemblers and synthesizers that are both:
j.1 Partly or entirely automated; and
j.2. Designed to generate continuous nucleic acids greater than 1.5 kilobases in length with error rates less than 5% in a single run.
2B991 Numerical control units for machine tools and “numerically controlled” machine tools, n.e.s. (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Having four interpolating axes that can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control;” or
a.2. Having two or more axes that can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” and a minimum programmable increment better (less) than 0.001 mm;
a.3. “Numerical control” units for machine tools having two, three or four interpolating axes that can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control,” and capable of receiving directly (on-line) and processing computer-aided-design (CAD) data for internal preparation of machine instructions; or
b. “Motion control boards” “specially designed” for machine tools and having any of the following characteristics:
b.1. Interpolation in more than four axes;
b.2. Capable of “real-time processing” of data to modify tool path, feed rate and spindle data, during the machining operation, by any of the following:
b.2.a. Automatic calculation and modification of part program data for machining in two or more axes by means of measuring cycles and access to source data; or
b.2.b. “Adaptive control” with more than one physical variable measured and processed by means of a computing model (strategy) to change one or more machining instructions to optimize the process.
b.3. Capable of receiving and processing CAD data for internal preparation of machine instructions; or
c. “Numerically controlled” machine tools that, according to the manufacturer's technical specifications, can be equipped with electronic devices for simultaneous “contouring control” in two or more axes and that have both of the following characteristics:
c.1. Two or more axes that can be coordinated simultaneously for contouring control; and
c.2. Positioning accuracies according to ISO 230/2 (2006), with all compensations available:
c.2.a. Better than 15 µm along any linear axis (overall positioning) for grinding machines;
c.2.b. Better than 15 µm along any linear axis (overall positioning) for milling machines; or
c.2.c. Better than 15 µm along any linear axis (overall positioning) for turning machines; or
d. Machine tools, as follows, for removing or cutting metals, ceramics or composites, that, according to the manufacturer's technical specifications, can be equipped with electronic devices for simultaneous “contouring control” in two or more axes:
d.1. Machine tools for turning, grinding, milling or any combination thereof, having two or more axes that can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” and having any of the following characteristics:
d.1.a. One or more contouring “tilting spindles;”
Note:2B991.d.1.a. applies to machine tools for grinding or milling only.
d.1.b. “Camming” (axial displacement) in one revolution of the spindle less (better) than 0.0006 mm total indicator reading (TIR);
Note:2B991.d.1.b. applies to machine tools for turning only.
d.1.c. “Run out” (out-of-true running) in one revolution of the spindle less (better) than 0.0006 mm total indicator reading (TIR);
d.1.d. The “positioning accuracies”, with all compensations available, are less (better) than: 0.001° on any rotary axis;
d.2. Electrical discharge machines (EDM) of the wire feed type that have five or more axes that can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control.”
2B992 Non-“numerically controlled” machine tools for generating optical quality surfaces, (see List of Items Controlled) and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Slide positioning accuracy less (better) than 0.0005 mm per 300 mm of travel;
a.2. Bidirectional slide positioning repeatability less (better) than 0.00025 mm per 300 mm of travel;
a.3. Spindle “run out” and “camming” less (better) than 0.0004 mm total indicator reading (TIR);
a.4. Angular deviation of the slide movement (yaw, pitch and roll) less (better) than 2 seconds of arc, TIR, over full travel; and
a.5. Slide perpendicularity less (better) than 0.001 mm per 300 mm of travel;
Technical Note:The bidirectional slide positioning repeatability (R) of an axis is the maximum value of the repeatability of positioning at any position along or around the axis determined using the procedure and under the conditions specified in part 2.11 of ISO 230/2: 1988.
b. Fly cutting machines having all of the following characteristics:
b.1. Spindle “run out” and “camming” less (better) than 0.0004 mm TIR; and
b.2. Angular deviation of slide movement (yaw, pitch and roll) less (better) than 2 seconds of arc, TIR, over full travel.
2B993 Gearmaking and/or finishing machinery not controlled by 2B003 capable of producing gears to a quality level of better than AGMA 11.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Two or more axes; and
a.2. A measurement uncertainty equal to or less (better) than (3 + L/300) micrometer in any axes (L measured length in mm).
2B997 “Robots” not controlled by 2B007 or 2B207 that are capable of employing feedback information in real-time processing from one or more sensors to generate or modify “programs” or to generate or modify numerical program data.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Single point diamond cutting tool inserts, having all of the following characteristics:
b.1. Flawless and chip-free cutting edge when magnified 400 times in any direction;
b.2. Cutting radius from 0.1 to 5 mm inclusive; and
b.3. Cutting radius out-of-roundness less (better) than 0.002 mm TIR.
c. “Specially designed” printed circuit boards with mounted “parts” or “components” capable of upgrading, according to the manufacturer's specifications, “numerical control” units, machine tools or feed-back devices to or above the levels specified in ECCNs 2B991, 2B993, 2B996, 2B997, or 2B998.
2B999 Specific Processing Equipment, n.e.s., as Follows (See List of Items Controlled).b. Bellows manufacturing equipment, including hydraulic forming equipment and bellows forming dies;
c. Laser welding machines;
d. MIG welders;
e. E-beam welders;
f. Monel equipment, including valves, piping, tanks and vessels;
g. 304 and 316 stainless steel valves, piping, tanks and vessels;
Note:Fittings are considered part of “piping” for purposes of 2B999.g.
h. Mining and drilling equipment, as follows:
h.1. Large boring equipment capable of drilling holes greater than two feet in diameter;
h.2. Large earth-moving equipment used in the mining industry;
i. Electroplating equipment designed for coating parts with nickel or aluminum;
j. Pumps designed for industrial service and for use with an electrical motor of 5 HP or greater;
k. Vacuum valves, piping, flanges, gaskets and related equipment “specially designed” for use in high-vacuum service, n.e.s.;
l. Spin forming and flow forming machines, n.e.s.;
m. Centrifugal multiplane balancing machines, n.e.s.;
n. Austenitic stainless steel plate, valves, piping, tanks and vessels.
C. “Materials” [Reserved] D. “Software” 2D001 “Software”, other than that controlled by 2D002, as follows (See list of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to “software” for equipment controlled by 2B004 and 2B009 for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | NP applies to “specially designed” or modified “software” for equipment controlled by 2B001 for NP reasons, and to “specially designed” “software” for equipment controlled by 2B004, 2B006, 2B007, or 2B009 for NP reasons | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “use” of equipment specified by 2A001.c., 2B001, or 2B003 to 2B009.
Note:2D001 does not apply to part programming “software” that generates “numerical control” codes for machining various parts.
2D002 “Software” for electronic devices, even when residing in an electronic device or system, enabling such devices or systems to function as a “numerical control” unit, capable of coordinating simultaneously more than 4 axes for “contouring control”.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
2D002 does not control “software” “specially designed” or modified for the operation of items not specified by Category 2.
Note 2:2D002 does not control “software” for items specified by 2B002. See 2D001 and 2D003 for “software” for items specified by 2B002.
Note 3:2D002 does not apply to “software” that is exported with, and the minimum necessary for the operation of, items not specified by Category 2.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
2D003 “Software”, designed or modified for the operation of equipment specified by 2B002, that converts optical design, workpiece measurements and material removal functions into “numerical control” commands to achieve the desired workpiece form.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
No software is currently controlled under this entry. See ECCNs 0D501, 0D602, and 0D606 for software formerly controlled under this entry.
2D101 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “use” of equipment controlled by 2B104, 2B105, 2B109, 2B116, 2B117, or 2B119 to 2B122.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | NP applies to “software” “specially designed” for the use” of items controlled by 2B104, 2B109, or 2B116 for NP reasons | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to entire entry | Cspan Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to entire entry | Cspan Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. For “flexible manufacturing units” (FMUs) which consist at least of equipment described in b.1 and b.2 of the definition of “flexible manufacturing unit” contained in part 772 of the EAR; and
a.2. Capable of generating or modifying, in “real-time processing”, programs or data by using the signals obtained simultaneously by means of at least two detection techniques, such as:
a.2.a. Machine vision (optical ranging);
a.2.b. Infrared imaging;
a.2.c. Acoustical imaging (acoustical ranging);
a.2.d. Tactile measurement;
a.2.e. Inertial positioning;
a.2.f. Force measurement; and
a.2.g. Torque measurement.
Note:2D992.a does not control “software” which only provides rescheduling of functionally identical equipment within “flexible manufacturing units” using pre-stored part programs and a pre-stored strategy for the distribution of the part programs.
b. Reserved.
2D993 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “development,” “production,” or “use” of items controlled by 2A992 or 2A993.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. no. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “technology” for items controlled by 2A001, 2B001 to 2B009, 2D001 or 2D002 | NS Column 1. | MT applies to “technology” for items controlled by 2B004, 2B009, 2B104, 2B105, 2B109, 2B116, 2B117, 2B119 to 2B122, 2D001, or 2D101 for MT reasons | MT Column 1. | NP applies to “technology” for items controlled by 2A225, 2A226, 2B001, 2B004, 2B006, 2B007, 2B009, 2B104, 2B109, 2B116, 2B201, 2B204, 2B206, 2B207, 2B209, 2B225 to 2B233, 2D001, 2D002, 2D101, 2D201, or 2D202 for NP reasons | NP Column 1. | NP applies to “technology” for items controlled by 2A290, 2A291, or 2D290 for NP reasons | NP Column 2. | Cspan applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 2B350 to 2B352, valves controlled by 2A226 having the characteristics of those controlled by 2B350.g, and software controlled by 2D351 or 2D352 | Cspan Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
STA: License Exception STA may not be used to ship or transmit “technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” of “software” specified in the License Exception STA paragraph in the License Exception section of ECCN 2D001 or for the “development” of equipment as follows: ECCN 2B001 entire entry; or “Numerically controlled” or manual machine tools as specified in 2B003 to any of the destinations listed in Country Group A:6 (See Supplement No. 1 to part 740 of the EAR).
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
Note 1 to 2E001:ECCN 2E001 includes “technology” for the integration of probe systems into coordinate measurement machines specified by 2B006.a.
2E002 “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “production” of equipment controlled by 2A (except 2A983, 2A984, 2A991, or 2A994), or 2span (except 2B991, 2B993, 2B996, 2B997, 2B998, or 2B999).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 2A001, 2B001 to 2B009 | NS Column 1 | MT applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 2B004, 2B009, 2B104, 2B105, 2B109, 2B116, 2B117, or 2B119 to 2B122 for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | NP applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 2A225, 2A226, 2B001, 2B004, 2B006, 2B007, 2B009, 2B104, 2B109, 2B116, 2B201, 2B204, 2B206, 2B207, 2B209, 2B225 to 2B233 for NP reasons | NP Column 1 | NP applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 2A290 or 2A291 for NP reasons | NP Column 2 | Cspan applies to “technology” for equipment Controlled by 2B350 to 2B352 and for valves controlled by 2A226 having the characteristics of those controlled by 2B350.g | Cspan Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
2E003 Other “technology”, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. [Reserved]
b. “Technology” for metal-working manufacturing processes, as follows:
b.1. “Technology” for the design of tools, dies or fixtures “specially designed” for any of the following processes:
b.1.a. “Superplastic forming”;
b.1.b. “Diffusion bonding”; or
b.1.c. 'Direct-acting hydraulic pressing';
b.2. [Reserved]
N.span.:For “technology” for metal-working manufacturing processes for gas turbine engines and components, see 9E003 and USML Category XIX
Technical Note:For the purposes of 2E003.b.1.c, 'direct-acting hydraulic pressing' is a deformation process which uses a fluid-filled flexible bladder in direct contact with the workpiece.
c. “Technology” for the “development” or “production” of hydraulic stretch-forming machines and dies therefor, for the manufacture of airframe structures;
d. [Reserved]
e. “Technology” for the “development” of integration “software” for incorporation of expert systems for advanced decision support of shop floor operations into “numerical control” units;
f. “Technology” for the application of inorganic overlay coatings or inorganic surface modification coatings (specified in column 3 of the following table) to non-electronic substrates (specified in column 2 of the following table), by processes specified in column 1 of the following table and defined in the Technical Note.
N.span.This table should be read to control the technology of a particular 'Coating Process' only when the resultant coating in column 3 is in a paragraph directly across from the relevant 'Substrate' under column 2. For example, Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) 'coating process' control the “technology” for a particular application of 'silicides' to 'Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” substrates, but are not controlled for the application of 'silicides' to 'Cemented tungsten carbide (16), Silicon carbide (18)' substrates. In the second case, the resultant coating is not listed in the paragraph under column 3 directly across from the paragraph under column 2 listing 'Cemented tungsten carbide (16), Silicon carbide (18)'.
Category 2E—Materials Processing Table; Deposition Techniques
| 1. Coating process (1) 1 | 2. Substrate | 3. Resultant coating | A. Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) | “Superalloys” | Aluminides for internal passages | Ceramics (19) and Low-expansion glasses (14) | Silicides Carbides
Dielectric layers (15) Diamond Diamond-like carbon (17) | Carbon-carbon, Ceramic, and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Silicides
Carbides Refractory metals, Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) Aluminides Alloyed aluminides (2) Boron nitride | Cemented tungsten carbide (16), Silicon Carbide (18) | Carbides
Tungsten Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) | Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond Diamond-like carbon (17) | Sensor window materials (9) | Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond Diamond-like carbon (17) | span. Thermal Evaportation Physical Vapor | 1. Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD): Deposition (TE-PVD) Electron-Beam (Espan-PVD) | “Superalloys” | Alloyed silicides
Alloyed aluminides (2) McrAlX (5) | Modified zirconia (12) Silicides | Aluminides | Mixtures thereof (4) | Ceramics (19) and Low-expansion glasses (14) | Dielectric layers (15) | Corrosion resistant steel (7) | MCrAIX (5)
Modified zirconia (12) | Mixtures thereof (4) | Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Silicides
Carbides Refractory metals Mixtures thereof (4) | Dielectric layers (15)
Boron nitride | Cemented tungsten carbide (16), Silicon carbide (18) | Carbides
Tungsten Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) | Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Dielectric layers (15)
Borides Beryllium | Sensor window materials (9) | Dielectric layers (15) | Titanium alloys (13) | Borides
Nitrides | 2. Ion assisted resistive heating. Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD) (Ion Plating) | Ceramics (19) and Low-expansion glasses (14) | Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond-like carbon (17) | Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Dielectric layers (15) | Cemented tungsten carbide (16), Silicon carbide | Dielectric layers (15) | Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | Sensor window materials (9) | Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond-like carbon (17) | 3. Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD): “Laser” Vaporization | Ceramics (19) and Low-expansion glasses (14) | Silicides
Dielectric layers (15) Diamond-like carbon (17) | Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Dielectric layers (15) | Cemented tungsten carbide (16), Silicon carbide | Dielectric layers (15) | Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | Sensor window materials (9) | Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond-like carbon | 4. Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD): Cathodic Arc Discharge | “Superalloys” | Alloyed silicides
Alloyed Aluminides (2) MCrAlX (5) | Polymers (11) and Organic “matrix” “composites” | Borides
Carbides Nitrides Diamond-like carbon (17) | C. Pack cementation (see A above for out-of-pack cementation) (10) | Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Silicides
Carbides Mixtures thereof (4) | Titanium alloys (13) | Silicides
Aluminides Alloyed aluminides (2) | Refractory metals and alloys (8) | Silicides
Oxides | D. Plasma spraying | “Superalloys” | MCrAlX (5)
Modified zirconia (12) Mixtures thereof (4) Abradable Nickel-Graphite Abradable materials containing Ni-Cr-Al | Abradable
Al-Si-Polyester Alloyed aluminides (2) | Aluminum alloys (6) | MCrAIX (5)
Modified zirconia (12) Silicides Mixtures thereof (4) | Refractory metals and alloys (8), Carbides, Corrosion resistant steel (7) | Aluminides
Silicides MCrAIX (5) Modified zirconia (12) Mixtures thereof (4) | Titanium alloys (13) | Carbides
Aluminides Silicides Alloyed aluminides (2) | Abradable, Nickel-Graphite | Abradable materials containing Ni-Cr-Al
Abradable Al-Si-Polyester | E. Slurry Deposition | Refractory metals and alloys (8) | Fused silicides
Fused aluminides except for resistance heating elements | Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Silicides
Carbides Mixtures thereof (4) | F. Sputter Deposition | “Superalloys” | Alloyed silicides
Alloyed aluminides (2) Noble metal modified aluminides (3) McrAlX (5) Modified zirconia (12) Platinum Mixtures thereof (4) | Ceramics and Low-expansion glasses (14) | Silicides
Platinum Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) Diamond-like carbon (17) | Titanium alloys (13) | Borides
Nitrides Oxides Silicides Aluminides Alloyed aluminides (2) Carbides | Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “Composites” | Silicides
Carbides Refractory metals Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) Boron nitride | Cemented tungsten carbide (16), Silicon carbide (18) | Carbides
Tungsten Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) Boron nitride | Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Borides
Dielectric layers (15) Beryllium | Sensor window materials (9) | Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond-like carbon (17) | Refractory metals and alloys (8) | Aluminides
Silicides Oxides Carbides | G. Ion Implantation | High temperature bearing steels | Additions of Chromium, Tantalum, or Niobium (Columbium) | Titanium alloys (13) | Borides
Nitrides | Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Borides | Cemented tungsten carbide (16) | Carbides
Nitrides |
|---|
1 The numbers in parenthesis refer to the Notes following this Table.
2. The term 'alloyed aluminide coating' includes single or multiple-step coatings in which an element or elements are deposited prior to or during application of the aluminide coating, even if these elements are deposited by another coating process. It does not, however, include the multiple use of single-step pack cementation processes to achieve alloyed aluminides.
3. The term 'noble metal modified aluminide' coating includes multiple-step coatings in which the noble metal or noble metals are laid down by some other coating process prior to application of the aluminide coating.
4. The term 'mixtures thereof' includes infiltrated material, graded compositions, co-deposits and multilayer deposits and are obtained by one or more of the coating processes specified in the Table.
5. MCrAlX refers to a coating alloy where M equals cobalt, iron, nickel or combinations thereof and X equals hafnium, yttrium, silicon, tantalum in any amount or other intentional additions over 0.01% by weight in various proportions and combinations, except:
a. CoCrAlY coatings which contain less than 22% by weight of chromium, less than 7% by weight of aluminum and less than 2% by weight of yttrium;
b. CoCrAlY coatings which contain 22 to 24% by weight of chromium, 10 to 12% by weight of aluminum and 0.5 to 0.7% by weight of yttrium; or
c. NiCrAlY coatings which contain 21 to 23% by weight of chromium, 10 to 12% by weight of aluminum and 0.9 to 1.1% by weight of yttrium.
6. The term 'aluminum alloys' refers to alloys having an ultimate tensile strength of 190 MPa or more measured at 293 K (20 °C).
7. The term 'corrosion resistant steel' refers to AISI (American Iron and Steel Institute) 300 series or equivalent national standard steels.
8. 'Refractory metals and alloys' include the following metals and their alloys: niobium (columbium), molybdenum, tungsten and tantalum.
9. 'Sensor window materials', as follows: alumina, silicon, germanium, zinc sulfide, zinc selenide, gallium arsenide, diamond, gallium phosphide, sapphire and the following metal halides: sensor window materials of more than 40 mm diameter for zirconium fluoride and hafnium fluoride.
10. Category 2 does not include “technology” for single-step pack cementation of solid airfoils.
11. 'Polymers', as follows: Polyimide, polyester, polysulfide, polycarbonates and polyurethanes.
12. 'Modified zirconia' refers to additions of other metal oxides, (e.g., calcia, magnesia, yttria, hafnia, rare earth oxides) to zirconia in order to stabilize certain crystallographic phases and phase compositions. Thermal barrier coatings made of zirconia, modified with calcia or magnesia by mixing or fusion, are not controlled.
13. 'Titanium alloys' refers only to aerospace alloys having an ultimate tensile strength of 900 MPa or more measured at 293 K (20 °C).
14. 'Low-expansion glasses' refers to glasses which have a coefficient of thermal expansion of 1 × 10
15. 'Dielectric layers' are coatings constructed of multi-layers of insulator materials in which the interference properties of a design composed of materials of various refractive indices are used to reflect, transmit or absorb various wavelength bands. Dielectric layers refers to more than four dielectric layers or dielectric/metal “composite” layers.
16. 'Cemented tungsten carbide' does not include cutting and forming tool materials consisting of tungsten carbide/(cobalt, nickel), titanium carbide/(cobalt, nickel), chromium carbide/nickel-chromium and chromium carbide/nickel.
17. “Technology” for depositing diamond-like carbon on any of the following is not controlled: magnetic disk drives and heads, equipment for the manufacture of disposables, valves for faucets, acoustic diaphragms for speakers, engine parts for automobiles, cutting tools, punching-pressing dies, office automation equipment, microphones, medical devices or molds, for casting or molding of plastics, manufactured from alloys containing less than 5% beryllium.
18. 'Silicon carbide' does not include cutting and forming tool materials.
19. Ceramic substrates, as used in this entry, does not include ceramic materials containing 5% by weight, or greater, clay or cement content, either as separate constituents or in combination.
Technical Note to Table on Deposition Techniques:Processes specified in Column 1 of the Table are defined as follows:
a. Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) is an overlay coating or surface modification coating process wherein a metal, alloy, “composite”, dielectric or ceramic is deposited upon a heated substrate. Gaseous reactants are decomposed or combined in the vicinity of a substrate resulting in the deposition of the desired elemental, alloy or compound material on the substrate. Energy for this decomposition or chemical reaction process may be provided by the heat of the substrate, a glow discharge plasma, or “laser” irradiation.
Note 1:CVD includes the following processes: Directed gas flow out-of-pack deposition, pulsating CVD, controlled nucleation thermal decomposition (CNTD), plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVD processes.
Note 2:Pack denotes a substrate immersed in a powder mixture.
Note 3:The gaseous reactants used in the out-of-pack process are produced using the same basic reactions and parameters as the pack cementation process, except that the substrate to be coated is not in contact with the powder mixture.
b. Thermal Evaporation-Physical Vapor Deposition (TE-PVD) is an overlay coating process conducted in a vacuum with a pressure less than 0.1 Pa wherein a source of thermal energy is used to vaporize the coating material. This process results in the condensation, or deposition, of the evaporated species onto appropriately positioned substrates. The addition of gases to the vacuum chamber during the coating process to synthesize compound coatings is an ordinary modification of the process. The use of ion or electron beams, or plasma, to activate or assist the coating's deposition is also a common modification in this technique. The use of monitors to provide in-process measurement of optical characteristics and thickness of coatings can be a feature of these processes. Specific TE-PVD processes are as follows:
1. Electron Beam PVD uses an electron beam to heat and evaporate the material which forms the coating;
2. Ion Assisted Resistive Heating PVD employs electrically resistive heating sources in combination with impinging ion beam(s) to produce a controlled and uniform flux of evaporated coating species;
3. “Laser” Vaporization uses either pulsed or continuous wave “laser” beams to vaporize the material which forms the coating;
4. Cathodic Arc Deposition employs a consumable cathode of the material which forms the coating and has an arc discharge established on the surface by a momentary contact of a ground trigger. Controlled motion of arcing erodes the cathode surface creating a highly ionized plasma. The anode can be either a cone attached to the periphery of the cathode, through an insulator, or the chamber. Substrate biasing is used for non line-of-sight deposition;
Note:This definition does not include random cathodic arc deposition with non-biased substrates.
5. Ion Plating is a special modification of a general TE-PVD process in which a plasma or an ion source is used to ionize the species to be deposited, and a negative bias is applied to the substrate in order to facilitate the extraction of the species from the plasma. The introduction of reactive species, evaporation of solids within the process chamber, and the use of monitors to provide in-process measurement of optical characteristics and thicknesses of coatings are ordinary modifications of the process.
c. Pack Cementation is a surface modification coating or overlay coating process wherein a substrate is immersed in a powder mixture (a pack), that consists of:
1. The metallic powders that are to be deposited (usually aluminum, chromium, silicon or combinations thereof);
2. An activator (normally a halide salt); and
3. An inert powder, most frequently alumina.
Note:The substrate and powder mixture is contained within a retort which is heated to between 1,030 K (757 °C) to 1,375 K (1,102 °C) for sufficient time to deposit the coating.
d. Plasma Spraying is an overlay coating process wherein a gun (spray torch) which produces and controls a plasma accepts powder or wire coating materials, melts them and propels them towards a substrate, whereon an integrally bonded coating is formed. Plasma spraying constitutes either low pressure plasma spraying or high velocity plasma spraying.
Note 1:Low pressure means less than ambient atmospheric pressure.
Note 2:High velocity refers to nozzle-exit gas velocity exceeding 750 m/s calculated at 293 K (20 °C) at 0.1 MPa.
e. Slurry Deposition is a surface modification coating or overlay coating process wherein a metallic or ceramic powder with an organic binder is suspended in a liquid and is applied to a substrate by either spraying, dipping or painting, subsequent air or oven drying, and heat treatment to obtain the desired coating.
f. Sputter Deposition is an overlay coating process based on a momentum transfer phenomenon, wherein positive ions are accelerated by an electric field towards the surface of a target (coating material). The kinetic energy of the impacting ions is sufficient to cause target surface atoms to be released and deposited on an appropriately positioned substrate.
Note 1:The Table refers only to triode, magnetron or reactive sputter deposition which is used to increase adhesion of the coating and rate of deposition and to radio frequency (RF) augmented sputter deposition used to permit vaporization of non-metallic coating materials.
Note 2:Low-energy ion beams (less than 5 keV) can be used to activate the deposition.
g. Ion Implantation is a surface modification coating process in which the element to be alloyed is ionized, accelerated through a potential gradient and implanted into the surface region of the substrate. This includes processes in which ion implantation is performed simultaneously with electron beam physical vapor deposition or sputter deposition.
Accompanying Technical Information to Table on Deposition Techniques:
1. Technical information for pretreatments of the substrates listed in the Table, as follows:
a. Chemical stripping and cleaning bath cycle parameters, as follows:
1. Bath composition;
a. For the removal of old or defective coatings corrosion product or foreign deposits;
b. For preparation of virgin substrates;
2. Time in bath;
3. Temperature of bath;
4. Number and sequences of wash cycles;
b. Visual and macroscopic criteria for acceptance of the cleaned part;
c. Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows:
1. Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
a. Composition of the atmosphere;
b. Pressure of the atmosphere;
2. Temperature for heat treatment;
3. Time of heat treatment;
d. Substrate surface preparation parameters, as follows:
1. Grit blasting parameters, as follows:
a. Grit composition;
b. Grit size and shape;
c. Grit velocity;
2. Time and sequence of cleaning cycle after grit blast;
3. Surface finish parameters;
4. Application of binders to promote adhesion;
e. Masking technique parameters, as follows:
1. Material of mask;
2. Location of mask;
2. Technical information for in situ quality assurance techniques for evaluation of the coating processes listed in the Table, as follows:
a. Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
1. Composition of the atmosphere;
2. Pressure of the atmosphere;
b. Time parameters;
c. Temperature parameters;
d. Thickness parameters;
e. Index of refraction parameters;
f. Control of composition;
3. Technical information for post deposition treatments of the coated substrates listed in the Table, as follows:
a. Shot peening parameters, as follows:
1. Shot composition;
2. Shot size;
3. Shot velocity;
b. Post shot peening cleaning parameters;
c. Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows:
1. Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
a. Composition of the atmosphere;
b. Pressure of the atmosphere;
2. Time-temperature cycles;
d. Post heat treatment visual and macroscopic criteria for acceptance of the coated substrates;
4. Technical information for quality assurance techniques for the evaluation of the coated substrates listed in the Table, as follows:
a. Statistical sampling criteria;
b. Microscopic criteria for:
1. Magnification;
2. Coating thickness, uniformity;
3. Coating integrity;
4. Coating composition;
5. Coating and substrates bonding;
6. Microstructural uniformity.
c. Criteria for optical properties assessment (measured as a function of wavelength):
1. Reflectance;
2. Transmission;
3. Absorption;
4. Scatter;
5. Technical information and parameters related to specific coating and surface modification processes listed in the Table, as follows:
a. For Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD):
1. Coating source composition and formulation;
2. Carrier gas composition;
3. Substrate temperature;
4. Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
5. Gas control and part manipulation;
b. For Thermal Evaporation-Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD):
1. Ingot or coating material source composition;
2. Substrate temperature;
3. Reactive gas composition;
4. Ingot feed rate or material vaporization rate;
5. Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
6. Beam and part manipulation;
7. “Laser” parameters, as follows:
a. Wave length;
b. Power density;
c. Pulse length;
d. Repetition ratio;
e. Source;
c. For Pack Cementation:
1. Pack composition and formulation;
2. Carrier gas composition;
3. Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
d. For Plasma Spraying:
1. Powder composition, preparation and size distributions;
2. Feed gas composition and parameters;
3. Substrate temperature;
4. Gun power parameters;
5. Spray distance;
6. Spray angle;
7. Cover gas composition, pressure and flow rates;
8. Gun control and part manipulation;
e. For Sputter Deposition:
1. Target composition and fabrication;
2. Geometrical positioning of part and target;
3. Reactive gas composition;
4. Electrical bias;
5. Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
6. Triode power;
7. Part manipulation;
f. For Ion Implantation:
1. Beam control and part manipulation;
2. Ion source design details;
3. Control techniques for ion beam and deposition rate parameters;
4. Time-temperature-pressure cycles.
g. For Ion Plating:
1. Beam control and part manipulation;
2. Ion source design details;
3. Control techniques for ion beam and deposition rate parameters;
4. Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
5. Coating material feed rate and vaporization rate;
6. Substrate temperature;
7. Substrate bias parameters.
2E018 “Technology” for the “use” of equipment controlled by 2B018.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | MT applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 2B018 for MT reasons | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry. | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to “technology” for items controlled by 2B004, 2B009, 2B104, 2B105, 2B109, 2B116, 2B117, 2B119 to 2B122, 2D001, or 2D101 for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | NP applies to “technology” for items controlled by 2B004, 2B009, 2B104, 2B109, 2B116, 2D001, 2D002 or 2D101 for NP reasons | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry. | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1. | Cspan applies to “technology” for valves controlled by 2A226 that meet or exceed the technical parameters in 2B350.g | Cspan Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. no. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Cspan applies to entire entry | Cspan Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. no. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
The control status of equipment and “components” described in 3A001 or 3A002, other than those described in 3A001.a.3 to 3A001.a.10, 3A001.a.12 to 3A001.a.14, or 3A001.b.12, which are “specially designed” for or which have the same functional characteristics as other equipment is determined by the control status of the other equipment.
Note 2:The control status of integrated circuits described in 3A001.a.3 to 3A001.a.9, or 3A001.a.12 to 3A001.a.14 that are unalterably programmed or designed for a specific function for other equipment is determined by the control status of the other equipment.
N.span.:When the manufacturer or applicant cannot determine the control status of the other equipment, the control status of the integrated circuits is determined in 3A001.a.3 to 3A001.a.9, or 3A001.a.12 to 3A001.a.14.
Note 3:The status of wafers (finished or unfinished), in which the function has been determined, is to be evaluated against the parameters of items in 3A.
3A001 Electronic items as follows (see List of Items Controlled). Reason for Control: NS, RS, MT, NP, AT| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit” (“MMIC”) amplifiers in 3A001.b.2 and discrete microwave transistors in 3A001.b.3, except those 3A001.b.2 and b.3 items being exported or reexported for use in civil telecommunications applications; and 3A001.z.1 | NS Column 1. | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | RS applies “Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit” (“MMIC”) amplifiers in 3A001.b.2 and discrete microwave transistors in 3A001.b.3, except those 3A001.b.2 and b.3 items being exported or reexported for use in civil telecommunications applications; and 3A001.z.1 | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 3A001.z | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | MT applies to 3A001.a.1.a when usable in “missiles”; and to 3A001.a.5.a when “designed or modified” for military use, hermetically sealed and rated for operation in the temperature range from below −54 °C to above +125 °C; and 3A001.z.2 | MT Column 1. | NP applies to pulse discharge capacitors in 3A001.e.2 and superconducting solenoidal electromagnets in 3A001.e.3 that meet or exceed the technical parameters in 3A201.a and 3A201.b, respectively; and 3A001.z.3 | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under 3A001.b.2 or b.3 under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for ECCN 3A001.z.
a. General purpose integrated circuits, as follows:
Note 1:Integrated circuits include the following types:
—“Monolithic integrated circuits”; —“Hybrid integrated circuits”; —“Multichip integrated circuits”; —Film type integrated circuits, including silicon-on-sapphire integrated circuits”; —“Optical integrated circuits”; —“Three dimensional integrated circuits”; —“Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits” (“MMICs”).a.1. Integrated circuits designed or rated as radiation hardened to withstand any of the following:
a.1.a. A total dose of 5 × 10 3 Gy (Si), or higher;
a.1.b. A dose rate upset of 5 × 10 6 Gy (Si)/s, or higher; or
a.1.c. A fluence (integrated flux) of neutrons (1 MeV equivalent) of 5 × 10 13 n/cm 2 or higher on silicon, or its equivalent for other materials;
Note:3A001.a.1.c does not apply to Metal Insulator Semiconductors (MIS).
a.2. “Microprocessor microcircuits,” “microcomputer microcircuits,” microcontroller microcircuits, storage integrated circuits manufactured from a compound semiconductor, analog-to-digital converters, integrated circuits that contain analog-to-digital converters and store or process the digitized data, digital-to-analog converters, electro-optical or “optical integrated circuits” designed for “signal processing”, field programmable logic devices, custom integrated circuits for which either the function is unknown or the control status of the equipment in which the integrated circuit will be used in unknown, Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processors, Static Random-Access Memories (SRAMs), or 'non-volatile memories,' having any of the following:
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3A001.a.2, 'non-volatile memories' are memories with data retention over a period of time after a power shutdown.
a.2.a. Rated for operation at an ambient temperature above 398 K (+125 °C);
a.2.b. Rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 218 K (−55 °C); or
a.2.c. Rated for operation over the entire ambient temperature range from 218 K (−55 °C) to 398 K (+125 °C);
Note:3A001.a.2 does not apply to integrated circuits designed for civil automobile or railway train applications.
a.3. “Microprocessor microcircuits”, “microcomputer microcircuits” and microcontroller microcircuits, manufactured from a compound semiconductor and operating at a clock frequency exceeding 40 MHz;
Note:3A001.a.3 includes digital signal processors, digital array processors and digital coprocessors.
a.4. [Reserved]
a.5. Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) and Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) integrated circuits, as follows:
a.5.a. ADCs having any of the following:
a.5.a.1. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.3 Giga Samples Per Second (GSPS);
a.5.a.2. A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 600 Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS);
a.5.a.3. A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 400 MSPS;
a.5.a.4. A resolution of 14 bit or more, but less than 16 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 250 MSPS; or
a.5.a.5. A resolution of 16 bit or more with a “sample rate” greater than 65 MSPS;
N.span.:For integrated circuits that contain analog-to-digital converters and store or process the digitized data see 3A001.a.14.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 3A001.a.5.a:
1. A resolution of n bit corresponds to a quantization of 2 n levels.
2. The resolution of the ADC is the number of bits of the digital output that represents the measured analog input. Effective Number of Bits (ENOspan) is not used to determine the resolution of the ADC.
3. For “multiple channel ADCs”, the “sample rate” is not aggregated and the “sample rate” is the maximum rate of any single channel.
4. For “interleaved ADCs” or for “multiple channel ADCs” that are specified to have an interleaved mode of operation, the “sample rates” are aggregated and the “sample rate” is the maximum combined total rate of all of the interleaved channels.
a.5.b. Digital-to-Analog Converters (DAC) having any of the following:
a.5.b.1. A resolution of 10-bit or more but less than 12-bit, with an 'adjusted update rate' of exceeding 3,500 MSPS; or
a.5.b.2. A resolution of 12-bit or more and having any of the following:
a.5.b.2.a. An 'adjusted update rate' exceeding 1,250 MSPS but not exceeding 3,500 MSPS, and having any of the following:
a.5.b.2.a.1. A settling time less than 9 ns to arrive at or within 0.024% of full scale from a full scale step; or
a.5.b.2.a.2. A 'Spurious Free Dynamic Range' (SFDR) greater than 68 dBc (carrier) when synthesizing a full scale analog signal of 100 MHz or the highest full scale analog signal frequency specified below 100 MHz; or
a.5.b.2.b. An 'adjusted update rate' exceeding 3,500 MSPS;
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 3A001.a.5.b:
1. 'Spurious Free Dynamic Range' (SFDR) is defined as the ratio of the RMS value of the carrier frequency (maximum signal component) at the input of the DAC to the RMS value of the next largest noise or harmonic distortion component at its output.
2. SFDR is determined directly from the specification table or from the characterization plots of SFDR versus frequency.
3. A signal is defined to be full scale when its amplitude is greater than -3 dBfs (full scale).
4. 'Adjusted update rate' for DACs is:
a. For conventional (non-interpolating) DACs, the 'adjusted update rate' is the rate at which the digital signal is converted to an analog signal and the output analog values are changed by the DAC. For DACs where the interpolation mode may be bypassed (interpolation factor of one), the DAC should be considered as a conventional (non-interpolating) DAC.
b. For interpolating DACs (oversampling DACs), the 'adjusted update rate' is defined as the DAC update rate divided by the smallest interpolating factor. For interpolating DACs, the 'adjusted update rate' may be referred to by different terms including:
• input data rate • input word rate • input sample rate • maximum total input bus rate • maximum DAC clock rate for DAC clock input.a.6. Electro-optical and “optical integrated circuits”, designed for “signal processing” and having all of the following:
a.6.a. One or more than one internal “laser” diode;
a.6.b. One or more than one internal light detecting element; and
a.6.c. Optical waveguides;
a.7. 'Field programmable logic devices' having any of the following:
a.7.a. A maximum number of single-ended digital input/outputs of greater than 700; or
a.7.b. An 'aggregate one-way peak serial transceiver data rate' of 500 Gb/s or greater;
Note:3A001.a.7 includes:
—Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs); —Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs); —Field Programmable Logic Arrays (FPLAs); —Field Programmable Interconnects (FPICs). N.span.:For integrated circuits having field programmable logic devices that are combined with an analog-to-digital converter, see 3A001.a.14.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 3A001.a.7:
1. Maximum number of digital input/outputs in 3A001.a.7.a is also referred to as maximum user input/outputs or maximum available input/outputs, whether the integrated circuit is packaged or bare die.
2. 'Aggregate one-way peak serial transceiver data rate' is the product of the peak serial one-way transceiver data rate times the number of transceivers on the FPGA.
a.8. [Reserved]
a.9. Neural network integrated circuits;
a.10. Custom integrated circuits for which the function is unknown, or the control status of the equipment in which the integrated circuits will be used is unknown to the manufacturer, having any of the following:
a.10.a. More than 1,500 terminals;
a.10.b. A typical “basic gate propagation delay time” of less than 0.02 ns; or
a.10.c. An operating frequency exceeding 3 GHz;
a.11. Digital integrated circuits, other than those described in 3A001.a.3 to 3A001.a.10 and 3A001.a.12, based upon any compound semiconductor and having any of the following:
a.11.a. An equivalent gate count of more than 3,000 (2 input gates); or
a.11.b. A toggle frequency exceeding 1.2 GHz;
a.12. Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processors having a rated execution time for an N-point complex FFT of less than (N log
For the purposes of 3A001.a.12, when N is equal to 1,024 points, the formula in 3A001.a.12 gives an execution time of 500 µs.
a.13. Direct Digital Synthesizer (DDS) integrated circuits having any of the following:
a.13.a. A Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) clock frequency of 3.5 GHz or more and a DAC resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit; or
a.13.b. A DAC clock frequency of 1.25 GHz or more and a DAC resolution of 12 bit or more;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3A001.a.13, the DAC clock frequency may be specified as the master clock frequency or the input clock frequency.
a.14. Integrated circuits that perform or are programmable to perform all of the following:
a.14.a. Analog-to-digital conversions meeting any of the following:
a.14.a.1. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.3 Giga Samples Per Second (GSPS);
a.14.a.2. A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.0 GSPS;
a.14.a.3. A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.0 GSPS;
a.14.a.4. A resolution of 14 bit or more, but less than 16 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 400 Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS); or
a.14.a.5. A resolution of 16 bit or more with a “sample rate” greater than 180 MSPS; and
a.14.b. Any of the following:
a.14.b.1. Storage of digitized data; or
a.14.b.2. Processing of digitized data;
N.span. 1:For analog-to-digital converter integrated circuits see 3A001.a.5.a.
N.span. 2:For field programmable logic devices see 3A001.a.7.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 3A001.a.14:
1. A resolution of n bit corresponds to a quantization of 2 n levels.
2. The resolution of the ADC is the number of bits of the digital output of the ADC that represents the measured analog input. Effective Number of Bits (ENOspan) is not used to determine the resolution of the ADC.
3. For integrated circuits with non- interleaving “multiple channel ADCs”, the “sample rate” is not aggregated and the “sample rate” is the maximum rate of any single channel.
4. For integrated circuits with “interleaved ADCs” or with “multiple channel ADCs” that are specified to have an interleaved mode of operation, the “sample rates” are aggregated and the “sample rate” is the maximum combined total rate of all of the interleaved channels.
b. Microwave or millimeter wave items, as follows:
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3A001.b, the parameter peak saturated power output may also be referred to on product data sheets as output power, saturated power output, maximum power output, peak power output, or peak envelope power output.
b.1. “Vacuum electronic devices” and cathodes, as follows:
Note 1:3A001.b.1 does not control “vacuum electronic devices” designed or rated for operation in any frequency band and having all of the following:
a. Does not exceed 31.8 GHz; and
b. Is “allocated by the ITU” for radio-communications services, but not for radio-determination.
Note 2:3A001.b.1 does not control non-“space-qualified” “vacuum electronic devices” having all the following:
a. An average output power equal to or less than 50 W; and
b. Designed or rated for operation in any frequency band and having all of the following:
1. Exceeds 31.8 GHz but does not exceed 43.5 GHz; and
2. Is “allocated by the ITU” for radio-communications services, but not for radio-determination.
b.1.a. Traveling-wave “vacuum electronic devices,” pulsed or continuous wave, as follows:
b.1.a.1. Devices operating at frequencies exceeding 31.8 GHz;
b.1.a.2. Devices having a cathode heater with a turn on time to rated RF power of less than 3 seconds;
b.1.a.3. Coupled cavity devices, or derivatives thereof, with a “fractional bandwidth” of more than 7% or a peak power exceeding 2.5 kW;
b.1.a.4. Devices based on helix, folded waveguide, or serpentine waveguide circuits, or derivatives thereof, having any of the following:
b.1.a.4.a. An “instantaneous bandwidth” of more than one octave, and average power (expressed in kW) times frequency (expressed in GHz) of more than 0.5;
b.1.a.4.b. An “instantaneous bandwidth” of one octave or less, and average power (expressed in kW) times frequency (expressed in GHz) of more than 1;
b.1.a.4.c. Being “space-qualified”; or
b.1.a.4.d. Having a gridded electron gun;
b.1.a.5. Devices with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than or equal to 10%, with any of the following:
b.1.a.5.a. An annular electron beam;
b.1.a.5.b. A non-axisymmetric electron beam; or
b.1.a.5.c. Multiple electron beams;
b.1.b. Crossed-field amplifier “vacuum electronic devices” with a gain of more than 17 dspan;
b.1.c. Thermionic cathodes, designed for “vacuum electronic devices,” producing an emission current density at rated operating conditions exceeding 5 A/cm 2 or a pulsed (non-continuous) current density at rated operating conditions exceeding 10 A/cm 2;
b.1.d. “Vacuum electronic devices” with the capability to operate in a 'dual mode.'
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3A001.b.1.d, 'dual mode' means the “vacuum electronic device” beam current can be intentionally changed between continuous-wave and pulsed mode operation by use of a grid and produces a peak pulse output power greater than the continuous-wave output power.
b.2. “Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit” (“MMIC”) amplifiers that are any of the following:
N.span.:For “MMIC” amplifiers that have an integrated phase shifter see 3A001.b.12.
b.2.a. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 15%, and having any of the following:
b.2.a.1. A peak saturated power output greater than 75 W (48.75 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
b.2.a.2. A peak saturated power output greater than 55 W (47.4 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
b.2.a.3. A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz; or
b.2.a.4. A peak saturated power output greater than 20 W (43 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
b.2.b. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 16 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 10%, and having any of the following:
b.2.b.1. A peak saturated power output greater than 10 W (40 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz; or
b.2.b.2. A peak saturated power output greater than 5 W (37 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 16 GHz;
b.2.c. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 3 W (34.77 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
b.2.d. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (−70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
b.2.e. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
b.2.f. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 31.62 mW (15 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
b.2.g. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 10 mW (10 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 5%; or
b.2.h. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (−70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
Note 1:[Reserved]
Note 2:The control status of the “MMIC” whose rated operating frequency includes frequencies listed in more than one frequency range, as defined by 3A001.b.2.a through 3A001.b.2.h, is determined by the lowest peak saturated power output control threshold.
Note 3:Notes 1 and 2 following the Category 3 heading for product group A. Systems, Equipment, and Components mean that 3A001.b.2 does not control “MMICs” if they are “specially designed” for other applications, e.g., telecommunications, radar, automobiles.
b.3. Discrete microwave transistors that are any of the following:
b.3.a. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz and having any of the following:
b.3.a.1. A peak saturated power output greater than 400 W (56 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
b.3.a.2. A peak saturated power output greater than 205 W (53.12 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
b.3.a.3. A peak saturated power output greater than 115 W (50.61 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz; or
b.3.a.4. A peak saturated power output greater than 60 W (47.78 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
b.3.b. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz and having any of the following:
b.3.b.1. A peak saturated power output greater than 50 W (47 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz;
b.3.b.2. A peak saturated power output greater than 15 W (41.76 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 12 GHz;
b.3.b.3. A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 12 GHz up to and including 16 GHz; or
b.3.b.4. A peak saturated power output greater than 7 W (38.45 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz;
b.3.c. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.5 W (27 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
b.3.d. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz;
b.3.e. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (−70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz; or
b.3.f. Other than those specified by 3A001.b.3.a to 3A001.b.3.e and rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 5 W (37.0 dBm) at all frequencies exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz;
Note 1:The control status of a transistor in 3A001.b.3.a through 3A001.b.3.e, whose rated operating frequency includes frequencies listed in more than one frequency range, as defined by 3A001.b.3.a through 3A001.b.3.e, is determined by the lowest peak saturated power output control threshold.
Note 2:3A001.b.3 includes bare dice, dice mounted on carriers, or dice mounted in packages. Some discrete transistors may also be referred to as power amplifiers, but the status of these discrete transistors is determined by 3A001.b.3.
b.4. Microwave solid state amplifiers and microwave assemblies/modules containing microwave solid state amplifiers, that are any of the following:
b.4.a. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 15%, and having any of the following:
b.4.a.1. A peak saturated power output greater than 500 W (57 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
b.4.a.2. A peak saturated power output greater than 270 W (54.3 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
b.4.a.3. A peak saturated power output greater than 200 W (53 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz; or
b.4.a.4. A peak saturated power output greater than 90 W (49.54 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
b.4.b. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 10%, and having any of the following:
b.4.b.1. A peak saturated power output greater than 70 W (48.45 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz;
b.4.b.2. A peak saturated power output greater than 50 W (47 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 12 GHz;
b.4.b.3. A peak saturated power output greater than 30 W (44.77 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 12 GHz up to and including 16 GHz; or
b.4.b.4. A peak saturated power output greater than 20 W (43 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz;
b.4.c. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.5 W (27 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
b.4.d. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 2 W (33 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
b.4.e. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 43.5 GHz and having any of the following:
b.4.e.1. A peak saturated power output greater than 0.2 W (23 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
b.4.e.2. A peak saturated power output greater than 20 mW (13 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 5%; or
b.4.e.3. A peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (−70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 90 GHz; or
b.4.f. [Reserved]
N.span.:[Reserved]
Note 2:The control status of an item whose rated operating frequency includes frequencies listed in more than one frequency range, as defined by 3A001.b.4.a through 3A001.b.4.e, is determined by the lowest peak saturated power output control threshold.
b.5. Electronically or magnetically tunable band-pass or band-stop filters, having more than 5 tunable resonators capable of tuning across a 1.5:1 frequency band (f
b.5.a. A band-pass bandwidth of more than 0.5% of center frequency; or
b.5.b. A band-stop bandwidth of less than 0.5% of center frequency;
b.6. [Reserved]
b.7. Converters and harmonic mixers, that are any of the following:
b.7.a. Designed to extend the frequency range of “signal analyzers” beyond 90 GHz;
b.7.b. Designed to extend the operating range of signal generators as follows:
b.7.b.1. Beyond 90 GHz;
b.7.b.2. To an output power greater than 100 mW (20 dBm) anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
b.7.c. Designed to extend the operating range of network analyzers as follows:
b.7.c.1. Beyond 110 GHz;
b.7.c.2. To an output power greater than 31.62 mW (15 dBm) anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
b.7.c.3. To an output power greater than 1 mW (0 dBm) anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 90 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz; or
b.7.d. Designed to extend the frequency range of microwave test receivers beyond 110 GHz;
b.8. Microwave power amplifiers containing “vacuum electronic devices” controlled by 3A001.b.1 and having all of the following:
b.8.a. Operating frequencies above 3 GHz;
b.8.b. An average output power to mass ratio exceeding 80 W/kg; and
b.8.c. A volume of less than 400 cm 3;
Note:3A001.b.8 does not control equipment designed or rated for operation in any frequency band which is “allocated by the ITU” for radio-communications services, but not for radio-determination.
b.9. Microwave Power Modules (MPM) consisting of, at least, a traveling-wave “vacuum electronic device,” a “Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit” (“MMIC”) and an integrated electronic power conditioner and having all of the following:
b.9.a. A 'turn-on time' from off to fully operational in less than 10 seconds;
b.9.b. A volume less than the maximum rated power in Watts multiplied by 10 cm 3/W; and
b.9.c. An “instantaneous bandwidth” greater than 1 octave (f
b.9.c.1. For frequencies equal to or less than 18 GHz, an RF output power greater than 100 W; or
b.9.c.2. A frequency greater than 18 GHz;
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 3A001.b.9:
1. To calculate the volume in 3A001.b.9.b, the following example is provided: for a maximum rated power of 20 W, the volume would be: 20 W × 10 cm 3/W = 200 cm 3.
2. The 'turn-on time' in 3A001.b.9.a refers to the time from fully-off to fully operational, i.e., it includes the warm-up time of the MPM.
b.10. Oscillators or oscillator assemblies, specified to operate with a single sideband (SSspan) phase noise, in dBc/Hz, less (better) than −(126 + 20log
For the purposes of 3A001.b.10, F is the offset from the operating frequency in Hz and f is the operating frequency in MHz.
b.11. 'Frequency synthesizer' “electronic assemblies” having a “frequency switching time” as specified by any of the following:
b.11.a. Less than 143 ps;
b.11.b. Less than 100 µs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the synthesized frequency range exceeding 4.8 GHz but not exceeding 31.8 GHz;
b.11.c. [Reserved]
b.11.d. Less than 500 µs for any frequency change exceeding 550 MHz within the synthesized frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz;
b.11.e. Less than 100 µs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the synthesized frequency range exceeding 37 GHz but not exceeding 75 GHz;
b.11.f. Less than 100 µs for any frequency change exceeding 5.0 GHz within the synthesized frequency range exceeding 75 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz; or
b.11.g. Less than 1 ms within the synthesized frequency range exceeding 90 GHz;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3A001.b.11, a 'frequency synthesizer' is any kind of frequency source, regardless of the actual technique used, providing a multiplicity of simultaneous or alternative output frequencies, from one or more outputs, controlled by, derived from or disciplined by a lesser number of standard (or master) frequencies.
N.span.:For general purpose “signal analyzers”, signal generators, network analyzers and microwave test receivers, see 3A002.c, 3A002.d, 3A002.e and 3A002.f, respectively.
b.12. 'Transmit/receive modules,' 'transmit/receive MMICs,' 'transmit modules,' and 'transmit MMICs,' rated for operation at frequencies above 2.7 GHz and having all of the following:
b.12.a. A peak saturated power output (in watts), P
b.12.b. A “fractional bandwidth” of 5% or greater for any channel;
b.12.c. Any planar side with length d (in cm) equal to or less than 15 divided by the lowest operating frequency in GHz [d ≤ 15cm * GHz * N/f
b.12.d. An electronically variable phase shifter per channel.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 3A001.b.12:
1. A 'transmit/receive module' is a multifunction “electronic assembly” that provides bi-directional amplitude and phase control for transmission and reception of signals.
2. A 'transmit module' is an “electronic assembly” that provides amplitude and phase control for transmission of signals.
3. A 'transmit/receive MMIC' is a multifunction “MMIC” that provides bi-directional amplitude and phase control for transmission and reception of signals.
4. A 'transmit MMIC' is a “MMIC” that provides amplitude and phase control for transmission of signals.
5. 2.7 GHz should be used as the lowest operating frequency (f
6. 3A001.b.12 applies to 'transmit/receive modules' or 'transmit modules' with or without a heat sink. The value of d in 3A001.b.12.c does not include any portion of the 'transmit/receive module' or 'transmit module' that functions as a heat sink.
7. 'Transmit/receive modules' or 'transmit modules,' 'transmit/receive MMICs' or 'transmit MMICs' may or may not have N integrated radiating antenna elements where N is the number of transmit or transmit/receive channels.
c. Acoustic wave devices as follows and “specially designed” “components” therefor:
c.1. Surface acoustic wave and surface skimming (shallow bulk) acoustic wave devices, having any of the following:
c.1.a. A carrier frequency exceeding 6 GHz;
c.1.b. A carrier frequency exceeding 1 GHz, but not exceeding 6 GHz and having any of the following:
c.1.b.1. A `frequency side-lobe rejection' exceeding 65 dspan;
c.1.b.2. A product of the maximum delay time and the bandwidth (time in µs and bandwidth in MHz) of more than 100;
c.1.b.3. A bandwidth greater than 250 MHz; or
c.1.b.4. A dispersive delay of more than 10 µs; or
c.1.c. A carrier frequency of 1 GHz or less and having any of the following:
c.1.c.1. A product of the maximum delay time and the bandwidth (time in µs and bandwidth in MHz) of more than 100;
c.1.c.2. A dispersive delay of more than 10 µs; or
c.1.c.3. A 'frequency side-lobe rejection' exceeding 65 dspan and a bandwidth greater than 100 MHz;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3A001.c.1, 'frequency side-lobe rejection' is the maximum rejection value specified in data sheet.
c.2. Bulk (volume) acoustic wave devices that permit the direct processing of signals at frequencies exceeding 6 GHz;
c.3. Acoustic-optic “signal processing” devices employing interaction between acoustic waves (bulk wave or surface wave) and light waves that permit the direct processing of signals or images, including spectral analysis, correlation or convolution;
Note:3A001.c does not control acoustic wave devices that are limited to a single band pass, low pass, high pass or notch filtering, or resonating function.
d. Electronic devices and circuits containing “components,” manufactured from “superconductive” materials, “specially designed” for operation at temperatures below the “critical temperature” of at least one of the “superconductive” constituents and having any of the following:
d.1. Current switching for digital circuits using “superconductive” gates with a product of delay time per gate (in seconds) and power dissipation per gate (in watts) of less than 10
d.2. Frequency selection at all frequencies using resonant circuits with Q-values exceeding 10,000;
e. High energy devices as follows:
e.1. 'Cells' as follows:
e.1.a 'Primary cells' having any of the following at 20 °C:
e.1.a.1. 'Energy density' exceeding 550 Wh/kg and a 'continuous power density' exceeding 50 W/kg; or
e.1.a.2. 'Energy density' exceeding 50 Wh/kg and a 'continuous power density' exceeding 350 W/kg;
e.1.b. 'Secondary cells' having an 'energy density' exceeding 350 Wh/kg at 20 °C;
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 3A001.e.1, 'energy density' (Wh/kg) is calculated from the nominal voltage multiplied by the nominal capacity in ampere-hours (Ah) divided by the mass in kilograms. If the nominal capacity is not stated, energy density is calculated from the nominal voltage squared then multiplied by the discharge duration in hours divided by the discharge load in Ohms and the mass in kilograms.
2. For the purposes of 3A001.e.1, a 'cell' is defined as an electrochemical device, which has positive and negative electrodes, an electrolyte, and is a source of electrical energy. It is the basic building block of a battery.
3. For the purposes of 3A001.e.1.a, a 'primary cell' is a 'cell' that is not designed to be charged by any other source.
4. For the purposes of 3A001.e.1.b, a 'secondary cell' is a 'cell' that is designed to be charged by an external electrical source.
5. For the purposes of 3A001.e.1.a, 'continuous power density' (W/kg) is calculated from the nominal voltage multiplied by the specified maximum continuous discharge current in ampere (A) divided by the mass in kilograms. 'Continuous power density' is also referred to as specific power.
Note:3A001.e does not control batteries, including single-cell batteries.
e.2. High energy storage capacitors as follows:
e.2.a. Capacitors with a repetition rate of less than 10 Hz (single shot capacitors) and having all of the following:
e.2.a.1. A voltage rating equal to or more than 5 kV;
e.2.a.2. An energy density equal to or more than 250 J/kg; and
e.2.a.3. A total energy equal to or more than 25 kJ;
e.2.b. Capacitors with a repetition rate of 10 Hz or more (repetition rated capacitors) and having all of the following:
e.2.b.1. A voltage rating equal to or more than 5 kV;
e.2.b.2. An energy density equal to or more than 50 J/kg;
e.2.b.3. A total energy equal to or more than 100 J; and
e.2.b.4. A charge/discharge cycle life equal to or more than 10,000;
e.3. “Superconductive” electromagnets and solenoids, “specially designed” to be fully charged or discharged in less than one second and having all of the following:
Note:3A001.e.3 does not control “superconductive” electromagnets or solenoids “specially designed” for Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) medical equipment.
e.3.a. Energy delivered during the discharge exceeding 10 kJ in the first second;
e.3.b. Inner diameter of the current carrying windings of more than 250 mm; and
e.3.c. Rated for a magnetic induction of more than 8 T or “overall current density” in the winding of more than 300 A/mm 2;
e.4. Solar cells, cell-interconnect-coverglass (CIC) assemblies, solar panels, and solar arrays, which are “space-qualified,” having a minimum average efficiency exceeding 20% at an operating temperature of 301 K (28 °C) under simulated 'AM0' illumination with an irradiance of 1,367 Watts per square meter (W/m 2);
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3A001.e.4, 'AM0', or 'Air Mass Zero', refers to the spectral irradiance of sun light in the earth's outer atmosphere when the distance between the earth and sun is one astronomical unit (AU).
f. Rotary input type absolute position encoders having an “accuracy” equal to or less (better) than 1.0 second of arc and “specially designed” encoder rings, discs or scales therefor;
g. Solid-state pulsed power switching thyristor devices and 'thyristor modules', using either electrically, optically, or electron radiation controlled switch methods and having any of the following:
g.1. A maximum turn-on current rate of rise (di/dt) greater than 30,000 A/µs and off-state voltage greater than 1,100 V; or
g.2. A maximum turn-on current rate of rise (di/dt) greater than 2,000 A/µs and having all of the following:
g.2.a. An off-state peak voltage equal to or greater than 3,000 V; and
g.2.b. A peak (surge) current equal to or greater than 3,000 A;
Note 1:3A001.g. includes:
—Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs) —Electrical Triggering Thyristors (ETTs) —Light Triggering Thyristors (LTTs) —Integrated Gate Commutated Thyristors (IGCTs) —Gate Turn-off Thyristors (GTOs) —MOS Controlled Thyristors (MCTs) —Solidtrons Note 2:3A001.g does not control thyristor devices and `thyristor modules' incorporated into equipment designed for civil railway or “civil aircraft” applications.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3A001.g, a 'thyristor module' contains one or more thyristor devices.
h. Solid-state power semiconductor switches, diodes, or 'modules', having all of the following:
h.1. Rated for a maximum operating junction temperature greater than 488 K (215 °C);
h.2. Repetitive peak off-state voltage (blocking voltage) exceeding 300 V; and
h.3. Continuous current greater than 1 A.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3A001.h, 'modules' contain one or more solid-state power semiconductor switches or diodes.
Note 1:Repetitive peak off-state voltage in 3A001.h includes drain to source voltage, collector to emitter voltage, repetitive peak reverse voltage and peak repetitive off-state blocking voltage.
Note 2:3A001.h includes:
—Junction Field Effect Transistors (JFETs) —Vertical Junction Field Effect Transistors (VJFETs) —Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistors (MOSFETs) —Double Diffused Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor (DMOSFET) —Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) —High Electron Mobility Transistors (HEMTs) —Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJTs) —Thyristors and Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs) —Gate Turn-Off Thyristors (GTOs) —Emitter Turn-Off Thyristors (ETOs) —PiN Diodes —Schottky Diodes Note 3:3A001.h does not apply to switches, diodes, or 'modules', incorporated into equipment designed for civil automobile, civil railway, or “civil aircraft” applications.
i. Intensity, amplitude, or phase electro-optic modulators, designed for analog signals and having any of the following:
i.1. A maximum operating frequency of more than 10 GHz but less than 20 GHz, an optical insertion loss equal to or less than 3 dspan and having any of the following:
i.1.a. A 'half-wave voltage' ('Vπ') less than 2.7 V when measured at a frequency of 1 GHz or below; or
i.1.b. A 'Vπ' of less than 4 V when measured at a frequency of more than 1 GHz; or
i.2. A maximum operating frequency equal to or greater than 20 GHz, an optical insertion loss equal to or less than 3 dspan and having any of the following:
i.2.a. A 'Vπ' less than 3.3 V when measured at a frequency of 1 GHz or below; or
i.2.b. A 'Vπ' less than 5 V when measured at a frequency of more than 1 GHz.
Note:3A001.i includes electro-optic modulators having optical input and output connectors (e.g., fiber-optic pigtails).
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3A001.i, a 'half-wave voltage' ('Vπ') is the applied voltage necessary to make a phase change of 180 degrees in the wavelength of light propagating through the optical modulator.
j. through y. [Reserved]
z. Any commodity described in 3A001 that meets or exceeds the performance parameters in 3A090, as follows:
z.1. “Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit” (“MMIC”) amplifiers described in 3A001.b.2 and discrete microwave transistors in 3A001.b.3 that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in ECCN 3A090, except those 3A001.b.2 and b.3 items being exported or reexported for use in civil telecommunications applications;
z.2. Commodities that are described in 3A001.a.1.a when usable in “missiles” that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in ECCN 3A090; and to 3A001.a.5.a when “designed or modified” for military use, hermetically sealed and rated for operation in the temperature range from below −54 °C to above +125 °C and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in ECCN 3A090;
z.3. Pulse discharge capacitors described in 3A001.e.2 and superconducting solenoidal electromagnets in 3A001.e.3 that meet or exceed the technical parameters in 3A201.a and 3A201.b, respectively and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in ECCN 3A090; or
z.4. All other commodities specified in this ECCN that meet or exceed the performance parameters of ECCN 3A090.
3A002 General purpose “electronic assemblies,” modules and equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | MT applies to 3A002.h when the parameters in 3A101.a.2.b are met or exceeded | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
Reporting Requirements: See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
a. Recording equipment and oscilloscopes, as follows:
a.1. to a.5. [Reserved]
N.span.:For waveform digitizers and transient recorders, see 3A002.h.
a.6. Digital data recorders having all of the following:
a.6.a. A sustained 'continuous throughput' of more than 6.4 Gbit/s to disk or solid-state drive memory; and
a.6.b. “Signal processing” of the radio frequency signal data while it is being recorded;
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 3A002.a.6:
1. For recorders with a parallel bus architecture, the 'continuous throughput' rate is the highest word rate multiplied by the number of bits in a word.
2. 'Continuous throughput' is the fastest data rate the instrument can record to disk or solid-state drive memory without the loss of any information while sustaining the input digital data rate or digitizer conversion rate.
a.7. Real-time oscilloscopes having a vertical root-mean-square (rms) noise voltage of less than 2% of full-scale at the vertical scale setting that provides the lowest noise value for any input 3dspan bandwidth of 60 GHz or greater per channel;
Note:3A002.a.7 does not apply to equivalent-time sampling oscilloscopes.
b. [Reserved]
c. “Signal analyzers” as follows:
c.1. “Signal analyzers” having a 3 dspan resolution bandwidth (RBW) exceeding 40 MHz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz;
c.2. “Signal analyzers” having a Displayed Average Noise Level (DANL) less (better) than −150 dBm/Hz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
c.3. “Signal analyzers” having a frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
c.4. “Signal analyzers” having all of the following:
c.4.a. 'Real-time bandwidth' exceeding 170 MHz; and
c.4.b. Having any of the following:
c.4.b.1. 100% probability of discovery, with less than a 3 dspan reduction from full amplitude due to gaps or windowing effects, of signals having a duration of 15 µs or less; or
c.4.b.2. A 'frequency mask trigger' function, with 100% probability of trigger (capture) for signals having a duration of 15 µs or less;
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 3A002.c.4.a, 'real-time bandwidth' is the widest frequency range for which the analyzer can continuously transform time-domain data entirely into frequency-domain results, using a Fourier or other discrete time transform that processes every incoming time point, without a reduction of measured amplitude of more than 3 dspan below the actual signal amplitude caused by gaps or windowing effects, while outputting or displaying the transformed data.
2. For the purposes of 3A002.c.4.b.1., probability of discovery is also referred to as probability of intercept or probability of capture.
3. For the purposes of 3A002.c.4.b.1, the duration for 100% probability of discovery is equivalent to the minimum signal duration necessary for the specified level measurement uncertainty.
4. For the purposes of 3A002.c.4.b.2, a 'frequency mask trigger' is a mechanism where the trigger function is able to select a frequency range to be triggered on as a subset of the acquisition bandwidth while ignoring other signals that may also be present within the same acquisition bandwidth. A 'frequency mask trigger' may contain more than one independent set of limits.
Note:3A002.c.4 does not apply to those “signal analyzers” using only constant percentage bandwidth filters (also known as octave or fractional octave filters).
c.5. [Reserved]
d. Signal generators having any of the following:
d.1. Specified to generate pulse-modulated signals having all of the following, anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz:
d.1.a. 'Pulse duration' of less than 25 ns; and
d.1.b. On/off ratio equal to or exceeding 65 dspan;
d.2. An output power exceeding 100 mW (20 dBm) anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
d.3. A “frequency switching time” as specified by any of the following:
d.3.a. [Reserved]
d.3.b. Less than 100 µs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 4.8 GHz but not exceeding 31.8 GHz;
d.3.c. [Reserved]
d.3.d. Less than 500 µs for any frequency change exceeding 550 MHz within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz;
d.3.e. Less than 100 µs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 37 GHz but not exceeding 75 GHz; or
d.3.f. [Reserved]
d.3.g. Less than 100 µs for any frequency change exceeding 5.0 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 75 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz.
d.4. A single sideband (SSspan) phase noise, in dBc/Hz, specified as being any of the following:
d.4.a. Less (better) than −(126 + 20 log
d.4.b. Less (better) than −(206−20log
For the purposes of 3A002.d.4, F is the offset from the operating frequency in Hz and f is the operating frequency in MHz.
d.5. An 'RF modulation bandwidth' of digital baseband signals as specified by any of the following:
d.5.a. Exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 4.8 GHz but not exceeding 31.8 GHz;
d.5.b. Exceeding 550 MHz within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz;
d.5.c. Exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 37 GHz but not exceeding 75 GHz;
d.5.d. Exceeding 5.0 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 75 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz; or
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3A002.d.5, 'RF modulation bandwidth' is the Radio Frequency (RF) bandwidth occupied by a digitally encoded baseband signal modulated onto an RF signal. It is also referred to as information bandwidth or vector modulation bandwidth. I/Q digital modulation is the technical method for producing a vector-modulated RF output signal, and that output signal is typically specified as having an 'RF modulation bandwidth'.
d.6. A maximum frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
Note 1:For the purposes of 3A002.d, signal generators include arbitrary waveform and function generators.
Note 2:3A002.d does not control equipment in which the output frequency is either produced by the addition or subtraction of two or more crystal oscillator frequencies, or by an addition or subtraction followed by a multiplication of the result.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 3A002.d, the maximum frequency of an arbitrary waveform or function generator is calculated by dividing the sample rate, in samples/second, by a factor of 2.5.
2. For the purposes of 3A002.d.1.a, 'pulse duration' is defined as the time interval from the point on the leading edge that is 50% of the pulse amplitude to the point on the trailing edge that is 50% of the pulse amplitude.
e. Network analyzers having any of the following:
e.1. An output power exceeding 31.62 mW (15 dBm) anywhere within the operating frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
e.2. An output power exceeding 1 mW (0 dBm) anywhere within the operating frequency range exceeding 90 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz;
e.3. 'Nonlinear vector measurement functionality' at frequencies exceeding 50 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz; or
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3A002.e.3, 'nonlinear vector measurement functionality' is an instrument's ability to analyze the test results of devices driven into the large-signal domain or the non-linear distortion range.
e.4. A maximum operating frequency exceeding 110 GHz;
f. Microwave test receivers having all of the following:
f.1. Maximum operating frequency exceeding 110 GHz; and
f.2. Being capable of measuring amplitude and phase simultaneously;
g. Atomic frequency standards being any of the following:
g.1. “Space-qualified”;
g.2. Non-rubidium and having a long-term stability less (better) than 1 × 10
g.3. Non-“space-qualified” and having all of the following:
g.3.a. Being a rubidium standard;
g.3.b. Long-term stability less (better) than 1 × 10
g.3.c. Total power consumption of less than 1 Watt.
h. “Electronic assemblies,” modules or equipment, specified to perform all of the following:
h.1. Analog-to-digital conversions meeting any of the following:
h.1.a. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.3 Giga Samples Per Second (GSPS);
h.1.b. A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.0 GSPS;
h.1.c. A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.0 GSPS;
h.1.d. A resolution of 14 bit or more but less than 16 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 400 Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS); or
h.1.e. A resolution of 16 bit or more with a “sample rate” greater than 180 MSPS; and
h.2. Any of the following:
h.2.a. Output of digitized data;
h.2.b. Storage of digitized data; or
h.2.c. Processing of digitized data;
N.span.:Digital data recorders, oscilloscopes, “signal analyzers,” signal generators, network analyzers and microwave test receivers, are specified by 3A002.a.6, 3A002.a.7, 3A002.c, 3A002.d, 3A002.e and 3A002.f, respectively.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 3A002.h:
1. A resolution of n bit corresponds to a quantization of 2 n levels.
2. The resolution of the ADC is the number of bits of the digital output of the ADC that represents the measured analog input word. Effective Number of Bits (ENOspan) is not used to determine the resolution of the ADC.
3. For non-interleaved multiple-channel “electronic assemblies”, modules, or equipment, the “sample rate” is not aggregated and the “sample rate” is the maximum rate of any single channel.
4. For interleaved channels on multiple-channel “electronic assemblies”, modules, or equipment, the “sample rates” are aggregated and the “sample rate” is the maximum combined total rate of all the interleaved channels.
Note:3A002.h includes ADC cards, waveform digitizers, data acquisition cards, signal acquisition boards and transient recorders.
3A003 Spray cooling thermal management systems employing closed loop fluid handling and reconditioning equipment in a sealed enclosure where a dielectric fluid is sprayed onto electronic “components” using “specially designed” spray nozzles that are designed to maintain electronic “components” within their operating temperature range, and “specially designed” “components” therefore.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to entire entry | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4,
and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Integrated circuits having one or more digital processing units having either of the following:
a.1. A 'total processing performance' of 4800 or more, or
a.2. A 'total processing performance' of 1600 or more and a 'performance density' of 5.92 or more.
b. Integrated circuits having one or more digital processing units having either of the following:
b.1. A 'total processing performance' of 2400 or more and less than 4800 and a 'performance density' of 1.6 or more and less than 5.92, or
b.2. A 'total processing performance' of 1600 or more and a 'performance density' of 3.2 or more and less than 5.92.
Note 1 to 3A090:Integrated circuits specified by 3A090 include graphical processing units (GPUs), tensor processing units (TPUs), neural processors, in-memory processors, vision processors, text processors, co-processors/accelerators, adaptive processors, field-programmable logic devices (FPLDs), and application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs). Examples of integrated circuits are in the Note to 3A001.a.
Note 2 to 3A090:3A090 does not apply to items that are not designed or marketed for use in datacenters and do not have a 'total processing performance' of 4800 or more. For integrated circuits that are not designed or marketed for use in datacenters and that have a 'total processing performance' of 4800 or more, see license exceptions NAC and ACA.
Note 3 to 3A090:For ICs that are excluded from ECCN 3A090 under Note 2 or 3 to 3A090, those ICs are also not applicable for classifications made under ECCNs 3A001.z, 4A003.z, 4A004.z, 4A005.z, 4A090, 5A002.z, 5A004.z, 5A992.z, 5D002.z, or 5D992.z because those other CCL classifications are based on the incorporation of an IC that meets the control parameters under ECCN 3A090 or otherwise meets or exceeds the control parameters or ECCNs 3A090 or 4A090. See the Related Controls paragraphs of 3A001.z, 4A003.z, 4A004.z, 4A005.z, 4A090, 5A002.z, 5A004.z, 5A992.z, 5D002.z, or 5D992.z.
Technical Notes:1. 'Total processing performance' ('TPP') is 2 × 'MacTOPS' × 'bit length of the operation', aggregated over all processing units on the integrated circuit.
a. For purposes of 3A090, `MacTOPS' is the theoretical peak number of Tera (10 12) operations per second for multiply-accumulate computation (D = A × span + C).
b. The 2 in the 'TPP' formula is based on industry convention of counting one multiply-accumulate computation, D = A × span + C, as 2 operations for purpose of datasheets. Therefore, 2 × MacTOPS may correspond to the reported TOPS or FLOPS on a datasheet.
c. For purposes of 3A090, 'bit length of the operation' for a multiply-accumulate computation is the largest bit-length of the inputs to the multiply operation.
d. Aggregate the TPPs for each processing unit on the integrated circuit to arrive at a total. 'TPP' = TPP1 + TPP2 + . . . . + TPPn (where n is the number or processing units on the integrated circuit).
2. The rate of 'MacTOPS' is to be calculated at its maximum value theoretically possible. The rate of 'MacTOPS' is assumed to be the highest value the manufacturer claims in annual or brochure for the integrated circuit. For example, the 'TPP' threshold of 4800 can be met with 600 tera integer operations (or 2 × 300 'MacTOPS') at 8 bits or 300 tera FLOPS (or 2 × 150 'MacTOPS') at 16 bits. If the IC is designed for MAC computation with multiple bit lengths that achieve different 'TPP' values, the highest 'TPP' value should be evaluated against parameters in 3A090.
3. For integrated circuits specified by 3A090 that provide processing of both sparse and dense matrices, the 'TPP' values are the values for processing of dense matrices (e.g., without sparsity).
4. 'Performance density' is 'TPP' divided by 'applicable die area'. For purposes of 3A090, 'applicable die area' is measured in millimeters squared and includes all die area of logic dies manufactured with a process node that uses a non-planar transistor architecture.
3A101 Electronic equipment, devices, “parts” and “components,” other than those controlled by 3A001, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. “Specially designed” to meet military specifications for ruggedized equipment;
a.2. “Specially designed” for military use and being any of the following types:
a.2.a. Analog-to-digital converter microcircuits which are radiation-hardened or have all of the following characteristics:
a.2.a.1. Rated for operation in the temperature range from below −54 °C to above +125 °C; and
a.2.a.2. Hermetically sealed; or
a.2.b. Electrical input type analog-to-digital converter printed circuit boards or modules, having all of the following characteristics:
a.2.b.1. Rated for operation in the temperature range from below −45 °C to above +80 °C; and
a.2.b.2. Incorporating microcircuits identified in 3A101.a.2 .a;
b. Accelerators capable of delivering electromagnetic radiation produced by bremsstrahlung from accelerated electrons of 2 MeV or greater, and systems containing those accelerators, usable for the “missiles” or the subsystems of “missiles”.
Note:3A101.b above does not include equipment “specially designed” for medical purposes.
3A201 Electronic “parts” and “components,” other than those controlled by 3A001, as follows (see List of Items Controlled). Reason for Control: NP, AT| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Voltage rating greater than 1.4 kV, energy storage greater than 10 J, capacitance greater than 0.5 µF, and series inductance less than 50 nH; or
a.2. Voltage rating greater than 750 V, capacitance greater than 0.25 µF, and series inductance less than 10 nH;
b. Superconducting solenoidal electromagnets having all of the following characteristics:
b.1. Capable of creating magnetic fields greater than 2 T;
b.2. A ratio of length to inner diameter greater than 2;
b.3. Inner diameter greater than 300 mm; and
b.4. Magnetic field uniform to better than 1% over the central 50% of the inner volume;
Note:3A201.b does not control magnets “specially designed” for and exported “as parts of” medical nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) imaging systems. The phrase “as part of” does not necessarily mean physical part in the same shipment; separate shipments from different sources are allowed, provided the related export documents clearly specify that the shipments are dispatched “as part of” the imaging systems.
c. Flash X-ray generators or pulsed electron accelerators having either of the following sets of characteristics:
c.1. An accelerator peak electron energy of 500 keV or greater, but less than 25 MeV, and with a “figure of merit” (K) of 0.25 or greater; or
c.2. An accelerator peak electron energy of 25 MeV or greater, and a “peak power” greater than 50 MW;
Note:3A201.c does not control accelerators that are “parts” or “components” of devices designed for purposes other than electron beam or X-ray radiation (electron microscopy, for example) nor those designed for medical purposes.
Technical Notes:(1) The “figure of merit” K is defined as: K = 1.7 × 10 3V 2.65Q. V is the peak electron energy in million electron volts. If the accelerator beam pulse duration is less than or equal to 1 µs, then Q is the total accelerated charge in Coulombs. If the accelerator beam pulse duration is greater than 1 µs, then Q is the maximum accelerated charge in 1 µs. Q equals the intergral of i with respect to t, over the lesser of 1 µs or the time duration of the beam pulse Q= ∫ idt), where i is beam current in amperes and t is time in seconds.
(2) “Peak power” = (peak potential in volts) × (peak beam current in amperes).
(3) In machines based on microwave accelerating cavities, the time duration of the beam pulse is the lesser of 1 µs or the duration of the bunched beam packet resulting from one microwave modulator pulse.
(4) In machines based on microwave accelerating cavities, the peak beam current is the average current in the time duration of a bunched beam packet.
3A225 Frequency changers (a.k.a. converters or inverters) and generators, except those subject to the export licensing authority of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (see 10 Cspan part 110), that are usable as a variable frequency or fixed frequency motor drive and have all of the characteristics described in this ECCN (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Operating at a frequency of 600 Hz or more; and
c. Frequency control better (less) than 0.2%.
Notes:1. This ECCN controls frequency changers intended for use in specific industrial machinery and/or consumer goods (machine tools, vehicles, etc.) only if the frequency changers can meet the performance characteristics described in this entry when removed from the machinery and/or goods. This Note does not exclude from control under this entry any frequency changer described herein that is the principal element of a non-controlled item and can feasibly be removed or used for other purposes.
2. To determine whether a particular frequency changer meets or exceeds the performance characteristics described in this entry, both hardware and “software” performance constraints must be considered.
Technical Notes:1. Frequency changers controlled by this ECCN are also known as converters or inverters.
2. The performance characteristics described in this ECCN also may be met by certain equipment marketed as: Generators, electronic test equipment, AC power supplies, variable speed motor drives, variable speed drives (VSDs), variable frequency drives (VFDs), adjustable frequency drives (AFDs), or adjustable speed drives (ASDs).
3A226 High-power direct current power supplies having both of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled), excluding items that are subject to the export licensing authority of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (see 10 Cspan part 110).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Current or voltage stability better than 0.1% over a time period of 8 hours.
3A227 High-voltage direct current power supplies, having both of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled), excluding items that are subject to the export licensing authority of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (see 10 Cspan part 110).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Current or voltage stability better than 0.1% over a time period of 8 hours.
3A228 Switching devices, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
(2) Also see ECCN 3A991.k.
Related Definitions: N/A Items: a. Cold-cathode tubes, whether gas filled or not, operating similarly to a spark gap, having all of the following characteristics:a.1. Containing three or more electrodes;
a.2. Anode peak voltage rating of 2.5 kV or more;
a.3. Anode peak current rating of 100 A or more; and
a.4. Anode delay time of 10 µs or less.
Technical Note:3A228.a includes gas krytron tubes and vacuum sprytron tubes.
b. Triggered spark-gaps having both of the following characteristics:
b.1. An anode delay time of 15 µs or less; and
b.2. Rated for a peak current of 500 A or more.
c. Modules or assemblies with a fast switching function having all of the following characteristics:
c.1. Anode peak voltage rating greater than 2 kV;
c.2. Anode peak current rating of 500 A or more; and
c.3. Turn-on time of 1 µs or less.
3A229 Firing sets and equivalent high-current pulse generators for detonators controlled by 3A232 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | Russian industry sector sanctions apply to entire entry | See § 746.5 for specific license requirements and license review policy. |
|---|
b. Modular electrical pulse generators (pulsers) having all of the following characteristics:
b.1. Designed for portable, mobile, or ruggedized use;
b.2. Capable of delivering their energy in less than 15 µs into loads of less than 40 Ω (ohms);
b.3. Having an output greater than 100 A;
b.4. No dimension greater than 30 cm;
b.5. Weight less than 30 kg; and
b.6. Specified for use over an extended temperature range 223 K (−50 °C) to 373 K (100 °C) or specified as suitable for aerospace applications.
c. Micro-firing units having all of the following characteristics:
c.1. No dimension greater than 35 mm;
c.2. Voltage rating of equal to or greater than 1 kV; and
c.3. Capacitance of equal to or greater than 100 nF.
3A230 High-speed pulse generators, and pulse heads therefor, having both of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. “Pulse transition time” less than 500 ps.
3A231 Neutron generator systems, including tubes, having both of the characteristics described in this ECCN (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | Russian industry sector sanctions apply to entire entry | See § 746.5 for specific license requirements and license review policy. |
|---|
b. Utilizing electrostatic acceleration to induce:
b.1. A tritium-deuterium nuclear reaction; or
b.2. A deuterium-deuterium nuclear reaction and capable of an output of 3 × 10 9 neutrons/s or greater.
3A232 Detonators and multipoint initiation systems, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | Russian industry sector sanctions apply to entire entry | See § 746.5 for specific license requirements and license review policy. |
|---|
b. Arrangements using single or multiple detonators designed to nearly simultaneously initiate an explosive surface over an area greater than 5,000 mm 2 from a single firing signal with an initiation timing spread over the surface of less than 2.5 µs.
Technical Note:The word initiator is sometimes used in place of the word detonator.
3A233 Mass spectrometers, capable of measuring ions of 230 u or greater and having a resolution of better than 2 parts in 230, and ion sources therefor, excluding items that are subject to the export licensing authority of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (see 10 Cspan part 110).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometers (ICP/MS);
b. Glow discharge mass spectrometers (GDMS);
c. Thermal ionization mass spectrometers (TIMS);
d. Electron bombardment mass spectrometers having both of the following features:
d.1. A molecular beam inlet system that injects a collimated beam of analyte molecules into a region of the ion source where the molecules are ionized by an electron beam; and
d.2. One or more cold traps that can be cooled to a temperature of 193 K (−80 °C) or less in order to trap analyte molecules that are not ionized by the electron beam;
e. Mass spectrometers equipped with a microfluorination ion source designed for actinides or actinide fluorides.
Technical Notes:1. ECCN 3A233.d controls mass spectrometers that are typically used for isotopic analysis of UF
2. Electron bombardment mass spectrometers in ECCN 3A233.d are also known as electron impact mass spectrometers or electron ionization mass spectrometers.
3. In ECCN 3A233.d.2, a “cold trap” is a device that traps gas molecules by condensing or freezing them on cold surfaces. For the purposes of this ECCN, a closed-loop gaseous helium cryogenic vacuum pump is not a cold trap.
3A234 Striplines to provide low inductance path to detonators with the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Inductance of less than 20 nH.
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 3A611.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 3A611.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 3A611.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry except 3A611.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. Electronic “equipment,” “end items,” and “systems” “specially designed” for a military application that are not enumerated or otherwise described in either a USML category or another “600 series” ECCN.
Note to 3A611.a:ECCN 3A611.a includes any radar, telecommunications, acoustic or computer equipment, end items, or systems “specially designed” for military application that are not enumerated or otherwise described in any USML category or controlled by another “600 series” ECCN.
b.-d. [Reserved]
e. High frequency (HF) surface wave radar that maintains the positional state of maritime surface or low altitude airborne objects of interest in a received radar signal through time.
Note to 3A611.e:ECCN 3A611.e does not apply to systems, equipment, and assemblies “specially designed” for marine traffic control.
f. Application specific integrated circuits (ASICs) and programmable logic devices (PLD) that are not controlled by paragraph .y of this entry and that are programmed for “600 series” items.
Note to paragraph .f:In this paragraph, the term 'application specific integrated circuit' means an integrated circuit developed and produced for a specific application or function regardless of number of customers for which the integrated circuit is developed or produced.
g. Printed circuit boards and populated circuit card assemblies that are not controlled by paragraph .y of this entry and for which the layout is “specially designed” for “600 series” items.
h. Multichip modules that are not controlled by paragraph .y of this entry and for which the pattern or layout is “specially designed” for “600 series” items.
i. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by this entry or for an article controlled by USML Category XI, and not enumerated or described in any USML category or in any paragraph other than the .x paragraph of another 600 series ECCN or in paragraph .y of this entry.
Note 1 to ECCN 3A611.x:ECCN 3A611.x includes “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a radar, telecommunications, acoustic system or equipment or computer “specially designed” for military application that are neither controlled in any USML category nor controlled in any paragraph other than the .x paragraph of another “600 series” ECCN.
Note 2 to ECCN 3A611.x:ECCN 3A611.x controls “parts” and “components” “specially designed” for underwater sensors or projectors controlled by USML Category XI(c)(12) containing single-crystal lead magnesium niobate lead titanate (PMN-PT) based piezoelectrics.
Note 3 to ECCN 3A611.x:“Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” subject to the EAR and within the scope of any 600 series .x entry that are of a type that are or would potentially be for use in or with multiple platforms (e.g., military electronics, military vehicles, and military aircraft) may be classified under 3A611.x.
y. Specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in a “600 series” ECCN or a defense article and not elsewhere specified in any paragraph other than the .y paragraph of a “600 series” ECCN or the USML as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor:
y.1. Electrical connectors;
y.2. Electric fans;
y.3. Heat sinks;
y.4. Joy sticks;
y.5. Mica paper capacitors;
y.6. Microphones;
y.7. Potentiometers;
y.8. Rheostats;
y.9. Electric connector backshells;
y.10. Solenoids;
y.11. Speakers;
y.12. Trackballs;
y.13. Electric transformers;
y.14. Application specific integrated circuits (ASICs) and programmable logic devices (PLD) that are programmed for commodities controlled in the .y paragraph of any “600 series” ECCN;
y.15. Printed circuit boards and populated circuit card assemblies for which the layout is “specially designed” for an item controlled by the .y paragraph of any “600 series” ECCN;
y.16. Multichip modules for which the pattern or layout is “specially designed” for an item in the .y paragraph of a “600 series” ECCN;
y.17. Circuit breakers;
y.18. Ground fault circuit interrupters;
y.19. Electrical contacts;
y.20. Electrical guide pins;
y.21. Filtered and unfiltered mechanical switches;
y.22. Thumbwheels;
y.23. Fixed resistors;
y.24. Electrical jumpers;
y.25. Grounding straps;
y.26. Indicator dials;
y.27. Contactors;
y.28. Touchpads;
y.29. Mechanical caps;
y.30. Mechanical plugs;
y.31. Finger barriers;
y.32. Flip-guards;
y.33. Identification plates and nameplates;
y.34. Knobs;
y.35. Hydraulic, pneumatic, fuel and lubrication gauges.
Note to ECCN 3A611:When applying the “specially designed” definition to determine whether a printed circuit board, populated circuit card assembly or multichip module is controlled by paragraph .g, .h, .y.15 or .y.16 of this entry, the layout of the board or assembly and the pattern and layout of the module are the only characteristics that need be evaluated under the “specially designed” definition.
3A980 Voice print identification and analysis equipment and “specially designed” “components” therefor, n.e.s.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 |
|---|
In this ECCN, electronic monitoring restraint devices are devices used to record or report the location of confined persons for law enforcement or penal reasons. The term does not include devices that confine memory impaired patents to appropriate medical facilities.
3A991 Electronic devices, and “components” not controlled by 3A001.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
a. “Microprocessor microcircuits”, “microcomputer microcircuits”, and microcontroller microcircuits having any of the following:
a.1. A performance speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more;
a.2. A clock frequency rate exceeding 25 MHz; or
a.3. More than one data or instruction bus or serial communication port that provides a direct external interconnection between parallel “microprocessor microcircuits” with a transfer rate of 2.5 Mbyte/s;
b. Storage integrated circuits, as follows:
b.1. Electrical erasable programmable read-only memories (EEPROMs) with a storage capacity;
b.1.a. Exceeding 16 Mbits per package for flash memory types; or
b.1.b. Exceeding either of the following limits for all other EEPROM types:
b.1.b.1. Exceeding 1 Mbit per package; or
b.1.b.2. Exceeding 256 kbit per package and a maximum access time of less than 80 ns;
b.2. Static random access memories (SRAMs) with a storage capacity:
b.2.a. Exceeding 1 Mbit per package; or
b.2.b. Exceeding 256 kbit per package and a maximum access time of less than 25 ns;
c. Analog-to-digital converters having any of the following:
c.1. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with an output rate greater than 200 million words per second;
c.2. A resolution of 12 bit with an output rate greater than 105 million words per second;
c.3. A resolution of more than 12 bit but equal to or less than 14 bit with an output rate greater than 10 million words per second; or
c.4. A resolution of more than 14 bit with an output rate greater than 2.5 million words per second;
d. Field programmable logic devices having a maximum number of single-ended digital input/outputs between 200 and 700;
e. Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processors having a rated execution time for a 1,024 point complex FFT of less than 1 ms;
f. Custom integrated circuits for which either the function is unknown, or the control status of the equipment in which the integrated circuits will be used is unknown to the manufacturer, having any of the following:
f.1. More than 144 terminals; or
f.2. A typical “basic propagation delay time” of less than 0.4 ns;
g. Traveling-wave “vacuum electronic devices,” pulsed or continuous wave, as follows:
g.1. Coupled cavity devices, or derivatives thereof;
g.2. Helix devices based on helix, folded waveguide, or serpentine waveguide circuits, or derivatives thereof, with any of the following:
g.2.a. An “instantaneous bandwidth” of half an octave or more; and
g.2.b. The product of the rated average output power (expressed in kW) and the maximum operating frequency (expressed in GHz) of more than 0.2;
g.2.c. An “instantaneous bandwidth” of less than half an octave; and
g.2.d. The product of the rated average output power (expressed in kW) and the maximum operating frequency (expressed in GHz) of more than 0.4;
h. Flexible waveguides designed for use at frequencies exceeding 40 GHz;
i. Surface acoustic wave and surface skimming (shallow bulk) acoustic wave devices (i.e., “signal processing” devices employing elastic waves in materials), having either of the following:
i.1. A carrier frequency exceeding 1 GHz; or
i.2. A carrier frequency of 1 GHz or less; and
i.2.a. A frequency side-lobe rejection exceeding 55 Db;
i.2.b. A product of the maximum delay time and bandwidth (time in microseconds and bandwidth in MHz) of more than 100; or
i.2.c. A dispersive delay of more than 10 microseconds;
j. Cells as follows:
j.1. Primary cells having an energy density of 550 Wh/kg or less at 293 K (20 °C);
j.2. Secondary cells having an energy density of 350 Wh/kg or less at 293 K (20 °C);
Note:3A991.j does not control batteries, including single cell batteries.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 3A991.j energy density (Wh/kg) is calculated from the nominal voltage multiplied by the nominal capacity in ampere-hours divided by the mass in kilograms. If the nominal capacity is not stated, energy density is calculated from the nominal voltage squared then multiplied by the discharge duration in hours divided by the discharge load in Ohms and the mass in kilograms.
2. For the purposes of 3A991.j, a 'cell' is defined as an electrochemical device, which has positive and negative electrodes, and electrolyte, and is a source of electrical energy. It is the basic building block of a battery.
3. For the purposes of 3A991.j.1, a 'primary cell' is a 'cell' that is not designed to be charged by any other source.
4. For the purposes of 3A991.j.2, a 'secondary cell' is a 'cell' that is designed to be charged by an external electrical source.
k. “Superconductive” electromagnets or solenoids “specially designed” to be fully charged or discharged in less than one minute, having all of the following:
Note:3A991.k does not control “superconductive” electromagnets or solenoids designed for Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) medical equipment.
k.1. Maximum energy delivered during the discharge divided by the duration of the discharge of more than 500 kJ per minute;
k.2. Inner diameter of the current carrying windings of more than 250 mm; and
k.3. Rated for a magnetic induction of more than 8T or “overall current density” in the winding of more than 300 A/mm 2;
l. Circuits or systems for electromagnetic energy storage, containing “components” manufactured from “superconductive” materials “specially designed” for operation at temperatures below the “critical temperature” of at least one of their “superconductive” constituents, having all of the following:
l.1. Resonant operating frequencies exceeding 1 MHz;
l.2. A stored energy density of 1 MJ/M 3 or more; and
l.3. A discharge time of less than 1 ms;
m. Hydrogen/hydrogen-isotope thyratrons of ceramic-metal construction and rate for a peak current of 500 A or more;
n. Digital integrated circuits based on any compound semiconductor having an equivalent gate count of more than 300 (2 input gates);
o. Solar cells, cell-interconnect-coverglass (CIC) assemblies, solar panels, and solar arrays, which are “space qualified” and not controlled by 3A001.e.4;
p. Integrated circuits, n.e.s., having any of the following:
p.1. A processing performance of 8 TOPS or more; or
p.2. An aggregate bidirectional transfer rate over all inputs and outputs of 150 Gbyte/s or more to or from integrated circuits other than volatile memories.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 3A991.p:
1. This ECCN includes but is not limited to central processing units (CPU), graphics processing units (GPU), tensor processing units (TPU), neural processors, in-memory processors, vision processors, text processors, co-processors/accelerators, adaptive processors, and field-programmable logic devices (FPLDs).
2. TOPS is Tera Operations Per Second or 10 12 Operations per Second.
3. For purposes of 3A991.p, TOPS is 2 × 'MacTOPS' aggregated over all processing units on the integrated circuit.
a. For purposes of 3A991.p, 'MacTOPS' is the theoretical peak number of Tera (10^12) operations per second for multiply-accumulate computation (D = A × span + C).
b. The 2 in the formula is based on industry convention of counting one multiply-accumulate computation, D = A × span + C, as 2 operations for purpose of datasheets. Therefore, 2 × 'MacTOPS' may correspond to the reported TOPS or FLOPS on a datasheet.
3A992 General purpose electronic equipment not controlled by 3A002.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Electronic test equipment, n.e.s.
b. Digital instrumentation magnetic tape data recorders having any of the following characteristics;
b.1. A maximum digital interface transfer rate exceeding 60 Mbit/s and employing helical scan techniques;
b.2. A maximum digital interface transfer rate exceeding 120 Mbit/s and employing fixed head techniques; or
b.3. “Space qualified”;
c. Equipment, with a maximum digital interface transfer rate exceeding 60 Mbit/s, designed to convert digital video magnetic tape recorders for use as digital instrumentation data recorders;
d. Non-modular analog oscilloscopes having a bandwidth of 1 GHz or greater;
e. Modular analog oscilloscope systems having either of the following characteristics:
e.1. A mainframe with a bandwidth of 1 GHz or greater; or
e.2. Plug-in modules with an individual bandwidth of 4 GHz or greater;
f. Analog sampling oscilloscopes for the analysis of recurring phenomena with an effective bandwidth greater than 4 GHz;
g. Digital oscilloscopes and transient recorders, using analog-to-digital conversion techniques, capable of storing transients by sequentially sampling single-shot inputs at successive intervals of less than 1 ns (greater than 1 giga-sample per second), digitizing to 8 bits or greater resolution and storing 256 or more samples.
Note:This ECCN controls the following “specially designed” “parts” and “components” for analog oscilloscopes:
1. Plug-in units;
2. External amplifiers;
3. Pre-amplifiers;
4. Sampling devices;
5. Cathode ray tubes.
3A999 Specific Processing Equipment, n.e.s., as Follows (See List of Items Controlled).b. Mass spectrometers n.e.s;
c. All flash x-ray machines, and “parts” or “components” of pulsed power systems designed thereof, including Marx generators, high power pulse shaping networks, high voltage capacitors, and triggers;
d. Pulse amplifiers, n.e.s.;
e. Electronic equipment for time delay generation or time interval measurement, as follows:
e.1. Digital time delay generators with a resolution of 50 nanoseconds or less over time intervals of 1 microsecond or greater; or
e.2. Multi-channel (three or more) or modular time interval meter and chronometry equipment with resolution of 50 nanoseconds or less over time intervals of 1 microsecond or greater;
f. Chromatography and spectrometry analytical instruments.
span. “Test”, “Inspection” and “Production Equipment” 3B001 Equipment for the manufacturing of semiconductor devices, materials, or related equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled) and “specially designed” “components” and “accessories” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to 3B001.a.1 to a.3, b, e, f.1.a, f.2 to f.4, g to i | NS Column 2. | NS applies to 3B001.a.4, c, d, f.1.b, j to p | To or within Macau or a destination specified in Country Group D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR. | RS applies to 3B001.a.4, c, d, f.1.b, j to p | To or within Macau or a destination specified in Country Group D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Equipment designed for epitaxial growth as follows:
a.1. Equipment designed or modified to produce a layer of any material other than silicon with a thickness uniform to less than ±2.5% across a distance of 75 mm or more;
Note:3B001.a.1 includes atomic layer epitaxy (ALE) equipment.
a.2. Metal Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition (MOCVD) reactors designed for compound semiconductor epitaxial growth of material having two or more of the following elements: aluminum, gallium, indium, arsenic, phosphorus, antimony, or nitrogen;
a.3. Molecular beam epitaxial growth equipment using gas or solid sources;
a.4. Equipment designed for silicon (Si), carbon doped silicon, silicon germanium (SiGe), or carbon doped SiGe epitaxial growth, and having all of the following:
a.4.a. Multiple chambers and maintaining high vacuum (equal to or less than 0.01 Pa) or inert environment (water and oxygen partial pressure less than 0.01 Pa) between process steps;
a.4.b. At least one preclean chamber designed to provide a surface preparation means to clean the surface of the wafer; and
a.4.c. An epitaxial deposition operating temperature of 685 °C or below;
b. Semiconductor wafer fabrication equipment designed for ion implantation and having any of the following:
b.1. [Reserved]
b.2. Being designed and optimized to operate at a beam energy of 20 keV or more and a beam current of 10 mA or more for hydrogen, deuterium, or helium implant;
b.3. Direct write capability;
b.4. A beam energy of 65 keV or more and a beam current of 45 mA or more for high energy oxygen implant into a heated semiconductor material “substrate”; or
b.5. Being designed and optimized to operate at beam energy of 20 keV or more and a beam current of 10 mA or more for silicon implant into a semiconductor material “substrate” heated to 600 °C or greater;
c. Etch equipment.
c.1. Equipment designed for dry etching as follows:
c.1.a. Equipment designed or modified for isotropic dry etching, having a largest 'silicon germanium-to-silicon (SiGe:Si) etch selectivity' of greater than or equal to 100:1; or
c.1.b. Equipment designed or modified for anisotropic etching of dielectric materials and enabling the fabrication of high aspect ratio features with aspect ratio greater than 30:1 and a lateral dimension on the top surface of less than 100 nm, and having all of the following:
c.1.b.1. Radio Frequency (RF) power source(s) with at least one pulsed RF output; and
c.1.b.2. One or more fast gas switching valve(s) with switching time less than 300 milliseconds; or
c.1.c. Equipment designed or modified for anisotropic dry etching, having all of the following;
c.1.c.1. Radio Frequency (RF) power source(s) with at least one pulsed RF output;
c.1.c.2. One or more fast gas switching valve(s) with switching time less than 300 milliseconds; and
c.1.c.3. Electrostatic chuck with twenty or more individually controllable variable temperature elements;
c.2. Equipment designed for wet chemical processing and having a largest 'silicon germanium-to-silicon (SiGe:Si) etch selectivity' of greater than or equal to 100:1;
Note 1:3B001.c includes etching by 'radicals', ions, sequential reactions, or non-sequential reaction.
Note 2:3B001.c.1.c includes etching using RF pulse excited plasma, pulsed duty cycle excited plasma, pulsed voltage on electrodes modified plasma, cyclic injection and purging of gases combined with a plasma, plasma atomic layer etching, or plasma quasi-atomic layer etching.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 3B001.c, 'silicon germanium-to-silicon (SiGe:Si) etch selectivity' is measured for a Ge concentration of greater than or equal to 30% (Si0.70Ge0.30).
2. For the purposes of 3B001.c Note 1 and 3B001.d.14, 'radical' is defined as an atom, molecule, or ion that has an unpaired electron in an open electron shell configuration.
d. Semiconductor manufacturing deposition equipment, as follows:
d.1. Equipment designed for cobalt (Co) electroplating or cobalt electroless-plating deposition processes;
Note:3B001.d.1 controls semiconductor wafer processing equipment.
d.2. Equipment designed for:
d.2.a. Chemical vapor deposition of cobalt (Co) fill metal; or
d.2.b. Selective bottom-up chemical vapor deposition of tungsten (W) fill metal;
d.3. Equipment designed to fabricate a metal contact by multistep processing within a single chamber by performing all of the following:
d.3.a. Deposition of a tungsten layer, using an organometallic compound, while maintaining the wafer substrate temperature greater than 100 °C and less than 500 °C; and
d.3.b. A plasma process using hydrogen (H
d.4. Equipment or systems designed for multistep processing in multiple chambers or stations and maintaining high vacuum (equal to or less than 0.01 Pa) or inert environment between process steps, as follows:
d.4.a. Equipment designed to fabricate a metal contact by performing the following processes:
d.4.a.1. Surface treatment plasma process using hydrogen (H
d.4.a.2. Surface treatment plasma process using oxygen (O
d.4.a.3. Deposition of a tungsten layer while maintaining the wafer substrate temperature greater than 100 °C and less than 500 °C;
d.4.b. Equipment designed to fabricate a metal contact by performing the following processes:
d.4.b.1 Surface treatment process using a remote plasma generator and an ion filter; and
d.4.b.2. Deposition of a cobalt (Co) layer selectively onto copper (Cu) using an organometallic compound;
Note:This control does not apply to equipment that is non-selective.
d.4.c. Equipment designed to fabricate a metal contact by performing all the following processes:
d.4.c.1. Deposition of a titanium nitride (TiN) or tungsten carbide (WC) layer, using an organometallic compound, while maintaining the wafer substrate at a temperature greater than 20 °C and less than 500 °C;
d.4.c.2. Deposition of a cobalt (Co) layer using a physical sputter deposition technique and having a process pressure greater than 133.3 mPa and less than 13.33 Pa, while maintaining the wafer substrate at a temperature below 500 °C; and
d.4.c.3. Deposition of a cobalt (Co) layer using an organometallic compound and having a process pressure greater than 133.3 Pa and less than 13.33 kPa, while maintaining the wafer substrate at a temperature greater than 20 °C and less than 500 °C;
d.4.d. Equipment designed to fabricate copper (Cu) interconnects by performing all of the following processes:
d.4.d.1. Deposition of a cobalt (Co) or ruthenium (Ru) layer using an organometallic compound and having a process pressure greater than 133.3 Pa and less than 13.33 kPa, while maintaining the wafer substrate at a temperature greater than 20 °C and less than 500 °C; and
d.4.d.2. Deposition of a copper layer using a physical vapor deposition technique and having a process pressure greater than 133.3 mPa and less than 13.33 Pa, while maintaining the wafer substrate at a temperature below 500 °C;
d.5. Equipment designed for plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition of carbon hard masks more than 100 nm thick and with stress less than 450 MPa;
d.6. Atomic Layer Deposition (ALD) equipment designed for area selective deposition of a barrier or liner using an organometallic compound;
Note:3B001.d.6 includes equipment capable of area selective deposition of a barrier layer to enable fill metal contact to an underlying electrical conductor without a barrier layer at the fill metal via interface to an underlying electrical conductor.
d.7. Equipment designed for Atomic Layer Deposition (ALD) of tungsten (W) to fill an entire interconnect or in a channel less than 40 nm wide, while maintaining the wafer substrate at a temperature less than 500 °C.
d.8 Equipment designed for Atomic Layer Deposition (ALD) of 'work function metal' having all of the following:
d.8.a. More than one metal source of which one is designed for an aluminum (Al) precursor;
d.8.b. Precursor vessel designed and enabled to operate at a temperature greater than 30 °C; and
d.8.c. Designed for depositing a 'work function metal' having all of the following:
d.8.c.1. Deposition of titanium-aluminum carbide (TiAlC); and
d.8.c.2. Enabling a work function greater than 4.0eV;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3B001.d.8, 'work function metal' is a material that controls the threshold voltage of a transistor.
d.9. Spatial Atomic Layer Deposition (ALD) equipment having a wafer support platform that rotates around an axis having any of the following:
d.9.a. A spatial plasma enhanced atomic layer deposition mode of operation;
d.9.b. A plasma source; or
d.9.c. A plasma shield or means to confine the plasma to the plasma exposure process region;
d.10. Equipment designed for Atomic Layer Deposition (ALD) or Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) of plasma enhanced of low fluorine tungsten (FW) (fluorine (F) concentration less than 10 19 atoms/cm 3) films;
d.11. Equipment designed to deposit a metal layer, in a vacuum (equal to or less than 0.01 Pa) or inert gas environment, and having all of the following:
d.11.a. A Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) or cyclic deposition process for depositing a tungsten nitride (WN) layer, while maintaining the wafer substrate at a temperature greater than 20 °C and less than 500 °C; and
d.11.b. A Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) or cyclic deposition process for depositing a tungsten (W) layer having a process pressure greater than 133.3 Pa and less than 53.33 kPa, while maintaining the wafer substrate at a temperature greater than 20 °C and less than 500 °C.
d.12. Equipment designed for depositing a metal layer, in a vacuum (equal to or less than 0.01 Pa) or inert gas environment, and having any of the following:
d.12.a. Selective tungsten (W) growth without a barrier; or
d.12.b. Selective molybdenum (Mo) growth without a barrier;
d.13. Equipment designed for depositing a ruthenium layer (Ru) using an organometallic compound, while maintaining the wafer substrate at a temperature greater than 20 °C and less than 500 °C;
d.14. Equipment designed for deposition assisted by remotely generated 'radicals', enabling the fabrication of a silicon (Si) and carbon (C) containing film, and having all of the following properties of the deposited film:
d.14.a. A dielectric constant (k) of less than 5.3;
d.14.b. An aspect ratio greater than 5:1 in features with lateral openings of less than 70 nm; and
d.14.c. A feature-to-feature pitch of less than 100 nm;
d.15. Equipment designed for void free plasma enhanced deposition of a low-k dielectric layer in gaps between metal lines less than 25 nm and having an aspect ratio greater than or equal to 1:1 with a less than 3.3 dielectric constant;
d.16. Equipment designed for deposition of a film, containing silicon and carbon, and having a dielectric constant (k) of less than 5.3, into lateral openings having widths of less than 70 nm and aspect ratios greater than 5:1 (depth: width) and a feature-to-feature pitch of less than 100 nm, while maintaining the wafer substrate at a temperature greater than 400 °C and less than 650 °C, and having all of the following:
d.16.a. Boat designed to hold multiple vertically stacked wafers;
d.16.b. Two or more vertical injectors; and
d.16.c. A silicon source and propene are introduced to a different injector than a nitrogen source or an oxygen source;
e. Automatic loading multi-chamber central wafer handling systems having all of the following:
e.1. Interfaces for wafer input and output, to which more than two functionally different 'semiconductor process tools' controlled by 3B001.a.1, 3B001.a.2, 3B001.a.3 or 3B001.b are designed to be connected; and
e.2. Designed to form an integrated system in a vacuum environment for 'sequential multiple wafer processing';
Note:3B001.e does not control automatic robotic wafer handling systems “specially designed” for parallel wafer processing.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 3B001.e, 'semiconductor process tools' refers to modular tools that provide physical processes for semiconductor production that are functionally different, such as deposition, implant or thermal processing.
2. For the purposes of 3B001.e, 'sequential multiple wafer processing' means the capability to process each wafer in different 'semiconductor process tools', such as by transferring each wafer from one tool to a second tool and on to a third tool with the automatic loading multi-chamber central wafer handling systems.
f. Lithography equipment as follows:
f.1. Align and expose step and repeat (direct step on wafer) or step and scan (scanner) equipment for wafer processing using photo-optical or X-ray methods and having any of the following:
f.1.a. A light source wavelength shorter than 193 nm; or
f.1.b. A light source wavelength equal to or longer than 193 nm and having all of the following:
f.1.b.1. The capability to produce a pattern with a “Minimum Resolvable Feature size” (MRF) of 45 nm or less; and
f.1.b.2. Having any of the following:
f.1.b.2.a. A maximum 'dedicated chuck overlay' value of less than or equal to 1.50 nm; or
f.1.b.2.b. A maximum 'dedicated chuck overlay' value greater than 1.50 nm but less than or equal to 2.40 nm;
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 3B001.f.1.b:
1. The 'Minimum Resolvable Feature size' (MRF), i.e., resolution, is calculated by the following formula:
where, for the purposes of 3.span.1.f.1.b, the K factor = 0.25 'MRF' is also known as resolution. 2. 'Dedicated chuck overlay' is the alignment accuracy of a new pattern to an existing pattern printed on a wafer by the same lithographic system. 'Dedicated chuck overlay' is also known as single machine overlay.
f.2. Imprint lithography equipment capable of production features of 45 nm or less;
Note:3B001.f.2 includes:
—Micro contact printing tools —Hot embossing tools —Nano-imprint lithography tools —Step and flash imprint lithography (S-FIL) toolsf.3. Equipment “specially designed” for mask making having all of the following:
f.3.a. A deflected focused electron beam, ion beam or “laser” beam; and
f.3.b. Having any of the following:
f.3.b.1. A Full-Width Half-Maximum (FWHM) spot size smaller than 65 nm and an image placement less than 17 nm (mean + 3 sigma); or
f.3.b.2. [Reserved]
f.3.b.3. A second-layer overlay error of less than 23 nm (mean + 3 sigma) on the mask;
f.4. Equipment designed for device processing using direct writing methods, having all of the following:
f.4.a. A deflected focused electron beam; and
f.4.b. Having any of the following:
f.4.b.1. A minimum beam size equal to or smaller than 15 nm; or
f.4.b.2. An overlay error less than 27 nm (mean + 3 sigma);
g. Masks and reticles, designed for integrated circuits controlled by 3A001;
h. Multi-layer masks with a phase shift layer not specified by 3B001.g and designed to be used by lithography equipment having a light source wavelength less than 245 nm;
Note:3B001.h. does not control multi-layer masks with a phase shift layer designed for the fabrication of memory devices not controlled by 3A001.
N.span.:For masks and reticles, “specially designed” for optical sensors, see 6B002.
i. Imprint lithography templates designed for integrated circuits by 3A001;
j. Mask “substrate blanks” with multilayer reflector structure consisting of molybdenum and silicon, and having all of the following:
j.1. “Specially designed” for “Extreme Ultraviolet” (“EUV”) lithography; and
j.2. Compliant with SEMI Standard P37;
k. Equipment designed for ion beam deposition or physical vapor deposition of a multi-layer reflector for “EUV” masks;
l. “EUV” pellicles;
m. Equipment for manufacturing “EUV” pellicles;
n. Equipment designed for coating, depositing, baking, or developing photoresist formulated for “EUV” lithography;
o. Annealing equipment, operating in a vacuum (equal to or less than 0.01 Pa) environment, performing any of the following:
o.1. Reflow of copper (Cu) to minimize or eliminate voids or seams in copper (Cu) metal interconnects; or
o.2. Reflow of cobalt (Co) or tungsten (W) fill metal to minimize or eliminate voids or seams;
p. Removal and cleaning equipment as follows:
p.1. Equipment designed for removing polymeric residue and copper oxide (CuO) film and enabling deposition of copper (Cu) metal in a vacuum (equal to or less than 0.01 Pa) environment;
p.2. Single wafer wet cleaning equipment with surface modification drying; or
p.3. Equipment designed for dry surface oxide removal preclean or dry surface decontamination.
Note to 3B001.p.1 and p.3:These controls do not apply to deposition equipment.
3B002 Test or inspection equipment “specially designed” for testing or inspecting finished or unfinished semiconductor devices as follows (see List of Items Controlled) and “specially designed” “components” and “accessories” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to 3B002.a | NS Column 2. | NS applies to 3B002.b and c | To or within Macau or a destination specified in Country Group D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR. | RS applies to 3B002.b and c | To or within Macau or a destination specified in Country Group D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR. See § 742.6(a)(6) of the EAR. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. For testing S-parameters of items specified by 3A001.b.3;
b. For testing microwave integrated circuits controlled by 3A001.b.2;
c. Inspection equipment designed for “EUV” mask blanks or “EUV” patterned masks.
3B611 Test, inspection, and production commodities for military electronics, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity listed in this entry and that are not enumerated on the USML or controlled by another “600 series” ECCN.
3B991 Equipment not controlled by 3B001, for the manufacture of electronic “parts,” “components,” and materials, and “specially designed” “parts,” “components,” and “accessories” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Equipment “specially designed” for the manufacture of electron tubes, optical elements and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor controlled by 3A001 or 3A991;
b. Equipment “specially designed” for the manufacture of semiconductor devices, integrated circuits and “electronic assemblies”, as follows, and systems incorporating or having the characteristics of such equipment:
Note:3B991.b also controls equipment used or modified for use in the manufacture of other devices, such as imaging devices, electro-optical devices, acoustic-wave devices.
b.1. Equipment for the processing of materials for the manufacture of devices, “parts” and “components” as specified in the heading of 3B991.b, as follows:
Note:3B991 does not control quartz furnace tubes, furnace liners, paddles, boats (except “specially designed” caged boats), bubblers, cassettes or crucibles “specially designed” for the processing equipment controlled by 3B991.b.1.
b.1.a. Equipment for producing polycrystalline silicon and materials controlled by 3C001;
b.1.b. Equipment “specially designed” for purifying or processing III/V and II/VI semiconductor materials controlled by 3C001, 3C002, 3C003, 3C004, or 3C005 except crystal pullers, for which see 3B991.b.1.c below;
b.1.c. Crystal pullers and furnaces, as follows:
Note:3B991.b.1.c does not control diffusion and oxidation furnaces.
b.1.c.1. Annealing or recrystallizing equipment other than constant temperature furnaces employing high rates of energy transfer capable of processing wafers at a rate exceeding 0.005 m 2 per minute;
b.1.c.2. “Stored program controlled” crystal pullers having any of the following characteristics:
b.1.c.2.a. Rechargeable without replacing the crucible container;
b.1.c.2.b. Capable of operation at pressures above 2.5 × 10 5 Pa; or
b.1.c.2.c. Capable of pulling crystals of a diameter exceeding 100 mm;
b.1.d. “Stored program controlled” equipment for epitaxial growth having any of the following characteristics:
b.1.d.1. Capable of producing silicon layer with a thickness uniform to less than ± 2.5% across a distance of 200 mm or more;
b.1.d.2. Capable of producing a layer of any material other than silicon with a thickness uniformity across the wafer of equal to or better than ± 3.5%; or
b.1.d.3. Rotation of individual wafers during processing;
b.1.e. Molecular beam epitaxial growth equipment;
b.1.f. Magnetically enhanced 'sputtering' equipment with “specially designed” integral load locks capable of transferring wafers in an isolated vacuum environment;
b.1.g. Equipment “specially designed” for ion implantation, ion-enhanced or photo-enhanced diffusion, having any of the following characteristics:
b.1.g.1. Patterning capability;
b.1.g.2. Beam energy (accelerating voltage) exceeding 200 keV;
b.1.g.3 Optimized to operate at a beam energy (accelerating voltage) of less than 10 keV; or
b.1.g.4. Capable of high energy oxygen implant into a heated “substrate”;
b.1.h. “Stored program controlled” equipment for the selective removal (etching) by means of anisotropic dry methods (e.g., plasma), as follows:
b.1.h.1. Batch types having either of the following:
b.1.h.1.a. End-point detection, other than optical emission spectroscopy types; or
b.1.h.1.b. Reactor operational (etching) pressure of 26.66 Pa or less;
b.1.h.2. Single wafer types having any of the following:
b.1.h.2.a. End-point detection, other than optical emission spectroscopy types;
b.1.h.2.b. Reactor operational (etching) pressure of 26.66 Pa or less; or
b.1.h.2.c. Cassette-to-cassette and load locks wafer handling;
Notes:1. “Batch types” refers to machines not “specially designed” for production processing of single wafers. Such machines can process two or more wafers simultaneously with common process parameters, e.g., RF power, temperature, etch gas species, flow rates.
2. “Single wafer types” refers to machines “specially designed” for production processing of single wafers. These machines may use automatic wafer handling techniques to load a single wafer into the equipment for processing. The definition includes equipment that can load and process several wafers but where the etching parameters, e.g., RF power or end point, can be independently determined for each individual wafer.
b.1.i. “Chemical vapor deposition” (CVD) equipment, e.g., plasma-enhanced CVD (PECVD) or photo-enhanced CVD, for semiconductor device manufacturing, having either of the following capabilities, for deposition of oxides, nitrides, metals or polysilicon:
b.1.i.1. “Chemical vapor deposition” equipment operating below 10 5 Pa; or
b.1.i.2. PECVD equipment operating either below 60 Pa (450 millitorr) or having automatic cassette-to-cassette and load lock wafer handling;
Note:3B991.b.1.i does not control low pressure “chemical vapor deposition” (LPCVD) systems or reactive “sputtering” equipment.
b.1.j. Electron beam systems “specially designed” or modified for mask making or semiconductor device processing having any of the following characteristics:
b.1.j.1. Electrostatic beam deflection;
b.1.j.2. Shaped, non-Gaussian beam profile;
b.1.j.3. Digital-to-analog conversion rate exceeding 3 MHz;
b.1.j.4. Digital-to-analog conversion accuracy exceeding 12 bit; or
b.1.j.5. Target-to-beam position feedback control precision of 1 micrometer or finer;
Note:3B991.b.1.j does not control electron beam deposition systems or general purpose scanning electron microscopes.
b.1.k. Surface finishing equipment for the processing of semiconductor wafers as follows:
b.1.k.1. “Specially designed” equipment for backside processing of wafers thinner than 100 micrometer and the subsequent separation thereof; or
b.1.k.2. “Specially designed” equipment for achieving a surface roughness of the active surface of a processed wafer with a two-sigma value of 2 micrometer or less, total indicator reading (TIR);
Note:3B991.b.1.k does not control single-side lapping and polishing equipment for wafer surface finishing.
b.1.l. Interconnection equipment which includes common single or multiple vacuum chambers “specially designed” to permit the integration of any equipment controlled by 3B991 into a complete system;
b.1.m. “Stored program controlled” equipment using “lasers” for the repair or trimming of “monolithic integrated circuits” with either of the following characteristics:
b.1.m.1. Positioning accuracy less than ± 1 micrometer; or
b.1.m.2. Spot size (kerf width) less than 3 micrometer.
b.2. Masks, mask “substrates,” mask-making equipment and image transfer equipment for the manufacture of devices, “parts” and “components” as specified in the heading of 3B991, as follows:
Note:The term “masks” refers to those used in electron beam lithography, X-ray lithography, and ultraviolet lithography, as well as the usual ultraviolet and visible photo-lithography.
b.2.a. Finished masks, reticles and designs therefor, except:
b.2.a.1. Finished masks or reticles for the production of unembargoed integrated circuits; or
b.2.a.2. Masks or reticles, having both of the following characteristics:
b.2.a.2.a. Their design is based on geometries of 2.5 micrometer or more; and
b.2.a.2.b. The design does not include special features to alter the intended use by means of production equipment or “software”;
b.2.b. Mask “substrates” as follows:
b.2.b.1. Hard surface (e.g., chromium, silicon, molybdenum) coated “substrates” (e.g., glass, quartz, sapphire) for the preparation of masks having dimensions exceeding 125 mm × 125 mm; or
b.2.b.2. “Substrates” “specially designed” for X-ray masks;
b.2.c. Equipment, other than general purpose computers, “specially designed” for computer aided design (CAD) of semiconductor devices or integrated circuits;
b.2.d. Equipment or machines, as follows, for mask or reticle fabrication:
b.2.d.1. Photo-optical step and repeat cameras capable of producing arrays larger than 100 mm × 100 mm, or capable of producing a single exposure larger than 6 mm × 6 mm in the image (i.e., focal) plane, or capable of producing line widths of less than 2.5 micrometer in the photoresist on the “substrate”;
b.2.d.2. Mask or reticle fabrication equipment using ion or “laser” beam lithography capable of producing line widths of less than 2.5 micrometer; or
b.2.d.3. Equipment or holders for altering masks or reticles or adding pellicles to remove defects;
Note:3B991.b.2.d.1 and b.2.d.2 do not control mask fabrication equipment using photo-optical methods which was either commercially available before the 1st January, 1980, or has a performance no better than such equipment.
b.2.e. “Stored program controlled” equipment for the inspection of masks, reticles or pellicles with:
b.2.e.1. A resolution of 0.25 micrometer or finer; and
b.2.e.2. A precision of 0.75 micrometer or finer over a distance in one or two coordinates of 63.5 mm or more;
Note:3B991.b.2.e does not control general purpose scanning electron microscopes except when “specially designed” and instrumented for automatic pattern inspection.
b.2.f. Align and expose equipment for wafer production using photo-optical or X-ray methods, e.g., lithography equipment, including both projection image transfer equipment and step and repeat (direct step on wafer) or step and scan (scanner) equipment, capable of performing any of the following functions:
Note:3B991.b.2.f does not control photo-optical contact and proximity mask align and expose equipment or contact image transfer equipment.
b.2.f.1. Production of a pattern size of less than 2.5 micrometer;
b.2.f.2. Alignment with a precision finer than ± 0.25 micrometer (3 sigma);
b.2.f.3. Machine-to-machine overlay no better than ± 0.3 micrometer; or
b.2.f.4. A light source wavelength shorter than 400 nm;
b.2.g. Electron beam, ion beam or X-ray equipment for projection image transfer capable of producing patterns less than 2.5 micrometer;
Note:For focused, deflected-beam systems(direct write systems), see 3B991.b.1.j or b.10.
b.2.h. Equipment using “lasers” for direct write on wafers capable of producing patterns less than 2.5 micrometer.
b.3. Equipment for the assembly of integrated circuits, as follows:
b.3.a. “Stored program controlled” die bonders having all of the following characteristics:
b.3.a.1. “Specially designed” for “hybrid integrated circuits”;
b.3.a.2. X-Y stage positioning travel exceeding 37.5 × 37.5 mm; and
b.3.a.3. Placement accuracy in the X-Y plane of finer than ± 10 micrometer;
b.3.b. “Stored program controlled” equipment for producing multiple bonds in a single operation (e.g., beam lead bonders, chip carrier bonders, tape bonders);
b.3.c. Semi-automatic or automatic hot cap sealers, in which the cap is heated locally to a higher temperature than the body of the package, “specially designed” for ceramic microcircuit packages controlled by 3A001 and that have a throughput equal to or more than one package per minute.
Note:3B991.b.3 does not control general purpose resistance type spot welders.
b.4. Filters for clean rooms capable of providing an air environment of 10 or less particles of 0.3 micrometer or smaller per 0.02832 m 3 and filter materials therefor.
3B992 Equipment not controlled by 3B002 for the inspection or testing of electronic “components” and materials, (see List of Items Controlled) and “specially designed” “parts,” “components” and “accessories” therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
b. Equipment “specially designed” for the inspection or testing of semiconductor devices, integrated circuits and “electronic assemblies”, as follows, and systems incorporating or having the characteristics of such equipment:
Note:3B992.b also controls equipment used or modified for use in the inspection or testing of other devices, such as imaging devices, electro-optical devices, acoustic-wave devices.
b.1. “Stored program controlled” inspection equipment for the automatic detection of defects, errors or contaminants of 0.6 micrometer or less in or on processed wafers, “substrates”, other than printed circuit boards or chips, using optical image acquisition techniques for pattern comparison;
Note:3B992.b.1 does not control general purpose scanning electron microscopes, except when “specially designed” and instrumented for automatic pattern inspection.
b.2. “specially designed” “stored program controlled” measuring and analysis equipment, as follows:
b.2.a. “specially designed” for the measurement of oxygen or carbon content in semiconductor materials;
b.2.b. Equipment for line width measurement with a resolution of 1 micrometer or finer;
b.2.c. “specially designed” flatness measurement instruments capable of measuring deviations from flatness of 10 micrometer or less with a resolution of 1 micrometer or finer.
b.3. “Stored program controlled” wafer probing equipment having any of the following characteristics:
b.3.a. Positioning accuracy finer than 3.5 micrometer;
b.3.b. Capable of testing devices having more than 68 terminals; or
b.3.c. Capable of testing at a frequency exceeding 1 GHz;
b.4. Test equipment as follows:
b.4.a. “Stored program controlled” equipment “specially designed” for testing discrete semiconductor devices and unencapsulated dice, capable of testing at frequencies exceeding 18 GHz;
Technical Note:Discrete semiconductor devices include photocells and solar cells.
b.4.b. “Stored program controlled” equipment “specially designed” for testing integrated circuits and “electronic assemblies” thereof, capable of functional testing:
b.4.b.1. At a ‘pattern rate’ exceeding 20 MHz; or
b.4.b.2. At a ‘pattern rate’ exceeding 10 MHz but not exceeding 20 MHz and capable of testing packages of more than 68 terminals.
Notes:3B992.b.4.b does not control test equipment “specially designed” for testing:
1. memories;
2. “Assemblies” or a class of “electronic assemblies” for home and entertainment applications; and
3. Electronic “parts,” “components,” “assemblies” and integrated circuits not controlled by 3A001 or 3A991 provided such test equipment does not incorporate computing facilities with “user accessible programmability”.
Technical Note:For purposes of 3B992.b.4.b, ‘pattern rate’ is defined as the maximum frequency of digital operation of a tester. It is therefore equivalent to the highest data rate that a tester can provide in non-multiplexed mode. It is also referred to as test speed, maximum digital frequency or maximum digital speed.
b.4.c. Equipment “specially designed” for determining the performance of focal-plane arrays at wavelengths of more than 1,200 nm, using “stored program controlled” measurements or computer aided evaluation and having any of the following characteristics:
b.4.c.1. Using scanning light spot diameters of less than 0.12 mm;
b.4.c.2. Designed for measuring photosensitive performance parameters and for evaluating frequency response, modulation transfer function, uniformity of responsivity or noise; or
b.4.c.3. Designed for evaluating arrays capable of creating images with more than 32 × 32 line elements;
b.5. Electron beam test systems designed for operation at 3 keV or below, or “laser” beam systems, for non-contactive probing of powered-up semiconductor devices having any of the following:
b.5.a. Stroboscopic capability with either beam blanking or detector strobing;
b.5.b. An electron spectrometer for voltage measurements with a resolution of less than 0.5 V; or
b.5.c. Electrical tests fixtures for performance analysis of integrated circuits;
Note:3B992.b.5 does not control scanning electron microscopes, except when “specially designed” and instrumented for non-contactive probing of a powered-up semiconductor device.
b.6. “Stored program controlled” multifunctional focused ion beam systems “specially designed” for manufacturing, repairing, physical layout analysis and testing of masks or semiconductor devices and having either of the following characteristics:
b.6.a. Target-to-beam position feedback control precision of 1 micrometer or finer; or
b.6.b. Digital-to-analog conversion accuracy exceeding 12 bit;
b.7. Particle measuring systems employing “lasers” designed for measuring particle size and concentration in air having both of the following characteristics:
b.7.a. Capable of measuring particle sizes of 0.2 micrometer or less at a flow rate of 0.02832 m 3 per minute or more; and
b.7.b. Capable of characterizing Class 10 clean air or better.
C. “Materials” 3C001 Hetero-epitaxial materials consisting of a “substrate” having stacked epitaxially grown multiple layers of any of the following (see List of Items Controlled).Reason for Control: NS, AT
| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Silicon (Si);
b. Germanium (Ge);
c. Silicon Carbide (SiC);
d. “III/V compounds” of gallium or indium;
Note: 3C001.d does not apply to a “substrate” having one or more P-type epitaxial layers of Gallium Nitride (GaN), Indium Gallium Nitride (InGaN), Aluminum Gallium Nitride (AlGaN), Indium Aluminum Nitride (InAlN), Indium Aluminum Gallium Nitride (InAlGaN), Gallium Phosphide (GaP), Gallium Arsenide (GaAs), Aluminum Gallium Arsenide (AlGaAs), Indium Phosphide (InP), Indium Gallium Phosphide (InGaP), Aluminum Indium Phosphide (AlInP), or Indium Gallium Phosphide (InGaAlP), independent of the sequence of the elements, except if the P-type epitaxial layer is between N-type layers.
e. Gallium Oxide (Ga
f. Diamond.
3C002 Resist materials as follows (see List of Items Controlled) and “substrates” coated with the following resists.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Positive resists adjusted (optimized) for use at wavelengths less than 193 nm but equal to or greater than 15 nm;
a.2. Resists adjusted (optimized) for use at wavelengths less than 15 nm but greater than 1 nm;
b. All resists designed for use with electron beams or ion beams, with a sensitivity of 0.01 µcoulomb/mm 2 or better;
c. [Reserved]
d. All resists optimized for surface imaging technologies;
e. All resists designed or optimized for use with imprint lithography equipment specified by 3B001.f.2 that use either a thermal or photo-curable process.
3C003 Organo-inorganic compounds as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Organo-arsenic, organo-antimony and organo-phosphorus compounds, having a purity (inorganic element basis) better than 99.999%.
3C004 Hydrides of phosphorus, arsenic or antimony, having a purity better than 99.999%, even diluted in inert gases or hydrogen.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
This entry does not control hydrides containing 20% molar or more of inert gases or hydrogen.
3C005 High resistivity materials as follows (See List of Items Controlled).Reason for Control: NS, AT
| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Silicon Carbide (SiC), Gallium Nitride (GaN), Aluminum Nitride (AlN), Aluminum Gallium Nitride (AlGaN), Gallium Oxide (Ga
b. Polycrystalline “substrates” or polycrystalline ceramic “substrates”, having resistivities greater than 10,000 ohm-cm at 20 °C and having at least one non-epitaxial single-crystal layer of Silicon (Si), Silicon Carbide (SiC), Gallium Nitride (GaN), Aluminum Nitride (AlN), Aluminum Gallium Nitride (AlGaN), Gallium Oxide (Ga
Reason for Control: NS, AT
| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
3C992 Positive resists designed for semiconductor lithography specially adjusted (optimized) for use at wavelengths between 370 and 193 nm.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “software” for commodities controlled by 3A001.b to 3A001.h, 3A001.z, and 3span (except 3B001.a.4, c, d, f.1.b, j to p, 3B002.b and c) | NS Column 1. | NS applies to “software” for commodities controlled by 3B001.a.4, c, d, f.1.b, j to p, 3B002.b and c | To or within destinations specified in Country Group D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR or Macau. See § 742.4(a)(4) of the EAR. | RS applies to “software” for commodities controlled by 3A001.z and 3A090 | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, Special Comprehensive Licenses, and Validated End-User authorizations.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for ECCN 3D001 “software” for commodities controlled by 3A001.z and 3A090.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
3D002 “Software” “specially designed” for the “use” of equipment controlled by 3B001.a to .f and .j to .p, or 3B002.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except “software” for 3B001.a.4 c, d, f.1.b, j to p, 3B002.b and c | NS Column 1. | NS applies to “software” for 3B001.a.4, c, d, f.1.b,j to p, 3B002.b and c | To or within Macau or a destination specified in Country Group D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR. | RS applies to “software” for 3B001.a.4, c, d, f.1.b, j to p, 3B002.b and c | To or within Macau or a destination specified in Country Group D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
3D003 'Computational lithography' “software” “specially designed” for the “development” of patterns on “EUV”-lithography masks or reticles.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
3D004 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development” of equipment controlled by 3A003.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
3D006| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. “Specially designed” for implementing 'Register Transfer Level' ('RTL') to 'Geometrical Database Standard II' ('GDSII') or equivalent standard; or
b. “Specially designed” for optimization of power or timing rules.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 3D006:
1. 'Electronic Computer-Aided Design' ('ECAD') is a category of “software” tools used for designing, analyzing, optimizing, and validating the performance of an integrated circuit or printed circuit board.
2. 'Register Transfer Level' ('RTL') is a design abstraction which models a synchronous digital circuit in terms of the flow of digital signals between hardware registers and the logical operations performed on those signals.
3. 'Geometrical Database Standard II' ('GDSII') is a database file format for data exchange of integrated circuit or integrated circuit layout artwork.
3D101 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “use” of equipment controlled by 3A101.b.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. “Software” “specially designed” to enhance or release the performance characteristics of equipment controlled by ECCN 3A225.
3D611 “Software” “specially designed” for military electronics, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 3D611.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 3D611.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 3D611.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry except 3D611.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCN 3A611 (other than 3A611.y) and 3B611.
b. “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation or maintenance of technology in ECCN 3E611.b.
c. through x. [Reserved]
y. “Software” “specially designed” for the “production,” “development,” operation or maintenance of commodities enumerated in ECCNs 3A611.y.
3D980 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production” or “use” of commodities controlled by 3A980 and 3A981.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “technology” for commodities controlled by 3A001, 3A002, 3A003, 3B001 (except 3B001 a.4, c, d, f.1.b, j to p), 3B002 (except 3B002.b and c), or 3C001 to 3C006 | NS Column 1. | NS applies to “technology” for 3B001 a.4, c, d, f.1.b, j to p, 3B002.b and c | To or within Macau or a destination specified in Country Group D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR. | MT applies to “technology” for commodities controlled by 3A001 or 3A101 for MT Reasons | MT Column 1. | NP applies to “technology” for commodities controlled by 3A001, 3A201, or 3A225 to 3A234 for NP reasons | NP Column 1. | RS applies to “technology” for commodities controlled in 3A090, when exported from Macau or a destination specified in Country Group D:5 | Worldwide (See § 742.6(a)(6)(ii). | RS applies to “technology” for commodities controlled by 3A001.z, 3A090 | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | RS applies to “technology” for commodities controlled by 3B001.a.4, c, d, f.1.b, j to p, 3B002.b and c | To or within destinations specified in Country Group D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR or Macau. See § 742.6(a)(6)(i) of the EAR. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, Special Comprehensive Licenses, and Validated End-User authorizations.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for ECCN 3E001 “technology” for commodities controlled by 3A001.z, 3A090.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
Note 1:3E001 does not control “technology” for equipment or “components” controlled by 3A003.
Note 2:3E001 does not control “technology” for integrated circuits controlled by 3A001.a.3 to a.14 or .z, having all of the following:
(a) Using “technology” at or above 0.130 µm; and
(b) Incorporating multi-layer structures with three or fewer metal layers.
Note 3:3E001 does not apply to 'Process Design Kits' ('PDKs') unless they include libraries implementing functions or technologies for items specified by 3A001.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3E001 Note 3, a 'Process Design Kit' ('PDK') is a software tool provided by a semiconductor manufacturer to ensure that the required design practices and rules are taken into account in order to successfully produce a specific integrated circuit design in a specific semiconductor process, in accordance with technological and manufacturing constraints (each semiconductor manufacturing process has its particular 'PDK').
3E002| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
License Requirements Note: See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
a. A 'vector processor unit' designed to perform more than two calculations on 'floating-point' vectors (one-dimensional arrays of 32-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 3E002.a, a 'vector processor unit' is a processor element with built-in instructions that perform multiple calculations on 'floating-point' vectors (one-dimensional arrays of 32-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously, having at least one vector arithmetic logic unit and vector registers of at least 32 elements each.
b. Designed to perform more than four 64-bit or larger 'floating-point' operation results per cycle; or
c. Designed to perform more than eight 16-bit 'fixed-point' multiply-accumulate results per cycle (e.g., digital manipulation of analog information that has been previously converted into digital form, also known as digital “signal processing”).
Note 1:3E002 does not control “technology” for multimedia extensions.
Note 2: 3E002 does not control “technology” for microprocessor cores, having all of the following:a. Using “technology” at or above 0.130
b. Incorporating multi-layer structures with five or fewer metal layers.
Note 3:3E002 includes “technology” for the “development” or “production” of digital signal processors and digital array processors.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 3E002.a and 3E002.b, 'floating-point' is defined by IEEE-754.
2. For the purposes of 3E002.c, 'fixed-point' refers to a fixed-width real number with both an integer component and a fractional component, and which does not include integer-only formats.
3E003 Other “technology” for the “development” or “production” of the following (see List of Items Controlled).Reason for Control: NS, AT
| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Vacuum microelectronic devices;
b. Hetero-structure semiconductor electronic devices such as high electron mobility transistors (HEMT), hetero-bipolar transistors (HBT), quantum well and super lattice devices;
Note: 3E003.b does not control “technology” for high electron mobility transistors (HEMT) operating at frequencies lower than 31.8 GHz and hetero-junction bipolar transistors (HBT) operating at frequencies lower than 31.8 GHz.
c. “Superconductive” electronic devices;
d. Substrates of diamond for electronic components;
e. Substrates of Silicon-On-Insulator (SOI) for integrated circuits in which the insulator is Silicon Dioxide (SiO
f. Substrates of Silicon Carbide (SiC) for electronic components;
g. “Vacuum electronic devices” operating at frequencies of 31.8 GHz or higher;
h. Substrates of Gallium Oxide (Ga
| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
3E101 “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of equipment or “software” controlled by 3A001.a.1 or .2, 3A101, or 3D101.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 3A001.e.2, or .e.3, 3A201 or 3A225 to 3A234 for NP reasons | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 3E611.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 3E611.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 3E611.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry except 3E611.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
2. Except for “build-to-print technology,” License Exception STA is not eligible for “technology” enumerated in ECCN 3E611.b.
a. “Technology” (other than that controlled by 3E611.b or 3E611.y) “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities or software controlled by ECCN 3A611, 3B611 or 3D611.
b. “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of the following if controlled by ECCN 3A611, including 3A611.x:
b.1. Helix traveling wave tubes (TWTs);
b.2. Transmit/receive or transmit modules.
c. through x. [Reserved]
y. “Technology” “required” for the “production,” “development,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities or software enumerated in ECCNs 3A611.y or 3D611.y.
3E980 “Technology” “specially designed” for “development,” “production” or “use” of commodities controlled by 3A980 and 3A981.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
Computers, related equipment and “software” performing telecommunications or “local area network” functions must also be evaluated against the performance characteristics of Category 5, Part 1 (Telecommunications).
Note 2:Control units that directly interconnect the buses or channels of central processing units, 'main storage' or disk controllers are not regarded as telecommunications equipment described in Category 5, Part 1 (Telecommunications).
Note 3:Commodities and “software” in ECCNs 4A005 and 4D004 that are also controlled in ECCNs 5A002.a, 5A002.z.1, 5A002.z.6, 5A004.a, 5A004.b, 5A004.z, 5D002.c.1, 5D002.c.3, 5D002.z.6, 5D002.z.8, or 5D002.z.9, remain controlled in Category 5—Part 2 by those entries. Category 5—Part 2 does not apply to elements of source code that implement functionality controlled by these Category 4 ECCNs, or to any item subject to the EAR where Encryption Item (EI) functionality is absent, removed or otherwise non-existent.
Note 4:Items in ECCNs 4A005, 4D001.a (for 4A005 or 4D004), 4D004, and “technology” specified in ECCN 4E001.a (for 4A005, 4D001.a (for 4A005 or 4D004) or 4D004) and 4E001.c that are also controlled for Surreptitious Listening (SL) reasons under another ECCN, will continue to be classified under the SL ECCN.
N.span.:For the control status of “software” “specially designed” for packet switching, see ECCN 5D001. (Telecommunications).
Technical Note:'Main storage' is the primary storage for data or instructions for rapid access by a central processing unit. It consists of the internal storage of a “digital computer” and any hierarchical extension thereto, such as cache storage or non-sequentially accessed extended storage.
A. “End Items”, “Equipment”, “Accessories”, “Attachments”, “Parts”, “Components” and “Systems” 4A001 Electronic computers and related equipment, having any of the following (see List of Items Controlled), and “electronic assemblies” and “specially designed” “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | MT applies to items in 4A001.a when the parameters in 4A101 are met or exceeded | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | NP applies, unless a License Exception is available. See § 742.3(b) of the EAR for information on applicable licensing review policies | N/A. |
|---|
a. “Specially designed” to have any of the following:
a.1. [Reserved]
a.2. Radiation hardened to exceed any of the following specifications:
a.2.a. A total dose of 5 × 10 3 Gy (Si);
a.2.b. A dose rate upset of 5 × 10 6 Gy (Si)/s; or
a.2.c. Single Event Upset of 1 × 10
4A001.a.2 does not apply to computers “specially designed” for “civil aircraft” applications.
b. [Reserved]
4A003 “Digital computers”, “electronic assemblies”, and related equipment therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled) and “specially designed” “components” therefor.Reason for Control: NS, RS, CC, AT
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to 4A003.b, .c, and .z.1 | NS Column 1. | NS applies to 4A003.g, and z.2 | NS Column 2. | RS applies to 4A003.z | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | CC applies to “digital computers” for computerized finger-print equipment | CC Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry (refer to 4A994 for controls on “digital computers” with a APP >0.0128 but ≤70 WT) | AT Column 1. |
|---|
For all destinations, except those countries in Country Group E:1 or E:2 of Supplement No. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, no license is required (NLR) for computers with an “Adjusted Peak Performance” (“APP”) not exceeding 70 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT) and for “electronic assemblies” described in 4A003.c that are not capable of exceeding an “Adjusted Peak Performance” (“APP”) exceeding 70 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT) in aggregation, except certain transfers as set forth in § 746.3 (Iraq).
Special Post Shipment Verification reporting and recordkeeping requirements for exports of computers to destinations in Computer Tier 3 may be found in § 743.2 of the EAR.
Related equipment specified under ECCN 4A003.g, z.2, or z.4 are eligible for License Exception GBS if all the following conditions are met:
1. The related equipment is exported, reexported, or transferred (in-country) as part of a computer system, 2. The computer system is either designated as NLR or eligible for License Exception APP, and 3. The related equipment is eligible for License Exception APP. Note 2:See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for ECCN 4A003.z.
4A003 includes the following:
—'Vector processors' (as defined in Note 7 of the “Technical Note on “Adjusted Peak Performance” (“APP”)”); —Array processors; —Digital signal processors; —Logic processors; —Equipment designed for “image enhancement.” Note 2:The control status of the “digital computers” and related equipment described in 4A003 is determined by the control status of other equipment or systems provided:
a. The “digital computers” or related equipment are essential for the operation of the other equipment or systems;
b. The “digital computers” or related equipment are not a “principal element” of the other equipment or systems; and
N.span. 1:The control status of “signal processing” or “image enhancement” equipment “specially designed” for other equipment with functions limited to those required for the other equipment is determined by the control status of the other equipment even if it exceeds the “principal element” criterion.
N.span. 2:For the control status of “digital computers” or related equipment for telecommunications equipment, see Category 5, Part 1 (Telecommunications).
c. The “technology” for the “digital computers” and related equipment is determined by 4E.
a. [Reserved]
b. “Digital computers” having an “Adjusted Peak Performance” (“APP”) exceeding 70 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT);
c. “Electronic assemblies” “specially designed” or modified to be capable of enhancing performance by aggregation of processors so that the “APP” of the aggregation exceeds the limit in 4A003.b.;
Note 1:4A003.c applies only to “electronic assemblies” and programmable interconnections not exceeding the limit in 4A003.b when shipped as unintegrated “electronic assemblies.”
Note 2:4A003.c does not control “electronic assemblies” “specially designed” for a product or family of products whose maximum configuration does not exceed the limit of 4A003.b.
d. to f. [Reserved]
N.span.:For “electronic assemblies,” modules or equipment, performing analog-to-digital conversions, see 3A002.h.
g. Equipment “specially designed” for aggregating the performance of “digital computers” by providing external interconnections which allow communications at unidirectonal data rates exceeding 2.0 Gbyte/s per link.
Note:4A003.g does not control internal interconnection equipment (e.g., backplanes, buses) passive interconnection equipment, “network access controllers” or “communication channel controllers”.
h. through y. [Reserved]
z. Commodities specified in this ECCN 4A003 that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 4A090.
z.1. Commodities specified in 4A003.b or .c that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in ECCN 4A090; or
z.2. Commodities specified in 4A003.g that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in ECCN 4A090.
4A004 Computers as follows (see List of Items Controlled) and “specially designed” related equipment, “electronic assemblies” and “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | RS applies to 4A004.z | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for ECCN 4A004.z.
a. 'Systolic array computers';
b. 'Neural computers';
c. 'Optical computers'.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 4A004.a, 'systolic array computers' are computers where the flow and modification of the data is dynamically controllable at the logic gate level by the user.
2. For the purposes of 4A004.b, 'neural computers' are computational devices designed or modified to mimic the behaviour of a neuron or a collection of neurons, i.e., computational devices which are distinguished by their hardware capability to modulate the weights and numbers of the interconnections of a multiplicity of computational components based on previous data.
3. For the purposes of 4A004.c, 'optical computers' are computers designed or modified to use light to represent data and whose computational logic elements are based on directly coupled optical devices.
d. through y. [Reserved]
z. Commodities that are described in 4A004 and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 4A090.
4A005 “Systems,” “equipment,” and “components” therefor, “specially designed” or modified for the generation, command and control, or delivery of “intrusion software” (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | RS applies to items controlled by 4A005.z | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for ECCN 4A005.z.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading, except for the commodities controlled under 4A005.z.
a. through y. [Reserved]
z. Commodities that are specified in 4A005 that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 4A090.
4A090 Computers as follows (see List of Items Controlled) and related equipment, “electronic assemblies,” and “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to entire entry | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Computers, “electronic assemblies,” and “components” containing integrated circuits, any of which meets or exceeds the limits in 3A090.a.
b. Computers, “electronic assemblies,” and “components” containing integrated circuits, any of which meets or exceeds the limits in 3A090.b.
Technical Note:For purposes of 4A090.a and .b, computers include “digital computers,” “hybrid computers,” and analog computers.
4A101 Analog computers, “digital computers” or digital differential analyzers, other than those controlled by 4A001 designed or modified for use in “missiles”, having any of the following (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Rated for continuous operation at temperatures from below 228 K (−45 °C) to above 328 K (+55 °C); or
b. Designed as ruggedized or 'radiation hardened'.
Note:For the purposes of 4A101, 'radiation hardened' means that the “part,” “component” or equipment is designed or rated to withstand radiation levels which meet or exceed a total irradiation dose of 5 × 10 5 rads (Si).
4A102 “Hybrid computers” “specially designed” for modelling, simulation or design integration of “missiles” or their subsystems. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 4A611 Computers, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor, “specially designed” for a military application that are not enumerated in any USML category are controlled by ECCN 3A611. 4A980 Computers for fingerprint equipment, n.e.s.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
4A980 does not control equipment limited to one finger and designed for user authentication or access control.
4A994 Computers, “electronic assemblies” and related equipment, not controlled by 4A001 or 4A003, and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
The control status of the “digital computers” and related equipment described in 4A994 is determined by the control status of other equipment or systems provided:
a. The “digital computers” or related equipment are essential for the operation of the other equipment or systems;
b. The “digital computers” or related equipment are not a “principal element” of the other equipment or systems; and
N.span. 1: The control status of “signal processing” or “image enhancement” equipment “specially designed” for other equipment with functions limited to those required for the other equipment is determined by the control status of the other equipment even if it exceeds the “principal element” criterion.
N.span. 2: For the control status of “digital computers” or related equipment for telecommunications equipment, see Category 5, Part 1 (Telecommunications).
c. The “technology” for the “digital computers” and related equipment is determined by 4E.
a. Electronic computers and related equipment, and “electronic assemblies” and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor, rated for operation at an ambient temperature above 343 K (70 °C);
b. “Digital computers”, including equipment of “signal processing” or image enhancement”, having an “Adjusted Peak Performance” (“APP”) equal to or greater than 0.0128 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT);
c. “Electronic assemblies” that are “specially designed” or modified to enhance performance by aggregation of processors, as follows:
c.1. Designed to be capable of aggregation in configurations of 16 or more processors;
c.2. [Reserved];
Note 1:4A994.c applies only to “electronic assemblies” and programmable interconnections with a “APP” not exceeding the limits in 4A994.b, when shipped as unintegrated “electronic assemblies”. It does not apply to “electronic assemblies” inherently limited by nature of their design for use as related equipment controlled by 4A994.k.
Note 2:4A994.c does not control any “electronic assembly” “specially designed” for a product or family of products whose maximum configuration does not exceed the limits of 4A994.b.
d. [Reserved];
e. [Reserved];
f. Equipment for “signal processing” or “image enhancement” having an “Adjusted Peak Performance” (“APP”) equal to or greater than 0.0128 Weighted TeraFLOPS WT;
g. [Reserved];
h. [Reserved];
i. Equipment containing “terminal interface equipment” exceeding the limits in 5A991;
j. Equipment “specially designed” to provide external interconnection of “digital computers” or associated equipment that allows communications at data rates exceeding 80 Mbyte/s.
Note:4A994.j does not control internal interconnection equipment (e.g., backplanes, buses) passive interconnection equipment, “network access controllers” or “communication channel controllers”.
k. “Hybrid computers” and “electronic assemblies” and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor containing analog-to-digital converters having all of the following characteristics:
k.1. 32 channels or more; and
k.2. A resolution of 14 bit (plus sign bit) or more with a conversion rate of 200,000 conversions/s or more.
l. Computers, “electronic assemblies,” and “components,” n.e.s., containing integrated circuits, any of which meets or exceeds the limit of ECCN 3A991.p.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 4A994.l, computers include “digital computers,” “hybrid computers,” and analog computers.
span. “Test”, “Inspection” and “Production Equipment” [Reserved] C. “Materials” [Reserved] D. “Software” Note:The control status of “software” for equipment described in other Categories is dealt with in the appropriate Category.
4D001 “Software” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | RS applies to “software” for commodities controlled by 4A003.z, 4A004.z, and 4A005.z | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | CC applies to “software” for computerized finger-print equipment controlled by 4A003 for CC reasons | CC Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) for license exception restrictions for “software” for commodities controlled by 4A003.z, 4A004.z, and 4A005.z.
a. “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “development” or “production”, of equipment or “software” controlled by 4A001, 4A003, 4A004, 4A005 or 4D (except 4D090, 4D980, 4D993 or 4D994).
b. “Software”, other than that controlled by 4D001.a, “specially designed” or modified for the “development” or “production” of equipment as follows:
b.1. “Digital computers” having an “Adjusted Peak Performance” (“APP”) exceeding 24 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT);
b.2. “Electronic assemblies” “specially designed” or modified for enhancing performance by aggregation of processors so that the “APP” of the aggregation exceeds the limit in 4D001.b.1.
4D004 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the generation, command and control, or delivery of “intrusion software.”| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
Note: 4D004 does not apply to “software” specially designed and limited to provide “software” updates or upgrades meeting all the following:
a. The update or upgrade operates only with the authorization of the owner or administrator of the system receiving it; and
b. After the update or upgrade, the “software” updated or upgraded is not any of the following:
1. “Software” specified by 4D004; or
2. “Intrusion software.”
4D090 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “development” or “production,” of computers and related equipment, “electronic assemblies,” and “components” therefor specified in ECCN 4A090.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to entire entry | China and Macau (See § 742.6(a)(6)) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
4D980 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production” or “use” of commodities controlled by 4A980.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. “Software” allowing the automatic generation of “source codes” from data acquired online from external sensors described in the Commerce Control List; or
c. Operating system “software” “specially designed” for “real-time processing” equipment that guarantees a “global interrupt latency time” of less than 20 microseconds.
4D994 “Software” other than that controlled in 4D001 “specially designed” or modified for the “development,” “production,” or “use” of commodities controlled by 4A101 or 4A994.| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
E. “Technology” 4E001 “Technology” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except for technology for 4A090 or “software” specified by 4D090 | NS Column 1. | MT applies to “technology” for items controlled by 4A001.a and 4A101 for MT reasons | MT Column 1. | RS applies to “technology” for commodities controlled by 4A003.z, 4A004.z, 4A005.z, 4A090 or “software” specified by 4D001 (for 4A003.z, 4A004.z, and 4A005.z), 4D090 | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | CC applies to “technology” for computerized finger-print equipment controlled by 4A003 for CC reasons | CC Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for technology for .z paragraphs under ECCNs 4A003, 4A004, or 4A005 or “software” specified by 4D001 (for 4A003.z, 4A004.z, and 4A005.z).
a. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production”, or “use” of equipment or “software” controlled by 4A (except 4A980 or 4A994 and “use” of equipment controlled under 4A090) or 4D (except 4D980, 4D993, 4D994 and “use” of software controlled under 4D090).
b. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note, other than that controlled by 4E001.a, for the “development” or “production” of equipment as follows:
b.1. “Digital computers” having an “Adjusted Peak Performance” (“APP”) exceeding 24 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT);
b.2. “Electronic assemblies” “specially designed” or modified for enhancing performance by aggregation of processors so that the “APP” of the aggregation exceeds the limit in 4E001.b.1.
c. “Technology” for the “development” of “intrusion software.”
Note 1:4E001.a and 4E001.c do not apply to “vulnerability disclosure” or “cyber incident response”.
Note 2:Note 1 does not diminish national authorities' rights to ascertain compliance with 4E001.a and 4E001.c.
4E980 “Technology” for the “development,” “production” or “use” of commodities controlled by 4A980.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
“APP” is an adjusted peak rate at which “digital computers” perform 64-bit or larger floating point additions and multiplications.
Abbreviations used in this Technical Noten number of processors in the “digital computer”
I processor number (i . . . . n)
t
F
R
W
“APP” is expressed in Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT), in units of 10 12 adjusted floating point operations per second.
Outline of “APP” calculation method1. For each processor i, determine the peak number of 64-bit or larger floating-point operations, FPO
In determining FPO, include only 64-bit or larger floating point additions or multiplications. All floating point operations must be expressed in operations per processor cycle; operations requiring multiple cycles may be expressed in fractional results per cycle. For processors not capable of performing calculations on floating-point operands of 64-bits or more the effective calculating rate R is zero.
2. Calculate the floating point rate R for each processor
R
3. Calculate “APP” as
“APP” = W
4. For 'vector processors', W
For processors that perform compound operations in a cycle, such as an addition and multiplication, each operation is counted.
Note 2:For a pipelined processor the effective calculating rate R is the faster of the pipelined rate, once the pipeline is full, or the non-pipelined rate.
Note 3:The calculating rate R of each contributing processor is to be calculated at its maximum value theoretically possible before the “APP” of the combination is derived. Simultaneous operations are assumed to exist when the computer manufacturer claims concurrent, parallel, or simultaneous operation or execution in a manual or brochure for the computer.
Note 4:Do not include processors that are limited to input/output and peripheral functions (e.g., disk drive, communication and video display) when calculating “APP”.
Note 5:“APP” values are not to be calculated for processor combinations(inter)connected by “Local Area Networks”, Wide Area Networks, I/O shared connections/devices, I/O controllers and any communication interconnection implemented by “software”.
Note 6:“APP” values must be calculated for processor combinations containing processors “specially designed” to enhance performance by aggregation, operating simultaneously and sharing memory.
Technical Notes1. Aggregate all processors and accelerators operating simultaneously and located on the same die.
2. Processor combinations share memory when any processor is capable of accessing any memory location in the system through the hardware transmission of cache lines or memory words, without the involvement of any software mechanism, which may be achieved using “electronic assemblies” specified in 4A003.c, z.1, or z.3.
Note 7:A 'vector processor' is defined as a processor with built-in instructions that perform multiple calculations on floating-point vectors (one-dimensional arrays of 64-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously, having at least 2 vector functional units and at least 8 vector registers of at least 64 elements each.
Category 5—Telecommunications and “Information Security” Part 1—Telecommunications Notes: 1.The control status of “components”, test and “production” equipment, and “software” therefor which are “specially designed” for telecommunications equipment or systems is determined in Category 5, Part 1.
N.span.:For “lasers” “specially designed” for telecommunications equipment or systems, see ECCN 6A005.
2.“Digital computers”, related equipment or “software”, when essential for the operation and support of telecommunications equipment described in this Category, are regarded as “specially designed” “components”, provided they are the standard models customarily supplied by the manufacturer. This includes operation, administration, maintenance, engineering or billing computer systems.
3.Commodities in ECCN 5A001.j, and related “software” specified in 5D001.c (for 5A001.j) that are also controlled in ECCNs 5A002.a, 5A002.z.1, 5A002.z.6, 5A004.a, 5A004.b, 5A004.z, 5D002.c.1, 5D002.c.3, 5D002.z.6, 5D002.z.8, or z 5D002.z.9, remain controlled in Category 5—Part 2 by those entries. Category 5—Part 2 does not apply to elements of source code that implement functionality controlled by these Category 5 Part 1 ECCNs, or to any item subject to the EAR where Encryption Item (EI) functionality is absent, removed or otherwise non-existent.
4.Items in ECCN 5A001.j, 5B001.a (for 5A001.j), related “software” specified in 5D001.a (for 5A001.j) and 5D001.c (for 5A001.j or 5B001.a (for 5A001.j)) and related “technology” specified in ECCN 5E001.a (for 5A001.j and 5D001.a (for 5A001.j)) that are also controlled for Surreptitious Listening (SL) reasons under another ECCN, will continue to be classified under the SL ECCN.
A. “End Items”, “Equipment”, “Accessories”, “Attachments”, “Parts”, “Components” and “Systems” 5A001 Telecommunications systems, equipment, “components” and “accessories,” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No.1 to part 738) | NS applies to 5A001.a, b.5, .e, .f.3 and .h | NS Column 1. | NS applies to 5A001.b (except .b.5), .c, .d, .f (except f.3), .g, and .j | NS Column 2. | SL applies to 5A001.f.1 | A license is required for all destinations, as specified in § 742.13 of the EAR. Accordingly, a column specific to this control does not appear on the Commerce Country Chart (Supplement No. 1 to Part 738 of the EAR).
| AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Any type of telecommunications equipment having any of the following characteristics, functions or features:
a.1. “Specially designed” to withstand transitory electronic effects or electromagnetic pulse effects, both arising from a nuclear explosion;
a.2. Specially hardened to withstand gamma, neutron or ion radiation;
a.3. “Specially designed” to operate below 218 K (−55 °C); or
a.4. “Specially designed” to operate above 397 K (124 °C);
Note:5A001.a.3 and 5A001.a.4 apply only to electronic equipment.
b. Telecommunication systems and equipment, and “specially designed” “components” and “accessories” therefor, having any of the following characteristics, functions or features:
b.1 Being underwater untethered communications systems having any of the following:
b.1.a. An acoustic carrier frequency outside the range from 20 kHz to 60 kHz;
b.1.b. Using an electromagnetic carrier frequency below 30 kHz; or
b.1.c. Using electronic beam steering techniques; or
b.1.d. Using “lasers” or light-emitting diodes (LEDs), with an output wavelength greater than 400 nm and less than 700 nm, in a “local area network”;
b.2. Being radio equipment operating in the 1.5 MHz to 87.5 MHz band and having all of the following:
b.2.a.. Automatically predicting and selecting frequencies and “total digital transfer rates” per channel to optimize the transmission; and
b.2.b. Incorporating a linear power amplifier configuration having a capability to support multiple signals simultaneously at an output power of 1 kW or more in the frequency range of 1.5 MHz or more but less than 30 MHz, or 250 W or more in the frequency range of 30 MHz or more but not exceeding 87.5 MHz, over an “instantaneous bandwidth” of one octave or more and with an output harmonic and distortion content of better than −80 dspan;
b.3. Being radio equipment employing “spread spectrum” techniques, including “frequency hopping” techniques, not controlled in 5A001.b.4 and having any of the following:
b.3.a. User programmable spreading codes; or
b.3.b. A total transmitted bandwidth which is 100 or more times the bandwidth of any one information channel and in excess of 50 kHz;
Note:5A001.b.3.b does not control radio equipment “specially designed” for use with any of the following:
a. Civil cellular radio-communications systems; or
b. Fixed or mobile satellite Earth stations for commercial civil telecommunications.
Note:5A001.b.3 does not control equipment operating at an output power of 1 W or less.
b.4. Being radio equipment employing ultra-wideband modulation techniques, having user programmable channelizing codes, scrambling codes, or network identification codes and having any of the following:
b.4.a. A bandwidth exceeding 500 MHz; or
b.4.b. A “fractional bandwidth” of 20% or more;
b.5. Being digitally controlled radio receivers having all of the following:
b.5.a. More than 1,000 channels;
b.5.b. A 'channel switching time' of less than 1 ms;
b.5.c. Automatic searching or scanning of a part of the electromagnetic spectrum; and
b.5.d. Identification of the received signals or the type of transmitter; or
Note:5A001.b.5 does not control radio equipment “specially designed” for use with civil cellular radio-communications systems.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 5A001.b.5.b, 'channel switching time' means the time (i.e., delay) to change from one receiving frequency to another, to arrive at or within ±0.05% of the final specified receiving frequency. Items having a specified frequency range of less than ±0.05% around their center frequency are defined to be incapable of channel frequency switching.
b.6. Employing functions of digital “signal processing” to provide 'voice coding' output at rates of less than 700 bit/s.
Technical Notes:1. For variable rate 'voice coding', 5A001.b.6 applies to the 'voice coding' output of continuous speech.
2. For the purposes of 5A001.b.6, 'voice coding' is defined as the technique to take samples of human voice and then convert these samples of human voice into a digital signal taking into account specific characteristics of human speech.
c. Optical fibers of more than 500 m in length and specified by the manufacturer as being capable of withstanding a 'proof test' tensile stress of 2 × 10 9 N/m 2 or more;
N.span.:For underwater umbilical cables, see 8A002.a.3.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 5A001.c, 'proof test' is the on-line or off-line production screen testing that dynamically applies a prescribed tensile stress over a 0.5 to 3 m length of fiber at a running rate of 2 to 5 m/s while passing between capstans approximately 150 mm in diameter. The ambient temperature is a nominal 293 K (20 °C) and relative humidity 40%. Equivalent national standards may be used for executing the proof test.
d. “Electronically steerable phased array antennae” as follows:
d.1. Rated for operation above 31.8 GHz, but not exceeding 57 GHz, and having an Effective Radiated Power (ERP) equal to or greater than +20 dBm (22.15 dBm Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP));
d.2. Rated for operation above 57 GHz, but not exceeding 66 GHz, and having an ERP equal to or greater than +24 dBm (26.15 dBm EIRP);
d.3. Rated for operation above 66 GHz, but not exceeding 90 GHz, and having an ERP equal to or greater than +20 dBm (22.15 dBm EIRP);
d.4. Rated for operation above 90 GHz;
Note 1:5A001.d does not control 'electronically steerable phased array antennae' for landing systems with instruments meeting ICAO standards covering Microwave Landing Systems (MLS).
Note 2:5A001.d does not apply to antennae “specially designed” for any of the following:
a. Civil cellular or WLAN radio-communications systems;
b. IEEE 802.15 or wireless HDMI; or
c. Fixed or mobile satellite earth stations for commercial civil telecommunications.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 5A001.d, 'electronically steerable phased array antenna' is an antenna which forms a beam by means of phase coupling, (i.e., the beam direction is controlled by the complex excitation coefficients of the radiating elements) and the direction of that beam can be varied (both in transmission and reception) in azimuth or in elevation, or both, by application of an electrical signal.
e. Radio direction finding equipment operating at frequencies above 30 MHz and having all of the following, and “specially designed” “components” therefor:
e.1. “Instantaneous bandwidth” of 10 MHz or more; and
e.2. Capable of finding a Line Of Bearing (LOspan) to non-cooperating radio transmitters with a signal duration of less than 1 ms;
f. Mobile telecommunications interception or jamming equipment, and monitoring equipment therefor, as follows, and “specially designed” “components” therefor:
f.1. Interception equipment designed for the extraction of voice or data, transmitted over the air interface;
f.2. Interception equipment not specified in 5A001.f.1, designed for the extraction of client device or subscriber identifiers (e.g., IMSI, TIMSI or IMEI), signaling, or other metadata transmitted over the air interface;
f.3. Jamming equipment “specially designed” or modified to intentionally and selectively interfere with, deny, inhibit, degrade or seduce mobile telecommunication services and performing any of the following:
f.3.a. Simulate the functions of Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment;
f.3.b. Detect and exploit specific characteristics of the mobile telecommunications protocol employed (e.g., GSM); or
f.3.c. Exploit specific characteristics of the mobile telecommunications protocol employed (e.g., GSM);
f.4. Radio Frequency (RF) monitoring equipment designed or modified to identify the operation of items specified in 5A001.f.1, 5A001.f.2 or 5A001.f.3.
Note:5A001.f.1 and 5A001.f.2 do not apply to any of the following:
a. Equipment “specially designed” for the interception of analog Private Mobile Radio (PMR), IEEE 802.11 WLAN;
b. Equipment designed for mobile telecommunications network operators; or
c. Equipment designed for the “development” or “production” of mobile telecommunications equipment or systems.
N.span. 1: See also the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) (22 Cspan parts 120-130). For items specified by 5A001.f.1 (including as previously specified by 5A001.i), see also 5A980 and the U.S. Munitions List (22 Cspan part 121).N.span. 2: For radio receivers see 5A001.b.5.
g. Passive Coherent Location (PCL) systems or equipment, “specially designed” for detecting and tracking moving objects by measuring reflections of ambient radio frequency emissions, supplied by non-radar transmitters.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 5A001.g, non-radar transmitters may include commercial radio, television or cellular telecommunications base stations.
Note:5A001.g. does not control:
a. Radio-astronomical equipment; or
b. Systems or equipment, that require any radio transmission from the target.
h. Counter Improvised Explosive Device (IED) equipment and related equipment, as follows:
h.1. Radio Frequency (RF) transmitting equipment, not specified by 5A001.f, designed or modified for prematurely activating or preventing the initiation of Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs);
h.2. Equipment using techniques designed to enable radio communications in the same frequency channels on which co-located equipment specified by 5A001.h.1 is transmitting.
N.span.:See also Category XI of the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) (22 Cspan parts 120-130).
i. [Reserved]
See 5A001.f.1 for items previously specified by 5A001.i.
j. IP network communications surveillance systems or equipment, and “specially designed” components therefor, having all of the following:
j.1. Performing all of the following on a carrier class IP network (e.g., national grade IP backbone):
j.1.a. Analysis at the application layer (e.g., Layer 7 of Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model (ISO/IEC 7498-1));
j.1.b. Extraction of selected metadata and application content (e.g., voice, video, messages, attachments); and
j.1.c. Indexing of extracted data; and
j.2. Being “specially designed” to carry out all of the following:
j.2.a. Execution of searches on the basis of “hard selectors”; and
j.2.b. Mapping of the relational network of an individual or of a group of people.
Note:5A001.j does not apply to “systems” or “equipment”, “specially designed” for any of the following:
a. Marketing purpose;
b. Network Quality of Service (QoS); or
c. Quality of Experience (QoE).
N.span.:See also the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) (22 Cspan parts 120-130). Defense articles described in USML Category XI(b) are “subject to the ITAR.”
5A101 Telemetering and telecontrol equipment, including ground equipment, designed or modified for unmanned aerial vehicle (including cruise missiles, target drones, and reconnaissance drones) or rocket systems (including ballistic missiles, space launch vehicles, and sounding rockets) capable of a maximum “range” equal to or greater than 300 km.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
5A101 does not control:
1. Telecontrol equipment “specially designed” to be used for remote control of recreational model planes, boats or vehicles and having an electric field strength of not more than 200 microvolts per meter at a distance of 500 meters;
2. Equipment designed or modified for manned aircraft or satellites;
3. Ground based equipment designed or modified for terrestrial or marine applications;
4. Equipment designed for commercial, civil, or safety of life (e.g., data integrity or flight safety) Global Navigation Satellite System services.
Note:ECCN 5A101 does not include items not designed or modified for unmanned aerial vehicles (including cruise missiles, target drones, and reconnaissance drones) or rocket systems (including ballistic missiles, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets) capable of a maximum “range” equal to or greater than 300km (e.g., telemetry circuit cards limited by design to reception only and designed for use in personal computers).
5A611 Telecommunications equipment, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor, “specially designed” for a military application that are not enumerated in any USML category are controlled by ECCN 3A611. 5A980 Devices primarily useful for the surreptitious interception of wire, oral, or electronic communications, other than those controlled under 5A001.f.1; and “parts,” “components” and “accessories” therefor.This licensing requirement does not supersede, nor does it implement, construe or limit the scope of any criminal statute, including, but not limited to the Omnibus Safe Streets Act of 1968, as amended.
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
b. Telecommunication transmission equipment and systems, and “specially designed” “parts,” “components” and “accessories” therefor, having any of the following characteristics, functions or features:
Note:Telecommunication transmission equipment:
a. Categorized as follows, or combinations thereof:
1. Radio equipment (e.g., transmitters, receivers and transceivers);
2. Line terminating equipment;
3. Intermediate amplifier equipment;
4. Repeater equipment;
5. Regenerator equipment;
6. Translation encoders (transcoders);
7. Multiplex equipment (statistical mutiplex included);
8. Modulators/demodulators (modems);
9. Transmultiplex equipment (see CCITT Rec. G701);
10. “Stored program controlled” digital crossconnection equipment;
11. “Gateways” and bridges;
12. “Media access units”; and
b. Designed for use in single or multi-channel communication via any of the following:
1. Wire (line);
2. Coaxial cable;
3. Optical fiber cable;
4. Electromagnetic radiation; or
5. Underwater acoustic wave propagation.
b.1. Employing digital techniques, including digital processing of analog signals, and designed to operate at a “digital transfer rate” at the highest multiplex level exceeding 45 Mbit/s or a “total digital transfer rate” exceeding 90 Mbit/s;
Note:5A991.b.1 does not control equipment “specially designed” to be integrated and operated in any satellite system for civil use.
b.2. Modems using the “bandwidth of one voice channel” with a “data signaling rate” exceeding 9,600 bits per second;
b.3. Being “stored program controlled” digital cross connect equipment with “digital transfer rate” exceeding 8.5 Mbit/s per port.
b.4. Being equipment containing any of the following:
b.4.a. “Network access controllers” and their related common medium having a “digital transfer rate” exceeding 33 Mbit/s; or
b.4.b. “Communication channel controllers” with a digital output having a “data signaling rate” exceeding 64,000 bit/s per channel;
Note:If any uncontrolled equipment contains a “network access controller”, it cannot have any type of telecommunications interface, except those described in, but not controlled by 5A991.b.4.
b.5. Employing a “laser” and having any of the following characteristics:
b.5.a. A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,000 nm; or
b.5.b. Employing analog techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 45 MHz;
Note:5A991.b.5.b does not control commercial TV systems.
b.5.c. Employing coherent optical transmission or coherent optical detection techniques (also called optical heterodyne or homodyne techniques);
b.5.d. Employing wavelength division multiplexing techniques; or
b.5.e. Performing “optical amplification”;
b.6. Radio equipment operating at input or output frequencies exceeding:
b.6.a. 31 GHz for satellite-earth station applications; or
b.6.b. 26.5 GHz for other applications;
Note:5A991.b.6. does not control equipment for civil use when conforming with an International Telecommunications Union (ITU) allocated band between 26.5 GHz and 31 GHz.
b.7. Being radio equipment employing any of the following:
b.7.a. Quadrature-amplitude-modulation (QAM) techniques above level 4 if the “total digital transfer rate” exceeds 8.5 Mbit/s;
b.7.b. QAM techniques above level 16 if the “total digital transfer rate” is equal to or less than 8.5 Mbit/s;
b.7.c. Other digital modulation techniques and having a “spectral efficiency” exceeding 3 bit/s/Hz; or
b.7.d. Operating in the 1.5 MHz to 87.5 MHz band and incorporating adaptive techniques providing more than 15 dspan suppression of an interfering signal.
Notes:1. 5A991.b.7 does not control equipment “specially designed” to be integrated and operated in any satellite system for civil use.
2. 5A991.b.7 does not control radio relay equipment for operation in an ITU allocated band:
a. Having any of the following:
a.1. Not exceeding 960 MHz; or
a.2. With a “total digital transfer rate” not exceeding 8.5 Mbit/s; and
b. Having a “spectral efficiency” not exceeding 4 bit/s/Hz.
c. “Stored program controlled” switching equipment and related signaling systems, having any of the following characteristics, functions or features, and “specially designed” “parts,” “components” and “accessories” therefor:
Note:Statistical multiplexers with digital input and digital output which provide switching are treated as “stored program controlled” switches.
c.1. “Data (message) switching” equipment or systems designed for “packet-mode operation” and “parts,” electronic assemblies and “components” therefor, n.e.s.
c.2. [Reserved]
c.3. Routing or switching of “datagram” packets;
c.4. [Reserved]
Note:The restrictions in 5A991.c.3 do not apply to networks restricted to using only “network access controllers” or to “network access controllers” themselves.
c.5. Multi-level priority and pre-emption for circuit switching;
Note:5A991.c.5 does not control single-level call preemption.
c.6. Designed for automatic hand-off of cellular radio calls to other cellular switches or automatic connection to a centralized subscriber data base common to more than one switch;
c.7. Containing “stored program controlled” digital cross connect equipment with “digital transfer rate” exceeding 8.5 Mbit/s per port.
c.8. “Common channel signaling” operating in either non-associated or quasi-associated mode of operation;
c.9. “Dynamic adaptive routing”;
c.10. Being packet switches, circuit switches and routers with ports or lines exceeding any of the following:
c.10.a. A “data signaling rate” of 64,000 bit/s per channel for a “communications channel controller”; or
Note:5A991.c.10.a does not control multiplex composite links composed only of communication channels not individually controlled by 5A991.b.1.
c.10.b. A “digital transfer rate” of 33 Mbit/s for a “network access controller” and related common media;
Note:5A991.c.10 does not control packet switches or routers with ports or lines not exceeding the limits in 5A991.c.10.
c.11. “Optical switching”;
c.12. Employing “Asynchronous Transfer Mode” (“ATM”) techniques.
d. Optical fibers and optical fiber cables of more than 50 m in length designed for single mode operation;
e. Centralized network control having all of the following characteristics:
e.1. Receives data from the nodes; and
e.2. Process these data in order to provide control of traffic not requiring operator decisions, and thereby performing “dynamic adaptive routing”;
Note:5A991.e does not preclude control of traffic as a function of predictable statistical traffic conditions.
f. Phased array antennas, operating above 10.5 GHz, containing active elements and distributed “parts” or “components,” and designed to permit electronic control of beam shaping and pointing, except for landing systems with instruments meeting International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standards (microwave landing systems (MLS)).
g. Mobile communications equipment, n.e.s., and “parts,” electronic assemblies and “components” therefor; or
h. Radio relay communications equipment designed for use at frequencies equal to or exceeding 19.7 GHz and “parts” and “components” therefor, n.e.s.
span. “Test”, “Inspection” and “Production Equipment” 5B001 Telecommunication test, inspection and production equipment, “components” and “accessories,” as follows (See List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
a. Equipment and “specially designed” “components” or “accessories” therefor, “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of equipment, functions or features, controlled by 5A001;
Note: 5B001.a does not apply to optical fiber characterization equipment.
b. Equipment and “specially designed” “components” or “accessories” therefor, “specially designed” for the “development” of any of the following telecommunication transmission or switching equipment:
b.1. [Reserved]
b.2. Equipment employing a “laser” and having any of the following:
b.2.a. A transmission wavelength exceeding 1750 nm; or
b.2.b. [Reserved]
b.2.c. [Reserved]
b.2.d. Employing analog techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz; or
Note: 5B001.b.2.d. does not include equipment “specially designed” for the “development” of commercial TV systems.
b.3. [Reserved]
b.4. Radio equipment employing Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation (QAM) techniques above level 1,024.
5B991 Telecommunications test equipment, n.e.s.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | SL applies to the entire entry as applicable for equipment, functions, features, or characteristics controlled by 5A001.f.1 | A license is required for all destinations, as specified in § 742.13 of the EAR. Accordingly, a column specific to this control does not appear on the Commerce Country Chart (Supplement No. 1 to Part 738 of the EAR). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
(See Part 740 for a description of all license exceptions).
TSR: Yes, except for exports and reexports to destinations outside of those countries listed in Country Group A:5 (See Supplement No. 1 to part 740 of the EAR) of “software” controlled by 5D001.a and “specially designed” for items controlled by 5A001.b.5 and 5A001.h, and N/A for “software” classified under ECCN 5D001.a (for 5A001.j) or 5D001.c (for 5A001.j or 5B001.a (for 5A001.j)). ACE: Yes for 5D001.a (for 5A001.j) and 5D001.c (for 5A001.j or 5B001.a (for 5A001.j)), except to Country Group E:1 or E:2. See § 740.22 of the EAR for eligibility criteria.a. “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment, functions or features controlled by 5A001;
b. [Reserved]
c. Specific “software” “specially designed” or modified to provide characteristics, functions or features of equipment, controlled by 5A001 or 5B001;
d. “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “development” of any of the following telecommunication transmission or switching equipment:
d.1. [Reserved]
d.2. Equipment employing a “laser” and having any of the following:
d.2.a. A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,750 nm; or
d.2.b. Employing analog techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz; or
Note: 5D001.d.2.b does not control “software” “specially designed” or modified for the “development” of commercial TV systems.
d.3. [Reserved]
d.4. Radio equipment employing Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation (QAM) techniques above level 1,024.
e. “Software”, other than that specified by 5D001.a or 5D001.c, “specially designed” or modified for monitoring or analysis by law enforcement, providing all of the following:
e.1. Execution of searches on the basis of “hard selectors” of either the content of communication or metadata acquired from a communications service provider using a 'handover interface'; and
Technical Notes:
1. For the purposes of 5D001.e, a 'handover interface' is a physical and logical interface, designed for use by an authorised law enforcement authority, across which targeted interception measures are requested from a communications service provider and the results of interception are delivered from a communications service provider to the requesting authority. The 'handover interface' is implemented within systems or equipment (e.g., mediation devices) that receive and validate the interception request, and deliver to the requesting authority only the results of interception that fulfil the validated request.
2. 'Handover interfaces' may be specified by international standards (including but not limited to ETSI TS 101 331, ETSI TS 101 671, 3GPP TS 33.108) or national equivalents.
e.2. Mapping of the relational network or tracking the movement of targeted individuals based on the results of searches on content of communication or metadata or searches as described in 5D001.e.1.
Note: 5D001.e does not apply to “software” “specially designed” or modified for any of the following:
a. Billing purposes;
b. Network Quality of Service (QoS);
c. Quality of Experience (QoE);
d. Mediation devices; or
e. Mobile payment or banking use.
5D101 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “use” of equipment controlled by 5A101.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
This licensing requirement does not supersede, nor does it implement, construe or limit the scope of any criminal statute, including, but not limited to the Omnibus Safe Streets Act of 1968, as amended.
b. “Software” primarily useful for the “development”, “production”, or “use” of equipment controlled by 5A980.
5D991 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “development,” “production” or “use” of equipment controlled by 5A991 and 5B991, and dynamic adaptive routing software as described as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
E. “Technology” 5E001 “Technology” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | SL applies to “technology” for the “development” or “production” of equipment, functions or features controlled by 5A001.f.1, or for the “development” or “production” of “software” controlled by ECCN 5D001.a (for 5A001.f.1) | A license is required for all destinations, as specified in § 742.13 of the EAR. Accordingly, a column specific to this control does not appear on the Commerce Country Chart (Supplement No. 1 to Part 738 of the EAR).
| AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” (excluding operation) of equipment, functions or features, controlled by 5A001 or “software” controlled by 5D001.a or 5D001.e.
b. Specific “technology”, as follows:
b.1. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of telecommunications equipment “specially designed” to be used on board satellites;
b.2. “Technology” for the “development” or “use” of “laser” communication techniques with the capability of automatically acquiring and tracking signals and maintaining communications through exoatmosphere or sub-surface (water) media;
b.3. “Technology” for the “development” of digital cellular radio base station receiving equipment whose reception capabilities that allow multi-band, multi-channel, multi-mode, multi-coding algorithm or multi-protocol operation can be modified by changes in “software”;
b.4. “Technology” for the “development” of “spread spectrum” techniques, including “frequency hopping” techniques.
Note:5E001.b.4 does not apply to “technology” for the “development” of any of the following:
a. Civil cellular radio-communications systems; or
b. Fixed or mobile satellite Earth stations for commercial civil telecommunications.
c. “Technology” according the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of any of the following:
c.1. [Reserved]
c.2. Equipment employing a “laser” and having any of the following:
c.2.a. A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,750 nm;
c.2.b. [Reserved]
c.2.c. [Reserved]
c.2.d. Employing wavelength division multiplexing techniques of optical carriers at less than 100 GHz spacing; or
c.2.e. Employing analog techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz;
Note:5E001.c.2.e does not control “technology” for commercial TV systems.
N.span.:For “technology” for the “development” or “production” of non-telecommunications equipment employing a “laser”, see Product Group E of Category 6, e.g., 6E00x
c.3. Equipment employing “optical switching” and having a switching time less than 1 ms; or
c.4. Radio equipment having any of the following:
c.4.a. Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation (QAM) techniques above level 1,024; or
c.4.b. Operating at input or output frequencies exceeding 31.8 GHz; or
Note:5E001.c.4.b does not control “technology” for equipment designed or modified for operation in any frequency band which is “allocated by the ITU” for radio-communications services, but not for radio-determination.
c.4.c. Operating in the 1.5 MHz to 87.5 MHz band and incorporating adaptive techniques providing more than 15 dspan suppression of an interfering signal; or
c.5. [Reserved]
c.6. Mobile equipment having all of the following:
c.6.a. Operating at an optical wavelength greater than or equal to 200nm and less than or equal to 400nm; and
c.6.b. Operating as a “local area network”;
d. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of “Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit” (“MMIC”) amplifiers “specially designed” for telecommunications and that are any of the following:
Technical Note:For purposes of 5E001.d, the parameter peak saturated power output may also be referred to on product data sheets as output power, saturated power output, maximum power output, peak power output, or peak envelope power output.
d.1. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 15%, and having any of the following:
d.1.a. A peak saturated power output greater than 75 W (48.75 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
d.1.b. A peak saturated power output greater than 55 W (47.4 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
d.1.c. A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz; or
d.1.d. A peak saturated power output greater than 20 W (43 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
d.2. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 16 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 10%, and having any of the following:
d.2.a. A peak saturated power output greater than 10W (40 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz; or
d.2.b. A peak saturated power output greater than 5W (37 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 16 GHz;
d.3. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 3 W (34.77 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
d.4. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (−70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
d.5. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
d.6. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 31.62 mW (15 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
d.7. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 10 mW (10 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 5%; or
d.8. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (−70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
e. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of electronic devices and circuits, “specially designed” for telecommunications and containing “components” manufactured from “superconductive” materials, “specially designed” for operation at temperatures below the “critical temperature” of at least one of the “superconductive” constituents and having any of the following:
e.1. Current switching for digital circuits using “superconductive” gates with a product of delay time per gate (in seconds) and power dissipation per gate (in watts) of less than 10
e.2. Frequency selection at all frequencies using resonant circuits with Q-values exceeding 10,000.
5E101 “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development,” “production” or “use” of equipment or software controlled by 5A101 or 5D101.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. “Technology” for the processing and application of coatings to optical fiber “specially designed” to make it suitable for underwater use;
a.2. “Technology” for the “development” of equipment employing ‘Synchronous Digital Hierarchy’ (‘SDH’) or ‘Synchronous Optical Network’ (‘SONET’) techniques.
Part 2—“Information Security” Note 1:[Reserved]
Note 2:Category 5—Part 2, “information security” products, when accompanying their user for the user's personal use or as tools of trade, are eligible for License Exceptions TMP or BAG, subject to the terms and conditions of these license exceptions.
Note 3:Cryptography Note: ECCNs 5A002, 5D002.a.1, .b, .c.1, z.1, z.5, and z.6, do not control items as follows:
a. Items meeting all of the following:
1. Generally available to the public by being sold, without restriction, from stock at retail selling points by means of any of the following:
a. Over-the-counter transactions;
b. Mail order transactions;
c. Electronic transactions; or
d. Telephone call transactions;
2. The cryptographic functionality cannot be easily changed by the user;
3. Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by the supplier; and
4. When necessary, details of the items are accessible and will be provided, upon request, to the appropriate authority in the exporter's country in order to ascertain compliance with conditions described in paragraphs a.1 through a.3 of this Note;
b. Hardware components or 'executable software', of existing items described in paragraph a. of this Note, that have been designed for these existing items, and meeting all of the following:
1. “Information security” is not the primary function or set of functions of the component or 'executable software';
2. The component or 'executable software' does not change any cryptographic functionality of the existing items, or add new cryptographic functionality to the existing items;
3. The feature set of the component or 'executable software' is fixed and is not designed or modified to customer specification; and
4. When necessary, as determined by the appropriate authority in the exporter's country, details of the component or 'executable software', and details of relevant end-items are accessible and will be provided to the authority upon request, in order to ascertain compliance with conditions described above.
Technical Note:For the purpose of the Cryptography Note, 'executable software' means “software” in executable form, from an existing hardware component excluded from 5A002, by the Cryptography Note.
Note:'Executable software' does not include complete binary images of the “software” running on an end-item.
Note to the Cryptography Note:1. To meet paragraph a. of Note 3, all of the following must apply:
a. The item is of potential interest to a wide range of individuals and businesses; and
b. The price and information about the main functionality of the item are available before purchase without the need to consult the vendor or supplier. A simple price inquiry is not considered to be a consultation.
2. In determining eligibility of paragraph a. of Note 3, BIS may take into account relevant factors such as quantity, price, required technical skill, existing sales channels, typical customers, typical use or any exclusionary practices of the supplier.
N.span. to Note 3 (Cryptography Note):You must submit a classification request or self-classification report to BIS for certain mass market encryption commodities and software eligible for the Cryptography Note employing a key length greater than 64 bits for the symmetric algorithm (or, for commodities and software not implementing any symmetric algorithms, employing a key length greater than 768 bits for asymmetric algorithms described by Technical note 2.b to 5A002.a or greater than 128 bits for elliptic curve algorithms, or any asymmetric algorithm described by Technical Note 2.c to 5A002.a) in accordance with the requirements of § 740.17(b) of the EAR in order to be released from the “EI” and “NS” controls of ECCN 5A002 or 5D002. For mass market commodities and software that do not require a self-classification report pursuant to § 740.17(b) and (e)(3) of the EAR, such items are also released from “EI” and “NS” controls and controlled under ECCN 5A992 or 5D992.
A. “End Items,” “Equipment,” “Accessories,” “Attachments,” “Parts,” “Components,” and “Systems” I. Cryptographic “Information Security” 5A002 “Information security” systems, equipment and “components,” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | RS applies to items controlled by 5A002.z | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | EI applies to entire entry | Refer to § 742.15 of the EAR. |
|---|
See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for ECCN 5A002.z.
a. Designed or modified to use 'cryptography for data confidentiality' having a 'described security algorithm', where that cryptographic capability is usable, has been activated, or can be activated by any means other than secure “cryptographic activation”, as follows:
a.1. Items having “information security” as a primary function;
a.2. Digital communication or networking systems, equipment or components, not specified in paragraph 5A002.a.1;
a.3. Computers, other items having information storage or processing as a primary function, and components therefor, not specified in paragraphs 5A002.a.1 or .a.2;
N.span.:For operating systems see also 5D002.a.1 and .c.1.
a.4. Items, not specified in paragraphs 5A002.a.1 to a.3, where the 'cryptography for data confidentiality' having a 'described security algorithm' meets all of the following:
a.4.a. It supports a non-primary function of the item; and
a.4.b. It is performed by incorporated equipment or “software” that would, as a standalone item, be specified by ECCNs 5A002, 5A003, 5A004, 5B002 or 5D002.
N.span. to paragraph a.4:See Related Control Paragraph (4) of this ECCN 5A002 for examples of items not controlled by 5A002.a.4.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 5A002.a, 'cryptography for data confidentiality' means “cryptography” that employs digital techniques and performs any cryptographic function other than any of the following:
1.a. “Authentication; ”
1.b. Digital signature;
1.c. Data integrity;
1.d. Non-repudiation;
1.e. Digital rights management, including the execution of copy-protected “software; ”
1.f. Encryption or decryption in support of entertainment, mass commercial broadcasts or medical records management; or
1.g. Key management in support of any function described in paragraphs 1.a to 1.f of this Technical Note paragraph 1.
2. For the purposes of 5A002.a, 'described security algorithm' means any of the following:
2.a. A “symmetric algorithm” employing a key length in excess of 56 bits, not including parity bits;
2.b. An “asymmetric algorithm” where the security of the algorithm is based on any of the following:
2.b.1. Factorization of integers in excess of 512 bits (e.g., RSA);
2.b.2. Computation of discrete logarithms in a multiplicative group of a finite field of size greater than 512 bits (e.g., Diffie-Hellman over Z/pZ); or
2.b.3. Discrete logarithms in a group other than mentioned in paragraph 2.b.2 of this Technical Note in excess of 112 bits (e.g., Diffie-Hellman over an elliptic curve); or
2.c. An “asymmetric algorithm” where the security of the algorithm is based on any of the following:
2.c.1. Shortest vector or closest vector problems associated with lattices (e.g., NewHope, Frodo, NTRUEncrypt, Kyber, Titanium);
2.c.2. Finding isogenies between Supersingular elliptic curves (e.g., Supersingular Isogeny Key Encapsulation); or
2.c.3. Decoding random codes (e.g., McEliece, Niederreiter).
Technical Note:An algorithm described by Technical Note 2.c. may be referred to as being post-quantum, quantum-safe or quantum-resistant.
Note 1:Details of items must be accessible and provided upon request, in order to establish any of the following:
a. Whether the item meets the criteria of 5A002.a.1 to a.4; or
b. Whether the cryptographic capability for data confidentiality specified by 5A002.a is usable without “cryptographic activation.”
Note 2:5A002.a does not control any of the following items, or specially designed “information security” components therefor:
a. Smart cards and smart card 'readers/writers' as follows:
a.1. A smart card or an electronically readable personal document (e.g., token coin, e-passport) that meets any of the following:
a.1.a. The cryptographic capability meets all of the following:
a.1.a.1. It is restricted for use in any of the following:
a.1.a.1.a. Equipment or systems, not described by 5A002.a.1 to a.4;
a.1.a.1.b. Equipment or systems, not using 'cryptography for data confidentiality' having a 'described security algorithm'; or
a.1.a.1.c. Equipment or systems, excluded from 5A002.a by entries b. to f. of this Note; and
a.1.a.2. It cannot be reprogrammed for any other use; or
a.1.b. Having all of the following:
a.1.b.1. It is specially designed and limited to allow protection of 'personal data' stored within;
a.1.b.2. Has been, or can only be, personalized for public or commercial transactions or individual identification; and
a.1.b.3. Where the cryptographic capability is not user-accessible;
Technical Note to paragraph a.1.b.1 of Note 2:For the purposes of 5A002.a Note 2.-a.1.b.1, 'personal data' includes any data specific to a particular person or entity, such as the amount of money stored and data necessary for “authentication.”
a.2. 'Readers/writers' specially designed or modified, and limited, for items specified by paragraph a.1 of this Note;
Technical Note to paragraph a.2 of Note 2:'For the purposes of 5A002.a Note 2.a.2, 'readers/writers' include equipment that communicates with smart cards or electronically readable documents through a network.
b. Cryptographic equipment specially designed and limited for banking use or 'money transactions';
Technical Note to paragraph b. of Note 2:For the purposes of 5A002.a Note 2.b, 'money transactions' in 5A002 Note 2 paragraph b. includes the collection and settlement of fares or credit functions.
c. Portable or mobile radiotelephones for civil use (e.g., for use with commercial civil cellular radio communication systems) that are not capable of transmitting encrypted data directly to another radiotelephone or equipment (other than Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment), nor of passing encrypted data through RAN equipment (e.g., Radio Network Controller (RNC) or Base Station Controller (BSC));
d. Cordless telephone equipment not capable of end-to-end encryption where the maximum effective range of unboosted cordless operation (i.e., a single, unrelayed hop between terminal and home base station) is less than 400 meters according to the manufacturer's specifications;
e. Portable or mobile radiotelephones and similar client wireless devices for civil use, that implement only published or commercial cryptographic standards (except for anti-piracy functions, which may be non-published) and also meet the provisions of paragraphs a.2 to a.4 of the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5—Part 2), that have been customized for a specific civil industry application with features that do not affect the cryptographic functionality of these original non-customized devices;
f. Items, where the “information security ” functionality is limited to wireless “personal area network ” functionality implementing only published or commercial cryptographic standards;
g. Mobile telecommunications Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment designed for civil use, which also meet the provisions of paragraphs a.2 to a.4 of the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5—Part 2), having an RF output power limited to 0.1W (20 dBm) or less, and supporting 16 or fewer concurrent users;
h. Routers, switches, gateways or relays, where the “information security” functionality is limited to the tasks of “Operations, Administration or Maintenance” (“OAM”) implementing only published or commercial cryptographic standards;
i. General purpose computing equipment or servers, where the “information security ” functionality meets all of the following:
i.1. Uses only published or commercial cryptographic standards; and
i.2. Is any of the following:
i.2.a. Integral to a CPU that meets the provisions of Note 3 in Category 5—Part 2;
i.2.b. Integral to an operating system that is not specified by 5D002; or
i.2.c. Limited to “OAM” of the equipment; or
j. Items specially designed for a 'connected civil industry application', meeting all of the following:
j.1. Being any of the following:
j.1.a. A network-capable endpoint device meeting any of the following:
j.1.a.1. The “information security ” functionality is limited to securing 'non-arbitrary data' or the tasks of “Operations, Administration or Maintenance” (“OAM ”); or
j.1.a.2. The device is limited to a specific 'connected civil industry application'; or
j.1.b. Networking equipment meeting all of the following:
j.1.b.1. Being specially designed to communicate with the devices specified by paragraph j.1.a. above; and
j.1.b.2. The “information security ” functionality is limited to supporting the 'connected civil industry application' of devices specified by paragraph j.1.a. above, or the tasks of “OAM ” of this networking equipment or of other items specified by paragraph j. of this Note; and
j.2. Where the “information security ” functionality implements only published or commercial cryptographic standards, and the cryptographic functionality cannot easily be changed by the user.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 5A002.a Note 2.j, 'connected civil industry application' means a network-connected consumer or civil industry application other than “information security ”, digital communication, general purpose networking or computing.
2. For the purposes of 5A002.a Note 2.j.1.a.1, 'non-arbitrary data' means sensor or metering data directly related to the stability, performance or physical measurement of a system (e.g., temperature, pressure, flow rate, mass, volume, voltage, physical location, etc.), that cannot be changed by the user of the device.
b. Being a 'cryptographic activation token';
Technical Note:For the purposes of 5A002.b, a 'cryptographic activation token' is an item designed or modified for any of the following:
1. Converting, by means of “cryptographic activation”, an item not specified by Category 5-Part 2 into an item specified by 5A002.a or 5D002.c.1, and not released by the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5—Part 2); or
2. Enabling by means of “cryptographic activation”, additional functionality specified by 5A002.a of an item already specified by Category 5—Part 2;
c. Designed or modified to use or perform “quantum cryptography”;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 5A002.c,”quantum cryptography” is also known as Quantum Key Distribution (QKD).
d. Designed or modified to use cryptographic techniques to generate channelizing codes, scrambling codes or network identification codes, for systems using ultra-wideband modulation techniques and having any of the following:
d.1. A bandwidth exceeding 500 MHz; or
d.2. A “fractional bandwidth” of 20% or more;
e. Designed or modified to use cryptographic techniques to generate the spreading code for “spread spectrum” systems, not specified by 5A002.d, including the hopping code for “frequency hopping” systems.
f. through y. [Reserved]
z. Other commodities, as follows:
z.1. Commodities that are described in 5A002.a and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3A090 or 4A090;
z.2 Commodities that are described in 5A002.b and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3A090 or 4A090;
z.3 Commodities that are described in 5A002.c and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3A090 or 4A090;
z.4 Commodities that are described in 5A002.d and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3A090 or 4A090; or
z.5 Commodities that are described in 5A002.e and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3A090 or 4A090.
5A992 Equipment not controlled by 5A002 (see List of Items Controlled)| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to items controlled by 5A992.z | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security ” functionality, and associated “software ” and “technology ” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for ECCN 5A992.z.
a. [Reserved]
b. [Reserved]
c. Commodities classified as mass market encryption commodities in accordance with § 740.17(b) of the EAR.
d. through y. [Reserved]
z. Commodities that are described in 5A992.c and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3A090 or 4A090.
II. NON-CRYPTOGRAPHIC “INFORMATION SECURITY” 5A003 “Systems,” “equipment” and “components,” for non-cryptographic “information security,” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Communications cable systems designed or modified to use mechanical, electrical or electronic means to detect surreptitious intrusion;
Note:5A003.a applies only to physical layer security. For the purpose of 5A003.a, the physical layer includes Layer 1 of the Reference Model of Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) (ISO/IEC 7498-1).
b. “Specially designed” or modified to reduce the compromising emanations of information-bearing signals beyond what is necessary for health, safety or electromagnetic interference standards.
III. DEFEATING, WEAKENING, OR BYPASSING “INFORMATION SECURITY” 5A004 “Systems,” “equipment” and “components” for defeating, weakening or bypassing “information security,” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | RS applies to items controlled by 5A004.z | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | EI applies to entire entry | Refer to § 742.15 of the EAR. |
|---|
See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for ECCN 5A004.z.
a. Designed or modified to perform 'cryptanalytic functions.'
Note:5A004.a includes systems or equipment, designed or modified to perform 'cryptanalytic functions' by means of reverse engineering.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 5A004.a, 'cryptanalytic functions' are functions designed to defeat cryptographic mechanisms in order to derive confidential variables or sensitive data, including clear text, passwords or cryptographic keys.
b. Items, not specified by ECCNs 4A005 or 5A004.a, designed to perform all of the following:
b.1. 'Extract raw data' from a computing or communications device; and
b.2. Circumvent “authentication” or authorisation controls of the device, in order to perform the function described in 5A004.b.1.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 5A004.b.1, 'extract raw data' from a computing or communications device means to retrieve binary data from a storage medium, e.g., RAM, flash or hard disk, of the device without interpretation by the device's operating system or filesystem.
Note 1:5A004.b does not apply to systems or equipment specially designed for the “development” or “production” of a computing or communications device.
Note 2:5A004.b does not include:
a. Debuggers, hypervisors;
b. Items limited to logical data extraction;
c. Data extraction items using chip-off or JTAG; or
d. Items specially designed and limited to jail-breaking or rooting.
c. through y. [Reserved]
z. Other commodities, as follows:
z.1. Commodities that are described in 5A004.a and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3A090 or 4A090; or
z.2. Commodities that are described in 5A004.b and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3A090 or 4A090.
span. Test, Inspection and “Production Equipment” 5B002 “Information Security” test, inspection and “production” equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Equipment “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of equipment controlled by 5A002, 5A003, 5A004 or 5B002.b;
b. Measuring equipment “specially designed” to evaluate and validate the “information security” functions of equipment controlled by 5A002, 5A003 or 5A004, or of “software” controlled by 5D002.a, z.1 through z.4, or 5D002.c or z.6 through z.9.
C. “Materials” [Reserved] D. “Software” 5D002 “Software” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | RS applies to “software” controlled by 5D002.z | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | EI applies to “software” in 5D002.a.1, a.3, .b, c.1 and c.3, for commodities or “software” controlled for EI reasons in ECCN 5A002, 5A004 or 5D002 | Refer to § 742.15 of the EAR.
|
|---|
See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for ECCN 5D002.z.
a. “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “development,” “production” or “use” of any of the following:
a.1. Equipment specified by 5A002 or “software” specified by 5D002.c.1;
a.2. Equipment specified by 5A003 or “software” specified by 5D002.c.2; or
a.3. Equipment or “software”, as follows:
a.3.a. Equipment specified by 5A004.a or “software” specified by 5D002.c.3.a;
a.3.b. Equipment specified by 5A004.b or “software” specified by 5D002.c.3.b;
b. “Software” having the characteristics of a 'cryptographic activation token' specified by 5A002.b;
c. “Software” having the characteristics of, or performing or simulating the functions of, any of the following:
c.1. Equipment specified by 5A002.a, .c, .d or .e;
Note:5D002.c.1 does not apply to “software” limited to the tasks of “OAM” implementing only published or commercial cryptographic standards.
c.2. Equipment specified by 5A003; or
c.3. Equipment, as follows:
c.3.a. Equipment specified by 5A004.a;
c.3.b. Equipment specified by 5A004.b.
Note:5D002.c.3.b does not apply to “intrusion software”.
d. [Reserved]
N.span.:See 5D002.b for items formerly specified in 5D002.d.
e. through y. [Reserved]
z. Other software, as follows:
z.1. Software that is described in 5D002.a.1, and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3D001 for 3A090 or 4D001 for 4A090;
z.2. Software that is described in 5D002.a.2, and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3D001 for 3A090 or 4D001 for 4A090;
z.3. Software that is described in 5D002.a.3a, and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3D001 for 3A090 or 4D001 for 4A090;
z.4. Software that is described in 5D002.a.3.b, and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3D001 for 3A090 or 4D001 for 4A090;
z.5. Software that is described in 5D002.b and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3D001 for 3A090 or 4D001 for 4A090;
z.6 Software that is described in 5D002.c.1 and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3D001 for 3A090 or 4D001 for 4A090;
z.7 Software that is described in 5D002.c.2 and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3D001 for 3A090 or 4D001 for 4A090;
z.8 Software that is described in 5D002.c.3.a and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3D001 for 3A090 or 4D001 for 4A090; or
z.9 Software that is described in 5D002.c.3.b and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3D001 for 3A090 or 4D001 for 4A090.
5D992 “Information Security” “software,” not controlled by 5D002, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to “software” controlled by 5D992.z | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for ECCN 5D992.z.
a. [Reserved]
b. [Reserved]
c. “Software” classified as mass market encryption software in accordance with § 740.17(b) of the EAR.
d. through y. [Reserved]
z. Other software that is described in 5D992 and that also meet or exceed the performance parameters in 3D001 for 3A090 or 4D001 for 4A090.
E. “Technology” 5E002 “Technology” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | RS applies to “technology” for commodities controlled by 5A002.z or 5A004.z or “software” specified by 5D002 (for 5A002.z or 5A004.z commodities) | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | EI applies to “technology” in 5E002.a for commodities or “software” controlled for EI reasons in ECCNs 5A002, 5A004 or 5D002, and to “technology” in 5E002.b | Refer to § 742.15 of the EAR. |
|---|
(1) See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
(2) When a person performs or provides technical assistance that incorporates, or otherwise draws upon, “technology” that was either obtained in the United States or is of U.S.-origin, then a release of the “technology” takes place. Such technical assistance, when rendered with the intent to aid in the “development” or “production” of encryption commodities or software that would be controlled for “EI” reasons under ECCN 5A002, 5A004 or 5D002, may require authorization under the EAR even if the underlying encryption algorithm to be implemented is from the public domain or is not of U.S.-origin.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for technology for .z paragraphs under ECCNs 5A002, 5A004 or “software” specified by 5D002 (for 5A002.z or 5A004.z commodities).
a. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development,” “production” or “use” of equipment controlled by 5A002, 5A003, 5A004 or 5B002, or of “software” controlled by 5D002.a, z.1 through z.3, or 5D002.c, z.6 through z.8.
Note:5E002.a does not apply to “technology” for items specified by 5A004.b, z.3 or z.4, 5D002.a.3.b, z.4, or 5D002.c.3.b.
b. “Technology” having the characteristics of a 'cryptographic activation token' specified by 5A002.b, z.2.
Note:5E002 includes “information security” technical data resulting from procedures carried out to evaluate or determine the implementation of functions, features or techniques specified in Category 5—Part 2.
5E992 “Information Security” “technology” according to the General Technology Note, not controlled by 5E002, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to “technology” for commodities controlled by 5A992.z or “software” controlled by 5D992.z | To or within destinations specified in Country Groups D:1, D:4, and D:5 of supplement no. 1 to part 740 of the EAR, excluding any destination also specified in Country Groups A:5 or A:6. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
See § 744.17 of the EAR for additional license requirements for microprocessors having a processing speed of 5 GFLOPS or more and an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bit or more, including those incorporating “information security” functionality, and associated “software” and “technology” for the “production” or “development” of such microprocessors.
See § 740.2(a)(9)(ii) of the EAR for license exception restrictions for technology for .z paragraphs under “technology” for commodities controlled by 5A992.z or “software” controlled by 5D992.z.
a. [Reserved]
b. “Technology”, n.e.s., for the “use” of mass market commodities controlled by 5A992 or mass market “software” controlled by 5D992.
EAR99 Items subject to the EAR that are not elsewhere specified in this CCL Category or in any other category in the CCL are designated by the number EAR99. Category 6—Sensors and Lasers A. “End Items”, “Equipment”, “Accessories”, “Attachments”, “Parts”, “Components” and “Systems” 6A001 Acoustic systems, equipment and “components,” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
a. Marine acoustic systems, equipment and “specially designed” “components” therefor, as follows:
a.1. Active (transmitting or transmitting-and-receiving) systems, equipment and “specially designed” “components” therefor, as follows:
Note:6A001.a.1 does not control equipment as follows:
a. Depth sounders operating vertically below the apparatus, not including a scanning function exceeding ± 20°, and limited to measuring the depth of water, the distance of submerged or buried objects or fish finding;
b. Acoustic beacons, as follows:
1. Acoustic emergency beacons;
2. Pingers “specially designed” for relocating or returning to an underwater position.
a.1.a. Acoustic seabed survey equipment as follows:
a.1.a.1. Surface vessel survey equipment designed for sea bed topographic mapping and having all of the following:
a.1.a.1.a. Designed to take measurements at an angle exceeding 20° from the vertical;
a.1.a.1.b. Designed to measure seabed topography at seabed depths exceeding 600 m;
a.1.a.1.c.'Sounding resolution' less than 2; and
a.1.a.1.d. 'Enhancement' of the depth “accuracy” through compensation for all the following:
a.1.a.1.d.1. Motion of the acoustic sensor;
a.1.a.1.d.2. In-water propagation from sensor to the seabed and back; and
a.1.a.1.d.3. Sound speed at the sensor;
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 6A001.a.1.a.1.c, 'sounding resolution' is the swath width (degrees) divided by the maximum number of soundings per swath.
2. For the purposes of 6A001.a.1.a, 'enhancement' includes the ability to compensate by external means.
a.1.a.2. Underwater survey equipment designed for seabed topographic mapping and having any of the following:
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A001.a.1.a.2, the acoustic sensor pressure rating determines the depth rating.
a.1.a.2.a. Having all of the following:
a.1.a.2.a.1. Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 300 m; and
a.1.a.2.a.2. 'Sounding rate' greater than 3,800 m/s; or
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A001.a.1.a.2.a.2, 'sounding rate' is the product of the maximum speed (m/s) at which the sensor can operate and the maximum number of soundings per swath assuming 100% coverage. For systems that produce soundings in two directions (3D sonars), the maximum of the 'sounding rate' in either direction should be used.
a.1.a.2.b. Survey equipment, not specified by 6A001.a.1.a.2.a, having all of the following:
a.1.a.2.b.1. Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 100 m;
a.1.a.2.b.2. Designed to take measurements at an angle exceeding 20° from the vertical;
a.1.a.2.b.3. Having any of the following:
a.1.a.2.b.3.a. Operating frequency below 350 kHz; or
a.1.a.2.b.3.b. Designed to measure seabed topography at a range exceeding 200 m from the acoustic sensor; and
a.1.a.2.b.4. 'Enhancement' of the depth “accuracy” through compensation of all of the following:
a.1.a.2.b.4.a. Motion of the acoustic sensor;
a.1.a.2.b.4.b. In-water propagation from sensor to the seabed and back; and
a.1.a.2.b.4.c. Sound speed at the sensor.
a.1.a.3. Side Scan Sonar (SSS) or Synthetic Aperture Sonar (SAS), designed for seabed imaging and having all of the following, and “specially designed” transmitting and receiving acoustic arrays therefor:
a.1.a.3.a. Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 500 m; and
a.1.a.3.b. An 'area coverage rate' of greater than 570 m 2/s while operating at the maximum range that it can operate with an 'along track resolution' of less than 15 cm; and
a.1.a.3.c. An 'across track resolution' of less than 15 cm;
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 6A001.a.1.a.3:
1. 'Area coverage rate' (m
2. 'Along track resolution' (cm), for SSS only, is the product of azimuth (horizontal) beamwidth (degrees) and sonar range (m) and 0.873.
3. 'Across track resolution' (cm) is 75 divided by the signal bandwidth (kHz).
a.1.b Systems or transmitting and receiving arrays, designed for object detection or location, having any of the following:
a.1.b.1. A transmitting frequency below 10 kHz;
a.1.b.2. Sound pressure level exceeding 224dspan (reference 1 µPa at 1 m) for equipment with an operating frequency in the band from 10 kHz to 24 kHz inclusive;
a.1.b.3. Sound pressure level exceeding 235 dspan (reference 1 µPa at 1 m) for equipment with an operating frequency in the band between 24 kHz and 30 kHz;
a.1.b.4. Forming beams of less than 1° on any axis and having an operating frequency of less than 100 kHz;
a.1.b.5. Designed to operate with an unambiguous display range exceeding 5,120 m; or
a.1.b.6. Designed to withstand pressure during normal operation at depths exceeding 1,000 m and having transducers with any of the following:
a.1.b.6.a. Dynamic compensation for pressure; or
a.1.b.6.b. Incorporating other than lead zirconate titanate as the transduction element;
a.1.c. Acoustic projectors, including transducers, incorporating piezoelectric, magnetostrictive, electrostrictive, electrodynamic or hydraulic elements operating individually or in a designed combination and having any of the following:
Notes:1. The control status of acoustic projectors, including transducers, “specially designed” for other equipment is determined by the control status of the other equipment.
2. 6A001.a.1.c does not control electronic sources that direct the sound vertically only, or mechanical (e.g., air gun or vapor-shock gun) or chemical (e.g., explosive) sources.
3. Piezoelectric elements specified in 6A001.a.1.c include those made from lead-magnesium-niobate/lead-titanate (Pb(Mg
a.1.c.1. Operating at frequencies below 10 kHz and having any of the following:
a.1.c.1.a. Not designed for continuous operation at 100% duty cycle and having a radiated 'free-field Source Level (SLRMS)' exceeding (10log(f) + 169.77)dspan (reference 1 µPa at 1 m) where f is the frequency in Hertz of maximum Transmitting Voltage Response (TVR) below 10 kHz; or
a.1.c.1.b. Designed for continuous operation at 100% duty cycle and having a continuously radiated 'free-field Source Level (SLRMS)' at 100% duty cycle exceeding (10log(f) + 159.77)dspan (reference 1 µPa at 1 m) where f is the frequency in Hertz of maximum Transmitting Voltage Response (TVR) below 10 kHz; or
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A001.a.1.c.1, the 'free-field Source Level (SL
a.1.c.2. [Reserved]
N.span.See 6A001.a.1.c.1 for items previously specified in 6A001.a.1.c.2.
a.1.c.3. Side-lobe suppression exceeding 22 dspan;
a.1.d. Acoustic systems and equipment, designed to determine the position of surface vessels or underwater vehicles and having all of the following, and “specially designed” “components” therefor:
a.1.d.1. Detection range exceeding 1,000 m; and
a.1.d.2. Determined position error of less than 10 m rms (root mean square) when measured at a range of 1,000 m;
Note:6A001.a.1.d includes:
a. Equipment using coherent “signal processing” between two or more beacons and the hydrophone unit carried by the surface vessel or underwater vehicle;
b. Equipment capable of automatically correcting speed-of-sound propagation errors for calculation of a point.
a.1.e. Active individual sonars, “specially designed” or modified to detect, locate and automatically classify swimmers or divers, having all of the following, and “specially designed” transmitting and receiving acoustic arrays therefor:
a.1.e.1. Detection range exceeding 530 m;
a.1.e.2. Determined position error of less than 15 m rms (root mean square) when measured at a range of 530 m; and
a.1.e.3. Transmitted pulse signal bandwidth exceeding 3 kHz;
N.span.:For diver detection systems “specially designed” or modified for military use, see the U.S. Munitions List in the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) (22 Cspan part 121).
Note:For 6A001.a.1.e, where multiple detection ranges are specified for various environments, the greatest detection range is used.
a.2. Passive systems, equipment and “specially designed” “components” therefor, as follows:
Note:6A001.a.2 also applies to receiving equipment, whether or not related in normal application to separate active equipment, and “specially designed” components therefor.
a.2.a. Hydrophones having any of the following:
Note:The control status of hydrophones “specially designed” for other equipment is determined by the control status of the other equipment.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 6A001.a.2.a:
1. Hydrophones consist of one or more sensing elements producing a single acoustic output channel. Those that contain multiple elements can be referred to as a hydrophone group.
2. Underwater acoustic transducers designed to operate as passive receivers are hydrophones.
a.2.a.1. Incorporating continuous flexible sensing elements;
a.2.a.2. Incorporating flexible assemblies of discrete sensing elements with either a diameter or length less than 20 mm and with a separation between elements of less than 20 mm;
a.2.a.3. Having any of the following sensing elements:
a.2.a.3.a. Optical fibers;
a.2.a.3.b. 'Piezoelectric polymer films' other than polyvinylidene-fluoride (PVDF) and its co-polymers {P(VDF-TrFE) and P(VDF-TFE)};
a.2.a.3.c. 'Flexible piezoelectric composites';
a.2.a.3.d. Lead-magnesium- niobate/lead-titanate (i.e., Pb(Mg
a.2.a.3.e. Lead-indium-niobate/lead-magnesium niobate/lead-titanate (i.e., Pb(In
a.2.a.4. A 'hydrophone sensitivity' better than −180dspan at any depth with no acceleration compensation;
a.2.a.5. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m with acceleration compensation; or
a.2.a.6. Designed for operation at depths exceeding 1,000 m and having a 'hydrophone sensitivity' better than −230 dspan below 4 kHz;
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 6A001.a.2.a.3.b, 'piezoelectric polymer film' sensing elements consist of polarized polymer film that is stretched over and attached to a supporting frame or spool (mandrel).
2. For the purposes of 6A001.a.2.a.3.c, 'flexible piezoelectric composite' sensing elements consist of piezoelectric ceramic particles or fibers combined with an electrically insulating, acoustically transparent rubber, polymer or epoxy compound, where the compound is an integral part of the sensing elements.
3. For the purposes of 6A001.a.2.a, 'hydrophone sensitivity' is defined as twenty times the logarithm to the base 10 of the ratio of rms output voltage to a 1 V rms reference, when the hydrophone sensor, without a pre-amplifier, is placed in a plane wave acoustic field with an rms pressure of 1 µPa. For example, a hydrophone of −160 dspan (reference 1 V per µPa) would yield an output voltage of 10
a.2.b. Towed acoustic hydrophone arrays having any of the following:
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A001.a.2.b, hydrophones arrays consist of a number of hydrophones providing multiple acoustic output channels.
a.2.b.1. Hydrophone group spacing of less than 12.5 m or 'able to be modified' to have hydrophone group spacing of less than 12.5 m;
a.2.b.2. Designed or 'able to be modified' to operate at depths exceeding 35m;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A001.a.2.b.2, 'able to be modified' in 6A001.a.2.b means having provisions to allow a change of the wiring or interconnections to alter hydrophone group spacing or operating depth limits. These provisions are: spare wiring exceeding 10% of the number of wires, hydrophone group spacing adjustment blocks or internal depth limiting devices that are adjustable or that control more than one hydrophone group.
a.2.b.3. Heading sensors controlled by 6A001.a.2.d;
a.2.b.4. Longitudinally reinforced array hoses;
a.2.b.5. An assembled array of less than 40 mm in diameter;
a.2.b.6. [Reserved];
a.2.b.7. Hydrophone characteristics controlled by 6A001.a.2.a; or
a.2.b.8. Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors specified by 6A001.a.2.g;
a.2.c. Processing equipment, “specially designed” for towed acoustic hydrophone arrays, having “user-accessible programmability” and time or frequency domain processing and correlation, including spectral analysis, digital filtering and beamforming using Fast Fourier or other transforms or processes;
a.2.d. Heading sensors having all of the following:
a.2.d.1. An “accuracy” of better than ± 0.5°; and
a.2.d.2. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m or having an adjustable or removable depth sensing device in order to operate at depths exceeding 35 m;
N.span.:For inertial heading systems, see 7A003.c.
a.2.e. Bottom or bay-cable hydrophone arrays having any of the following:
a.2.e.1. Incorporating hydrophones controlled by 6A001.a.2.a;
a.2.e.2. Incorporating multiplexed hydrophone group signal modules having all of the following characteristics:
a.2.e.2.a. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m or having an adjustable or removal depth sensing device in order to operate at depths exceeding 35 m; and
a.2.e.2.b. Capable of being operationally interchanged with towed acoustic hydrophone array modules; or
a.2.e.3. Incorporating accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors specified by 6A001.a.2.g;
a.2.f. Processing equipment, “specially designed” for bottom or bay cable systems, having “user-accessible programmability” and time or frequency domain processing and correlation, including spectral analysis, digital filtering and beamforming using Fast Fourier or other transforms or processes;
a.2.g. Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors having all of the following:
a.2.g.1. Composed of three accelerometers arranged along three distinct axes;
a.2.g.2. Having an overall 'acceleration sensitivity' better than 48 dspan (reference 1,000 mV rms per 1g);
a.2.g.3. Designed to operate at depths greater than 35 meters; and
a.2.g.4. Operating frequency below 20 kHz;
Note:6A001.a.2.g does not apply to particle velocity sensors or geophones.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 6A001.a.2.g, accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors are also known as vector sensors.
2. For the purposes of 6A001.a.2.g.2, 'acceleration sensitivity' is defined as twenty times the logarithm to the base 10 of the ratio of rms output voltage to a 1 V rms reference, when the hydro-acoustic sensor, without a preamplifier, is placed in a plane wave acoustic field with an rms acceleration of 1 g (i.e., 9.81 m/s
b. Correlation-velocity and Doppler-velocity sonar log equipment designed to measure the horizontal speed of the equipment carrier relative to the sea bed, as follows:
b.1. Correlation-velocity sonar log equipment having any of the following characteristics:
b.1.a. Designed to operate at distances between the carrier and the sea bed exceeding 500 m; or
b.1.b. Having speed “accuracy” better than 1% of speed;
b.2. Doppler-velocity sonar log equipment having speed “accuracy” better than 1% of speed;
Note 1: 6A001.b does not apply to depth sounders limited to any of the following:a. Measuring the depth of water;
b. Measuring the distance of submerged or buried objects; or
c. Fish finding.
Note 2:6A001.b does not apply to equipment “specially designed” for installation on surface vessels.
c. [Reserved]
N.span.:For diver deterrent acoustic systems, see 8A002.r.
6A002 Optical sensors and equipment, and “components” therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | MT applies to optical detectors in 6A002.a.1, or a.3 that are “specially designed” or modified to protect “missiles” against nuclear effects ( | MT Column 1 | RS applies to 6A002.a.1, a.2, a.3 (except a.3.d.2.a and a.3.e for lead selenide based focal plane arrays (FPAs)), .c, and .f. | RS Column 1 | CC applies to police-model infrared viewers in 6A002.c | CC Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to 6A002.a.1, a.2, a.3 and .c | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
a. Optical detectors as follows:
a.1. “Space-qualified” solid-state detectors as follows:
Note:For the purposes of 6A002.a.1, solid-state detectors include “focal plane arrays”.
a.1.a. “Space-qualified” solid-state detectors having all of the following:
a.1.a.1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm but not exceeding 300 nm; and
a.1.a.2. A response of less than 0.1% relative to the peak response at a wavelength exceeding 400 nm;
a.1.b. “Space-qualified” solid-state detectors having all of the following:
a.1.b.1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding 1,200 nm; and
a.1.b.2. A response “time constant” of 95 ns or less;
a.1.c. “Space-qualified” solid-state detectors having a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,200 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm;
a.1.d. “Space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” having more than 2,048 elements per array and having a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 300 nm but not exceeding 900 nm;
a.2. Image intensifier tubes and “specially designed” “components” therefor, as follows:
Note:6A002.a.2 does not control non-imaging photomultiplier tubes having an electron sensing device in the vacuum space limited solely to any of the following:
a. A single metal anode; or
b. Metal anodes with a center to center spacing greater than 500 µm.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A002.a.2, 'charge multiplication' is a form of electronic image amplification and is defined as the generation of charge carriers as a result of an impact ionization gain process. 'Charge multiplication' sensors may take the form of an image intensifier tube, solid state detector or “focal plane array”.
a.2.a. Image intensifier tubes having all of the following:
a.2.a.1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 1,050 nm;
a.2.a.2. Electron image amplification using any of the following:
a.2.a.2.a. A microchannel plate with a hole pitch (center-to-center spacing) of 12 µm or less; or
a.2.a.2.b. An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 µm or less, “specially designed” or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' other than by a microchannel plate; and
a.2.a.3. Any of the following photocathodes:
a.2.a.3.a. Multialkali photocathodes (e.g., S-20 and S-5) having a luminous sensitivity exceeding 350 µA/lm;
a.2.a.3.b. GaAs or GaInAs photocathodes; or
a.2.a.3.c. Other “III-V compound” semiconductor photocathodes having a maximum “radiant sensitivity” exceeding 10 mA/W;
a.2.b. Image intensifier tubes having all of the following:
a.2.b.1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,050 nm but not exceeding 1,800 nm;
a.2.b.2. Electron image amplification using any of the following:
a.2.b.2.a. A microchannel plate with a hole pitch (center-to-center spacing) of 12 µm or less; or
a.2.b.2.b. An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 µm or less, “specially designed” or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' other than by a microchannel plate; and
a.2.b.3. “III/V compound” semiconductor (e.g., GaAs or GaInAs) photocathodes and transferred electron photocathodes, having a maximum “radiant sensitivity” exceeding 15 mA/W;
a.2.c. “Specially designed” “components” as follows:
a.2.c.1. Microchannel plates having a hole pitch (center-to-center spacing) of 12 µm or less;
a.2.c.2. An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 µm or less, “specially designed” or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' other than by a microchannel plate;
a.2.c.3. “III-V compound” semiconductor (e.g., GaAs or GaInAs) photocathodes and transferred electron photocathodes;
Note:6A002.a.2.c.3 does not control compound semiconductor photocathodes designed to achieve a maximum “radiant sensitivity” of any of the following:
a. 10 mA/W or less at the peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 1,050 nm; or
b. 15 mA/W or less at the peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,050 nm but not exceeding 1,800 nm.
a.3. Non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” as follows:
N.span.:
'Microbolometer' non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” are only specified by 6A002.a.3.f.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A002.a.3, linear or two-dimensional multi-element detector arrays are referred to as “focal plane arrays”;
Note 1:6A002.a.3 includes photoconductive arrays and photovoltaic arrays.
Note 2:6A002.a.3 does not control:
a. Multi-element (not to exceed 16 elements) encapsulated photoconductive cells using either lead sulphide or lead selenide;
b. Pyroelectric detectors using any of the following:
b.1. Triglycine sulphate and variants;
b.2. Lead-lanthanum-zirconium titanate and variants;
b.3. Lithium tantalate;
b.4. Polyvinylidene fluoride and variants; or
b.5. Strontium barium niobate and variants.
c. “Focal plane arrays” “specially designed” or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and limited by design to have a maximum “radiant sensitivity” of 10 mA/W or less for wavelengths exceeding 760 nm, having all of the following:
c.1. Incorporating a response limiting mechanism designed not to be removed or modified; and
c.2. Any of the following:
c.2.a. The response limiting mechanism is integral to or combined with the detector element; or
c.2.b. The “focal plane array” is only operable with the response limiting mechanism in place.
d. Thermopile arrays having less than 5,130 elements;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A002.a.3 Note 2.c.2.a, a response limiting mechanism integral to the detector element is designed not to be removed or modified without rendering the detector inoperable.
a.3.a. Non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” having all of the following:
a.3.a.1. Individual elements with a peak response within the wavelength range exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding 1,050 nm; and
a.3.a.2. Any of the following:
a.3.a.2.a. A response “time constant” of less than 0.5 ns; or
a.3.a.2.b. “Specially designed” or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and having a maximum “radiant sensitivity” exceeding 10 mA/W;
a.3.b. Non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” having all of the following:
a.3.b.1. Individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,050 nm but not exceeding 1,200 nm; and
a.3.b.2. Any of the following:
a.3.b.2.a. A response “time constant” of 95 ns or less; or
a.3.b.2.b. “Specially designed” or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and having a maximum “radiant sensitivity” exceeding 10 mA/W;
a.3.c. Non-“space-qualified” non-linear (2-dimensional) “focal plane arrays” having individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,200 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm;
N.span.:Silicon and other material based 'microbolometer' non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” are only specified by 6A002.a.3.f.
a.3.d. Non-“space-qualified” linear (1-dimensional) “focal plane arrays” having all of the following:
a.3.d.1. Individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,200 nm but not exceeding 3,000 nm; and
a.3.d.2. Any of the following:
a.3.d.2.a. A ratio of 'scan direction' dimension of the detector element to the 'cross-scan direction' dimension of the detector element of less than 3.8; or
a.3.d.2.b. Signal processing in the detector elements;
Note:6A002.a.3.d does not control “focal plane arrays” (not to exceed 32 elements) having detector elements limited solely to germanium material.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A002.a.3.d, 'cross-scan direction' is defined as the axis parallel to the linear array of detector elements and the 'scan direction' is defined as the axis perpendicular to the linear array of detector elements.
a.3.e. Non-“space-qualified” linear (1-dimensional) “focal plane arrays” having individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 3,000 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm;
a.3.f. Non-“space-qualified” non-linear (2-dimensional) infrared “focal plane arrays” based on 'microbolometer' material having individual elements with an unfiltered response in the wavelength range equal to or exceeding 8,000 nm but not exceeding 14,000 nm;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A002.a.3.f, 'microbolometer' is defined as a thermal imaging detector that, as a result of a temperature change in the detector caused by the absorption of infrared radiation, is used to generate any usable signal.
a.3.g. Non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” having all of the following:
a.3.g.1. Individual detector elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 900 nm;
a.3.g.2. “Specially designed” or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and having a maximum “radiant sensitivity” exceeding 10 mA/W for wavelengths exceeding 760 nm; and
a.3.g.3. Greater than 32 elements;
b. “Monospectral imaging sensors” and “multispectral imaging sensors”, designed for remote sensing applications and having any of the following:
b.1. An Instantaneous-Field-Of-View (IFOV) of less than 200 µrad (microradians); or
b.2. Specified for operation in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm and having all the following:
b.2.a. Providing output imaging data in digital format; and
b.2.b. Having any of the following characteristics:
b.2.b.1. “Space-qualified”; or
b.2.b.2. Designed for airborne operation, using other than silicon detectors, and having an IFOV of less than 2.5 mrad (milliradians);
Note:6A002.b.1 does not control “monospectral imaging sensors” with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 300 nm but not exceeding 900 nm and only incorporating any of the following non-“space-qualified” detectors or non -“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays”:
a. Charge Coupled Devices (CCD) not designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication'; or
b. Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) devices not designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication'.
c. 'Direct view' imaging equipment incorporating any of the following:
c.1. Image intensifier tubes having the characteristics listed in 6A002.a.2.a or 6A002.a.2.b;
c.2. “Focal plane arrays” having the characteristics listed in 6A002.a.3; or
c.3. Solid state detectors specified by 6A002.a.1;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A002.c,'direct view' refers to imaging equipment that presents a visual image to a human observer without converting the image into an electronic signal for television display, and that cannot record or store the image photographically, electronically or by any other means.
Note:6A002.c does not control equipment as follows, when incorporating other than GaAs or GaInAs photocathodes:
a. Industrial or civilian intrusion alarm, traffic or industrial movement control or counting systems;
b. Medical equipment;
c. Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or analysis of the properties of materials;
d. Flame detectors for industrial furnaces;
e. Equipment “specially designed” for laboratory use.
d. Special support “components” for optical sensors, as follows:
d.1. “Space-qualified” cryocoolers;
d.2. Non-“space-qualified” cryocoolers having a cooling source temperature below 218 K (−55 °C), as follows:
d.2.a. Closed cycle type with a specified Mean-Time-To-Failure (MTTF) or Mean-Time-Between-Failures (MTBF), exceeding 2,500 hours;
d.2.b. Joule-Thomson (JT) self-regulating minicoolers having bore (outside) diameters of less than 8 mm;
d.3. Optical sensing fibers specially fabricated either compositionally or structurally, or modified by coating, to be acoustically, thermally, inertially, electromagnetically or nuclear radiation sensitive.
Note:6A002.d.3 does not apply to encapsulated optical sensing fibers “specially designed” for bore hole sensing applications.
e. [Reserved]
f. 'Read-Out Integrated Circuits' ('ROIC') “specially designed” for “focal plane arrays” specified by 6A002.a.3.
Note:6A002.f does not apply to read-out integrated circuits “specially designed” for civil automotive applications.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A002.f, a 'Read-Out Integrated Circuit' ('ROIC') is an integrated circuit designed to underlie or be bonded to a “focal plane array” (“FPA”) and used to read-out (i.e., extract and register) signals produced by the detector elements. At a minimum the 'ROIC' reads the charge from the detector elements by extracting the charge and applying a multiplexing function in a manner that retains the relative spatial position and orientation information of the detector elements for processing inside or outside the 'ROIC'.
6A003 Cameras, systems or equipment, and “components” therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Country Chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | NP applies to cameras controlled by 6A003.a.3 or a.4 and to plug-ins in 6A003.a.6 for cameras controlled by 6A003.a.3 or a.4 | NP Column 1 | RS applies to 6A003.b.3, 6A003.b.4.a, 6A003.b.4.c and to items controlled in 6A003.b.4.b that have a frame rate greater than 60 Hz or that incorporate a focal plane array with more than 111,000 elements, or to items in 6A003.b.4.b when being exported or reexported to be embedded in a civil product. (But see § 742.6(a)(2)(iii) and (v) for certain exemptions) | RS Column 1 | RS applies to items controlled in 6A003.b.4.b that have a frame rate of 60 Hz or less and that incorporate a focal plane array with not more than 111,000 elements if not being exported or reexported to be embedded in a civil product | RS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to 6A003.b.3 and b.4 | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
License Requirement Note: Commodities that are not subject to the ITAR but are of the type described in USML Category XII(c) are controlled as cameras in ECCN 6A003 when they incorporate a camera controlled in this ECCN.
a. Instrumentation cameras and “specially designed” “components” therefor, as follows:
Note:Instrumentation cameras, controlled by 6A003.a.3 to 6A003.a.5, with modular structures should be evaluated by their maximum capability, using plug-ins available according to the camera manufacturer's specifications.
a.1. [Reserved]
a.2. [Reserved]
a.3. Electronic streak cameras having temporal resolution better than 50 ns;
a.4. Electronic framing cameras having a speed exceeding 1,000,000 frames/s;
a.5. Electronic cameras having all of the following:
a.5.a. An electronic shutter speed (gating capability) of less than 1µs per full frame; and
a.5.b. A read out time allowing a framing rate of more than 125 full frames per second;
a.6. Plug-ins having all of the following characteristics:
a.6.a. “Specially designed” for instrumentation cameras which have modular structures and that are controlled by 6A003.a; and
a.6.b. Enabling these cameras to meet the characteristics specified by 6A003.a.3, 6A003.a.4 or 6A003.a.5, according to the manufacturer's specifications;
b. Imaging cameras as follows:
Note:6A003.b does not control television or video cameras “specially designed” for television broadcasting.
b.1. Video cameras incorporating solid state sensors, having a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm, but not exceeding 30,000 nm and having all of the following:
b.1.a. Having any of the following:
b.1.a.1. More than 4 x 10 6 “active pixels” per solid state array for monochrome (black and white) cameras;
b.1.a.2. More than 4 x 10 6 “active pixels” per solid state array for color cameras incorporating three solid state arrays; or
b.1.a.3. More than 12 x 10 6 “active pixels” for solid state array color cameras incorporating one solid state array; and
b.1.b. Having any of the following:
b.1.b.1. Optical mirrors controlled by 6A004.a.;
b.1.b.2. Optical control equipment controlled by 6A004.d.; or
b.1.b.3. The capability for annotating internally generated 'camera tracking data';
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 6A003.b.1, digital video cameras should be evaluated by the maximum number of “active pixels” used for capturing moving images.
2. For the purposes of 6A003.b.1.b.3, 'camera tracking data' is the information necessary to define camera line of sight orientation with respect to the earth. This includes: (1) the horizontal angle the camera line of sight makes with respect to the earth's magnetic field direction and; (2) the vertical angle between the camera line of sight and the earth's horizon.
b.2. Scanning cameras and scanning camera systems, having all of the following:
b.2.a. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm, but not exceeding 30,000 nm;
b.2.b. Linear detector arrays with more than 8,192 elements per array; and
b.2.c. Mechanical scanning in one direction;
Note:6A003.b.2 does not apply to scanning cameras and scanning camera systems, “specially designed” for any of the following:
a. Industrial or civilian photocopiers;
b. Image scanners “specially designed” for civil, stationary, close proximity scanning applications (e.g., reproduction of images or print contained in documents, artwork, or photographs); or
c. Medical equipment.
b.3. Imaging cameras incorporating image intensifier tubes having the characteristics listed in 6A002.a.2.a or 6A002.a.2.b;
b.4. Imaging cameras incorporating “focal plane arrays” having any of the following:
b.4.a. Incorporating “focal plane arrays” controlled by 6A002.a.3.a to 6A002.a.3.e;
b.4.b. Incorporating “focal plane arrays” controlled by 6A002.a.3.f; or
b.4.c. Incorporating “focal plane arrays” controlled by 6A002.a.3.g;
Note 1:Imaging cameras described in 6A003.b.4 include “focal plane arrays” combined with sufficient “signal processing” electronics, beyond the read out integrated circuit, to enable as a minimum the output of an analog or digital signal once power is supplied.
Note 2:6A003.b.4.a does not control imaging cameras incorporating linear “focal plane arrays” with 12 elements or fewer, not employing time-delay-and-integration within the element and designed for any of the following:
a. Industrial or civilian intrusion alarm, traffic or industrial movement control or counting systems;
b. Industrial equipment used for inspection or monitoring of heat flows in buildings, equipment, or industrial processes;
c. Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or analysis of the properties of materials;
d. Equipment “specially designed” for laboratory use; or
e. Medical equipment.
Note 3:6A003.b.4.b does not control imaging cameras having any of the following:
a. A maximum frame rate equal to or less than 9 Hz;
b. Having all of the following:
1. Having a minimum horizontal or vertical 'Instantaneous-Field-of-View (IFOV)' of at least 2 mrad (milliradians);
2. Incorporating a fixed focal-length lens that is not designed to be removed;
3. Not incorporating a 'direct view' display; and
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A003.b.4 Note 3.b.3, 'direct view' refers to an imaging camera operating in the infrared spectrum that presents a visual image to a human observer using a near-to-eye micro display incorporating any light-security mechanism.
4. Having any of the following:
a. No facility to obtain a viewable image of the detected field-of-view; or
b. The camera is designed for a single kind of application and designed not to be user modified; or
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A003.b.4 Note 3.b.1, 'Instantaneous-Field-of-View (IFOV)' is the lesser figure of the 'Horizontal IFOV' or the 'Vertical IFOV'.
'Horizontal IFOV' = horizontal Field-of-View (FOV)/number of horizontal detector elements
'Vertical IFOV'= vertical Field-of-View (FOV)/number of vertical detector elements.
c. The camera is “specially designed” for installation into a civilian passenger land vehicle and having all of the following:
1. The placement and configuration of the camera within the vehicle are solely to assist the driver in the safe operation of the vehicle;
2. Is operable only when installed in any of the following:
a. The civilian passenger land vehicle for which it was intended and the vehicle weighs less than 4,500 kg (gross vehicle weight); or
b. A “specially designed”, authorized maintenance test facility; and
3. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when it is removed from the vehicle for which it was intended.
Note:When necessary, details of the items will be provided, upon request, to the Bureau of Industry and Security in order to ascertain compliance with the conditions described in Note 3.b.4 and Note 3.c in this Note to 6A003.b.4.b.
Note 4:6A003.b.4.c does not apply to 'imaging cameras' having any of the following characteristics:
a. Having all of the following:
1. Where the camera is “specially designed” for installation as an integrated component into indoor and wall-plug-operated systems or equipment, limited by design for a single kind of application, as follows:
a. Industrial process monitoring, quality control, or analysis of the properties of materials;
b. Laboratory equipment “specially designed” for scientific research;
c. Medical equipment;
d. Financial fraud detection equipment; and
2. Is only operable when installed in any of the following:
a. The system(s) or equipment for which it was intended; or
b. A “specially designed,” authorized maintenance facility; and
3. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when it is removed from the system(s) or equipment for which it was intended;
b. Where the camera is “specially designed” for installation into a civilian passenger land vehicle or passenger and vehicle ferries and having all of the following:
1. The placement and configuration of the camera within the vehicle or ferry are solely to assist the driver or operator in the safe operation of the vehicle or ferry;
2. Is only operable when installed in any of the following:
a. The civilian passenger land vehicle for which it was intended and the vehicle weighs less than 4,500 kg (gross vehicle weight);
b. The passenger and vehicle ferry for which it was intended and having a length overall (LOA) 65 m or greater; or
c. A “specially designed”, authorized maintenance test facility; and
3. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when it is removed from the vehicle for which it was intended;
c. Limited by design to have a maximum “radiant sensitivity” of 10 mA/W or less for wavelengths exceeding 760 nm, having all of the following:
1. Incorporating a response limiting mechanism designed not to be removed or modified; and
2. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when the response limiting mechanism is removed; and
3. Not “specially designed” or modified for underwater use; or
d. Having all of the following:
1. Not incorporating a 'direct view' or electronic image display;
2. Has no facility to output a viewable image of the detected field of view;
3. The “focal plane array” is only operable when installed in the camera for which it was intended; and
4. The “focal plane array” incorporates an active mechanism that forces it to be permanently inoperable when removed from the camera for which it was intended.
Note:When necessary, details of the item will be provided, upon request, to the Bureau of Industry and Security in order to ascertain compliance with the conditions described in Note 4 above.
b.5. Imaging cameras incorporating solid-state detectors specified by 6A002.a.1.
6A004 Optical equipment and “components,” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
a. Optical mirrors (reflectors) as follows:
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A004.a, Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) is measured according to ISO 21254-1:2011.
a.1. 'Deformable mirrors' having an active optical aperture greater than 10 mm and having any of the following, and “specially designed” components therefor:
a.1.a. Having all the following:
a.1.a.1. A mechanical resonant frequency of 750 Hz or more; and
a.1.a.2. More than 200 actuators; or
a.1.b. A Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) being any of the following:
a.1.b.1. Greater than 1 kW/cm 2 using a “CW laser”; or
a.1.b.2. Greater than 2 J/cm 2 using 20 ns “laser” pulses at 20 Hz repetition rate;
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 6A004.a.1:
1. 'Deformable mirrors' are mirrors having any of the following:
a. A single continuous optical reflecting surface which is dynamically deformed by the application of individual torques or forces to compensate for distortions in the optical waveform incident upon the mirror; or
b. Multiple optical reflecting elements that can be individually and dynamically repositioned by the application of torques or forces to compensate for distortions in the optical waveform incident upon the mirror.
2. 'Deformable mirrors' are also known as adaptive optic mirrors.
a.2. Lightweight monolithic mirrors having an average “equivalent density” of less than 30 kg/m 2 and a total mass exceeding 10 kg;
a.3. Lightweight “composite” or foam mirror structures having an average “equivalent density” of less than 30 kg/m 2 and a total mass exceeding 2 kg;
Note:6A004.a.2 and 6A004.a.3 do not apply to mirrors “specially designed” to direct solar radiation for terrestrial heliostat installations.
a.4. Mirrors “specially designed” for beam steering mirror stages specified in 6A004.d.2.a with a flatness of λ/10 or better (λ is equal to 633 nm) and having any of the following:
a.4.a. Diameter or major axis length greater than or equal to 100 mm; or
a.4.b. Having all of the following:
a.4.b.1. Diameter or major axis length greater than 50 mm but less than 100 mm; and
a.4.b.2. A Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) being any of the following:
a.4.b.2.a. Greater than 10 kW/cm2 using a “CW laser”; or
a.4.b.2.b. Greater than 20 J/cm2 using 20 ns “laser” pulses at 20 Hz repetition rate;
N.span.For optical mirrors “specially designed” for lithography equipment, see 3B001.
b. Optical “components” made from zinc selenide (ZnSe) or zinc sulfide (ZnS) with transmission in the wavelength range exceeding 3,000 nm but not exceeding 25,000 nm and having any of the following:
b.1. Exceeding 100 cm 3 in volume; or
b.2. Exceeding 80 mm in diameter or length of major axis and 20 mm in thickness (depth);
c. “Space-qualified” “components” for optical systems, as follows:
c.1. “Components” lightweighted to less than 20% “equivalent density” compared with a solid blank of the same aperture and thickness;
c.2. Raw substrates, processed substrates having surface coatings (single-layer or multi-layer, metallic or dielectric, conducting, semiconducting or insulating) or having protective films;
c.3. Segments or assemblies of mirrors designed to be assembled in space into an optical system with a collecting aperture equivalent to or larger than a single optic 1 m in diameter;
c.4. “Components” manufactured from “composite” materials having a coefficient of linear thermal expansion, in any coordinate direction, equal to or less than 5 × 10
d. Optical control equipment as follows:
d.1. Equipment “specially designed” to maintain the surface figure or orientation of the “space-qualified” “components” controlled by 6A004.c.1 or 6A004.c.3;
d.2. Steering, tracking, stabilisation and resonator alignment equipment as follows:
d.2.a. Beam steering mirror stages designed to carry mirrors having diameter or major axis length greater than 50 mm and having all of the following, and “specially designed” electronic control equipment therefor:
d.2.a.1. A maximum angular travel of ±26 mrad or more;
d.2.a.2. A mechanical resonant frequency of 500 Hz or more; and
d.2.a.3. An angular “accuracy” of 10 µrad (microradians) or less (better);
d.2.b. Resonator alignment equipment having bandwidths equal to or more than 100 Hz and an “accuracy” of 10 µrad or less (better);
d.3. Gimbals having all of the following:
d.3.a. A maximum slew exceeding 5°;
d.3.b. A bandwidth of 100 Hz or more;
d.3.c. Angular pointing errors of 200 µrad (microradians) or less; and
d.3.d. Having any of the following:
d.3.d.1. Exceeding 0.15 m but not exceeding 1 m in diameter or major axis length and capable of angular accelerations exceeding 2 rad (radians)/s 2; or
d.3.d.2. Exceeding 1 m in diameter or major axis length and capable of angular accelerations exceeding 0.5 rad (radians)/s 2;
d.4. [Reserved]
e. 'Aspheric optical elements' having all of the following:
e.1. Largest dimension of the optical-aperture greater than 400 mm;
e.2. Surface roughness less than 1 nm (rms) for sampling lengths equal to or greater than 1 mm; and
e.3. Coefficient of linear thermal expansion's absolute magnitude less than 3 × 10
1. For the purposes of 6A004.e, an 'aspheric optical element' is any element used in an optical system whose imaging surface or surfaces are designed to depart from the shape of an ideal sphere.
2. For the purposes of 6A004.e.2, manufacturers are not required to measure the surface roughness unless the optical element was designed or manufactured with the intent to meet, or exceed, the control parameter.
Note:6A004.e does not control 'aspheric optical elements' having any of the following:
a. Largest optical-aperture dimension less than 1 m and focal length to aperture ratio equal to or greater than 4.5:1;
b. Largest optical-aperture dimension equal to or greater than 1 m and focal length to aperture ratio equal to or greater than 7:1;
c. Designed as Fresnel, flyeye, stripe, prism or diffractive optical elements;
d. Fabricated from borosilicate glass having a coefficient of linear thermal expansion greater than 2.5 × 10
e. An x-ray optical element having inner mirror capabilities (e.g., tube-type mirrors).
f. Dynamic wavefront measuring equipment having all of the following:
f.1. 'Frame rates' equal to or more than 1 kHz; and
f.2. A wavefront accuracy equal to or less (better) than λ/20 at the designed wavelength.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A004.f, 'frame rate' is a frequency at which all “active pixels” in the “focal plane array” are integrated for recording images projected by the wavefront sensor optics.
6A005 “Lasers”, “components” and optical equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled), excluding items that are subject to the export licensing authority of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (see 10 Cspan part 110).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | NP applies to lasers controlled by 6A005.a.2, a.3, a.4, b.2.b, b.3, b.4, b.6.c, c.1.b, c.2.b, d.2, d.3.c, or d.4.c that meet or exceed the technical parameters described in 6A205 | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
1. Pulsed “lasers” include those that run in a continuous wave (CW) mode with pulses superimposed.
2. Excimer, semiconductor, chemical, CO, CO
For the purposes of 6A005 Note 2, 'non-repetitive pulsed' refers to “lasers” that produce either a single output pulse or that have a time interval between pulses exceeding one minute.
3. 6A005 includes fiber “lasers”.
4. The control status of “lasers” incorporating frequency conversion (i.e., wavelength change) by means other than one “laser” pumping another “laser” is determined by applying the control parameters for both the output of the source “laser” and the frequency-converted optical output.
5. 6A005 does not control “lasers” as follows:
a. Ruby with output energy below 20 J;
b. Nitrogen;
c. Krypton.
6. For the purposes of 6A005.a and 6A005.b, 'single transverse mode' refers to “lasers” with a beam profile having an M
a. Non-“tunable” continuous wave “(CW) lasers” having any of the following:
a.1. Output wavelength less than 150 nm and output power exceeding 1W;
a.2. Output wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 510 nm and output power exceeding 30 W;
Note:6A005.a.2 does not control Argon “lasers” having an output power equal to or less than 50 W.
a.3. Output wavelength exceeding 510 nm but not exceeding 540 nm and any of the following:
a.3.a. 'Single transverse mode' output and output power exceeding 50 W; or
a.3.b. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and output power exceeding 150 W;
a.4. Output wavelength exceeding 540 nm but not exceeding 800 nm and output power exceeding 30 W;
a.5. Output wavelength exceeding 800 nm but not exceeding 975 nm and any of the following:
a.5.a. 'Single transverse mode' output and output power exceeding 50 W; or
a.5.b. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and output power exceeding 80 W;
a.6. Output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not exceeding 1,150 nm and any of the following;
a.6.a. 'Single transverse mode' output and any of the following:
a.6.a.1. Output power exceeding 1,000 W; or
a.6.a.2. Having all of the following:
a.6.a.2.a. Output power exceeding 500 W; and
a.6.a.2.b. Spectral bandwidth less than 40 GHz; or
a.6.b. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and any of the following:
a.6.b.1. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and output power exceeding 1,000 W; or
a.6.b.2. Output power exceeding 2 kW;
Note 1:6A005.a.6.b does not control 'multiple transverse mode', industrial “lasers” with output power exceeding 2 kW and not exceeding 6 kW with a total mass greater than 1,200 kg. For the purpose of this note, total mass includes all “components” required to operate the “laser,” e.g., “laser,” power supply, heat exchanger, but excludes external optics for beam conditioning or delivery.
Note 2:6A005.a.6.b does not apply to 'multiple transverse mode', industrial “lasers” having any of the following:
a. [Reserved];
b. Output power exceeding 1 kW but not exceeding 1.6 kW and having a BPP exceeding 1.25 mm·mrad;
c. Output power exceeding 1.6 kW but not exceeding 2.5 kW and having a BPP exceeding 1.7 mm·mrad;
d. Output power exceeding 2.5 kW but not exceeding 3.3 kW and having a BPP exceeding 2.5 mm·mrad;
e. Output power exceeding 3.3 kW but not exceeding 6 kW and having a BPP exceeding 3.5 mm·mrad;
f. [Reserved]
g. [Reserved]
h. Output power exceeding 6 kW but not exceeding 8 kW and having a BPP exceeding 12 mm·mrad; or
i. Output power exceeding 8 kW but not exceeding 10 kW and having a BPP exceeding 24 mm·mrad;
a.7. Output wavelength exceeding 1,150 nm but not exceeding 1,555 nm and any of the following:
a.7.a. 'Single transverse mode' and output power exceeding 50 W; or
a.7.b. 'Multiple transverse mode' and output power exceeding 80 W;
a.8. Output wavelength exceeding 1,555 nm but not exceeding 1,850 nm and output power exceeding 1 W;
a.9. Output wavelength exceeding 1,850 nm but not exceeding 2,100 nm, and any of the following:
a.9.a. 'Single transverse mode' and output power exceeding 1 W; or
a.9.b. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and output power exceeding 120 W; or
a.10. Output wavelength exceeding 2,100 nm and output power exceeding 1 W;
b. Non-“tunable” “pulsed lasers” having any of the following:
b.1. Output wavelength less than 150 nm and any of the following:
b.1.a. Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
b.1.b. “Average output power” exceeding 1 W;
b.2. Output wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 510 nm and any of the following:
b.2.a. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 30 W; or
b.2.b. “Average output power” exceeding 30 W;
Note:6A005.b.2.b does not control Argon “lasers” having an “average output power” equal to or less than 50 W.
b.3. Output wavelength exceeding 510 nm, but not exceeding 540 nm and any of the following:
b.3.a. 'Single transverse mode' output and any of the following:
b.3.a.1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 50 W; or
b.3.a.2. “Average output power” exceeding 80 W; or
b.3.b. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and any of the following:
b.3.b.1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 150 W; or
b.3.b.2. “Average output power” exceeding 150 W;
b.4. Output wavelength exceeding 540 nm but not exceeding 800 nm and any of the following:
b.4.a. “Pulse duration” less than 1 ps and any of the following:
b.4.a.1. Output energy exceeding 0.005 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 5 GW; or
b.4.a.2. “Average output power” exceeding 20 W; or
b.4.b. “Pulse duration” equal to or exceeding 1 ps and any of the following:
b.4.b.1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 30 W; or
b.4.b.2. “Average output power” exceeding 30 W;
b.5. Output wavelength exceeding 800 nm but not exceeding 975 nm and any of the following:
b.5.a. “Pulse duration” less than 1ps and any of the following:
b.5.a.1. Output energy exceeding 0.005 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 5 GW; or
b.5.a.2. 'Single transverse mode' output and “average output power” exceeding 20 W;
b.5.b. “Pulse duration” equal to or exceeding 1 ps and not exceeding 1 µs and any of the following:
b.5.b.1. Output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 50 W;
b.5.b.2. 'Single transverse mode' output and “average output power” exceeding 20 W; or
b.5.b.3. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and “average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
b.5.c. “Pulse duration” exceeding 1 µs and any of the following:
b.5.c.1. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 50 W;
b.5.c.2. 'Single transverse mode' output and “average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
b.5.c.3. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and “average output power” exceeding 80 W.
b.6. Output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not exceeding 1,150 nm and any of the following:
b.6.a. “Pulse duration” of less than 1 ps, and any of the following:
b.6.a.1. Output “peak power” exceeding 2 GW per pulse;
b.6.a.2. “Average output power” exceeding 30 W; or
b.6.a.3. Output energy exceeding 0.002 J per pulse;
b.6.b. “Pulse duration” equal to or exceeding 1 ps and less than 1 ns, and any of the following:
b.6.b.1. Output “peak power” exceeding 5 GW per pulse;
b.6.b.2. “Average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
b.6.b.3. Output energy exceeding 0.1 J per pulse;
b.6.c. “Pulse duration” equal to or exceeding 1 ns but not exceeding 1 µs and any of the following:
b.6.c.1. 'Single transverse mode' output and any of the following:
b.6.c.1.a. “Peak power” exceeding 100 MW;
b.6.c.1.b. “Average output power” exceeding 20 W limited by design to a maximum pulse repetition frequency less than or equal to 1 kHz;
b.6.c.1.c. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 12%, “average output power” exceeding 100 W and capable of operating at a pulse repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz;
b.6.c.1.d. “Average output power” exceeding 150 W and capable of operating at a pulse repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz; or
b.6.c.1.e. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse; or
b.6.c.2. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and any of the following:
b.6.c.2.a. “Peak power” exceeding 400 MW;
b.6.c.2.b. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and “average output power” exceeding 500 W;
b.6.c.2.c. “Average output power” exceeding 2 kW; or
b.6.c.2.d. Output energy exceeding 4 J per pulse; or
b.6.d. “Pulse duration” exceeding 1 µs and any of the following:
b.6.d.1. 'Single transverse mode' output and any of the following:
b.6.d.1.a. “Peak power” exceeding 500 kW;
b.6.d.1.b. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 12% and “average output power” exceeding 100 W; or
b.6.d.1.c. “Average output power” exceeding 150 W; or
b.6.d.2. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and any of the following:
b.6.d.2.a. “Peak power” exceeding 1 MW;
b.6.d.2.b. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and “average output power” exceeding 500 W; or
b.6.d.2.c. “Average output power” exceeding 2 kW;
b.7. Output wavelength exceeding 1,150 nm but not exceeding 1,555 nm and any of the following:
b.7.a. “Pulse duration” not exceeding 1 µs and any of the following:
b.7.a.1. Output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 50 W;
b.7.a.2. 'Single transverse mode' output and “average output power” exceeding 20 W; or
b.7.a.3. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and “average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
b.7.b. “Pulse duration” exceeding 1 µs and any of the following:
b.7.b.1. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 50 W;
b.7.b.2. 'Single transverse mode' output and “average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
b.7.b.3. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and “average output power” exceeding 80 W;
b.8. Output wavelength exceeding 1,555 nm but not exceeding 1,850 nm, and any of the following:
b.8.a. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
b.8.b. “Average output power” exceeding 1 W;
b.9. Output wavelength exceeding 1,850 nm but not exceeding 2,100 nm, and any of the following:
b.9.a. 'Single transverse mode' and any of the following:
b.9.a.1. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
b.9.a.2. “Average output power” exceeding 1 W;
b.9.b. 'Multiple transverse mode' and any of the following:
b.9.b.1. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 10 kW; or
b.9.b.2. “Average output power” exceeding 120 W; or
b.10. Output wavelength exceeding 2,100 nm and any of the following:
b.10.a. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
b.10.b. “Average output power” exceeding 1 W;
c. “Tunable” lasers having any of the following:
c.1. Output wavelength less than 600 nm and any of the following:
c.1.a. Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
c.1.b. Average or CW output power exceeding 1W;
Note:6A005.c.1 does not apply to dye “lasers” or other liquid “lasers,” having a multimode output and a wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 600 nm and all of the following:
1. Output energy less than 1.5 J per pulse or a “peak power” less than 20 W; and
2. Average or CW output power less than 20 W.
c.2. Output wavelength of 600 nm or more but not exceeding 1,400 nm, and any of the following:
c.2.a. Output energy exceeding 1 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 20 W; or
c.2.b. Average or CW output power exceeding 20 W; or
c.3. Output wavelength exceeding 1,400 nm and any of the following:
c.3.a. Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
c.3.b. Average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;
d. Other “lasers”, not controlled by 6A005.a, 6A005.b, or 6A005.c as follows:
d.1. Semiconductor “lasers” as follows:
Notes:1. 6A005.d.1 includes semiconductor “lasers” having optical output connectors (e.g., fiber optic pigtails).
2. The control status of semiconductor “lasers” “specially designed” for other equipment is determined by the control status of the other equipment.
d.1.a. Individual single-transverse mode semiconductor “lasers” having any of the following:
d.1.a.1. Wavelength equal to or less than 1,570 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 2.0 W; or
d.1.a.2. Wavelength greater than 1,570 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 500 mW;
d.1.b. Individual 'multiple-transverse mode' semiconductor “lasers” having any of the following:
d.1.b.1. Wavelength of less than 1,400 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 25 W;
d.1.b.2. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,400 nm and less than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 2.5 W; or
d.1.b.3. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 1 W;
d.1.c. Individual semiconductor “laser” 'bars' having any of the following:
d.1.c.1. Wavelength of less than 1,400 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 100 W;
d.1.c.2. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,400 nm and less than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 25 W; or
d.1.c.3. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 10 W;
d.1.d. Semiconductor “laser” 'stacked arrays' (two dimensional arrays) having any of the following:
d.1.d.1. Wavelength less than 1,400 nm and having any of the following:
d.1.d.1.a. Average or CW total output power less than 3 kW and having average or CW output 'power density' greater than 500 W/cm 2;
d.1.d.1.b. Average or CW total output power equal to or exceeding 3 kW but less than or equal to 5 kW, and having average or CW output 'power density' greater than 350W/cm 2;
d.1.d.1.c. Average or CW total output power exceeding 5 kW;
d.1.d.1.d. Peak pulsed 'power density' exceeding 2,500 W/cm 2; or
Note:6A005.d.1.d.1.d does not apply to epitaxially-fabricated monolithic devices.
d.1.d.1.e. Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, greater than 150 W;
d.1.d.2. Wavelength greater than or equal to 1,400 nm but less than 1,900 nm, and having any of the following:
d.1.d.2.a. Average or CW total output power less than 250 W and average or CW output 'power density' greater than 150 W/cm2;
d.1.d.2.b. Average or CW total output power equal to or exceeding 250 W but less than or equal to 500 W, and having average or CW output 'power density' greater than 50W/cm 2;
d.1.d.2.c. Average or CW total output power exceeding 500 W;
d.1.d.2.d. Peak pulsed 'power density' exceeding 500 W/cm 2; or
Note:6A005.d.1.d.2.d does not apply to epitaxially-fabricated monolithic devices.
d.1.d.2.e. Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, exceeding 15 W;
d.1.d.3. Wavelength greater than or equal to 1,900 nm and having any of the following:
d.1.d.3.a. Average or CW output 'power density' greater than 50 W/cm 2;
d.1.d.3.b. Average or CW output power greater than 10 W; or
d.1.d.3.c. Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, exceeding 1.5 W; or
d.1.d.4. At least one “laser” 'bar' specified by 6A005.d.1.c;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A005.d.1.d, 'power density' means the total “laser” output power divided by the emitter surface area of the 'stacked array'.
d.1.e. Semiconductor “laser” 'stacked arrays', other than those specified by 6A005.d.1.d, having all of the following:
d.1.e.1. “Specially designed” or modified to be combined with other 'stacked arrays' to form a larger 'stacked array'; and
d.1.e.2. Integrated connections, common for both electronics and cooling;
Note 1:'Stacked arrays', formed by combining semiconductor “laser” 'stacked arrays' specified by 6A005.d.1.e, that are not designed to be further combined or modified are specified by 6A005.d.1.d.
Note 2:'Stacked arrays', formed by combining semiconductor “laser” 'stacked arrays' specified by 6A005.d.1.e, that are designed to be further combined or modified are specified by 6A005.d.1.e.
Note 3:6A005.d.1.e does not apply to modular assemblies of single 'bars' designed to be fabricated into end to end stacked linear arrays.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 6A005.d.1.e:
1. Semiconductor “lasers” are commonly called “laser” diodes.
2. A 'bar' (also called a semiconductor “laser” 'bar', a “laser” diode 'bar' or diode 'bar') consists of multiple semiconductor “lasers” in a one-dimensional array.
3. A 'stacked array' consists of multiple 'bars' forming a two-dimensional array of semiconductor “lasers”.
d.2. Carbon monoxide (CO) “lasers” having any of the following:
d.2.a. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 5 kW; or
d.2.b. Average or CW output power, exceeding 5 kW;
d.3. Carbon dioxide (CO
d.3.a. CW output power exceeding 15 kW;
d.3.b. Pulsed output with “pulse duration” exceeding 10 µs and any of the following:
d.3.b.1. “Average output power” exceeding 10 kW; or
d.3.b.2. “Peak power” exceeding 100 kW; or
d.3.c. Pulsed output with a “pulse duration” equal to or less than 10 µs and any of the following:
d.3.c.1. Pulse energy exceeding 5 J per pulse; or
d.3.c.2. “Average output power” exceeding 2.5 kW;
d.4. Excimer “lasers” having any of the following:
d.4.a. Output wavelength not exceeding 150 nm and any of the following:
d.4.a.1. Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse; or
d.4.a.2. “Average output power” exceeding 1 W;
d.4.b. Output wavelength exceeding 150 nm but not exceeding 190 nm and any of the following:
d.4.b.1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse; or
d.4.b.2. “Average output power” exceeding 120 W;
d.4.c. Output wavelength exceeding 190 nm but not exceeding 360 nm and any of the following:
d.4.c.1. Output energy exceeding 10 J per pulse; or
d.4.c.2. “Average output power” exceeding 500 W; or
d.4.d. Output wavelength exceeding 360 nm and any of the following:
d.4.d.1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse; or
d.4.d.2. “Average output power” exceeding 30 W;
Note:For excimer “lasers” “specially designed” for lithography equipment, see 3B001.
d.5. “Chemical lasers” as follows:
d.5.a. Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) “lasers';
d.5.b. Deuterium Fluoride (DF) “lasers”;
d.5.c. 'Transfer lasers' as follows:
d.5.c.1. Oxygen Iodine (O
d.5.c.2. Deuterium Fluoride-Carbon dioxide (DF-CO
For the purposes of 6A005.d.5.c, 'transfer lasers' are “lasers” in which the lasing species are excited through the transfer of energy by collision of a non-lasing atom or molecule with a lasing atom or molecule species.
d.6. 'Non-repetitive pulsed' Neodymium (Nd) glass “lasers” having any of the following:
d.6.a. A “pulse duration” not exceeding 1 µs and output energy exceeding 50 J per pulse; or
d.6.b. A “pulse duration” exceeding 1 µs and output energy exceeding 100 J per pulse;
e. “Components” as follows:
e.1. Mirrors cooled either by 'active cooling' or by heat pipe cooling;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A005.e.1, 'active cooling' is a cooling technique for optical “components” using flowing fluids within the subsurface (nominally less than 1 mm below the optical surface) of the optical component to remove heat from the optic.
e.2. Optical mirrors or transmissive or partially transmissive optical or electro-optical-”components,” other than fused tapered fiber combiners and Multi-Layer Dielectric gratings (MLDs), “specially designed” for use with controlled “lasers”;
Note to 6A005.e.2:Fiber combiners and MLDs are specified by 6A005.e.3.
e.3. Fiber “laser” “components” as follows:
e.3.a. Multimode to multimode fused tapered fiber combiners having all of the following:
e.3.a.1. An insertion loss better (less) than or equal to 0.3 dspan maintained at a rated total average or CW output power (excluding output power transmitted through the single mode core if present) exceeding 1,000 W; and
e.3.a.2. Number of input fibers equal to or greater than 3;
e.3.b. Single mode to multimode fused tapered fiber combiners having all of the following:
e.3.b.1. An insertion loss better (less) than 0.5 dspan maintained at a rated total average or CW output power exceeding 4,600 W;
e.3.b.2. Number of input fibers equal to or greater than 3; and
e.3.b.3. Having any of the following:
e.3.b.3.a. A Beam Parameter Product (BPP) measured at the output not exceeding 1.5 mm mrad for a number of input fibers less than or equal to 5; or
e.3.b.3.b. A BPP measured at the output not exceeding 2.5 mm mrad for a number of input fibers greater than 5;
e.3.c. MLDs having all of the following:
e.3.c.1. Designed for spectral or coherent beam combination of 5 or more fiber “lasers;” and
e.3.c.2. CW “Laser” Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) greater than or equal to 10 kW/cm 2;
f. Optical equipment as follows:
N.span.:For shared aperture optical elements, capable of operating in “Super-High Power Laser” (“SHPL”) applications, see the U.S. Munitions List (22 Cspan part 121).
f.1. [Reserved]
N.span.:For items previously specified by 6A005.f.1, see 6A004.f.
f.2. “Laser” diagnostic equipment “specially designed” for dynamic measurement of “SHPL” system angular beam steering errors and having an angular “accuracy” of 10 µrad (microradians) or less (better);
f.3. Optical equipment and “components”, “specially designed” for coherent beam combination in a phased-array “SHPL” system and having any of the following:
f.3.a. An “accuracy” of 0.1 µm or less, for wavelengths greater than 1 µm; or
f.3.b. An “accuracy” of λ/10 or less (better) at the designed wavelength, for wavelengths equal to or less than 1 µm;
f.4. Projection telescopes “specially designed” for use with “SHPL” systems;
g. 'Laser acoustic detection equipment' having all of the following:
g.1. CW “laser” output power greater than or equal to 20 mW;
g.2. “Laser” frequency stability equal to or better (less) than 10 MHz;
g.3. “Laser” wavelengths equal to or exceeding 1,000 nm but not exceeding 2,000 nm;
g.4. Optical system resolution better (less) than 1 nm; and
g.5. Optical Signal to Noise ratio equal to or exceeding 10 3.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A005.g, 'laser acoustic detection equipment' is sometimes referred to as a “Laser” Microphone or Particle Flow Detection Microphone.
6A006 “Magnetometers”, “magnetic gradiometers”, “intrinsic magnetic gradiometers”, underwater electric field sensors, “compensation systems”, and “specially designed” “components” therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
STA: License Exception STA may not be used to ship any commodity in: 6A006.a.1; or 6A006.a.2; or 6A006.c.1 “Magnetic gradiometers” using multiple “magnetometers” specified by 6A006.a.1 or 6.A006.a.2; or 6A006.d or .e (only for underwater receivers incorporating magnetometers specified in 6A006.a.1 or 6A006.a.2) to any of the destinations listed in Country Group A:6 (See Supplement No.1 to part 740 of the EAR).
a. “Magnetometers” and subsystems, as follows:
a.1. “Magnetometers” using “superconductive” (SQUID) “technology” and having any of the following:
a.1.a. SQUID systems designed for stationary operation, without “specially designed” subsystems designed to reduce in-motion noise, and having a 'sensitivity' equal to or lower (better) than 50 fT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz; or
a.1.b. SQUID systems having an in-motion-magnetometer 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 20 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz and “specially designed” to reduce in-motion noise;
a.2. “Magnetometers” using optically pumped or nuclear precession (proton/Overhauser) “technology” having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 20 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz;
a.3. “Magnetometers” using fluxgate “technology” having a 'sensitivity' equal to or lower (better) than 10 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz;
a.4. Induction coil “magnetometers” having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than any of the following:
a.4.a. 0.05 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies of less than 1 Hz;
a.4.b. 1 × 10
a.4.c. 1 × 10
a.5. Fiber optic “magnetometers” having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 1 nT (rms) per square root Hz;
b. Underwater electric field sensors having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 8 nanovolt per meter per square root Hz when measured at 1 Hz;
c. “Magnetic gradiometers” as follows:
c.1. “Magnetic gradiometers” using multiple “magnetometers” controlled by 6A006.a;
c.2. Fiber optic “intrinsic magnetic gradiometers” having a magnetic gradient field 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 0.3 nT/m (rms) per square root Hz;
c.3. “Intrinsic magnetic gradiometers”, using “technology” other than fiber-optic “technology”, having a magnetic gradient field 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 0.015 nT/m (rms) per square root Hz;
d. “Compensation systems” for magnetic and underwater electric field sensors resulting in a performance equal to or better than the control parameters of 6A006.a, 6A006.b, and 6A006.c; and
e. Underwater electromagnetic receivers incorporating magnetic field sensors specified by 6A006.a or underwater electric field sensors specified by 6A006.b.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A006, 'sensitivity' (noise level) is the root mean square of the device-limited noise floor which is the lowest signal that can be measured.
6A007 Gravity meters (gravimeters) and gravity gradiometers, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | MT applies to 6A007.b and .c when the accuracies in 6A007.b.1 and b.2 are met or exceeded | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Gravity meters designed or modified for ground use and having a static “accuracy” of less (better) than 10 µGal;
Note:6A007.a does not control ground gravity meters of the quartz element (Worden) type.
b. Gravity meters designed for mobile platforms and having all of the following:
b.1. A static “accuracy” of less (better) than 0.7 mGal; and
b.2. An in-service (operational) “accuracy” of less (better) than 0.7 mGal having a 'time-to-steady-state registration' of less than 2 minutes under any combination of attendant corrective compensations and motional influences;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A007.b.2, 'time-to-steady-state registration' (also referred to as the gravimeter's response time) is the time over which the disturbing effects of platform induced accelerations (high frequency noise) are reduced.
c. Gravity gradiometers.
6A008 Radar systems, equipment and assemblies, having any of the following (see List of Items Controlled), and “specially designed” “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | MT applies to items that are designed for airborne applications and that are usable in systems controlled for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | RS applies to 6A008.j.1 | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
6A008 does not control:
—Secondary surveillance radar (SSR); —Civil Automotive Radar; —Displays or monitors used for air traffic control (ATC); —Meteorological (weather) radar; —Precision Approach Radar (PAR) equipment conforming to ICAO standards and employing electronically steerable linear (1-dimensional) arrays or mechanically positioned passive antennas.a. Operating at frequencies from 40 GHz to 230 GHz and having any of the following:
a.1. An average output power exceeding 100 mW; or
a.2. Locating “accuracy” of 1 m or less (better) in range and 0.2 degree or less (better) in azimuth;
b. A tunable bandwidth exceeding ±6.25% of the 'center operating frequency';
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A008.b, the 'center operating frequency' equals one half of the sum of the highest plus the lowest specified operating frequencies.
c. Capable of operating simultaneously on more than two carrier frequencies;
d. Capable of operating in synthetic aperture (SAR), inverse synthetic aperture (ISAR) radar mode, or sidelooking airborne (SLAR) radar mode;
e. Incorporating electronically scanned array antennae;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A008.e, electronically scanned array antennae are also known as electronically steerable array antennae.
f. Capable of heightfinding non-cooperative targets;
g. “Specially designed” for airborne (balloon or airframe mounted) operation and having Doppler “signal processing” for the detection of moving targets;
h. Employing processing of radar signals and using any of the following:
h.1. “Radar spread spectrum” techniques; or
h.2. “Radar frequency agility” techniques;
i. Providing ground-based operation with a maximum 'instrumented range' exceeding 185 km;
Note:6A008.i does not control:
a. Fishing ground surveillance radar;
b. Ground radar equipment “specially designed” for en route air traffic control, and having all of the following:
1. A maximum 'instrumented range' of 500 km or less;
2. Configured so that radar target data can be transmitted only one way from the radar site to one or more civil ATC centers;
3. Contains no provisions for remote control of the radar scan rate from the en route ATC center; and
4. Permanently installed;
c. Weather balloon tracking radars.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A008.i, 'instrumented range' is the specified unambiguous display range of a radar.
j. Being “laser” radar or Light Detection and Ranging (LIDAR) equipment and having any of the following:
j.1. “Space-qualified”;
j.2. Employing coherent heterodyne or homodyne detection techniques and having an angular resolution of less (better) than 20 µrad (microradians); or
j.3. Designed for carrying out airborne bathymetric littoral surveys to International Hydrographic Organization (IHO) Order 1a Standard (5th Edition February 2008) for Hydrographic Surveys or better, and using one or more “lasers” with a wavelength exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 600 nm;
Note 1:LIDAR equipment “specially designed” for surveying is only specified by 6A008.j.3.
Note 2:6A008.j does not apply to LIDAR equipment “specially designed” for meteorological observation.
Note 3:Parameters in the IHO Order 1a Standard 5th Edition February 2008 are summarized as follows:
Horizontal Accuracy (95% Confidence Level)= 5 m + 5% of depth.
Depth Accuracy for Reduced Depths (95% confidence level) = ±√(a 2 + (b*d) 2) where:
a = 0.5 m = constant depth error, i.e., the sum of all constant depth errors b = 0.013 = factor of depth dependent error b*d = depth dependent error, i.e., the sum of all depth dependent errors d = depthFeature Detection = Cubic features > 2 m in depths up to 40 m; 10% of depth beyond 40 m.
k. Having “signal processing” sub-systems using “pulse compression” and having any of the following:
k.1. A “pulse compression” ratio exceeding 150; or
k.2. A compressed pulse width of less than 200 ns; or
Note:6A008.k.2 does not apply to two dimensional 'marine radar' or 'vessel traffic service' radar, having all of the following:
a. “Pulse compression” ratio not exceeding 150;
b. Compressed pulse width of greater than 30 ns;
c. Single and rotating mechanically scanned antenna;
d. Peak output power not exceeding 250 W; and
e. Not capable of “frequency hopping”.
l. Having data processing sub-systems and having any of the following:
l.1. 'Automatic target tracking' providing, at any antenna rotation, the predicted target position beyond the time of the next antenna beam passage; or
Note:6A008.l.1 does not control conflict alert capability in ATC systems, or 'marine radar'.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A008.l.1, 'automatic target tracking' is a processing technique that automatically determines and provides as output an extrapolated value of the most probable position of the target in real time.
l.2. [Reserved]
l.3. [Reserved]
l.4. Configured to provide superposition and correlation, or fusion, of target data within six seconds from two or more 'geographically dispersed' radar sensors to improve the aggregate performance beyond that of any single sensor specified by 6A008.f, or 6A008.i.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6A008.l.4, sensors are considered 'geographically dispersed' when each location is distant from any other more than 1,500 m in any direction. Mobile sensors are always considered 'geographically dispersed'.
N.span.:See also the U.S. Munitions List (22 Cspan part 121).
Note:6A008.l does not apply to systems, equipment and assemblies designed for 'vessel traffic services'.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 6A008, 'marine radar' is a radar that is designed to navigate safely at sea, inland waterways or near-shore environments.
2. For the purposes of 6A008, 'vessel traffic service' is a vessel traffic monitoring and control service similar to air traffic control for “aircraft.”
6A102 Radiation hardened detectors, other than those controlled by 6A002, “specially designed” or modified for protecting against nuclear effects (e.g., Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP), X-rays, combined blast and thermal effects) and usable for “missiles,” designed or rated to withstand radiation levels which meet or exceed a total irradiation dose of 5 × 10 5 rads (silicon).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Gravity meters having all of the following characteristics:
a.1. A static or operational accuracy equal to or less (better) than 0.7 milligal (mgal); and
a.2. A 'time to steady-state registration' of two minutes or less.
b. Gravity gradiometers
6A108 Radar systems and tracking systems, other than those controlled by 6A008, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
6A108.a includes the following:
a. Terrain contour mapping equipment;
b. Imaging sensor equipment;
c. Scene mapping and correlation (both digital and analog) equipment;
d. Doppler navigation radar equipment.
b. Precision tracking systems, usable for rockets, missiles, or unmanned aerial vehicles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km, as follows:
b.1. Tracking systems which use a code translator installed on the rocket or unmanned aerial vehicle in conjunction with either surface or airborne references or navigation satellite systems to provide real-time measurements of in-flight position and velocity;
b.2. Range instrumentation radars including associated optical/infrared trackers with all of the following capabilities:
b.2.a. Angular resolution better than 1.5 milliradians;
b.2.b. Range of 30 km or greater with a range resolution better than 10 m rms;
b.2.c. Velocity resolution better than 3 m/s.
6A202 Photomultiplier tubes having both of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Anode pulse rise time of less than 1 ns.
6A203 High-speed cameras, imaging devices and “components” therefor, other than those controlled by 6A003 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
LVS: N/A
GBS: N/A
a. Streak cameras and “specially designed” components therefor, as follows:
a.1. Streak cameras with writing speeds greater than 0.5 mm/µs;
a.2. Electronic streak cameras capable of 50 ns or less time resolution;
a.3. Streak tubes for cameras described in 6A203.a.2;
a.4. Plug-ins, “specially designed” for use with streak cameras having modular structures, that enable the performance characteristics described in 6A203.a.1 or .a.2;
a.5. Synchronizing electronics units, and rotor assemblies consisting of turbines, mirrors and bearings, that are “specially designed” for cameras described in 6A203.a.1.
b. Framing cameras and “specially designed” components therefor, as follows:
b.1. Framing cameras with recording rates greater than 225,000 frames per second;
b.2. Framing cameras capable of 50 ns or less frame exposure time;
b.3. Framing tubes, and solid-state imaging devices, that have a fast image gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less and are “specially designed” for cameras described in 6A203.b.1 or .b.2;
b.4. Plug-ins, “specially designed” for use with framing cameras having modular structures, that enable the performance characteristics described in 6A203.b.1 or .b.2;
b.5. Synchronizing electronic units, and rotor assemblies consisting of turbines, mirrors and bearings, that are “specially designed” for cameras described in 6A203.b.1 or .b.2.
c. Solid-state or electron tube cameras and “specially designed” components therefor, as follows:
c.1. Solid-state cameras, or electron tube cameras, with a fast image gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less;
c.2. Solid-state imaging devices, and image intensifiers tubes, that have a fast image gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less and are “specially designed” for cameras described in 6A203.c.1;
c.3. Electro-optical shuttering devices (Kerr or Pockels cells) with a fast image gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less;
c.4. Plug-ins, “specially designed” for use with cameras having modular structures, that enable the performance characteristics described in 6A203.c.1.
Technical Note:High speed single frame cameras can be used alone to produce a single image of a dynamic event, or several such cameras can be combined in a sequentially-triggered system to produce multiple images of an event.
d. Radiation-hardened TV cameras, or lenses therefor, “specially designed” or rated as radiation hardened to withstand a total radiation dose greater than 5 × 10 4 Gy (silicon) without operational degradation.
Technical Note:The term Gy (silicon) refers to the energy in Joules per kilogram absorbed by an unshielded silicon sample when exposed to ionizing radiation.
6A205 “Lasers,” “laser” amplifiers and oscillators, other than those controlled by 6A005 (see List of Items Controlled), excluding items that are subject to the export licensing authority of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (see 10 Cspan part 110).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Operating at wavelengths between 500 nm and 600 nm; and
a.2. An average output power equal to or greater than 30 W;
b. Argon ion “lasers” having both of the following characteristics:
b.1. Operating at wavelengths between 400 nm and 515 nm; and
b.2. An average output power greater than 40 W;
c. Neodymium-doped (other than glass) lasers with an output wavelength between 1000 nm and 1100 nm having either of the following:
c.1. Pulse-excited and Q-switched with a pulse duration equal to or greater than 1 ns, and having either of the following:
c.1.a. A single-transverse mode output with an average output power greater than 40 W; or
c.1.b. A multiple-transverse mode output with an average output power greater than 50 W; or
c.2. Incorporating frequency doubling to give an output wavelength between 500 nm and 550 nm with an average output power of greater than 40 W.
d. Tunable pulsed single-mode dye laser oscillators having all of the following characteristics:
d.1. Operating at wavelengths between 300 nm and 800 nm;
d.2. An average output greater than 1 W;
d.3. A repetition rate greater than 1 kHz; and
d.4. Pulse width less than 100 ns;
e. Tunable pulsed dye laser amplifiers and oscillators having all of the following characteristics:
e.1. Operating at wavelengths between 300 nm and 800 nm;
e.2. An average output greater than 30 W;
e.3. A repetition rate greater than 1 kHz; and
e.4. Pulse width less than 100 ns;
Note to 6A205.e:6A205.e does not control single mode oscillators.
f. Alexandrite lasers having all of the following characteristics:
f.1. Operating at wavelengths between 720 nm and 800 nm;
f.2. A bandwidth of 0.005 nm or less;
f.3. A repetition rate greater than 125 Hz; and
f.4. An average output power greater than 30 W;
g. Pulsed carbon dioxide “lasers” having all of the following characteristics:
g.1. Operating at wavelengths between 9,000 nm and 11,000 nm;
g.2. A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz;
g.3. An average output power greater than 500 W; and
g.4. Pulse width of less than 200 ns;
Note to 6A205.g:6A205.g does not control the higher power (typically 1 kW to 5 kW) industrial CO
h. Pulsed excimer lasers (XeF, XeCl, KrF) having all of the following characteristics:
h.1. Operating at wavelengths between 240 nm and 360 nm;
h.2. A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz; and
h.3. An average output power greater than 500 W;
i. Para-hydrogen Raman shifters designed to operate at 16 micrometer output wavelength and at a repetition rate greater than 250 Hz.;
j. Pulsed carbon monoxide lasers having all of the following characteristics:
j.1. Operating at wavelengths between 5,000 and 6,000 nm;
j.2. A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz;
j.3. An average output power greater than 200 W; and
j.4. Pulse width of less than 200 ns.
Note to ECCN 6A205.j:6A205.j does not control the higher power (typically 1 kW to 5 kW) industrial CO lasers used in applications such as cutting and welding, because such lasers are either continuous wave or are pulsed with a pulse width greater than 200 ns.
6A225 Velocity interferometers for measuring velocities exceeding 1 km/s during time intervals of less than 10 microseconds.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Quartz pressure transducers for pressures greater than 10 GPa (100 kilobars).
6A293 Cameras not classified ECCNs 6A003 or 6A203 with all the following characteristics: (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Minimum exposure time of 1 microsecond or faster, and
b. a throughput of 13.43 Giga Pixels/s or greater when taken at 205,000 frames/s.
Technical Note:Throughput = Width (pixels) x Height (pixels) x Frames per Second. The width and Height in pixels are those that are achieved at 205,000 frames per second.
Note:This entry includes cameras which may be referred to as high-speed digital imaging cameras, high-speed video cameras or slow-motion cameras or any other camera that meets these parameters.
6A611 Acoustic systems and equipment, radar, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor, “specially designed” for a military application that are not enumerated in any USML category or other ECCN are controlled by ECCN 3A611. Military fire control, laser, imaging, and guidance equipment that are not enumerated in any USML category or ECCN are controlled by ECCN 7A611. 6A991 Marine or terrestrial acoustic equipment, n.e.s., capable of detecting or locating underwater objects or features or positioning surface vessels or underwater vehicles; and “specially designed” “parts” and “components,” n.e.s.| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 2 | Russian industry sector sanctions apply to entire entry | See § 746.5 for specific license requirements and license review policy. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a.1. Image intensifier tubes having all the following:
a.1.a. A peak response in wavelength range exceeding 400 nm, but not exceeding 1,050 nm;
a.1.b. A microchannel plate for electron image amplification with a hole pitch (center-to-center spacing) of less than 25 micrometers; and
a.1.c. Having any of the following:
a.1.c.1. An S-20, S-25 or multialkali photocathode; or
a.1.c.2. A GaAs or GaInAs photocathode;
a.2. “Specially designed” microchannel plates having both of the following characteristics:
a.2.a. 15,000 or more hollow tubes per plate; and
a.2.b. Hole pitch (center-to-center spacing) of less than 25 micrometers.
b. Direct view imaging equipment operating in the visible or infrared spectrum, incorporating image intensifier tubes having the characteristics listed in 6A992.a.1.
6A993 Cameras, not controlled by 6A003 or 6A203, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
6A994 Optics, not controlled by 6A004, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. For wavelengths longer than 250 nm, comprised of multi-layer optical coatings and having either of the following:
a.1.a. Bandwidths equal to or less than 1 nm Full Width Half Intensity (FWHI) and peak transmission of 90% or more; or
a.1.b. Bandwidths equal to or less than 0.1 nm FWHI and peak transmission of 50% or more;
Note:6A994 does not control optical filters with fixed air gaps or Lyot-type filters.
a.2. For wavelengths longer than 250 nm, and having all of the following:
a.2.a. Tunable over a spectral range of 500 nm or more;
a.2.b. Instantaneous optical bandpass of 1.25 nm or less;
a.2.c. Wavelength resettable within 0.1 ms to an accuracy of 1 nm or better within the tunable spectral range; and
a.2.d. A single peak transmission of 91% or more;
a.3. Optical opacity switches (filters) with a field of view of 30° or wider and a response time equal to or less than 1 ns;
b. “Fluoride fiber” cable, or optical fibers therefor, having an attenuation of less than 4 dspan/km in the wavelength range exceeding 1,000 nm but not exceeding 3,000 nm.
6A995 “Lasers” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. A CW output power exceeding 10 kW;
a.2. A pulsed output with a “pulse duration” exceeding 10 microseconds; and
a.2.a. An average output power exceeding 10 kW; or
a.2.b. A pulsed “peak power” exceeding 100 kW; or
a.3. A pulsed output with a “pulse duration” equal to or less than 10 microseconds; and
a.3.a. A pulse energy exceeding 5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 2.5 kW; or
a.3.b. An average output power exceeding 2.5 kW;
b. Semiconductor lasers, as follows:
b.1. Individual, single-transverse mode semiconductor “lasers” having:
b.1.a. An average output power exceeding 100 mW; or
b.1.b. A wavelength exceeding 1,050 nm;
b.2. Individual, multiple-transverse mode semiconductor “lasers”, or arrays of individual semiconductor “lasers”, having a wavelength exceeding 1,050 nm;
c. Ruby “lasers” having an output energy exceeding 20 J per pulse;
d. Non-“tunable” “pulsed lasers” having an output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not exceeding 1,150 nm and having any of the following:
d.1. A “pulse duration” equal to or exceeding 1 ns but not exceeding 1 µs, and having any of the following:
d.1.a. A single transverse mode output and having any of the following:
d.1.a.1. A ‘wall-plug efficiency’ exceeding 12% and an “average output power” exceeding 10 W and capable of operating at a pulse repetition frequency greater than 1kHz; or
d.1.a.2. An “average output power” exceeding 20 W; or
d.1.b. A multiple transverse mode output and having any of the following:
d.1.b.1. A ‘wall-plug efficiency’ exceeding 18% and an “average output power” exceeding 30 W;
d.1.b.2. A “peak power” exceeding 200 MW; or
d.1.b.3. An “average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
d.2. A “pulse duration” exceeding 1 µs and having any of the following:
d.2.a. A single transverse mode output and having any of the following:
d.2.a.1. A ‘wall-plug efficiency’ exceeding 12% and an “average output power” exceeding 10 W and capable of operating at a pulse repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz; or
d.2.a.2. An “average output power” exceeding 20 W; or
d.2.b. A multiple transverse mode output and having any of the following:
d.2.b.1. A ‘wall-plug efficiency’ exceeding 18% and an “average output power” exceeding 30 W; or
d.2.b.2. An “average output power” exceeding 500 W;
e. Non-“tunable” continuous wave “(CW) lasers”, having an output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not exceeding 1,150 nm and having any of the following:
e.1. A single transverse mode output and having any of the following:
e.1.a. A ‘wall-plug efficiency’ exceeding 12% and an “average output power” exceeding 10 W and capable of operating at a pulse repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz; or
e.1.b. An “average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
e.2. A multiple transverse mode output and having any of the following:
e.2.a. A ‘wall-plug efficiency’ exceeding 18% and an “average output power” exceeding 30 W; or
e.2.b. An “average output power” exceeding 500 W;
Note:6A995.e.2.b does not control multiple transverse mode, industrial “lasers” with output power less than or equal to 2kW with a total mass greater than 1,200kg. For the purpose of this note, total mass includes all “components” required to operate the “laser,” e.g., “laser,” power supply, heat exchanger, but excludes external optics for beam conditioning and/or delivery.
f. Non-“tunable” “lasers”, having a wavelength exceeding 1,400 nm, but not exceeding 1555 nm and having any of the following:
f.1. An output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and a pulsed “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
f.2. An average or CW output power exceeding 1 W.
g. Free electron “lasers”.
6A996 “Magnetometers” not controlled by ECCN 6A006, “Superconductive” electromagnetic sensors, and “specially designed” “components” therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
For the purposes of 6A996, ‘sensitivity’ (noise level) is the root mean square of the device-limited noise floor which is the lowest signal that can be measured.
b. “Superconductive” electromagnetic sensors, “components” manufactured from “superconductive” materials:
b.1. Designed for operation at temperatures below the “critical temperature” of at least one of their “superconductive” constituents (including Josephson effect devices or “superconductive” quantum interference devices (SQUIDS));
b.2. Designed for sensing electromagnetic field variations at frequencies of 1 KHz or less; and
b.3. Having any of the following characteristics:
b.3.a. Incorporating thin-film SQUIDS with a minimum feature size of less than 2 µm and with associated input and output coupling circuits;
b.3.b. Designed to operate with a magnetic field slew rate exceeding 1 × 10 6 magnetic flux quanta per second;
b.3.c. Designed to function without magnetic shielding in the earth's ambient magnetic field; or
b.3.d. Having a temperature coefficient less (smaller) than 0.1 magnetic flux quantum/K.
6A997 Gravity meters (gravimeters) for ground use, n.e.s., as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Being of the quartz element (Worden) type.
6A998 Radar systems, equipment and major “components,” n.e.s., and “specially designed” “components” therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to 6A998.b | RS Column 1 | RS applies to 6A998.c | RS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. “Space-qualified” “laser” radar or Light Detection and Ranging (LIDAR) equipment “specially designed” for surveying or for meteorological observation.
c. Millimeter wave enhanced vision radar imaging systems “specially designed” for rotary wing aircraft and having all of the following:
c.1. Operates at a frequency of 94 GHz;
c.2. An average output power of less than 20 mW;
c.3. Radar beam width of 1 degree; and
c.4. Operating range equal to or greater than 1500 m.
6A999 Specific processing equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to 6A999.c | RS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | A license is required for items controlled by this entry to North Korea for anti-terrorism reasons. The Commerce Country Chart is not designed to determine AT licensing requirements for this entry. See § 742.19 of the EAR for additional information. |
|---|
a. Seismic detection equipment not controlled in paragraph c.
b. Radiation hardened TV cameras, n.e.s.
c. Seismic intrusion detection systems that detect, classify and determine the bearing on the source of a detected signal.
span. “Test”, “Inspection” and “Production Equipment” 6B002 Masks and Reticles, “Specially Designed” for Optical Sensors Specified by 6A002.a.1.b or 6A002.a.1.d.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
6B004 Optical equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Equipment other than optical surface scattering measurement equipment, having an unobscured aperture of more than 10 cm, “specially designed” for the non-contact optical measurement of a non-planar optical surface figure (profile) to an “accuracy” of 2 nm or less (better) against the required profile.
6B007 Equipment to produce, align and calibrate land-based gravity meters with a static “accuracy” of less (better) than 0.1 mGal.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
6B008 Pulse radar cross-section measurement systems having transmit pulse widths of 100 ns or less, and “specially designed” “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions.
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. no. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
b. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control under paragraph .a of this ECCN and not enumerated or otherwise described in USML Category XVIII and not elsewhere specified on the USML.
6B995 Equipment, including tools, dies, fixtures or gauges, and other “specially designed” “parts,” “components” and “accessories” therefor, “specially designed” or modified for any of the following (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Free electron “laser” magnet wigglers;
a.2. Free electron “laser” photo injectors;
b. For the adjustment, to required tolerances, of the longitudinal magnetic field of free electron “lasers”.
C. “Materials” 6C002 Optical sensor materials as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Elemental tellurium (Te) of purity levels of 99.9995% or more;
b. Single crystals (including epitaxial wafers) of any of the following:
b.1. Cadmium zinc telluride (CdZnTe), with zinc content less than 6% by 'mole fraction';
b.2. Cadmium telluride (CdTe) of any purity level; or
b.3. Mercury cadmium telluride (HgCdTe) of any purity level.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6C002.b.1, 'mole fraction' is defined as the ratio of moles of ZnTe to the sum of the moles of CdTe and ZnTe present in the crystal.
6C004 Optical materials as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. A volume greater than 100 cm 3; or
a.2. A diameter greater than 80 mm and a thickness of 20 mm or more;
b. Electro-optic materials and non-linear materials, as follows:
b.1. Potassium titanyl arsenate (KTA) (CAS 59400-80-5);
b.2. Silver gallium selenide (AgGaSe
b.3. Thallium arsenic selenide (Tl
b.4. Zinc germanium phosphide (ZnGeP
b.5. Gallium selenide (GaSe) (CAS 12024-11-2);
c. Non-linear optical materials, other than those specified by 6C004.b, having any of the following:
c.1. Having all of the following:
c.1.a. Dynamic (also known as nonstationary) third order nonlinear susceptibility (χ
c.1.b. Response time of less than 1 ms; or
c.2. Second order nonlinear susceptibility (χ
d. “Substrate blanks” of silicon carbide or beryllium beryllium (Be/Be) deposited materials, exceeding 300 mm in diameter or major axis length;
e. Glass, including fused silica, phosphate glass, fluorophosphate glass, zirconium fluoride (ZrF
e.1. A hydroxyl ion (OH-) concentration of less than 5 ppm;
e.2. Integrated metallic purity levels of less than 1 ppm; and
e.3. High homogeneity (index of refraction variance) less than 5 × 10
f. Synthetically produced diamond material with an absorption of less than 10
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Synthetic crystalline “laser” host material in unfinished form as follows:
a.1. Titanium doped sapphire;
a.2. [Reserved]
b. Rare-earth-metal doped double-clad fibers having any of the following:
b.1. Nominal “laser” wavelength of 975 nm to 1,150 nm and having all of the following:
b.1.a. Average core diameter equal to or greater than 25 µm; and
b.1.b. Core 'Numerical Aperture' ('NA') less than 0.065; or
Note to 6C005.b.1:6C005.b.1 does not apply to double-clad fibers having an inner glass cladding diameter exceeding 150 µm and not exceeding 300 µm.
b.2. Nominal “laser” wavelength exceeding 1,530 nm and having all of the following:
b.2.a. Average core diameter equal to or greater than 20 µm; and
b.2.b. Core 'NA' less than 0.1.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 6C005.b.1.b, the core 'Numerical Aperture' ('NA') is measured at the emission wavelengths of the fiber.
2. 6C005.b includes fibers assembled with end caps.
6C992 Optical sensing fibers not controlled by 6A002.d.3 that are modified structurally to have a ‘ beat length’ of less than 500 mm (high birefringence) or optical sensor materials not described in 6C002.b and having a zinc content of equal to or more than 6% by ‘ mole fraction.’| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Bulk fluoride compounds containing ingredients with a purity of 99.999% or better; or
Note:6C994.a.1 controls fluorides of zirconium or aluminum and variants.
a.2. Bulk fluoride glass made from compounds controlled by 6C004.e.1;
b. ‘Optical fiber preforms’ made from bulk fluoride compounds containing ingredients with a purity of 99.999% or better, “specially designed” for the manufacture of ‘fluoride fibers’ controlled by 6A994.b.
D. “Software” 6D001 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of equipment controlled by 6A004, 6A005, 6A008, or 6B008.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “software” for equipment controlled by 6A004, 6A005, 6A008 or 6B008 | NS Column 1. | MT applies to “software” for equipment controlled by 6A008 or 6B008 for MT reasons | MT Column 1. | RS applies to “software” for equipment controlled by 6A008.j.1 | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
(1) Items controlled for MT reasons;
(2) “Software” “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of “space qualified” “laser” radar or Light Detection and Ranging (LIDAR) equipment defined in 6A008.j.1; or
(3) Exports or reexports to destinations outside of those countries listed in Country Group A:5 (See Supplement No. 1 to part 740 of the EAR) of “software” “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of equipment controlled by 6A004.c or d, 6A008.d, h, k or 6B008.
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | MT applies to “software” for equipment controlled by 6A008 or 6B008 for MT reasons | MT Column 1. | RS applies to “software” for equipment controlled by 6A008.j.1 | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to paragraph c | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
a. “Software” as follows:
a.1. “Software” “specially designed” for acoustic beam forming for the “real-time processing” of acoustic data for passive reception using towed hydrophone arrays;
a.2. “Source code” for the “real-time processing” of acoustic data for passive reception using towed hydrophone arrays;
a.3. “Software” “specially designed” for acoustic beam forming for the “real-time processing” of acoustic data for passive reception using bottom or bay cable systems;
a.4. “Source code” for the “real-time processing” of acoustic data for passive reception using bottom or bay cable systems;
a.5. “Software” or “source code”, “specially designed” for all of the following:
a.5.a. “Real-time processing” of acoustic data from sonar systems controlled by 6A001.a.1.e; and
a.5.b. Automatically detecting, classifying and determining the location of divers or swimmers;
N.span.:For diver detection “software” or “source code”, “specially designed” or modified for military use, see the U.S. Munitions List of the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) (22 Cspan part 121).
b. Optical sensors. None.
Camerasc. “Software” designed or modified for cameras incorporating “focal plane arrays” specified by 6A002.a.3.f and designed or modified to remove a frame rate restriction and allow the camera to exceed the frame rate specified in 6A003.b.4 Note 3.a;
Opticsd. “Software” “specially designed” to maintain the alignment and phasing of segmented mirror systems consisting of mirror segments having a diameter or major axis length equal to or larger than 1 m;
e. Lasers. None.
Magnetic and Electric Field Sensorsf. “Software” as follows:
f.1. “Software” “specially designed” for magnetic and electric field “compensation systems” for magnetic sensors designed to operate on mobile platforms;
f.2. “Software” “specially designed” for magnetic and electric field anomaly detection on mobile platforms;
f.3. “Software” “specially designed” for “real-time processing” of electromagnetic data using underwater electromagnetic receivers specified by 6A006.e;
f.4. “Source code” for “real-time processing” of electromagnetic data using underwater electromagnetic receivers specified by 6A006.e;
Gravimetersg. “Software” “specially designed” to correct motional influences of gravity meters or gravity gradiometers;
Radarh. “Software” as follows:
h.1. Air Traffic Control (ATC) “software” designed to be hosted on general purpose computers located at Air Traffic Control centers and capable of accepting radar target data from more than four primary radars;
h.2. “Software” for the design or “production” of radomes having all of the following:
h.2.a. “Specially designed” to protect the “electronically scanned array antennae” specified by 6A008.e; and
h.2.b. Resulting in an antenna pattern having an 'average side lobe level' more than 40 dspan below the peak of the main beam level.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6D003.h.2.b 'average side lobe level' is measured over the entire array excluding the angular extent of the main beam and the first two side lobes on either side of the main beam.
6D102 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “use” of equipment controlled by 6A108.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. “Software” or encryption keys/codes “specially designed” to enhance or release the performance characteristics of equipment controlled by ECCN 6A203 or equipment controlled by ECCN 6A003 that meets or exceeds the performance characteristics described in ECCN 6A203.
6D619 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation or maintenance of commodities controlled by 6B619.| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. no. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to “software” for commodities controlled by 6A002, 6A003, or 6A998.b | RS Column 1 | RS applies to “software” for commodities controlled by 6A998.c | RS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry, except “software” for commodities controlled by 6A991 | AT Column 1 | AT applies to “software” for commodities controlled by 6A991 | AT Column 2 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to 6D993.c | RS Column 1 | RS applies to 6D993.b | RS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. “Software” “specially designed” for seismic intrusion detection systems in 6A999.c.
c. “Source Code” “specially designed” for seismic intrusion detection systems in 6A999.c.
E. “Technology” 6E001 “Technology” According to the General Technology Note for the “Development” of Equipment, Materials or “Software” Controlled by 6A (Except 6A991, 6A992, 6A994, 6A995, 6A996, 6A997, 6A998, or 6A999.c), 6span (Except 6B995), 6C (Except 6C992 or 6C994), or 6D (Except 6D991, 6D992, or 6D993).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “technology” for items controlled by 6A001 to 6A008, 6B002 to 6B008, 6C002 to 6C005, or 6D001 to 6D003 | NS Column 1 | MT applies to “technology” for items controlled by 6A002, 6A007, 6A008, 6A102, 6A107, 6A108, 6B008, 6B108, 6D001, 6D002, 6D102 or 6D103 for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | NP applies to “technology” for items controlled by 6A003, 6A005, 6A202, 6A203, 6A205, 6A225, 6A226, 6D001, or 6D201 for NP reasons | NP Column 1 | RS applies to “technology” for items controlled by 6A002.a.1, .a.2, .a.3, .c, or .f, 6A003.b.3 or .b.4, or 6A008.j.1 | RS Column 1 | CC applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 6A002 for CC reasons | CC Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 6A002 or 6A003 for UN reasons | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
6E002 “Technology” According to the General Technology Note for the “Production” of Equipment or Materials Controlled by 6A (Except 6A991, 6A992, 6A994, 6A995, 6A996, 6A997, 6A998 or 6A999.c), 6span (Except 6B995) or 6C (except 6C992 or 6C994).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 6A001 to 6A008, 6B002 to 6B008, or 6C002 to 6C005 | NS Column 1 | MT applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 6A002, 6A007, 6A008, 6A102, 6A107, 6A108, 6B008, or 6B108 for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | NP applies to “technology” for items controlled by 6A003, 6A005, 6A202, 6A203, 6A205, 6A225 or 6A226 for NP reasons | NP Column 1 | RS applies to “technology” for items controlled by 6A002.a.1, .a.2, .a.3, .c, or .f, 6A003.b.3 or .b.4, or 6A008.j.1 | RS Column 1 | CC applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 6A002 for CC reasons | CC Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 6A002 or 6A003 for UN reasons | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
(1) Items controlled for MT reasons;
(2) “Technology” for commodities controlled by 6A002, 6A004.e, or 6A008.j.1;
(3) “Technology” for 6A003 cameras, unless for “technology” for the integration of 6A003 cameras into camera systems “specially designed” for civil automotive applications ; or
(4) Exports or reexports to destinations outside of those countries listed in Country Group A:5 (See Supplement No. 1 to part 740 of the EAR) of “technology” for the “production” of the following: (a) Items controlled by 6A001.a.1.b, 6A001.a.1.e, 6A001.a.2.a.1, 6A001.a.2.a.2, 6A001.a.2.a.3, 6A001.a.2.a.5, 6A001.a.2.a.6, 6A001.a.2.b, 6A004.c, 6A004.d, 6A006.a.2, 6A006.c.1, 6A006.d, 6A006.e, 6A008.d, 6A008.h, 6A008.k, or 6B008; and (b) Items controlled by 6A001.a.2.c or 6A001.a.2.f when “specially designed” for real time applications.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
6E003 Other “technology” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. [Reserved]
Optical Sensorsb. [Reserved]
Camerasc. [Reserved]
Opticsd. “Technology” as follows:
d.1. “Technology” “required” for the coating and treatment of optical surfaces to achieve an 'optical thickness' uniformity of 99.5% or better for optical coatings 500 mm or more in diameter or major axis length and with a total loss (absorption and scatter) of less than 5 × 10
See also 2E003.f.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6E003.d.1, 'optical thickness' is the mathematical product of the index of refraction and the physical thickness of the coating.
d.2. “Technology” for the fabrication of optics using single point diamond turning techniques to produce surface finish “accuracies” of better than 10 nm rms on non-planar surfaces exceeding 0.5 m 2;
Laserse. “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production” or “use” of “specially designed” diagnostic instruments or targets in test facilities for “SHPL” testing or testing or evaluation of materials irradiated by “SHPL” beams;
Magnetic and Electric Field Sensorsf. [Reserved]
Gravimetersg. [Reserved]
Radarh. [Reserved]
6E101 “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of equipment or “software” controlled by 6A002, 6A007.b and .c, 6A008, 6A102, 6A107, 6A108, 6B108, 6D102 or 6D103.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NP applies to entire entry | NP Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. no. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 6A998.b, 6A998.c and 6A999.c | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry, except “technology” for equipment controlled by 6A991 | AT Column 1 | AT applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 6A991 | AT Column 2 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | RS applies to 6E993.e | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Area exceeding 1 m 2; and
a.2. Surface figure exceeding λ/10 (rms) at the designed wavelength;
b. “Technology” for optical filters with a bandwidth equal to or less than 10 nm, a field of view (FOV) exceeding 40° and a resolution exceeding 0.75 line pairs per milliradian;
c. “Technology” for the “development” or “production” of cameras controlled by 6A993;
d. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of non-triaxial fluxgate “magnetometers” or non-triaxial fluxgate “magnetometer” systems, having any of the following:
d.1. ‘Sensitivity’ lower (better) than 0.05 nT (rms) per square root Hz at frequencies of less than 1 Hz; or
d.2. ‘Sensitivity’ lower (better) than 1 × 10
e. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of infrared up-conversion devices having all of the following:
e.1. A response in the wavelength range exceeding 700 nm but not exceeding 1500 nm; and
e.2. A combination of an infrared photodetector, light emitting diode (OLED), and nanocrystal to convert infrared light into visible light.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 6E993, ‘sensitivity’ (or noise level) is the root mean square of the device-limited noise floor which is the lowest signal that can be measured.
EAR99 Items subject to the EAR that are not elsewhere specified in this CCL Category or in any other category in the CCL are designated by the number EAR99. Category 7—Navigation and Avionics A. “End Items”, “Equipment”, “Accessories”, “Attachments”, “Parts”, “Components” and “Systems” N.span. 1:For automatic pilots for underwater vehicles, see Category 8. For radar, see Category 6.
7A001 Accelerometers as follows (see List of Items Controlled) and “specially designed” “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | MT applies to commodities that meet or exceed the parameters of 7A101 | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a.1. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels less than or equal to 15 g and having any of the following:
a.1.a. A “bias” “stability” of less (better) than 130 micro g with respect to a fixed calibration value over a period of one year; or
a.1.b. A “scale factor” “stability” of less (better) than 130 ppm with respect to a fixed calibration value over a period of one year;
a.2. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 15 g but less than or equal to 100 g and having all of the following:
a.2.a. A “bias” “repeatability” of less (better) than 1,250 micro g over a period of one year; and
a.2.b. A “scale factor” “repeatability” of less (better) than 1,250 ppm over a period of one year; or
a.3. Designed for use in inertial navigation or guidance systems and specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g;
Note:7A001.a.1 and 7A001.a.2 do not apply to accelerometers limited to measurement of only vibration or shock.
b. Angular or rotational accelerometers, specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g.
7A002 Gyros or Angular Rate Sensors, Having any of the Following, and “Specially Designed” “Components” Therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to commodities that meet or exceed the parameters of 7A102 | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
For the purpose of MT controls only, the term 'stability' is defined as a measure of the ability of a specific mechanism or performance coefficient to remain invariant when continuously exposed to a fixed operating condition. (This definition does not refer to dynamic or servo stability.) (IEEE STD 528-2001 paragraph 2.247)
a. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels less than or equal to 100 g and having any of the following:
a.1. An angular rate range of less than 500 degrees per second and having any of the following:
a.1.a. A “bias” “stability” of less (better) than 0.5 degree per hour, when measured in a 1 g environment over a period of one month, and with respect to a fixed calibration value; or
a.1.b. An “angle random walk” of less (better) than or equal to 0.0035 degree per square root hour; or
Note:7A002.a.1.b does not control “spinning mass gyros”.
a.2. An angular rate range greater than or equal to 500 degrees per second and having any of the following:
a.2.a. A “bias” “stability” of less (better) than 4 degrees per hour, when measured in a 1 g environment over a period of three minutes, and with respect to a fixed calibration value; or
a.2.b. An “angle random walk” of less (better) than or equal to 0.1 degree per square root hour; or
Note:7A002.a.2.b does not apply to “spinning mass gyros”.
b. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g.
7A003 'Inertial measurement equipment or systems', having any of the following.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to commodities in 7A003.d that meet or exceed the parameters of 7A103 | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
7A003 does not apply to 'inertial measurement equipment or systems' which are certified for use on “civil aircraft” by civil aviation authorities of one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States, see Supplement No. 1 to part 743 of the EAR.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 7A003, 'inertial measurement equipment or systems' incorporate accelerometers or gyroscopes to measure changes in velocity and orientation in order to determine or maintain heading or position without requiring an external reference once aligned. 'Inertial measurement equipment or systems' include:
Attitude and Heading Reference Systems (AHRSs);
Gyrocompasses;
Inertial Measurement Units (IMUs);
Inertial Navigation Systems (INSs);
Inertial Reference Systems (IRSs);
Inertial Reference Units (IRUs).
2. For the purposes of 7A003, 'positional aiding references' independently provide position, and include:
a. “Satellite navigation system”;
b.”Data-Based Referenced Navigation” (“DBRN”).
a. Designed for “aircraft”, land vehicles or vessels, providing position without the use of 'positional aiding references', and having any of the following “accuracies” subsequent to normal alignment:
a.1. 0.8 nautical miles per hour (nm/hr) “Circular Error Probable” (“CEP”) rate or less (better);
a.2. 0.5% distanced travelled “CEP” or less (better); or
a.3. Total drift of 1 nautical mile “CEP” or less (better) in a 24 hr period;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 7A003.a.1, 7A003.a.2 and 7A003.a.3, the performance parameters typically apply to 'inertia measurement equipment or systems' designed for “aircraft”, vehicles and vessels, respectively. These parameters result from the utilization of specialized non-'positional aiding references' (e.g., altimeter, odometer, velocity log). As a consequence, the specified performance values cannot be readily converted between these parameters. Equipment designed for multiple platforms are evaluated against each applicable entry 7A003.a.1, 7A003.a.2, or 7A003.a.3.
b. Designed for “aircraft”, land vehicles or vessels, with an embedded 'positional aiding reference' and providing position after loss of all 'positional aiding references' for a period of up to 4 minutes, having an “accuracy” of less (better) than 10 meters “CEP”;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 7A003.b, this entry refers to systems in which 'inertial measurement equipment or systems' and other independent 'positional aiding references' are built into a single unit (i.e., embedded) in order to achieve improved performance.
c. Designed for “aircraft”, land vehicles or vessels, providing heading or True North determination and having any of the following:
c.1. A maximum operating angular rate less (lower) than 500 deg/s and a heading “accuracy” without the use of 'positional aiding references' equal to or less (better) than 0.07 deg sec (Lat) (equivalent to 6 arc minutes rms at 45 degrees latitude); or
c.2. A maximum operating angular rate equal to or greater (higher) than 500 deg/s and a heading “accuracy” without the use of 'positional aiding references' equal to or less (better) than 0.2 deg sec (Lat) (equivalent to 17 arc minutes rms at 45 degrees latitude);
d. Providing acceleration measurements or angular rate measurements, in more than one dimension, and having any of the following:
d.1. Performance specified by 7A001 or 7A002 along any axis, without the use of any aiding references; or
d.2. Being “space-qualified” and providing angular rate measurements having an “angle random walk” along any axis of less (better) than or equal to 0.1 degree per square root hour.
Note:7A003.d.2 does not apply to 'inertial measurement equipment or systems' that contain “spinning mass gyros” as the only type of gyro.
7A004 'Star trackers' and “components” therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. 'Star trackers' with a specified azimuth “accuracy” of equal to or less (better) than 20 seconds of arc throughout the specified lifetime of the equipment;
b. “Components” “specially designed” for equipment specified in 7A004.a as follows:
b.1. Optical heads or baffles;
b.2. Data processing units.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 7A004.a, 'star trackers' are also referred to as stellar attitude sensors or gyro-astro compasses.
7A005 “Satellite navigation system” receiving equipment having any of the following and “specially designed” “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to 7A005.b | NS Column 1 | MT applies to commodities in 7A005.b that meet or exceed the parameters of 7A105 | MT Column 1 | AT applies to 7A005.b | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Employing a decryption algorithm “specially designed” or modified for government use to access the ranging code for position and time; or
b. Employing 'adaptive antenna systems'.
Note:7A005.b does not apply to “satellite navigation system” receiving equipment that only uses “components” designed to filter, switch, or combine signals from multiple omni-directional antennas that do not implement adaptive antenna techniques.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 7A005.b, 'adaptive antenna systems' dynamically generate one or more spatial nulls in an antenna array pattern by signal processing in the time domain or frequency domain.
7A006 Airborne altimeters operating at frequencies other than 4.2 to 4.4 GHz inclusive and having any of the following (see List of Items Controlled).Reason for Control: NS, MT, AT
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to commodities in this entry that meet or exceed the parameters of 7A106 | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. 'Power management'; or
Technical Note:For the purposes of 7A006.a, 'power management' is changing the transmitted power of the altimeter signal so that received power at the “aircraft” altitude is always at the minimum necessary to determine the altitude.
b. Using phase shift key modulation.
7A008 Underwater sonar navigation systems using Doppler velocity or correlation velocity logs integrated with a heading source and having a positioning “accuracy” of equal to or less (better) than 3% of distance traveled “Circular Error Probable” (“CEP”) and “specially designed” “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
1. ‘Scale factor’ “repeatability” less (better) than 1250 ppm; and
2. ‘Bias’ “repeatability” less (better) than 1250 micro g.
Note:The measurement of ‘bias’ and ‘scale factor’ refers to one sigma standard deviation with respect to a fixed calibration over a period of one year.
b. Accelerometers of any type, designed for use in inertial navigation systems or in guidance systems of all types, specified to function at acceleration levels greater than 100 g.
Note to paragraph b:This paragraph (b) does not include accelerometers that are designed to measure vibration or shock.
7A102 Gyros, other than those controlled by 7A002 (see List of Items Controlled), and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Gyros of any type, designed for use in inertial navigation systems or in guidance systems of all types, specified to function at acceleration levels greater than 100 g.
Technical Note:In this entry, the term ‘stability’ is defined as a measure of the ability of a specific mechanism or performance coefficient to remain invariant when continuously exposed to a fixed operating condition. (This definition does not refer to dynamic or servo stability.) (IEEE STD 528-2001 paragraph 2.247).
7A103 Instrumentation, navigation equipment and systems, other than those controlled by 7A003, and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
7A103.a does not control equipment containing accelerometers “specially designed” and developed as MWD (Measurement While Drilling) sensors for use in down-hole well services operations.
Note 2:7A103.a does not control inertial or other equipment using accelerometers or gyros controlled by 7A001 or 7A002 that are only NS controlled.
Note 3:7A103.a. includes Attitude and Heading Reference Systems (AHRSs), gyrocompasses, Inertial Measurement Units (IMUs), Inertial Navigations Systems (INSs), Inertial Reference Systems (IRSs), and Inertial Reference Units (IRUs).
b. Integrated flight instrument systems, which include gyrostabilizers or automatic pilots, designed or modified for use in rockets, missiles, or unmanned aerial vehicles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km, and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor.
c. Integrated Navigation Systems, designed or modified for use in rockets, missiles, or unmanned aerial vehicles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km and capable of providing a navigational accuracy of 200m Circular Error Probable (CEP) or less.
Technical Note:An ‘ integrated navigation system’ typically incorporates the following “parts” and “components”:
1. An inertial measurement device (e.g., an attitude and heading reference system, inertial reference unit, or inertial navigation system);
2. One or more external sensors used to update the position and/or velocity, either periodically or continuously throughout the flight (e.g., satellite navigation receiver, radar altimeter, and/or Doppler radar); and
3. Integration hardware and software.
7A104 Gyro-astro compasses and other devices, other than those controlled by 7A004, which derive position or orientation by means of automatically tracking celestial bodies or satellites and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Designed or modified for airborne applications and having any of the following:
b.1. Capable of providing navigation information at speeds in excess of 600 m/s;
b.2. Employing decryption, designed or modified for military or governmental services, to gain access to a 'navigation satellite system' secure signal/data; or
b.3. Being “specially designed” to employ anti-jam features (e.g., null steering antenna or electronically steerable antenna) to function in an environment of active or passive countermeasures.
Note:7A105.b.2 and 7A105.b.3 do not control equipment designed for commercial, civil or Safety of Life (e.g., data integrity, flight safety) 'navigation satellite system' services.
7A106 Altimeters, other than those controlled by 7A006, of radar or laser radar type, designed or modified for use in “missiles”. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 7A107 Three axis magnetic heading sensors having all of the following characteristics (see List of Items Controlled), and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Azimuthal accuracy better (less) than 0.5 degrees rms at latitudes of ±80 degrees, referenced to local magnetic field; and
c. Designed or modified to be integrated with flight control and navigation systems.
Note:Flight control and navigation systems in 7A107 include gyrostabilizers, automatic pilots and inertial navigation systems.
7A115 Passive sensors for determining bearing to specific electromagnetic sources (direction finding equipment) or terrain characteristics, designed or modified for use in “missiles”. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 7A116 Flight control systems and “parts” and “components”, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Attitude control equipment designed or modified for UAVs capable of delivering at least 500 kilograms of payload to a range of at least 300 km, other than those controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a;
c. Flight control servo valves designed of modified for the systems in 7A116.a. or 7A116.b, and designed or modified to operate in a vibration environment greater than 10 g rms over the entire range between 20Hz and 2 kHz.
Note:This entry includes the systems, equipment and valves designed or modified to enable operation of manned aircraft as unmanned aerial vehicles.
7A117 “Guidance sets” capable of achieving system accuracy of 3.33% or less of the range (e.g., a “CEP” of 10 km or less at a “range” of 300 km). (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 7A611 Military fire control, laser, imaging, and guidance equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 7A611.y | NS Column 1. | MT applies to commodities in 7A611.a that meet or exceed the parameters in 7A103.b or .c | MT Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 7A611.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 7A611.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry except 7A611.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. Guidance or navigation systems, not elsewhere specified on the USML, that are “specially designed” for a defense article on the USML or for a 600 series item.
b. to w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments,” including accelerometers, gyros, angular rate sensors, gravity meters (gravimeters), and inertial measurement units (IMUs), that are “specially designed” for defense articles controlled by USML Category XII or items controlled by 7A611, and that are NOT:
x.1. Enumerated or controlled in the USML or elsewhere within ECCN 7A611;
x.2. Described in ECCNs 6A007, 6A107, 7A001, 7A002, 7A003, 7A101, 7A102 or 7A103; or
x.3. Elsewhere specified in ECCN 7A611.y or 3A611.y.
y. Specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in this ECCN or a defense article in Category XII and not elsewhere specified on the USML or in the CCL, as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor:
y.1 [Reserved]
7A994 Other navigation direction finding equipment, airborne communication equipment, all aircraft inertial navigation systems not controlled under 7A003 or 7A103, and other avionic equipment, including “parts” and “components,” n.e.s.| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
7B002 Equipment “specially designed” to characterize mirrors for ring “laser” gyros, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Profilometers having a measurement “accuracy” of 0.5 nm (5 angstrom) or less (better).
7B003 Equipment “specially designed” for the “production” of equipment controlled by 7A (except 7A994).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
(2) This entry includes: inertial measurement unit (IMU module) tester; IMU platform tester; IMU stable element handling fixture; IMU platform balance fixture; gyro tuning test station; gyro dynamic balance stations; gyro run-in/motor test stations; gyro evacuation and filling stations; centrifuge fixtures for gyro bearings; accelerometer axis align stations; and accelerometer test stations.
Related Definitions: N/A Items: The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading. 7B102 Equipment, other than those controlled by 7B002, designed or modified to characterize mirrors, for laser gyro equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Reflectometers having a threshold accuracy of 50 ppm or less (better).
c. Prolifometers having a threshold accuracy of 0.5nm (5 angstrom) or less (better).
7B103 “Specially designed” “production facilities” for equipment controlled by 7A117. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 7B611 Test, inspection, and production commodities “specially designed” for military fire control, laser, imaging, and guidance equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see supp. no. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | MT applies to 7B611.a commodities “specially designed” for 7A611.a commodities controlled for MT reasons | MT Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
b. Environmental test facilities “specially designed” for the certification, qualification, or testing of commodities controlled in ECCN 7A611 (except 7A611.y) or guidance equipment in USML Category XII that are not enumerated in USML Category XII or controlled by another “600 series” ECCN.
c. Field test equipment “specially designed” to evaluate or calibrate the operation of systems described in USML Category XII(a), (b), or (c).
d. to w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity listed in this entry and that are not enumerated on the USML or controlled by another “600 series” ECCN.
7B994 Other equipment for the test, inspection, or “production” of navigation and avionics equipment.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “software” for equipment controlled by 7A001 to 7A004, 7A006, 7A008, 7B001, 7B002 or 7B003 | NS Column 1. | MT applies to “software” for equipment controlled for MT reasons. MT does not apply to “software” for equipment controlled by 7A008 | MT Column 1. | RS applies to “software” for inertial navigation systems and inertial equipment, and “components” therefor, for “9A991.b aircraft” | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
7D003 Other “software” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | MT applies to “software” for equipment controlled for MT reasons. MT does not apply to “software” for equipment controlled by 7A008 | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. “Software” “specially designed” or modified to improve the operational performance or reduce the navigational error of systems to the levels controlled by 7A003, 7A004 or 7A008;
b. “Source code” for hybrid integrated systems which improves the operational performance or reduces the navigational error of systems to the level controlled by 7A003 or 7A008 by continuously combining heading data with any of the following:
b.1. Doppler radar or sonar velocity data;
b.2. “Satellite navigation system” reference data; or
b.3. Data from 'Data-Based Referenced Navigation' ('DBRN”) systems;
c. [Reserved]
d. [Reserved]
N.span.For flight control “source code,” see 7D004.
e. Computer-Aided-Design (CAD) “software” “specially designed” for the “development” of “active flight control systems”, helicopter multi-axis fly-by-wire or fly-by-light controllers or helicopter “circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled direction control systems”, whose “technology” is controlled by 7E004.b.1, 7E004.b.3 to b.5, 7E004.b.7 to b.8, 7E004.c.1 or 7E004.c.2.
7D004 “Source code” incorporating “development” “technology” specified by 7E004.a.2, a.3, a.5, a.6 or 7E004.b, for any of the following: (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No.1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Integrated propulsion and flight control systems;
c. “Fly-by-wire systems” or “fly-by-light systems“;
d. Fault-tolerant or self-reconfiguring “active flight control systems”;
e. [Reserved];
f. Air data systems based on surface static data; or
g. Three dimensional displays.
Note:7D004 does not apply to “source code” associated with common computer elements and utilities (e.g., input signal acquisition, output signal transmission, computer “program” and data loading, built-in test, task scheduling mechanisms) not providing a specific flight control system function.
7D005 “Software” “Specially Designed” To Decrypt “Satellite Navigation System” Ranging Signals Designed for Government Use.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
7D101 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “use” of equipment controlled for missile technology (MT) reasons by 7A001 to 7A006, 7A101 to 7A107, 7A115, 7A116, 7A117, 7B001, 7B002, 7B003, 7B101, 7B102, or 7B103.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Integration “software” “specially designed” for the equipment controlled by 7A003 or 7A103.a.
7D103 “Software” “specially designed” for modelling or simulation of the “guidance sets” controlled by 7A117 or for their design integration with “missiles”. (This entry is “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 7D611 “Software” “specially designed” for commodities controlled by 7A611 or equipment controlled by 7B611, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 7D611.y | NS Column 1. | MT applies to 7D611.a “software” “specially designed” for 7A611.a commodities controlled for MT reasons | MT Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 7D611.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 7D611.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry except 7D611.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCNs 7A611 (except 7A611.y) or 7B611.
b. to .x [Reserved]
y. Specific “software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities described in 7A611.y.
7D994 “Software”, n.e.s., for the “development”, “production”, or “use” of navigation, airborne communication and other avionics.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No.1 to part 738) | NS applies to “technology” for items controlled by 7A001 to 7A004, 7A006, 7A008, 7B001 to 7B003, 7D001 to 7D005 | NS Column 1 | MT applies to technology for equipment controlled for MT reasons. MT | MT Column 1 | RS applies to “technology” for inertial navigation systems or inertial equipment, and “components” therefor, for 9A991.b aircraft | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
7E001 includes key management “technology” exclusively for equipment specified in 7A005.a.
7E002 “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “production” of equipment controlled by 7A (except 7A994) or 7span (except 7B994).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 7A001 to 7A004, 7A006, 7A008 or 7B001 to 7B003 | NS Column 1. | MT applies to technology for equipment controlled for MT reasons. MT | MT Column 1. | RS applies to “technology” for inertial navigation systems or inertial equipment, and “components” therefor, for 9A991.b aircraft | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No.1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to “technology” for equipment or systems controlled for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
STA: (1) Paragraph (c)(1) of License Exception STA (§ 740.20(c)(1) of the EAR) may not be used for 7E004, except for 7E004.a.7. (2) Paragraph (c)(2) of License Exception STA (§ 740.20(c)(2) of the EAR) may not be used for 7E004, except for 7E004.a.7.
a. “Technology” for the “development” or “production” of any of the following:
a.1. [Reserved]
a.2. Air data systems based on surface static data only, i.e., which dispense with conventional air data probes;
a.3. Three dimensional displays for “aircraft”;
a.4. [Reserved]
a.5. Electric actuators (i.e., electromechanical, electrohydrostatic and integrated actuator package) “specially designed” for 'primary flight control';
Technical Note:For the purposes of 7E004.a.5, 'primary flight control' is “aircraft” stability or maneuvering control using force/moment generators, i.e., aerodynamic control surfaces or propulsive thrust vectoring.
a.6. 'Flight control optical sensor array' “specially designed” for implementing “active flight control systems”; or
Technical Note:For the purposes of 7E004.a.6, a 'flight control optical sensor array' is a network of distributed optical sensors, using “laser” beams, to provide real-time flight control data for on-board processing.
a.7. “DBRN” systems designed to navigate underwater, using sonar or gravity databases, that provide a positioning “accuracy” equal to or less (better) than 0.4 nautical miles;
b. “Development” “technology”, as follows, for “active flight control systems” (including “fly-by-wire systems” or “fly-by-light systems”):
b.1. Photonic-based “technology” for sensing “aircraft” or flight control component state, transferring flight control data, or commanding actuator movement, “required” for “fly-by-light systems” “active flight control systems”;
b.2. [Reserved]
b.3. Real-time algorithms to analyze component sensor information to predict and preemptively mitigate impending degradation and failures of components within an “active flight control system”;
Note:7E004.b.3 does not include algorithms for purpose of off-line maintenance.
b.4. Real-time algorithms to identify component failures and reconfigure force and moment controls to mitigate “active flight control system” degradations and failures;
Note:7E004.b.4 does not include algorithms for the elimination of fault effects through comparison of redundant data sources, or off-line pre-planned responses to anticipated failures.
b.5. Integration of digital flight control, navigation and propulsion control data, into a digital flight management system for “total control of flight”;
Note:7E004.b.5 does not apply to:
1. “Technology” for integration of digital flight control, navigation and propulsion control data, into a digital flight management system for 'flight path optimization';
2. “Technology” for “aircraft” flight instrument systems integrated solely for VOR, DME, ILS or MLS navigation or approaches.
Technical Note:'Flight path optimization' is a procedure that minimizes deviations from a four-dimensional (space and time) desired trajectory based on maximizing performance or effectiveness for mission tasks.
b.6. [Reserved]
b.7. “Technology” “required” for deriving the functional requirements for “fly-by-wire systems” having all of the following:
b.7.a. 'Inner-loop' airframe stability controls requiring loop closure rates of 40 Hz or greater; and
Technical Note:For the purposes of 7E004.b.7.a, 'inner-loop' refers to functions of “active flight control systems” that automate airframe stability controls.
b.7.b. Having any of the following:
b.7.b.1. Corrects an aerodynamically unstable airframe, measured at any point in the design flight envelope, that would lose recoverable control if not corrected within 0.5 seconds;
b.7.b.2. Couples controls in two or more axes while compensating for 'abnormal changes in aircraft state';
Technical Note:For the purposes of 7E004.b.7.b.2, 'abnormal changes in aircraft state' include in-flight structural damage, loss of engine thrust, disabled control surface, or destabilizing shifts in cargo load.
b.7.b.3. Performs the functions specified in 7E004.b.5; or
Note:7E004.b.7.b.3 does not apply to autopilots.
b.7.b.4. Enables ”aircraft” to have stable controlled flight, other than during take-off or landing, at greater than 18 degrees angle of attack, 15 degrees side slip, 15 degrees/second pitch or yaw rate, or 90 degrees/second roll rate;
b.8. “Technology” “required” for deriving the functional requirements of “fly-by-wire systems” to achieve all of the following:
b.8.a. No loss of control of the ”aircraft” in the event of a consecutive sequence of any two individual faults within the “fly-by-wire system”; and
b.8.b. Probability of loss of control of the ”aircraft” being less (better) than 1 × 10
7E004.b does not apply to “technology” associated with common computer elements and utilities (e.g., input signal acquisition, output signal transmission, computer “program” and data loading, built-in test, task scheduling mechanisms) not providing a specific flight control system function.
c. “Technology” for the “development” of helicopter systems, as follows:
c.1. Multi-axis fly-by-wire or fly-by-light controllers, which combine the functions of at least two of the following into one controlling element:
c.1.a. Collective controls;
c.1.b. Cyclic controls;
c.1.c. Yaw controls;
c.2. “Circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled direction control systems”;
c.3. Rotor blades incorporating 'variable geometry airfoils', for use in systems using individual blade control.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 7E004.c.3, 'variable geometry airfoils' use trailing edge flaps or tabs, or leading edge slats or pivoted nose droop, the position of which can be controlled in flight.
7E101 “Technology,” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of equipment controlled by 7A001 to 7A006, 7A101 to 7A107, 7A115 to 7A117, 7B001, 7B002, 7B003, 7B101, 7B102, 7B103, or 7D101 to 7D103 for MT reasons.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | RS applies to “technology” required for the use of inertial navigation systems, or inertial equipment, or “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor, “specially designed” for 9A991.b aircraft | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Design “technology” for the configuration of hardened electrical circuits and subsystems;
c. Design “technology” for the determination of hardening criteria of .a and .b of this entry.
7E104 Design “Technology” for the integration of the flight control, guidance, and propulsion data into a flight management system, designed or modified for rockets or missiles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km, for optimization of rocket system trajectory. (This entry is “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 7E611 “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul or refurbishing of commodities controlled by 7A611, commodities controlled by 7B611, or software controlled by 7D611, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 7E611.y | NS Column 1. | MT applies to “technology” in 7E611.a if “required” for items controlled for MT reasons in 7A611.a, 7B611.a, or 7D611.a | MT Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 7E611.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 7E611.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry except 7E611.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities or “software” controlled by ECCN 7A611 (except 7A611.y), 7B611, or 7D611 (except 7D611.y).
b. through .x [Reserved]
y. Specific “technology” “required” for the “production,” “development,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, or overhaul of commodities or software controlled by ECCNs 7A611.y or 7D611.y.
7E994 “Technology”, n.e.s., for the “development”, “production”, or “use” of navigation, airborne communication, and other avionics equipment.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
a. Manned, tethered submersible vehicles designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m;
b. Manned, untethered submersible vehicles having any of the following:
b.1. Designed to 'operate autonomously' and having a lifting capacity of all the following:
b.1.a. 10% or more of their weight in air; and
b.1.b. 15 kN or more;
b.2. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m; or
b.3. Having all of the following:
b.3.a. Designed to continuously 'operate autonomously' for 10 hours or more; and
b.3.b. 'Range' of 25 nautical miles or more;
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 8A001.b, 'operate autonomously' means fully submerged, without snorkel, all systems working and cruising at minimum speed at which the submersible can safely control its depth dynamically by using its depth planes only, with no need for a support vessel or support base on the surface, sea-bed or shore, and containing a propulsion system for submerged or surface use.
2. For the purposes of 8A001.b, 'range' means half the maximum distance a submersible vehicle can 'operate autonomously'.
c. Unmanned submersible vehicles as follows:
c.1. Unmanned submersible vehicles having any of the following:
c.1.a. Designed for deciding a course relative to any geographical reference without real-time human assistance;
c.1.b. Acoustic data or command link; or
c.1.c. Wireless optical data or command link exceeding 1,000 m;
c.2. Unmanned, submersible vehicles, not specified in 8A001.c.1, having all of the following:
c.2.a. Designed to operate with a tether;
c.2.b. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m; and
c.2.c. Having any of the following:
c.2.c.1. Designed for self-propelled maneuver using propulsion motors or thrusters specified by 8A002.a.2; or
c.2.c.2. Fiber optic data link;
d. [Reserved]
e. Ocean salvage systems with a lifting capacity exceeding 5 MN for salvaging objects from depths exceeding 250 m and having any of the following:
e.1. Dynamic positioning systems capable of position keeping within 20 m of a given point provided by the navigation system; or
e.2. Seafloor navigation and navigation integration systems, for depths exceeding 1,000 m and with positioning “accuracies” to within 10 m of a predetermined point.
8A002 Marine systems, equipment, “parts” and “components,” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
a. Systems, equipment, “parts” and “components,” “specially designed” or modified for submersible vehicles and designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m, as follows:
a.1. Pressure housings or pressure hulls with a maximum inside chamber diameter exceeding 1.5 m;
a.2. Direct current propulsion motors or thrusters;
a.3. Umbilical cables, and connectors therefor, using optical fiber and having synthetic strength members;
a.4. “Parts” and “components” manufactured from material specified by ECCN 8C001;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 8A002.a.4, this entry should not be defeated by the export of 'syntactic foam' controlled by 8C001 when an intermediate stage of manufacture has been performed and it is not yet in its final component form.
b. Systems “specially designed” or modified for the automated control of the motion of submersible vehicles controlled by 8A001, using navigation data, having closed loop servo-controls and having any of the following:
b.1. Enabling a vehicle to move within 10 m of a predetermined point in the water column;
b.2. Maintaining the position of the vehicle within 10 m of a predetermined point in the water column; or
b.3. Maintaining the position of the vehicle within 10 m while following a cable on or under the seabed;
c. Fiber optic pressure hull penetrators;
d. Underwater vision systems having all of the following:
d.1. “Specially designed” or modified for remote operation with an underwater vehicle; and
d.2. Employing any of the following techniques to minimize the effects of back scatter:
d.2.a. Range-gated illuminators; or
d.2.b. Range-gated “laser” systems;
e. [Reserved]
f. [Reserved]
g. Light systems “specially designed” or modified for underwater use, as follows:
g.1. Stroboscopic light systems capable of a light output energy of more than 300 J per flash and a flash rate of more than 5 flashes per second;
g.2. Argon arc light systems “specially designed” for use below 1,000 m;
h. “Robots” “specially designed” for underwater use, controlled by using a dedicated computer and having any of the following:
h.1. Systems that control the “robot” using information from sensors which measure force or torque applied to an external object, distance to an external object, or tactile sense between the “robot” and an external object; or
h.2. The ability to exert a force of 250 N or more or a torque of 250 Nm or more and using titanium based alloys or “composite” “fibrous or filamentary materials” in their structural members;
i. Remotely controlled articulated manipulators “specially designed” or modified for use with submersible vehicles and having any of the following:
i.1. Systems which control the manipulator using information from sensors which measure any of the following:
i.1.a. Torque or force applied to an external object; or
i.1.b. Tactile sense between the manipulator and an external object; or
i.2. Controlled by proportional master-slave techniques and having 5 degrees of 'freedom of movement' or more;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 8A002.i.2, only functions having proportionally related motion control using positional feedback are counted when determining the number of degrees of 'freedom of movement'.
j. Air independent power systems “specially designed” for underwater use, as follows:
j.1. Brayton or Rankine cycle engine air independent power systems having any of the following:
j.1.a. Chemical scrubber or absorber systems, “specially designed” to remove carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide and particulates from recirculated engine exhaust;
j.1.b. Systems “specially designed” to use a monoatomic gas;
j.1.c. Devices or enclosures, “specially designed” for underwater noise reduction in frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; or
j.1.d. Systems having all of the following:
j.1.d.1. “Specially designed” to pressurize the products of reaction or for fuel reformation;
j.1.d.2. “Specially designed” to store the products of the reaction; and
j.1.d.3. “Specially designed” to discharge the products of the reaction against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;
j.2. Diesel cycle engine air independent systems having all of the following:
j.2.a. Chemical scrubber or absorber systems, “specially designed” to remove carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide and particulates from recirculated engine exhaust;
j.2.b. Systems “specially designed” to use a monoatomic gas;
j.2.c. Devices or enclosures, “specially designed” for underwater noise reduction in frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; and
j.2.d. “Specially designed” exhaust systems that do not exhaust continuously the products of combustion;
j.3. “Fuel cell” air independent power systems with an output exceeding 2 kW and having any of the following:
j.3.a. Devices or enclosures, “specially designed” for underwater noise reduction in frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; or
j.3.b. Systems having all of the following:
j.3.b.1. “Specially designed” to pressurize the products of reaction or for fuel reformation;
j.3.b.2. “Specially designed” to store the products of the reaction; and
j.3.b.3. “Specially designed” to discharge the products of the reaction against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;
j.4. Stirling cycle engine air independent power systems having all of the following:
j.4.a. Devices or enclosures, “specially designed” for underwater noise reduction in frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; and
j.4.b. “Specially designed” exhaust systems which discharge the products of combustion against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;
k. [Reserved]
l. [Reserved]
m. [Reserved]
n. [Reserved]
o. Propellers, power transmission systems, power generation systems and noise reduction systems, as follows:
o.1. [Reserved]
o.2. Water-screw propeller, power generation systems or transmission systems, designed for use on vessels, as follows:
o.2.a. Controllable-pitch propellers and hub assemblies, rated at more than 30 MW;
o.2.b. Internally liquid-cooled electric propulsion motors with a power output exceeding 2.5 MW;
o.2.c. “Superconductive” propulsion motors with a power output exceeding 0.1 MW;
o.2.d. Power transmission shaft systems incorporating “composite” material “parts” or “components” and capable of transmitting more than 2 MW;
o.2.e. Ventilated or base-ventilated propeller systems, rated at more than 2.5 MW;
o.3. Noise reduction systems designed for use on vessels of 1,000 tonnes displacement or more, as follows:
o.3.a. Systems that attenuate underwater noise at frequencies below 500 Hz and consist of compound acoustic mounts for the acoustic isolation of diesel engines, diesel generator sets, gas turbines, gas turbine generator sets, propulsion motors or propulsion reduction gears, “specially designed” for sound or vibration isolation and having an intermediate mass exceeding 30% of the equipment to be mounted;
o.3.b. 'Active noise reduction or cancellation systems' or magnetic bearings, “specially designed” for power transmission systems;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 8A002.o.3.b, 'active noise reduction or cancellation systems' incorporate electronic control systems capable of actively reducing equipment vibration by the generation of anti-noise or anti-vibration signals directly to the source.
o.4. Permanent magnet electric propulsion motors “specially designed” for submersible vehicles, having a power output exceeding 0.1 MW.
Note:8A002.o.4. includes rim-driven propulsion systems.
p. Pumpjet propulsion systems having all of the following:
p.1. Power output exceeding 2.5 MW; and
p.2. Using divergent nozzle and flow conditioning vane techniques to improve propulsive efficiency or reduce propulsion-generated underwater-radiated noise;
q. Underwater swimming and diving equipment as follows;
q.1. Closed circuit rebreathers;
q.2. Semi-closed circuit rebreathers;
Note:8A002.q does not control individual rebreathers for personal use when accompanying their users.
N.span.For equipment and devices “specially designed” for military use see ECCN 8A620.f.
r. Diver deterrent acoustic systems “specially designed” or modified to disrupt divers and having a sound pressure level equal to or exceeding 190 dspan (reference 1 µPa at 1 m) at frequencies of 200 Hz and below.
Note 1:8A002.r does not apply to diver deterrent systems based on under-water-explosive devices, air guns or combustible sources.
Note 2:8A002.r includes diver deterrent acoustic systems that use spark gap sources, also known as plasma sound sources.
8A018 Items on the Wassenaar Arrangement Munitions List.No items currently are in this ECCN. See ECCN 8A609 for engines and propulsion systems and “specially designed” “components” therefor that, immediately prior to January 6, 2014, were classified under ECCN 8A018.b.3. See ECCN 8A620 for closed and semi-closed circuit (rebreathing) apparatus, engines and propulsion systems for submersible vessels (diesel engines of 1,500 hp and over with rotary speed of 700 rpm or over “specially designed” for submarines), submarine and torpedo nets, and “specially designed” “components” therefor that, immediately prior to January 6, 2014, were classified under ECCN 8A018.a, .b.1, or .b.4, respectively. See ECCNs 8A001, 8A002 and 8A992 for controls on non-military submersible vehicles, oceanographic and associated equipment. See USML Category XX (22 Cspan part 121) for electric motors “specially designed” for submarines that, immediately prior to January 6, 2014, were classified under ECCN 8A018.b.2.
8A609 Surface vessels of war and related commodities (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 8A609.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry, except 8A609.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 8A609.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 8A609.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. Surface vessels of war “specially designed” for a military use and not enumerated or otherwise described in the USML.
Note 1:8A609.a includes: (i) Underway replenishment ships; (ii) surface vessel and submarine tender and repair ships, except vessels that are “specially designed” to support naval nuclear propulsion plants; (iii) non-submersible submarine rescue ships; (iv) other auxiliaries (e.g., AGDS, AGF, AGM, AGOR, AGOS, AH, AP, ARL, AVspan, AVM, and AVT); (v) amphibious warfare craft, except those that are armed; and (vi) unarmored and unarmed coastal, patrol, roadstead, and Coast Guard and other patrol craft with mounts or hard points for firearms of .50 caliber or less.
Note 2:For purposes of paragraph .a, surface vessels of war includes vessels “specially designed” for military use that are not identified in paragraph (a) of ITAR § 121.15, including any demilitarized vessels, regardless of origin or designation, manufactured prior to 1950 and that have not been modified since 1949. For purposes of this note, the term modified does not include incorporation of safety features required by law, cosmetic changes (e.g., different paint), or the addition of “parts” or “components” available prior to 1950.
b. Non-magnetic diesel engines with a power output of 50 hp or more and either of the following:
b.1. Non-magnetic content exceeding 25% of total weight; or
b.2. Non-magnetic parts other than crankcase, block, head, pistons, covers, end plates, valve facings, gaskets, and fuel, lubrication and other supply lines.
c. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 8A609 (except for 8A609.y) or a defense article enumerated or otherwise described in USML Category VI and not specified elsewhere on the USML, in 8A609.y or 3A611.y.
Note 1:Forgings, castings, and other unfinished products, such as extrusions and machined bodies, that have reached a stage in manufacturing where they are clearly identifiable by mechanical properties, material composition, geometry, or function as commodities controlled by ECCN 8A609.x are controlled by ECCN 8A609.x.
Note 2:“Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” specified in USML subcategory VI(f) are subject to the controls of that paragraph. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” specified in ECCN 8A609.y are subject to the controls of that paragraph.
y. Specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in this ECCN or for a defense article in USML Category VI and not elsewhere specified in the USML, as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor:
y.1. Public address (PA) systems;
y.2. Filters and filter assemblies, hoses, lines, fittings, couplings, and brackets for pneumatic, hydraulic, oil and fuel systems;
y.3. Galleys;
y.4. Lavatories;
y.5. Magnetic compass, magnetic azimuth detector;
y.6. Medical facilities;
y.7. Potable water tanks, filters, valves, hoses, lines, fittings, couplings, and brackets;
y.8. Panel knobs, indicators, switches, buttons, and dials whether unfiltered or filtered for use with night vision imaging systems;
y.9. Emergency lighting;
y.10. Gauges and indicators;
y.11. Audio selector panels.
8A620 Submersible vessels, oceanographic and associated commodities (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 8A620. b and .y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry, except 8A620.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 8A620.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 8A620.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. Submersible and semi-submersible vessels “specially designed” for a military use and not enumerated or otherwise described in the USML.
Note:8A620.a includes submarine rescue vehicles and Deep Submergence Vehicles (DSV).
b. Submersible and semi-submersible vessels “specially designed” for cargo transport and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor.
c. Harbor entrance detection devices (magnetic, pressure, and acoustic) and controls therefor, not elsewhere specified on the USML or the CCL.
d. Diesel engines of 1,500 hp and over with rotary speed of 700 rpm or over “specially designed” for submarines.
Note:Propulsion systems not specified in ECCN 8A620.d that are “specially designed” for an article controlled by USML Category XX are controlled by USML XX(b) or (c).
e. Submarine nets and torpedo nets.
f. Diving and underwater swimming apparatus specially designed or modified for military use, as follows:
f.1. Self-contained diving rebreathers, closed or semi-closed circuit;
f.2. Underwater swimming apparatus specially designed for use with the diving apparatus specified in subparagraph f.1;
N.span.:See also 8A002.q.
g. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 8A620 (except for 8A620.b or 8A620.y) and not elsewhere specified on the USML, in 8A620.y or 3A611.y.
Note 1:Forgings, castings, and other unfinished products, such as extrusions and machined bodies, that have reached a stage in manufacturing where they are clearly identifiable by mechanical properties, material composition, geometry, or function as commodities controlled by ECCN 8A620.x are controlled by ECCN 8A620.x.
Note 2:“Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” specified in ECCN 8A620.y are subject to the controls of that paragraph.
y. Specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in this ECCN, as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor:
y.1. Public address (PA) systems;
y.2. Filters and filter assemblies, hoses, lines, fittings, couplings, and brackets for pneumatic, hydraulic, oil and fuel systems;
y.3. Galleys;
y.4. Lavatories;
y.5. Magnetic compass, magnetic azimuth detector;
y.6. Medical facilities;
y.7. Potable water tanks, filters, valves, hoses, lines, fittings, couplings, and brackets;
y.8. Panel knobs, indicators, switches, buttons, and dials whether unfiltered or filtered for use with night vision imaging systems;
y.9. Emergency lighting;
y.10. Gauges and indicators;
y.11. Audio selector panels.
8A992 Vessels, marine systems or equipment, not controlled by 8A001 or 8A002, and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor, and marine boilers and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” therefor (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | Russian industry sector sanctions apply to entire entry | See § 746.5 for specific license requirements and license review policy. |
|---|
a.1. Television systems (comprising camera, lights, monitoring and signal transmission equipment) having a limiting resolution when measured in air of more than 500 lines and “specially designed” or modified for remote operation with a submersible vehicle; or
a.2. Underwater television cameras having a limiting resolution when measured in air of more than 700 lines;
Technical Note:Limiting resolution in television is a measure of horizontal resolution usually expressed in terms of the maximum number of lines per picture height discriminated on a test chart, using IEEE Standard 208/1960 or any equivalent standard.
b. Photographic still cameras “specially designed” or modified for underwater use, having a film format of 35 mm or larger, and having autofocusing or remote focusing “specially designed” for underwater use;
c. Stroboscopic light systems, “specially designed” or modified for underwater use, capable of a light output energy of more than 300 J per flash;
d. Other underwater camera equipment, n.e.s.;
e. Other submersible systems, n.e.s.;
f. Vessels, n.e.s., including inflatable boats, and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor, n.e.s.;
g. Marine engines (both inboard and outboard) and submarine engines, n.e.s.; and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor, n.e.s.;
h. Other self-contained underwater breathing apparatus (scuba gear) and related equipment, n.e.s.;
i. Life jackets, inflation cartridges, compasses, wetsuits, masks, fins, weight belts, and dive computers;
j. Underwater lights and propulsion equipment;
k. Air compressors and filtration systems “specially designed” for filling air cylinders.
l. Marine boilers designed to have any of the following characteristics:
l.1. Heat release rate (at maximum rating) equal to or in excess of 190,000 BTU per hour per cubic foot of furnace volume; or
l.2. Ratio of steam generated in pounds per hour (at maximum rating) to the dry weight of the boiler in pounds equal to or in excess of 0.83.
m. Major “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” for marine boilers described in 8A992.l.
span. “Test”, “Inspection” and “Production Equipment” 8B001 Water Tunnels Designed to Have a Background Noise of Less Than 100 dspan (Reference 1 µPa, 1 Hz) Within the Frequency Range Exceeding 0 Hz But Not Exceeding to 500 Hz and Designed for Measuring Acoustic Fields Generated by a Hydro-Flow Around Propulsion System Models.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
8B609 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” and related commodities “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul or refurbishing of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 8A609 or USML Category VI (except for Cat VI(f)(7)), as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
8B620 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” and related commodities “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 8A620 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 8B620.b | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. Test, inspection, and production “equipment” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 8A620.b and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor.
C. “Materials” 8C001 'Syntactic foam' designed for underwater use and having all of the following (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Designed for marine depths exceeding 1,000 m; and
b. A density less than 561 kg/m 3.
8C609 Materials “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of commodities controlled by 8A609 not elsewhere specified in the USML (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
D. “Software” 8D001 “Software” “Specially Designed” or Modified for the “Development,” “Production” or “use” of Equipment or Materials, Controlled by 8A (Except 8A992), 8span or 8C.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
8D002 Specific “software” “specially designed” or modified for the “development”, “production”, repair, overhaul or refurbishing (re-machining) of propellers “specially designed” for underwater noise reduction.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 8D609.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry, except 8D609.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 8D609.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 8D609.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCN 8A609, ECCN 8B609, or ECCN 8C609 (except for commodities controlled by ECCN 8A609.y).
b. through .x [Reserved]
y. Specific “software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities in ECCN 8A609.y.
8D620 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by 8A620 or 8B620 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 8D620.b and .y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry, except 8D620.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 8D620.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 8D620.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCN 8A620 or ECCN 8B620 (except for commodities controlled by ECCN 8A620.b or .y or ECCN 8B620.b).
b. “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCN 8A620.b or ECCN 8B620.b.
c. through .x [Reserved]
y. Specific “software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities in ECCN 8A620.y.
8D992 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment controlled by 8A992.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | Russian industry sector sanctions apply to entire entry | See § 746.5 for specific license requirements and license review policy. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
8E002 Other “technology” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
License Exceptions Note: License Exception Tspan is not applicable for the repair “technology” controlled by 8E002.a or .b, see Supplement No. 2 to part 774.
a. “Technology” for the “development”, “production”, repair, overhaul or refurbishing (re-machining) of propellers “specially designed” for underwater noise reduction;
b. “Technology” for the overhaul or refurbishing of equipment controlled by 8A001, 8A002.b, 8A002.j, 8A002.o or 8A002.p.
c. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of any of the following:
c.1. Surface-effect vehicles (fully skirted variety) having all of the following:
c.1.a. Maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 30 knots in a significant wave height of 1.25 m or more;
c.1.b. Cushion pressure exceeding 3,830 Pa; and
c.1.c. Light-ship-to-full-load displacement ratio of less than 0.70;
c.2. Surface-effect vehicles (rigid sidewalls) with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 40 knots in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more;
c.3. Hydrofoil vessels with active systems for automatically controlling foil systems, with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, of 40 knots or more in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more; or
c.4. 'Small waterplane area vessels' having any of the following:
c.4.a. Full load displacement exceeding 500 tonnes with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 35 knots in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more; or
c.4.b. Full load displacement exceeding 1,500 tonnes with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 25 knots in a significant wave height of 4 m or more.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 8E002.c.4, a 'small waterplane area vessel' is defined by the following formula: waterplane area at an operational design draft less than 2x (displaced volume at the operational design draft)
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 8E609.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry, except 8E609.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 8E609.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 8E609.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
Related Controls: Technical data directly related to articles enumerated or otherwise described in USML Category VI are controlled under USML Category VI(g).
Related Definitions: N/A Items:a. “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by ECCN 8A609, 8B609, or 8C609 (except for commodities controlled by ECCN 8A609.y), or “software” controlled by ECCN 8D609.
b. through .x [Reserved]
y. Specific “technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities or software in ECCN 8A609.y or 8D609.y.
8E620 “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by 8A620 or 8B620, or “software” controlled by 8D620 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except 8E620.b and .y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry, except 8E620.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 8E620.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry, except 8E620.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by ECCN 8A620 or 8B620 or “software” controlled by ECCN 8D620 (except for commodities controlled by ECCN 8A620.b or .y or ECCN 8B620.b or “software” controlled by 8D620.b or .y).
b. “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by ECCN 8A620.b or 8B620.b or “software” controlled by ECCN 8D620.b.
c. through .x [Reserved]
y. Specific “technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul or refurbishing of commodities or software in ECCN 8A620.y or 8D620.y.
8E992 “Technology” for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment controlled by 8A992.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
For propulsion systems designed or rated against neutron or transient ionizing radiation, see the U.S. Munitions List, 22 Cspan part 121.
9A001 Aero gas turbine engines having any of the following (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to only to those engines that meet the characteristics listed in 9A101 | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Incorporating any of the “technologies” controlled by 9E003.a, 9E003.h, or 9E003.i;
Note 1:9A001 does not control aero gas turbine engines which meet all of the following:
a. Certified by the civil aviation authority in a country listed in Supplement No. 1 to Part 743; and
b. Intended to power non-military manned “aircraft” for which any of the following has been issued by a Wassenaar Arrangement Participating State listed in Supplement No. 1 to Part 743 for the “aircraft” with this specific engine type:
b.1. A civil type certificate; or
b.2. An equivalent document recognized by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO).
Note 2:9A001 does not apply to aero gas turbine engines designed for Auxiliary Power Units (APUs) approved by the civil aviation authority in a Wassenaar Arrangement Participating State (see Supplement No. 1 to part 743 of the EAR).
b. [Reserved]
9A002 'Marine gas turbine engines' designed to use liquid fuel and having all of the following (see List of Items Controlled), and “specially designed” assemblies and “components” therefor.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. 'Corrected specific fuel consumption' not exceeding 0.219 kg/kWh at 35% of the maximum continuous power when using liquid fuel.
Note:The term 'marine gas turbine engines' includes those industrial, or aero-derivative, gas turbine engines adapted for a ship's electric power generation or propulsion.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 9A002, 'corrected specific fuel consumption' is the specific fuel consumption of the engine corrected to a marine distillate liquid fuel having a net specific energy (i.e., net heating value) of 42 MJ/kg (ISO 3977-2:1997).
9A003 “Specially designed” assemblies or “components”, incorporating any of the “technologies” controlled by 9E003.a, 9E003.h, 9E003.i, or 9E003.k, for any of the following aero gas turbine engines (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Controlled by 9A001; or
b. Whose design or production origins are either not from a Wassenaar Participating State (see Supplement No. 1 to part 743 of the EAR) or unknown to the manufacturer.
9A004 Space launch vehicles and “spacecraft,” “spacecraft buses”, “spacecraft payloads”, “spacecraft” on-board systems or equipment, terrestrial equipment, and air-launch platforms, and “sub-orbital craft”, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to 9A004.g, .u, .v, .w and .x | NS Column 1. | AT applies to 9A004.g, .u, .v, .w, .x and .y | AT Column 1. |
|---|
9A004.b through .f, and .h are controlled under ECCN 9A515.
a. Space launch vehicles;
b. “Spacecraft”;
c. “Spacecraft buses”;
d. “Spacecraft payloads” incorporating items specified by 3A001.b.1.a.4 or z (if also described in 3A001.b.1.a.4), 3A002.g, 5A001.a.1, 5A001.b.3, 5A002.c, z.3 or z.8, 5A002.e, z.5, 6A002.a.1, 6A002.a.2, 6A002.b, 6A002.d, 6A003.b, 6A004.c, 6A004.e, 6A008.d, 6A008.e, 6A008.k, 6A008.l or 9A010.c;
e. On-board systems or equipment, specially designed for “spacecraft” and having any of the following functions:
e.1. 'Command and telemetry data handling';
Note:For the purpose of 9A004.e.1, 'command and telemetry data handling' includes bus data management, storage, and processing.
e.2. 'Payload data handling'; or
Note:For the purpose of 9A004.e.2, 'payload data handling' includes payload data management, storage, and processing.
e.3. 'Attitude and orbit control';
Note:For the purpose of 9A004.e.3, 'attitude and orbit control' includes sensing and actuation to determine and control the position and orientation of a “spacecraft”.
N.span.:Equipment specially designed for military use is “subject to the ITAR”. See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.
f. Terrestrial equipment specially designed for “spacecraft”, as follows:
f.1. Telemetry and telecommand equipment “specially designed” for any of the following data processing functions:
f.1.a. Telemetry data processing of frame synchronization and error corrections, for monitoring of operational status (also known as health and safe status) of the “spacecraft bus”; or
f.1.b. Command data processing for formatting command data being sent to the “spacecraft” to control the “spacecraft bus”;
f.2. Simulators “specially designed” for `verification of operational procedures' of “spacecraft”.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 9A004.f.2, 'verification of operational procedures' is any of the following:
1. Command sequence confirmation;
2. Operational training;
3. Operational rehearsals; or
4. Operational analysis.
g. “Aircraft” “specially designed” or modified to be air-launch platforms for space launch vehicles or “sub-orbital craft”.
h. “Sub-orbital craft”.
i. through t. [RESERVED]
u. The James Webb Space Telescope (JWST) being developed, launched, and operated under the supervision of the U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
v. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for the James Webb Space Telescope and that are not:
v.1. Enumerated or controlled in the USML;
v.2. Microelectronic circuits;
v.3. Described in ECCN 7A004 or 7A104; or
v.4. Described in an ECCN containing “space-qualified” as a control criterion (See ECCN 9A515.x.4).
w. The International Space Station being developed, launched, and operated under the supervision of the U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for the International Space Station.
y. Items that would otherwise be within the scope of ECCN 9A004.v or .x but that have been identified in an interagency-cleared commodity classification (CCATS) pursuant to § 748.3(e) as warranting control in 9A004.y.
9A005 Liquid rocket propulsion systems containing any of the systems or “components,” controlled by 9A006. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 9A006 Systems, “components,” “specially designed” for liquid rocket propulsion systems. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 9A007 Solid rocket propulsion systems. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 9A008 “Components” “specially designed” for solid rocket propulsion systems. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 9A009 Hybrid rocket propulsion systems. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 9A010 “Specially Designed” “Parts,” “Components,” Systems and Structures, for Launch Vehicles, Launch Vehicle Propulsion Systems or “Spacecraft”. (See Related Controls Paragraph.)a. “Parts”, “components” and structures, each exceeding 10 kg and “specially designed” for launch vehicles manufactured using any of the following:
a.1. “Composite” materials consisting of “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1C010.e and resins specified by 1C008 or 1C009.b;
a.2. Metal “matrix” “composites” reinforced by any of the following:
a.2.a. Materials specified by 1C007;
a.2.b. “Fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1C010; or
a.2.c. Aluminides specified by 1C002.a; or
a.3. Ceramic “matrix” “composite” materials specified by 1C007;
Note:The weight cut-off is not relevant for nose cones.
b. “Parts”, “components” and structures, “specially designed” for launch vehicle propulsion systems specified by 9A005 to 9A009, manufactured using any of the following:
b.1. “Fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1C010.e and resins specified by 1C008 or 1C009.b;
b.2. Metal “Matrix “composites” reinforced by any of the following:
b.2.a. Materials specified by 1C007;
b.2.b. “Fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1C010; or
b.2.c. Aluminides specified by 1C002.a; or
b.3. Ceramic “matrix” “composite” materials specified by 1C007;
c. Structural components and isolation systems, specially designed to control actively the dynamic response or distortion of “spacecraft” structures;
d. Pulsed liquid rocket engines with thrust-to-weight ratios equal to or more than 1 kN/kg and a 'response time' of less than 30 ms.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 9A010.d, 'response time' means the time required to achieve 90% of total rated thrust from start-up.
9A011 Ramjet, scramjet or 'combined cycle engines', and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) Technical Note:For the purposes of 9A011, 'combined cycle engines' combine two or more of the following types of engines:
—Gas turbine engine (turbojet, turboprop and turbofan); —Ramjet or scramjet; —Rocket motor or engine (liquid/gel/solid-propellant and hybrid). 9A012 Non-military “Unmanned Aerial Vehicles,” (“UAVs”), unmanned “airships”, related equipment and “components”, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See supp. no. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | MT applies to non-military Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs) and Remotely Piloted Vehicles (RPVs) that are capable of a maximum range of at least 300 kilometers (km), regardless of payload, and UAVs that meet the requirements of 9A120 | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. “UAVs” or unmanned “airships”, designed to have controlled flight out of the direct 'natural vision' of the 'operator' and having any of the following:
a.1. Having all of the following:
a.1.a. A maximum 'endurance' greater than or equal to 30 minutes but less than 1 hour; and
a.1.b. Designed to take-off and have stable controlled flight in wind gusts equal to or exceeding 46.3 km/h (25 knots); or
a.2. A maximum 'endurance' of 1 hour or greater;
Technical Notes:
1. For the purposes of 9A012.a, 'operator' is a person who initiates or commands the “UAV” or unmanned “airship” flight.
2. For the purposes of 9A012.a, 'endurance' is to be calculated for ISA conditions (ISO 2533:1975) at sea level in zero wind.
3. For the purposes of 9A012.a, 'natural vision' means unaided human sight, with or without corrective lenses.
b. Related equipment and “components”, as follows:
b.1 [Reserved]
b.2. [Reserved]
b.3. Equipment or “components” “specially designed” to convert a manned “aircraft” or a manned “airship” to a “UAV” or unmanned “airship”, controlled by 9A012.a;
b.4. Air breathing reciprocating or rotary internal combustion type engines, “specially designed” or modified to propel “UAVs” or unmanned “airships”, at altitudes above 15,240 meters (50,000 feet).
9A018 Equipment on the Wassenaar Arrangement Munitions List.(a) See ECCN 9A610 for the aircraft, refuelers, ground equipment, parachutes, harnesses, and instrument flight trainers, as well as “parts”, “accessories,” and “attachments” for the forgoing that, immediately prior to October 15, 2013, were classified under 9A018.a.1, .a.3, .c, .d, .e, or .f.
(b) See ECCN 9A619 for military trainer aircraft turbo prop engines and “parts” and “components” therefor that, immediately prior to October 15, 2013, were classified under ECCN 9A018.a.2 or .a.3.
(c) See ECCN 0A606.b for certain armored ground transport vehicles that prior to January 6, 2014 were classified under ECCN 9A018.b.
9A101 Turbojet and turbofan engines, other than those controlled by 9A001, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Engines having all of the following characteristics:
a.1. 'Maximum thrust value' greater than 400 N (achieved un-installed) excluding civil certified engines with a maximum thrust value greater than 8,890 N (achieved un-installed);
a.2. Specific fuel consumption of 0.15 kg N
a.3. 'Dry weight' less than 750 kg; and
a.4. 'First-stage rotor diameter' less than 1 m; or
Technical Notes:1. 'Maximum thrust value' in 9A101.a.1 is the manufacturer's demonstrated maximum thrust for the engine type un-installed at sea level static conditions using the ICAO standard atmosphere. The civil type certified thrust value will be equal to or less than the manufacturer's demonstrated maximum thrust for the engine type.
2. Specific fuel consumption is determined at maximum continuous thrust for engine type un-installed at sea level static conditions using the ICAO standard atmosphere.
3. 'Dry weight' is the weight of the engine without fluids (fuel, hydraulic fluid, oil, etc.) and does not include the nacelle (housing).
4. 'First-stage rotor diameter' is the diameter of the first rotating stage of the engine, whether a fan or compressor, measured at the leading edge of the blade tips.
b. Engines designed or modified for use in “missiles” or UAVs with a range equal to or greater than 300 km, regardless of thrust, specific fuel consumption, 'dry weight' or 'first-stage rotor diameter'.
9A102 'Turboprop engine systems' “specially designed” for items controlled in 9A012 for MT reasons, and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor, having a maximum power greater than 10 kW (achieved uninstalled at sea level static conditions using the ICAO standard atmosphere), excluding civil certified engines.| Control(s) | Country chart (see Supp. No. 1 to part 738). | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
For the purposes of 9A102 a 'turboprop engine system' incorporates all of the following:
a. Turboshaft engine; and
b. Power transmission system to transfer the power to a propeller.
9A103 Liquid propellant tanks “specially designed” for the propellants controlled in ECCNs 1C011, 1C111 or other liquid propellants used in “missiles.” (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 9A104 Sounding rockets, capable of a range of at least 300 km. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 9A105 Liquid propellant rocket engines. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 9A106 Systems, “parts” or “components,” other than those controlled by 9A006, usable in “missiles,” and “specially designed” for liquid rocket propulsion systems, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Rocket nozzles;
c. Thrust vector control sub-systems;
Technical Note:Examples of methods of achieving thrust vector control controlled by 9A106.c includes:
1. Flexible nozzle;
2. Fluid or secondary gas injection;
3. Movable engine or nozzle;
4. Deflection of exhaust gas steam (jet vanes or probes); or
5. Thrust tabs.
d. Liquid, slurry and gel propellant (including oxidizers) control systems, and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor, designed or modified to operate in vibration environments greater than 10 g rms between 20 Hz and 2000 Hz.
Note:The only servo valves, pumps and gas turbines controlled by 9A106.d, are the following:
a. Servo valves designed for flow rates equal to or greater than 24 liters per minute, at an absolute pressure equal to or greater than 7 MPa, that have an actuator response time of less than 100 ms;
b. Pumps, for liquid propellants, with shaft speeds equal to or greater than 8,000 rpm at the maximum operating mode or with discharge pressures equal to or greater than 7 Mpa; or
c. Gas turbines, for liquid propellant turbopumps, with shaft speeds equal to or greater than 8,000 rpm at the maximum operating mode.
e. Flight control servo valves designed or modified for use in “missiles” and designed or modified to operate in a vibration environment greater than 10g rms over the entire range between 20Hz and 2 kHz.
9A107 Solid propellant rocket motors, usable in rockets with a range capability of 300 km or greater, other than those controlled by 9A007, having total impulse capacity equal to or greater than 8.41 × 10 5 Ns, but less than 1.1 × 10 6 Ns. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 9A108 Solid rocket propulsion “parts” and “components,” other than those controlled by 9A008, usable in rockets with a range capability of 300 km or greater. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 9A109 Hybrid rocket motors, usable in rockets with a range capability of 300 km or greater, other than those controlled by 9A009, and “specially designed” “parts” and “components” therefor. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 9A110 Composite structures, laminates and manufactures thereof “specially designed” for 9A012 items that are controlled for MT reasons.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a.1. An autonomous flight control and navigation capability; or
a.2. Capability of controlled-flight out of the direct vision range involving a human operator; and
b. Having any of the following:
b.1. Incorporating an aerosol dispensing system/mechanism with a capacity greater than 20 liters; or
b.2. Designed or modified to incorporate an aerosol dispensing system/mechanism with a capacity of greater than 20 liters.
Note:9A120 does not control model aircraft, “specially designed” for recreational or competition purposes.
Technical Notes:1. An aerosol consists of particulate or liquids other than fuel components, by—products or additives, as part of the “payload” to be dispersed in the atmosphere. Examples of aerosols include pesticides for crop dusting and dry chemicals for cloud seeding.
2. An aerosol dispensing system/mechanism contains all above devices (mechanical, electrical, hydraulic, etc.), which are necessary for storage and dispersion of an aerosol into the atmosphere. This includes the possibility of aerosol injection into the combustion exhaust vapor and into the propeller slip stream.
9A515 “Spacecraft” and related commodities, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry, except .e and .y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry, except .e and .y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 9A515.e | RS Column 2. | RS applies to 9A515.y, except to Russia for use in, with, or for the International Space Station (ISS), including launch to the ISS | China, Russia or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | MT applies to microcircuits in 9A515.d and 9A515.e.2 when “usable in” “missiles” for protecting “missiles” against nuclear effects ( | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
The Commerce Country Chart is not used for determining license requirements for commodities classified in ECCN 9A515.a.1, .a.2, .a.3, .a.4, and .g. See § 742.6(a)(9), which specifies that such commodities are subject to a worldwide license requirement.
STA: (1) Paragraph (c)(1) of License Exception STA (§ 740.20(c)(1) of the EAR) may not be used for “spacecraft” in ECCNs 9A515.a.1, .a.2, .a.3, or .a.4, “sub-orbital craft,” or items in 9A515.g, unless determined by BIS to be eligible for License Exception STA in accordance with § 740.20(g) (License Exception STA eligibility requests for certain 9x515 and “600 series” items). (2) License Exception STA may not be used if the “spacecraft” controlled in ECCN 9A515.a.1, .a.2, .a.3, or .a.4 contains a separable or removable propulsion system enumerated in USML Category IV(d)(2) or USML Category XV(e)(12) and designated MT. (3) Paragraph (c)(2) of License Exception STA (§ 740.20(c)(2) of the EAR) may not be used for any item in 9A515.
“Spacecraft” and other items described in ECCN 9A515 remain subject to the EAR even if exported, reexported, or transferred (in-country) with defense articles “subject to the ITAR” integrated into and included therein as integral parts of the item. In all other cases, such defense articles are subject to the ITAR. For example, a 9A515.a “spacecraft” remains “subject to the EAR” even when it is exported, reexported, or transferred (in-country) with a “hosted payload” described in USML Category XV(e)(17) incorporated therein. In all other cases, a “hosted payload” performing a function described in USML Category XV(a) always remains a USML item. The removal of the defense article subject to the ITAR from the spacecraft is a retransfer under the ITAR and would require an ITAR authorization, regardless of the CCL authorization the spacecraft is exported under. Additionally, transfer of technical data regarding the defense article subject to the ITAR integrated into the spacecraft would require an ITAR authorization.
a. “Spacecraft,” including satellites, and space vehicles and “sub-orbital craft,” whether designated developmental, experimental, research or scientific, not enumerated in USML Category XV or described in ECCN 9A004.u or .w, that:
a.1. Have electro-optical remote sensing capabilities and having a clear aperture greater than 0.35 meters, but less than or equal to 0.50 meters;
a.2. Have remote sensing capabilities beyond NIR (i.e., SWIR, MWIR, or LWIR);
a.3. Have radar remote sensing capabilities (e.g., AESA, SAR, or ISAR) having a center frequency equal to or greater than 1.0 GHz, but less than 10.0 GHz and having a bandwidth equal to or greater than 100 MHz, but less than 300 MHz;
a.4. Provide space-based logistics, assembly, or servicing of another “spacecraft”; or
a.5. Are not described in ECCN 9A515.a.1, .a.2, .a.3 or .a.4.
Note:ECCN 9A515.a includes commercial communications satellites, remote sensing satellites, planetary rovers, planetary and interplanetary probes, in-space habitats, and “sub-orbital craft,” not identified in ECCN 9A004 or USML Category XV(a).
b. Ground control systems and training simulators “specially designed” for telemetry, tracking, and control of the “spacecraft” controlled in paragraphs 9A004.u or 9A515.a.
c. [Reserved]
d. Microelectronic circuits (e.g., integrated circuits, microcircuits, or MOSFETs) and discrete electronic components rated, certified, or otherwise specified or described as meeting or exceeding all the following characteristics and that are “specially designed” for defense articles, “600 series” items, or items controlled by ECCNs 9A004.v or 9A515:
d.1. A total dose of 5 × 10 5 Rads (Si) (5 × 10 3 Gy (Si));
d.2. A dose rate upset threshold of 5 × 10 8 Rads (Si)/sec (5 × 10 6 Gy (Si)/sec);
d.3. A neutron dose of 1 × 10 14 n/cm 2 (1 MeV equivalent);
d.4. An uncorrected single event upset sensitivity of 1 × 10
d.5. An uncorrected single event upset sensitivity of 1 × 10
e. Microelectronic circuits (e.g., integrated circuits, microcircuits, or MOSFETs) and discrete electronic components that are rated, certified, or otherwise specified or described as meeting or exceeding the characteristics in either paragraph e.1 or e.2, AND “specially designed” for defense articles controlled by USML Category XV or items controlled by ECCNs 9A004.u or 9A515:
e.1. A total dose ≥1 × 10 5 Rads (Si) (1 × 10 3 Gy(Si)) and <5 × 10 5 Rads (Si) (5 × 10 3 Gy(Si)); and a single event effect (SEE) (i.e., single event latchup (SEL), single event burnout (SEspan), or single event gate rupture (SEGR)) immunity to a linear energy transfer (LET) ≥80 MeV-cm 2/mg; or
e.2. A total dose ≥5 × 10 5 Rads (Si) (5 × 10 3 Gy (Si)) and not described in 9A515.d.
Note 1 to 9A515.d and .e:Application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), integrated circuits developed and produced for a specific application or function, specifically designed or modified for defense articles and not in normal commercial use are controlled by Category XI(c) of the USML regardless of characteristics.
Note 2 to 9A515.d and .e:See 3A001.a and .z for controls on radiation-hardened microelectronic circuits “subject to the EAR” that are not controlled by 9A515.d or 9A515.e.
f. Pressure suits (i.e., space suits) capable of operating at altitudes 55,000 feet above sea level.
g. Remote sensing components “specially designed” for “spacecraft” described in ECCNs 9A515.a.1 through 9A515.a.4 as follows:
g.1. Space-qualified optics (i.e., lens, mirror, membrane having active properties (e.g., adaptive, deformable)) with the largest lateral clear aperture dimension equal to or less than 0.35 meters; or with the largest clear aperture dimension greater than 0.35 meters but less than or equal to 0.50 meters;
g.2. Optical bench assemblies “specially designed” for ECCN 9A515.a.1, 9A515.a.2, 9A515.a.3, or 9A515.a.4 “spacecraft;” or
g.3. Primary, secondary, or hosted payloads that perform a function of ECCN 9A515.a.1, 9A515.a.2, 9A515.a.3, or 9A515.a.4 “spacecraft.”
h. Spacecraft thrusters using bi-propellants or mono-propellants that provide thrust equal to or less than 150 lbf (i.e., 667.23 N) vacuum thrust.
i. through w. [RESERVED]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for defense articles controlled by USML Category XV or items controlled by 9A515, and that are NOT:
x.1. Enumerated or controlled in the USML or elsewhere within ECCNs 9A515 or 9A004;
x.2. Microelectronic circuits and discrete electronic components;
x.3. Described in ECCNs 7A004 or 7A104;
x.4. Described in an ECCN containing “space-qualified” as a control criterion (i.e., 3A001.b.1, 3A001.e.4 or .z, 3A002.g.1, 3A991.o, 3A992.b.3, 6A002.a.1, 6A002.b.2, 6A002.d.1, 6A004.c and .d, 6A008.j.1, 6A998.b, or 7A003.d.2);
x.5. Microwave solid state amplifiers and microwave assemblies (refer to ECCN 3A001.b.4 and .z for controls on these items);
x.6. Travelling wave tube amplifiers (refer to ECCN 3A001.b.8 and .z for controls on these items); or
x.7. Elsewhere specified in ECCN 9A515.y.
Note to 9A515.x:“Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” specified in USML subcategory XV(e) or enumerated in other USML categories are subject to the controls of that paragraph or category.
y. Items that would otherwise be within the scope of ECCN 9A515.x but that have been identified in an interagency-cleared commodity classification (CCATS) pursuant to § 748.3(e) as warranting control in 9A515.y.
y.1. Discrete electronic components not specified in 9A515.e;
y.2. Space grade or for spacecraft applications thermistors;
y.3. Space grade or for spacecraft applications RF microwave bandpass ceramic filters (Dielectric Resonator Bandpass Filters);
y.4. Space grade or for spacecraft applications hall effect sensors;
y.5. Space grade or for spacecraft applications subminiature (SMA and SMP) plugs and connectors, TNC plugs and cable and connector assemblies with SMA plugs and connectors; and
y.6. Space grade or for spacecraft applications flight cable assemblies.
9A604 Commodities related to launch vehicles, missiles, and rockets (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | MT applies to 9A604.a, .c, .d, and .f | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. Thermal batteries, except for thermal batteries controlled by 9A604.a, that are “specially designed” for systems controlled under USML Category IV.
c. “Components” “specially designed” for ramjet, scramjet, pulse jet, or combined cycle engines controlled under USML Category IV, including devices to regulate combustion in such commodities.
d. “Components” “specially designed” for hybrid rocket motors controlled under USML Category IV usable in rockets, missiles, or unmanned aerial vehicles capable of a range equal to or greater than 300 km.
e. “Components” “specially designed” for pressure gain combustion-based propulsion systems controlled under USML Category IV.
f. Composite structures, laminates and manufactures thereof “specially designed” for the following items controlled under USML Category IV:
f.1. Systems capable of a range equal to or greater than 300 km;
f.2. Individual rocket stages usable in 9A604.f.1. systems;
f.3. Solid propellant rocket motors or hybrid rocket motors having a total impulse capacity equal to or greater than 8.41 × 10 5 Ns; or
f.4. Liquid propellant rocket engines integrated, or designed or modified to be integrated, into a liquid propellant propulsion system which has a total impulse capacity equal to or greater than 8.41 × 10 5 Ns.
f.5. Thrust vector control systems usable in rockets, space launch vehicles (SLVs), and missiles capable of delivering at least a 500 kg payload to a range of at least 300 km.
f.6. Re-entry vehicles or warhead heat shields usable in rockets, SLVs, and missiles capable of delivering at least a 500 kg payload to a range of at least 300 km.
f.7. Safing, arming, fuzing, and firing components usable in rockets, SLVs, and missiles capable of delivering at least a 500 kg payload to a range of at least 300 km.
g. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in paragraphs .a through .d of this ECCN, or a defense article controlled under USML Category IV, and not specified elsewhere on the USML.
Note to 9A604.x:“Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” specified in USML Category IV(h) are subject to the controls of that paragraph.
9A610 Military Aircraft and Related Commodities, Other Than Those Enumerated in 9A991.a (See List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except: 9A610.b; parts and components controlled in 9A610.x if being exported or reexported for use in an aircraft controlled in 9A610.b; and 9A610.y | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry except: 9A610.b; parts and components controlled in 9A610.x if being exported or reexported for use in an aircraft controlled in 9A610.b; and 9A610.y | RS Column 1 | RS applies to 9A610.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)) | MT applies to 9A610.t, .u, .v, and .w | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry except 9A610.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
a. 'Military Aircraft' “specially designed” for a military use that are not enumerated in USML paragraph VIII(a).
Note 1:For purposes of paragraph .a the term 'military aircraft' means the LM-100J aircraft and any aircraft “specially designed” for a military use that are not enumerated in USML paragraph VIII(a). The term includes: Trainer aircraft; cargo aircraft; utility fixed wing aircraft; military helicopters; observation aircraft; military non-expansive balloons and other lighter-than-air aircraft; and unarmed military aircraft, regardless of origin or designation. Aircraft with modifications made to incorporate safety of flight features or other FAA or NTSspan modifications such as transponders and air data recorders are “unmodified” for the purposes of this paragraph .a.
Note 2:9A610.a does not control 'military aircraft' or “lighter-than-air vehicles” that:
a. Were first manufactured before 1946;
b. Do not incorporate defense articles enumerated or otherwise described on the U.S. Munitions List, unless the items are required to meet safety or airworthiness standards of civil aviation authorities of a Wassenaar Arrangement Participating State; and
c. Do not incorporate weapons enumerated or otherwise described on the U.S. Munitions List, unless inoperable and incapable of being returned to operation.
b. L-100 aircraft manufactured prior to 2013.
c.-d. [Reserved]
e. Mobile aircraft arresting and engagement runway systems for aircraft controlled by either USML Category VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a.
f. Pressure refueling equipment and equipment that facilitates operations in confined areas, “specially designed” for aircraft controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a.
g. Aircrew life support equipment, aircrew safety equipment and other devices for emergency escape from aircraft controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a.
h. Parachutes, paragliders, complete parachute canopies, harnesses, platforms, electronic release mechanisms, “specially designed” for use with aircraft controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a, and “equipment” “specially designed” for military high altitude parachutists, such as suits, special helmets, breathing systems, and navigation equipment.
i. Controlled opening equipment or automatic piloting systems, designed for parachuted loads.
j. Ground effect machines (GEMS), including surface effect machines and air cushion vehicles, “specially designed” for use by a military.
k. through s. [Reserved]
t. Composite structures, laminates, and manufactures thereof “specially designed” for unmanned aerial vehicles controlled under USML Category VIII(a) with a range equal to or greater than 300 km.
Note to paragraph .t:Composite structures, laminates, and manufactures thereof “specially designed” for unmanned aerial vehicles controlled under USML Category VIII(a) with a maximum range less than 300 km are controlled in paragraph .x of this entry.
u. Apparatus and devices “specially designed” for the handling, control, activation and non-ship-based launching of UAVs controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a, and capable of a range equal to or greater than 300 km.
Note to paragraph .u:Apparatus and devices “specially designed” for the handling, control, activation and non-ship-based launching of UAVs controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a with a maximum range less than 300 km are controlled in paragraph .x of this entry.
v. Radar altimeters designed or modified for use in UAVs controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a., and capable of delivering at least 500 kilograms payload to a range of at least 300 km.
Note to paragraph .v:Radar altimeters designed or modified for use in UAVs controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a. that are not capable of delivering at least 500 kilograms payload to a range of at least 300 km are controlled in paragraph .x of this entry.
w.1. Pneumatic hydraulic, mechanical, electro-optical, or electromechanical flight control systems (including fly-by-wire and fly-by-light systems) and attitude control equipment designed or modified for UAVs controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a., and capable of delivering at least 500 kilograms payload to a range of at least 300 km.
Note to paragraph .w.1:Pneumatic, hydraulic, mechanical, electro-optical, or electromechanical flight control systems (including fly-by-wire and fly-by-light systems) and attitude control equipment designed or modified for UAVs controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a., not capable of delivering at least 500 kilograms payload to a range of at least 300 km are controlled in paragraph .x of this entry.
w.2. Flight control servo valves designed or modified for the systems in 9A610.w.1. and designed or modified to operate in a vibration environment greater than 10g rms over the entire range between 20Hz and 2 kHz.
Note to paragraph .w:Paragraphs 9A610.w.1. and 9A610.w.2. include the systems, equipment and valves designed or modified to enable operation of manned aircraft as unmanned aerial vehicles.
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 9A610 (except for 9A610.y) or a defense article enumerated or otherwise described in USML Category VIII and not elsewhere specified on the USML or in 9A610.y, 9A619.y, or 3A611.y.
y. Specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in this entry, ECCN 9A619, or for a defense article in USML Categories VIII or XIX and not elsewhere specified in the USML or the CCL, and other aircraft commodities “specially designed” for a military use, as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor:
y.1. Aircraft tires;
y.2. Analog gauges and indicators;
y.3. Audio selector panels;
y.4. Check valves for hydraulic and pneumatic systems;
y.5. Crew rest equipment;
y.6. Ejection seat mounted survival aids;
y.7. Energy dissipating pads for cargo (for pads made from paper or cardboard);
y.8. Fluid filters and filter assemblies;
y.9. Galleys;
y.10. Fluid hoses, straight and unbent lines (for a commodity subject to control in this entry or defense article in USML Category VIII), and fittings, couplings, clamps (for a commodity subject to control in this entry or defense article in USML Category VIII) and brackets therefor;
y.11. Lavatories;
y.12. Life rafts;
y.13. Magnetic compass, magnetic azimuth detector;
y.14. Medical litter provisions;
y.15. Cockpit or cabin mirrors;
y.16. Passenger seats including palletized seats;
y.17. Potable water storage systems;
y.18. Public address (PA) systems;
y.19. Steel brake wear pads (does not include sintered mix or carbon/carbon materials);
y.20. Underwater locator beacons;
y.21. Urine collection bags/pads/cups/pumps;
y.22. Windshield washer and wiper systems;
y.23. Filtered and unfiltered panel knobs, indicators, switches, buttons, and dials;
y.24. Lead-acid and Nickel-Cadmium batteries;
y.25. Propellers, propeller systems, and propeller blades used with reciprocating engines;
y.26. Fire extinguishers;
y.27. Flame and smoke/CO
y.28. Map cases;
y.29. 'Military Aircraft' that were first manufactured from 1946 to 1955 that do not incorporate defense articles enumerated or otherwise described on the U.S. Munitions List, unless the items are required to meet safety or airworthiness standards of a Wassenaar Arrangement Participating State; and do not incorporate weapons enumerated or otherwise described on the U.S. Munitions List, unless inoperable and incapable of being returned to operation;
y.30. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments,” other than electronic items or navigation equipment, for use in or with a commodity controlled by ECCN 9A610.h;
y.31. Identification plates and nameplates; and
y.32. Fluid manifolds.
9A619 Military gas turbine engines and related commodities (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 9A619.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 9A619.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 9A619.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry except 9A619.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Military Gas Turbine Engines” “specially designed” for a military use that are not controlled in USML Category XIX(a), (b), (c), or (d).
Note:For purposes of ECCN 9A619.a, the term “military gas turbine engines” means gas turbine engines “specially designed” for “end items” enumerated in USML Categories VI, VII or VIII or on the CCL under ECCNs 0A606, 8A609 or 9A610.
b. Digital engine controls (e.g., Full Authority Digital Engine Controls (FADEC) and Digital Electronic Engine Controls (DEEC)) “specially designed” for gas turbine engines controlled in this ECCN 9A619.
c. If “specially designed” for gas turbine engines controlled in 9A619.a, hot section components (i.e., combustion chambers and liners; high pressure turbine blades, vanes, disks and related cooled structure; cooled low pressure turbine blades, vanes, disks and related cooled structure; cooled augmenters; and cooled nozzles);
d. If “specially designed” for gas turbine engines controlled in 9A619.a, uncooled turbine blades, vanes, disks, and tip shrouds;
e. If “specially designed” for gas turbine engines controlled in 9A619.a, combustor cowls, diffusers, domes, and shells;
f. Engine monitoring systems (i.e., those that conduct prognostics, diagnostics, and monitor health) “specially designed” for gas turbine engines and components controlled in this ECCN 9A619.
g. through w. [Reserved]
x. Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by this ECCN 9A619 (other than ECCN 9A619.c) or for a defense article enumerated in USML Category XIX and not specified elsewhere on the USML or in ECCN 3A611.y, 9A610.y or 9A619.y.
Note to paragraph .x:“Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” specified in USML subcategory XIX(f) are subject to the controls of that paragraph. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” specified in ECCN 3A611.y, 9A610.y or 9A619.y are subject to the controls of that paragraph.
y. Specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in this entry, ECCN 9A610, or for a defense article in USML Category VIII or Category XIX and not elsewhere specified on the USML or in the CCL, and other commodities, as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor:
y.1. Oil tank and reservoirs;
y.2. Oil lines and tubes;
y.3. Fluid hoses, and lines (for a commodity subject to control in this entry or a defense article in USML Category XIX), fittings, couplings, and brackets therefor;
y.4. Fluid filters and filter assemblies;
y.5. Clamps (for a commodity subject to control in this entry or a defense article in USML Category XIX);
y.6. Shims;
y.7. Identification plates and nameplates;
y.8. Fluid manifolds; and
y.9. Check valves for fluid systems.
9A620 Cryogenic and “superconductive” equipment, as follows (see list of items controlled). Reason for Control: NS, RS, AT, UN| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
ECCN 9A620.a includes mobile systems incorporating or employing “accessories” or “components” manufactured from non-metallic or non-electrical conductive materials such as plastics or epoxy-impregnated materials.
b. “Superconductive” electrical equipment (rotating machinery and transformers) “specially designed” to be installed in a vehicle for military ground, marine, airborne, or space applications, and capable of operating while in motion.
Note to 9A620.b:ECCN 9A620.b. does not control direct-current hybrid homopolar generators that have single-pole normal metal armatures which rotate in a magnetic field produced by superconducting windings, provided those windings are the only superconducting components in the generator.
c. through w. [Reserved].
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by ECCN 9A620.
9A980 Nonmilitary mobile crime science laboratories; and accessories, n.e.s. Heading Note:In order for a vehicle to be classified as a nonmilitary mobile crime scene laboratory under ECCN 9A980, the vehicle must contain one or more analytical or laboratory items controlled for Crime Control (CC) reasons on the CCL, such as ECCNs 3A980 and 3A981.
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | CC applies to entire entry | CC Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry except 9A990.a | AT Column 1. | AT applies to 9A990.a only | AT Column 2. |
|---|
b. Off highway wheel tractors of carriage capacity 9 mt (20,000 lbs) or more; and major “components” and accessories, n.e.s.
c. On-Highway tractors, with single or tandem rear axles rated for 9 mt per axel (20,000 lbs.) or greater and “specially designed” major “components”.
9A991 “Aircraft,” n.e.s., and gas turbine engines not controlled by 9A001 or 9A101 and “parts” and “components,” n.e.s. (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to 9A991.a | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a.1 Cargo aircraft bearing “C” designations and numbered C-45 through C-118 inclusive, C-121 through C-125 inclusive, and C-131, using reciprocating engines only.
a.2 Trainer aircraft bearing “T” designations and using reciprocating engines or turboprop engines with less than 600 horsepower (s.h.p.).
a.3 Utility aircraft bearing “U” designations and using reciprocating engines only.
a.4 All liaison aircraft bearing an “L” designation.
a.5 All observation aircraft bearing “O” designations and using reciprocating engines.
b. Aircraft n.e.s.;
c. Aero gas turbine engines, and “parts” and “components” “specially designed” therefor.
Note:9A991.c does not control aero gas turbine engines that are destined for use in civil “aircraft” and that have been in use in bona fide civil “aircraft” for more than eight years. If they have been in use in bona fide civil “aircraft” for more than eight years, such engines are controlled under 9A991.d.
d. “Parts” and “components,” “specially designed” for “aircraft,” n.e.s.
e. Pressurized aircraft breathing equipment, n.e.s.; and “parts” and “components” “specially designed” therefor, n.e.s.
9A992 Complete canopies, harnesses, and platforms and electronic release mechanisms therefor, except such types as are in normal sporting use.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | MT applies to equipment for engines controlled under 9A001 for MT reasons and for engines controlled under 9A101 | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
a. Directional solidification or single crystal casting equipment designed for “superalloys”;
b. Casting tooling, “specially designed” for manufacturing gas turbine engine blades, vanes or “tip shrouds”, manufactured from refractory metals or ceramics, as follows:
b.1. Cores;
b.2. Shells (moulds);
b.3. Combined core and shell (mould) units;
c. Directional-solidification or single-crystal additive-manufacturing equipment designed for “superalloys”.
9B002 On-line (real time) control systems, instrumentation (including sensors) or automated data acquisition and processing equipment, having all of the following (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to equipment for engines controlled under 9A001 for MT reasons and for engines controlled under 9A101 | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Incorporating any of the “technologies” controlled by 9E003.h or 9E003.i.
9B003 Equipment “specially designed” for the “production” or test of gas turbine brush seals designed to operate at tip speeds exceeding 335 m/s, and temperatures in excess of 773 K (500 °C), and “specially designed” “components” or “accessories” therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to equipment for engines controlled under 9A001 for MT reasons and for engines controlled under 9A101 | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to equipment for engines controlled under 9A001 for MT reasons and for engines controlled under 9A101 | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. Wind tunnels designed for speeds of Mach 1.2 or more;
Note:9B005.a does not control wind tunnels “specially designed” for educational purposes and having a 'test section size' (measured laterally) of less than 250 mm.
Technical Note:For the purposes of 9B005.a Note, 'test section size' means the diameter of the circle, or the side of the square, or the longest side of the rectangle, at the largest test section location.
b. Devices for simulating flow-environments at speeds exceeding Mach 5, including hot-shot tunnels, plasma arc tunnels, shock tubes, shock tunnels, gas tunnels and light gas guns; or
c. Wind tunnels or devices, other than two-dimensional sections, capable of simulating Reynolds number flows exceeding 25 × 10 6.
9B006 Acoustic vibration test equipment capable of producing sound pressure levels of 160 Db or more (referenced to 20 uPa) with a rated output of 4 kW or more at a test cell temperature exceeding 1,273 K (1,000 °C), and “specially designed” quartz heaters therefor.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 2 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Designed to operate at a temperature of 873 K (600 °C) or more.
Note:9B009 does not specify tooling for the production of powder.
9B010 Equipment “Specially Designed” for the Production of Items Specified by 9A012.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
9B105 does not control wind tunnels for speeds of Mach 3 or less with the dimension of the ‘test cross section size’ equal to or less than 250 mm.
Technical Notes:1. ‘Aerodynamic test facilities’ includes wind tunnels and shock tunnels for the study of airflow over objects.
2. ‘Test cross section size’ means the diameter of the circle, or the side of the square, or the longest side of the rectangle, or the major axis of the ellipse at the largest ‘test cross section’ location. ‘Test cross section’ is the section perpendicular to the flow direction.
9B106 Environmental chambers usable for rockets, missiles, or unmanned aerial vehicles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km and their subsystems, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a.1. Capable of simulating any of the following flight conditions:
a.1.a. Altitude equal to or greater than 15,000 m; or
a.1.b. Temperature range from below −50 °C to above 125 °C; and
a.2. Incorporating, or designed or modified to incorporate, a shaker unit or other vibration test equipment to produce vibration environments equal to or greater than 10 g rms, measured 'bare table,' between 20 Hz and 2 kHz while imparting forces equal to or greater than 5 kN;
Technical Notes:1. Item 9B106.a.2 describes systems that are capable of generating a vibration environment with a single wave (e.g., a sine wave) and systems capable of generating a broad band random vibration (i.e., power spectrum).
2. The term ‘bare table’ means a flat table, or surface, with no fixture or fittings.
3. In Item 9B106.a.2, designed or modified means the environmental chamber provides appropriate interfaces (e.g., sealing devices) to incorporate a shaker unit or other vibration test equipment as specified in this Item.
b. Environmental chambers capable of simulating all of the following flight conditions:
b.1. Acoustic environments at an overall sound pressure level of 140 dspan or greater (referenced to 2 × 10
b.2. Any of the following:
b.2.a. Altitude equal to or greater than 15,000 m; or
b.2.b. Temperature range of at least −50 °C to + 125 °C.
9B115 “Specially designed” production “equipment” for systems, sub-systems and “components” controlled by ECCN 9A101 or by USML Category IV(d)(2), (d)(3), (d)(4), or (h)(17).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Capable of simultaneously measuring the three axial thrust components.
9B515 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” “specially designed” for “spacecraft” and related commodities, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. no. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1. | MT applies to equipment in 9B515.a for the “development” or “production” of commodities in USML Category XV(e)(12) and XV(e)(19) that are MT controlled | MT Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
ECCN 9B515.a includes equipment, cells, and stands “specially designed” for the analysis or isolation of faults in commodities enumerated in ECCNs 9A004.u or 9A515.a, or USML Category XV(a) or XV(e).
b. Environmental test chambers capable of pressures below (10
| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | MT applies to 9B604.a and .b and to 9B604.d “specially designed” “production facilities” or production “equipment” for defense articles identified as MTCR Annex items in USML Category IV(d)(1), (h)(1), (h)(4), (h)(6), (h)(7), (h)(8), (h)(9), (h)(11), (h)(20), (h)(21), or (h)(26) | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. Test, calibration, and alignment equipment “specially designed” for items that are controlled by USML Category IV(h)(28).
c. Test, inspection, and other production “equipment” that is “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities described in ECCN 9A604, or defense articles controlled under USML Category IV, and not specified in ECCN 0B604.a or in ECCN 9B604.a, .b, or .d.
d. “Specially designed” “production facilities” or production “equipment” for systems, sub-systems, and “components” controlled by USML Category IV(d)(1), (d)(7), (h)(1), (h)(4), (h)(6), (h)(7), (h)(8), (h)(9), (h)(11), (h)(20), (h)(21), (h)(26), or (h)(28).
e. through w. [Reserved]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in paragraph .a or .b of this ECCN.
9B610 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” and related commodities “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 9A610 or USML Category VIII (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 9B610.c | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | MT applies to 9B610.c | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. Environmental test facilities “specially designed” for the certification, qualification, or testing of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 9A610 (except for 9A610.y) or USML Category VIII and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor.
c. “Production facilities” designed or modified for UAVs or drones that are (i) controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a and (ii) capable of a range equal to or greater than 300 km.
9B619 Test, inspection, and production “equipment” and related commodities “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 9A619 or USML Category XIX (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 9B619.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 9B619.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 9B619.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry except 9B619.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. Test, inspection, and production “equipment” “specially designed” for the “production,” “development,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 9A619 (except for 9A619.y) or in USML Category XIX, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor.
b. Equipment, cells, or stands “specially designed” for testing, analysis and fault isolation of engines, “systems,” “components,” “parts,” “accessories,” and “attachments” enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 9A619 (except for 9A619.y) on the CCL or in Category XIX on the USML.
c. through x. [Reserved]
y. Bearing pullers “specially designed” for the “production” or “development” of commodities enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 9A619 (except for 9A619.y) or USML Category XIX and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor.
9B620 Test, inspection, and production commodities for cryogenic and “superconductive” equipment (see List of Items controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
9B990 Vibration test equipment and “specially designed” “parts” and “components,” n.e.s.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. Tooling, fixtures or measuring equipment for the “laser”, water jet or ECM/EDM hole drilling processes controlled by 9E003.c;
c. Ceramic core leaching equipment;
d. Ceramic core manufacturing equipment or tools;
e. Ceramic shell wax pattern preparation equipment;
f. Ceramic shell burn out or firing equipment.
C. “Materials” 9C110 Resin impregnated fiber prepregs and metal coated fiber preforms therefor, for composite structures, laminates and manufactures specified in 9A110, made either with organic matrix or metal matrix utilizing fibrous or filamentary reinforcements having a “specific tensile strength” greater than 7.62 × 10 4 m and a “specific modulus” greater than 3.18 × 10 6 m.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
(2) The only resin impregnated fiber prepregs controlled by entry 9C110 are those using resins with a glass transition temperature (T
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
Materials enumerated elsewhere in the CCL, such as in a CCL Category 1 ECCN, are controlled pursuant to controls of the applicable ECCN.
Note 2:Materials “specially designed” for both aircraft enumerated in USML Category VIII and aircraft enumerated in ECCN 9A610 are subject to the controls of this ECCN.
b. [Reserved]
9C619 Materials “specially designed” for commodities controlled by USML Category XIX or ECCN 9A619 and not elsewhere specified in the CCL or on the USML (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. Materials “specially designed” for use in certain gas turbine engines, as follows:
b.1. Powders “specially designed” for thermal or environmental barrier coating of defense articles enumerated or described in USML Category XIX paragraphs (f)(1)-(f)(4) for engines listed in (f)(1);
b.2. Superalloys (i.e., nickel, cobalt or iron based), used in directionally solidified or single crystal casting, “specially designed” for defense articles enumerated or described in USML Category XIX paragraphs (f)(1)-(f)(4) for engines listed in paragraph (f)(1); or
b.3. Imide matrix, metal matrix, or ceramic matrix composite material (i.e., reinforcing fiber combined with a matrix) “specially designed” for defense articles enumerated or described in USML Category XIX paragraphs (f)(1)-(f)(4) for engines listed in paragraph (f)(1).
Note 1:Materials enumerated elsewhere in the CCL, such as in a CCL Category 1 ECCN, are controlled pursuant to the controls of the applicable ECCN.
Note 2:Materials described in paragraph .a of this entry that are “specially designed” for both an engine enumerated in USML Category XIX and an engine enumerated in ECCN 9A619 are subject to the controls of this ECCN 9C619.
Note 3:Materials described in this entry that are or have been used in gas turbine engines in production (i.e., not in development) that are not enumerated or otherwise described on the USML or ECCN 9A619 are not controlled by this entry.
D. “Software” 9D001 “Software”, not specified in 9D003 or 9D004, “specially designed” or modified for the “development” of equipment or “technology” controlled by ECCN 9A001 to 9A004, 9A012, 9A101 (except for items in 9A101.b that are “subject to the ITAR”, see 22 Cspan part 121), 9A106.d. or .e, 9A110, or 9A120, 9span (except for ECCNs 9B604, 9B610, 9B619, 9B990, and 9B991), or ECCN 9E003.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “software” for equipment controlled by 9A001 to 9A004, 9A012, 9B001 to 9B010, and technology controlled by 9E003 | NS Column 1 | MT applies to “software” for equipment controlled by 9B116 for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “software” for equipment controlled by 9A001 to 9A004, 9A012, 9B001 to 9B010 | NS Column 1 | MT applies to “software” for equipment controlled by 9B116 for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “software” for “use” of “FADEC systems” for equipment controlled by 9A001 to 9A003 | NS Column 1. | MT applies to “software” required for the “use” of “FADEC systems” for gas turbine engines controlled by 9A101, or 9A106. | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
b. “Software” for testing aero gas turbine engines, assemblies, “parts” or “components”, having all of the following:
b.1. “Specially designed” for testing any of the following:
b.1.a. Aero gas turbine engines, assemblies or components, incorporating “technology” specified by 9E003.a, 9E003.h or 9E003.i; or
b.1.b. Multi-stage compressors providing either bypass or core flow, specially designed for aero gas turbine engines incorporating “technology” specified by 9E003.a or 9E003.h; and
b.2. “Specially designed” for all of the following:
b.2.a. Acquisition and processing of data, in real time; and
b.2.b. Feedback control of the test article or test conditions (e.g., temperature, pressure, flow rate) while the test is in progress;
Note:9D004.b does not specify software for operation of the test facility or operator safety (e.g., overspeed shutdown, fire detection and suppression), or production, repair or maintenance acceptance-testing limited to determining if the item has been properly assembled or repaired.
c. “Software” “specially designed” to control directional solidification or single crystal material growth in equipment specified by 9B001.a or 9B001.c;
d. [Reserved]
e. “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the operation of items specified by 9A012;
f. “Software” “specially designed” to design the internal cooling passages of aero gas turbine engine blades, vanes and “tip shrouds”;
g. “Software” having all of the following:
g.1. “Specially designed” to predict aero thermal, aeromechanical and combustion conditions in aero gas turbine engines; and
g.2. Theoretical modeling predictions of the aero thermal, aeromechanical and combustion conditions, which have been validated with actual turbine engine (experimental or production) performance data.
9D005 “Software” Specially Designed or Modified for the Operation of Items Specified by 9A004.e or 9A004.f. (This “Software” Is Controlled by ECCN 9D515.) 9D018 “Software” for the “use” of equipment controlled by 9A018.(a) See ECCN 9D610 for “software” related to aircraft, refuelers, ground equipment, parachutes, harnesses, instrument flight trainers and “parts”, “accessories,” and “attachments” for the forgoing that, immediately prior to October 15, 2013, were classified under 9A018.a.1, .a.3, .c, .d, .e, or .f.
(b) See ECCN 9D619 for “software” related to military trainer aircraft turbo prop engines and “parts” and “components” therefor that, immediately prior to October 15, 2013, were classified under ECCN 9A018.a.2 or .a.3.
(c) Software related to certain armored ground transport vehicles that prior to January 6, 2014 were classified under ECCN 9A018.b is EAR99 (See 0D606).
9D101 “Software” “specially designed” or modified for the “use” of commodities controlled by 9B104, 9B105, 9B106, 9B116, or 9B117.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
For a manned aircraft converted to operate as an unmanned aerial vehicle specified in 9A012 and controlled for MT reasons, 9D104 includes “software”, as follows:
a. “Software” “specially designed” or modified to integrate the conversion equipment with the aircraft system functions;
b. “Software” “specially designed” or modified to operate the aircraft as an unmanned aerial vehicle.
9D105 “Software” that coordinates the function of more than one subsystem, “specially designed” or modified for “use” in rockets, missiles, or unmanned aerial vehicles capable of achieving a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km. (These items are “subject to the ITAR.” See 22 Cspan parts 120 through 130.) 9D515 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of “spacecraft” and related commodities, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country Chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 9D515.y | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry except 9D515.y | RS Column 1 | RS applies to 9D515.y, except to Russia for use in, with, or for the International Space Station (ISS), including launch to the ISS | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see *§ 742.6(a)(7)) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
a. “Software” (other than “software” controlled in paragraphs .b, .d, or .e of this entry) “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by ECCN 9A515 (except 9A515.d or .e) or 9B515.
b. “Source code” that:
b.1. Contains the algorithms or control principles (e.g., for clock management), precise orbit determination (e.g., for ephemeris or pseudo range analysis), signal construct (e.g., pseudo-random noise (PRN) anti-spoofing) “specially designed” for items controlled by ECCN 9A515;
b.2. Is “specially designed” for the integration, operation, or control of items controlled by ECCN 9A515;
b.3. Contains algorithms or modules “specially designed” for system, subsystem, component, part, or accessory calibration, manipulation, or control of items controlled by ECCN 9A515;
b.4. Is “specially designed” for data assemblage, extrapolation, or manipulation of items controlled by ECCN 9A515;
b.5. Contains the algorithms or control laws “specially designed” for attitude, position, or flight control of items controlled in ECCN 9A515; or
b.6. Is “specially designed “for built-in test and diagnostics for items controlled by ECCN 9A515.
c. [Reserved]
d. “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, failure analysis or anomaly resolution of commodities controlled by ECCN 9A515.d.
e. “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, failure analysis or anomaly resolution of commodities controlled by ECCN 9A515.e.
f. through x. [Reserved]
y. Specific “software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities enumerated in ECCN 9A515.y.
9D604 “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCN 9A604 or 9B604 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | MT applies to “software,” as described in paragraph .a of this entry, for commodities controlled for MT reasons in ECCN 9A604.c or .d, or ECCN 9B604 | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
9D610 Software “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of military aircraft and related commodities controlled by 9A610, equipment controlled by 9B610, or materials controlled by 9C610 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 9D610.y | NS Column 1. | MT applies to software “specially designed” for the operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled for MT reasons in 9A610 or 9B610 | MT Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 9D610.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 9D610.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry except 9D610.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Software” (other than software controlled in paragraphs .b or .y of this entry) “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCN 9A610, ECCN 9B610, or ECCN 9C610.
b. “Software” “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of any of the following:
b.1. Static structural members;
b.2. Exterior skins, removable fairings, non-removable fairings, radomes, access doors and panels, and in-flight opening doors;
b.3. Control surfaces, leading edges, trailing edges, and leading edge flap seals;
b.4. Leading edge flap actuation system commodities (i.e., power drive units, rotary geared actuators, torque tubes, asymmetry brakes, position sensors, and angle gearboxes) “specially designed” for fighter, attack, or bomber aircraft controlled in USML Category VIII;
b.5. Engine inlets and ducting;
b.6. Fatigue life monitoring systems “specially designed” to relate actual usage to the analytical or design spectrum and to compute amount of fatigue life “specially designed” for aircraft controlled by either USML subcategory VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a, except for Military Commercial Derivative Aircraft;
b.7. Landing gear, and “parts” and “components” “specially designed” therefor, “specially designed” for use in aircraft weighing more than 21,000 pounds controlled by either USML subcategory VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a, except for Military Commercial Derivative Aircraft;
b.8. Conformal fuel tanks and “parts” and “components” “specially designed” therefor;
b.9. Electrical “equipment,” “parts,” and “components” “specially designed” for electro-magnetic interference (EMI)—i.e., conducted emissions, radiated emissions, conducted susceptibility and radiated susceptibility—protection of aircraft that conform to the requirements of MIL-STD-461;
b.10. HOTAS (Hand-on Throttle and Stick) controls, HOCAS (Hands on Collective and Stick), Active Inceptor Systems (i.e., a combination of Active Side Stick Control Assembly, Active Throttle Quadrant Assembly, and Inceptor Control Unit), rudder pedal assemblies for digital flight control systems, and parts and components “specially designed” therefor;
b.11. Integrated Vehicle Health Management Systems (IVHMS), Condition Based Maintenance (CBM) Systems, and Flight Data Monitoring (FDM) systems;
b.12. Equipment “specially designed” for system prognostic and health management of aircraft;
b.13. Active Vibration Control Systems; or
b.14. Self-sealing fuel bladders “specially designed” to pass a .50 caliber or larger gunfire test (MIL-DTL-5578, MIL-DTL-27422).
c. to x. [Reserved]
y. Specific “software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities enumerated in ECCN 9A610.y.
9D619 Software “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation or maintenance of military gas turbine engines and related commodities controlled by 9A619, equipment controlled by 9B619, or materials controlled by 9C619 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 9D619.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 9D619.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 9D619.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry except 9D619.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Software” (other than software controlled in paragraph .b of this entry) “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCN 9A619 (except 9A619.y), ECCN 9B619 (except 9B619.y), or ECCN 9C619.
b. “Software” “specially designed” for the “development” or “production” of any of the following:
b.1. Front, turbine center, and exhaust frames;
b.2. Low pressure compressor (i.e., fan) “components” and “parts” as follows: nose cones, casings, blades, vanes, spools, shrouds, blisks, shafts and disks;
b.3. High pressure compressor “components” and “parts” as follows: casings, blades, vanes, spools, shrouds, blisks, shafts, disks, and impellers;
b.4. Combustor “components” and “parts” as follows: casings, fuel nozzles, swirlers, swirler cups, deswirlers, valve injectors, igniters, diffusers, liners, chambers, cowlings, domes and shells;
b.5. High pressure turbine “components” and “parts” as follows: casings, shafts, disks, blades, vanes, nozzles, and tip shrouds;
b.6. Low pressure turbine “components” and “parts” as follows: casings, shafts, disks, blades, vanes, nozzles, and tip shrouds;
b.7. Augmentor “components” and “parts” as follows: casings, flame holders, spray bars, pilot burners, augmentor fuel controls, flaps (external, convergent, and divergent), guide and syncronization rings, and flame detectors and sensors;
b.8. Mechanical “components” and “parts” as follows: fuel metering units and fuel pump metering units, valves (fuel throttle, main metering, oil flow management), heat exchangers (air/air, fuel/air, fuel/oil), debris monitoring (inlet and exhaust), seals (carbon, labyrinth, brush, balance piston, and knife-edge), permanent magnetic alternator and generator, eddy current sensors;
b.9. Torquemeter assembly (i.e., housing, shaft, reference shaft, and sleeve);
b.10. Digital engine control systems (e.g., Full Authority Digital Engine Controls (FADEC) and Digital Electronic Engine Controls (DEEC)) “specially designed” for gas turbine engines controlled in this ECCN; or
b.11. Engine monitoring systems (i.e., prognostics, diagnostics, and health) “specially designed” for gas turbine engines and components controlled in this ECCN.
c. to x. [Reserved]
y. Specific “software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities enumerated in ECCN 9A619.y or 9B619.y.
9D620 “Software” “specially designed” for cryogenic and “superconductive” equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to “software” for equipment under 9A990 except 9A990.a | AT Column 1 | AT applies to “software” for equipment under 9A990.a only | AT Column 2 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
“Development” or “production” “technology” controlled by 9E001 to 9E003 for gas turbine engines remains controlled when used for repair or overhaul. Excluded from 9E001 to 9E003 control are: technical data, drawings or documentation for maintenance activities directly associated with calibration, removal or replacement of damaged or unserviceable line replaceable units, including replacement of whole engines or engine modules.
Note 2:USML Category XV(f) and ECCNs 9E001, 9E002 and 9E515 do not control the data transmitted to or from a satellite or “spacecraft,” whether real or simulated, when limited to information about the health, operational status, or measurements or function of, or raw sensor output from, the “spacecraft,” “spacecraft” payload(s), or its associated subsystems or components. Such information is not within the scope of information captured within the definition of “technology” in the EAR for purposes of Category 9 Product Group E. Examples of such information, which are commonly referred to as “housekeeping data,” include (i) system, hardware, component configuration, and operation status information pertaining to temperatures, pressures, power, currents, voltages, and battery charges; (ii) “spacecraft” or payload orientation or position information, such as state vector or ephemeris information; (iii) payload raw mission or science output, such as images, spectra, particle measurements, or field measurements; (iv) command responses; (v) accurate timing information; and (vi) link budget data. The act of processing such telemetry data—i.e., converting raw data into engineering units or readable products—or encrypting it does not, in and of itself, cause the telemetry data to become subject to the ITAR or to ECCN 9E515 for purposes of 9A515, or to ECCNs 9E001 or 9E002 for purposes of 9A004. All classified technical data directly related to items controlled in USML Category XV or ECCNs 9A515, and defense services using the classified technical data remains subject to the ITAR. This note does not affect controls in USML XV(f), ECCN 9D515, or ECCN 9E515 on software source code or commands that control a “spacecraft,” payload, or associated subsystems for purposes of 9A515. This note also does not affect controls in ECCNs 9D001, 9D002, 9E001, or 9E002 on software source code or commands that control a “spacecraft,” payload, or associated subsystems for purposes of 9A004.
9E001 “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” of equipment or “software”, controlled by 9A004, 9A012, 9span (except for ECCNs 9B604, 9B610, 9B619, 9B990 and 9B991), or ECCN 9D001 to 9D004, 9D101, or 9D104.| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to “technology” for items controlled by 9A004, 9A012, 9B001 to 9B010, 9D001 to 9D004 for NS reasons | NS Column 1 | MT applies to “technology” for items controlled by 9A012, 9B001, 9B002, 9B003, 9B004, 9B005, 9B007, 9B104, 9B105, 9B106, 9B115, 9B116, 9B117, 9D001, 9D002, 9D003, or 9D004 for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
9E002 “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “production” of “equipment” controlled by ECCN 9A004 or 9span (except for ECCNs 9B117, 9B604, 9B610, 9B619, 9B990, and 9B991).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | MT applies to “technology” for equipment controlled by 9B001, 9B002, 9B003, 9B004, 9B005, 9B007, 9B104, 9B105, 9B106, 9B115 or 9B116 for MT reasons | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
STA: License Exception STA may not be used to ship or transmit any technology in this entry to any of the destinations listed in Country Group A:6 (See Supplement No.1 to part 740 of the EAR).
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
9E003 Other “technology” as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | SI applies to 9E003.a.1 through a.8, .h, .i, and .l | See § 742.14 of the EAR for additional information. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
See § 743.1 of the EAR for reporting requirements for exports under License Exceptions, and Validated End-User authorizations.
STA: License Exception STA may not be used to ship or transmit any technology in 9E003.a.1 to a.5, 9E003.c., 9E003.h, or 9E003.i (other than technology for fan or power turbines) to any of the destinations listed in Country Group A:5 or A:6 (See Supplement No.1 to part 740 of the EAR).
License Exception STA may not be used to ship or transmit any technology in 9E003.k to any of the destinations listed in Country Group A:6 (See Supplement No.1 to part 740 of the EAR).
a. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of any of the following gas turbine engine “parts,” “components” or systems:
a.1. Gas turbine blades, vanes or “tip shrouds”, made from Directionally Solidified (DS) or Single Crystal (SC) alloys and having (in the 001 Miller Index Direction) a stress-rupture life exceeding 400 hours at 1,273 K (1,000 °C) at a stress of 200 MPa, based on the average property values;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 9E003.a.1, stress-rupture life testing is typically conducted on a test specimen.
a.2. Combustors having any of the following:
a.2.a. 'Thermally decoupled liners' designed to operate at 'combustor exit temperature' exceeding 1,883 K (1,610 °C);
a.2.b. Non-metallic liners;
a.2.c. Non-metallic shells; or
a.2.d. Liners designed to operate at 'combustor exit temperature' exceeding 1,883 K (1,610 °C) and having holes that meet the parameters specified by 9E003.c;
a.2.e. Utilizing 'pressure gain combustion';
Technical Note:For the purposes of 9E003.a.2.e, in 'pressure gain combustion' the bulk average stagnation pressure at the combustor outlet is greater than the bulk average stagnation pressure at the combustor inlet due primarily to the combustion process, when the engine is running in a “steady state mode” of operation.
Note:The “required” “technology” for holes in 9E003.a.2 is limited to the derivation of the geometry and location of the holes.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 9E003.a.2.a, 'thermally decoupled liners' are liners that feature at least a support structure designed to carry mechanical loads and a combustion facing structure designed to protect the support structure from the heat of combustion. The combustion facing structure and support structure have independent thermal displacement (mechanical displacement due to thermal load) with respect to one another, i.e., they are thermally decoupled.
2. For the purposes of 9E003.a.2.d, 'combustor exit temperature' is the bulk average gas path total (stagnation) temperature between the combustor exit plane and the leading edge of the turbine inlet guide vane (i.e., measured at engine station T40 as defined in SAE ARP 755A) when the engine is running in a “steady state mode” of operation at the certificated maximum continuous operating temperature.
N.span.:See 9E003.c for “technology” “required” for manufacturing cooling holes.
a.3. “Parts” or “components,” that are any of the following:
a.3.a. Manufactured from organic “composite” materials designed to operate above 588 K (315 °C);
a.3.b. Manufactured from any of the following:
a.3.b.1. Metal “matrix” “composites” reinforced by any of the following:
a.3.b.1.a. Materials controlled by 1C007;
a.3.b.1.b. “Fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1C010; or
a.3.b.1.c. Aluminides specified by 1C002.a; or
a.3.b.2. Ceramic “matrix” “composites” specified by 1C007; or
a.3.c. Stators, vanes, blades, tip seals (shrouds), rotating blings, rotating blisks or 'splitter ducts', that are all of the following:
a.3.c.1. Not specified in 9E003.a.3.a;
a.3.c.2. Designed for compressors or fans; and
a.3.c.3. Manufactured from material controlled by 1C010.e with resins controlled by 1C008;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 9E003.a.3.c, a 'splitter duct' performs the initial separation of the air-mass flow between the bypass and core sections of the engine.
a.4. Uncooled turbine blades, vanes or “tip shrouds” designed to operate at a 'gas path temperature' of 1,373 K (1,100 °C) or more;
a.5. Cooled turbine blades, vanes or “tip shrouds”, other than those described in 9E003.a.1, designed to operate at a 'gas path temperature' of 1,693 K (1,420 °C) or more;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 9E003.a.5, 'gas path temperature' is the bulk average gas path total (stagnation) temperature at the leading-edge plane of the turbine component when the engine is running in a “steady state mode” of operation at the certificated or specified maximum continuous operating temperature.
a.6. Airfoil-to-disk blade combinations using solid state joining;
a.7. [Reserved]
a.8. 'Damage tolerant' gas turbine engine rotor “parts” or “components” using powder metallurgy materials controlled by 1C002.b; or
Technical Note:For the purposes of 9E003.a.8, 'damage tolerant' “parts” and “components” are designed using methodology and substantiation to predict and limit crack growth.
a.9. [Reserved]
N.span.:For “FADEC systems”, see 9E003.h.
a.10. [Reserved]
N.span.:For adjustable flow path geometry, see 9E003.i.
a.11. 'Fan blades' having all of the following:
a.11.a. 20% or more of the total volume being one or more closed cavities containing vacuum or gas only; and
a.11.b. One or more closed cavities having a volume of 5 cm 3 or larger;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 9E003.a.11, a 'fan blade' is the aerofoil portion of the rotating stage or stages, which provide both compressor and bypass flow in a gas turbine engine.
b. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of any of the following:
b.1. Wind tunnel aero-models equipped with non-intrusive sensors capable of transmitting data from the sensors to the data acquisition system; or
b.2. “Composite” propeller blades or prop-fans, capable of absorbing more than 2,000 kW at flight speeds exceeding Mach 0.55;
c. “Technology” “required” for manufacturing cooling holes in gas turbine engine “parts” or “components” incorporating any of the “technologies” specified by 9E003.a.1, 9E003.a.2, or 9E003.a.5, and having any of the following:
c.1. Having all of the following:
c.1.a. Minimum 'cross-sectional area' less than 0.45 mm 2;
c.1.b. 'Hole shape ratio' greater than 4.52; and
c.1.c. 'Incidence angle' equal to or less than 25°; or
c.2. Having all of the following:
c.2.a. Minimum 'cross-sectional area' less than 0.12 mm 2;
c.2.b. 'Hole shape ratio' greater than 5.65; and
c.2.c. 'Incidence angle' more than 25°;
Note:9E003.c does not apply to “technology” for manufacturing constant radius cylindrical holes that are straight through and enter and exit on the external surfaces of the component.
Technical Notes:1. For the purposes of 9E003.c, the 'cross-sectional area' is the area of the hole in the plane perpendicular to the hole axis.
2. For the purposes of 9E003.c, 'hole shape ratio' is the nominal length of the axis of the hole divided by the square root of its minimum 'cross-sectional area'.
3. For the purposes of 9E003.c, 'incidence angle' is the acute angle measured between the plane tangential to the airfoil surface and the hole axis at the point where the hole axis enters the airfoil surface.
4. For the purposes of 9E003.c, methods for manufacturing holes include “laser” beam machining, water jet machining, Electro-Chemical Machining (ECM) or Electrical Discharge Machining (EDM).
d. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of helicopter power transfer systems or tilt rotor or tilt wing “aircraft” power transfer systems;
e. “Technology” for the “development” or “production” of reciprocating diesel engine ground vehicle propulsion systems having all of the following:
e.1. 'Box volume' of 1.2 m 3 or less;
e.2. An overall power output of more than 750 kW based on 80/1269/EEC, ISO 2534 or national equivalents; and
e.3. Power density of more than 700 kW/m 3 of 'box volume';
Technical Note:For the purposes of 9E003.e.1., 'box volume' is the product of three perpendicular dimensions measured in the following way:
Length: The length of the crankshaft from front flange to flywheel face;
Width: The widest of any of the following:
a. The outside dimension from valve cover to valve cover;
b. The dimensions of the outside edges of the cylinder heads; or
c. The diameter of the flywheel housing;
Height: The largest of any of the following:
a. The dimension of the crankshaft center-line to the top plane of the valve cover (or cylinder head) plus twice the stroke; or
b. The diameter of the flywheel housing.
f. “Technology” “required” for the “production” of “specially designed” “parts” or “components” for high output diesel engines, as follows:
f.1. “Technology” “required” for the “production” of engine systems having all of the following “parts” and “components” employing ceramics materials controlled by 1C007:
f.1.a Cylinder liners;
f.1.b. Pistons;
f.1.c. Cylinder heads; and
f.1.d. One or more other “part” or “component” (including exhaust ports, turbochargers, valve guides, valve assemblies or insulated fuel injectors);
f.2. “Technology” “required” for the “production” of turbocharger systems with single-stage compressors and having all of the following:
f.2.a. Operating at pressure ratios of 4:1 or higher;
f.2.b. Mass flow in the range from 30 to 130 kg per minute; and
f.2.c. Variable flow area capability within the compressor or turbine sections;
f.3. “Technology” “required” for the “production” of fuel injection systems with a “specially designed” multifuel (e.g., diesel or jet fuel) capability covering a viscosity range from diesel fuel (2.5 cSt at 310.8 K (37.8 °C)) down to gasoline fuel (0.5 cSt at 310.8 K (37.8 °C)) and having all of the following:
f.3.a. Injection amount in excess of 230 mm 3 per injection per cylinder; and
f.3.b. Electronic control features “specially designed” for switching governor characteristics automatically depending on fuel property to provide the same torque characteristics by using the appropriate sensors;
g. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of 'high output diesel engines' for solid, gas phase or liquid film (or combinations thereof) cylinder wall lubrication and permitting operation to temperatures exceeding 723 K (450 °C), measured on the cylinder wall at the top limit of travel of the top ring of the piston;
Technical Note:For the purposes of 9E003.g, 'high output diesel engines' are diesel engines with a specified brake mean effective pressure of 1.8 MPa or more at a speed of 2,300 r.p.m., provided the rated speed is 2,300 r.p.m. or more.
h. “Technology” for gas turbine engine “FADEC systems” as follows:
h.1. “Development” “technology” for deriving the functional requirements for the “parts” or “components” necessary for the “FADEC system” to regulate engine thrust or shaft power (e.g., feedback sensor time constants and accuracies, fuel valve slew rate);
h.2. “Development” or “production” “technology” for control and diagnostic “parts” or “components” unique to the “FADEC system” and used to regulate engine thrust or shaft power;
h.3. “Development” “technology” for the control law algorithms, including “source code”, unique to the “FADEC system” and used to regulate engine thrust or shaft power;
Note:9E003.h does not apply to technology related to engine-“aircraft” integration required by civil aviation authorities of one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States (See Supplement No. 1 to part 743 of the EAR) to be published for general airline use (e.g., installation manuals, operating instructions, instructions for continued airworthiness) or interface functions (e.g., input/output processing, airframe thrust or shaft power demand).
i. “Technology” for adjustable flow path systems designed to maintain engine stability for gas generator turbines, fan or power turbines, or propelling nozzles, as follows:
i.1. “Development” “technology” for deriving the functional requirements for the “parts” or “components” that maintain engine stability;
i.2. “Development” or “production” “technology” for “parts” or “components” unique to the adjustable flow path system and that maintain engine stability;
i.3. “Development” “technology” for the control law algorithms, including “source code”, unique to the adjustable flow path system and that maintain engine stability;
Note:9E003.i does not apply to “technology” for any of the following:
a. Inlet guide vanes;
b. Variable pitch fans or prop-fans;
c. Variable compressor vanes;
d. Compressor bleed valves; or
e. Adjustable flow path geometry for reverse thrust.
j. “Technology” “required” for the “development” of wing-folding systems designed for fixed-wing “aircraft” powered by gas turbine engines.
N.span.:For “technology” “required” for the “development” of wing-folding systems designed for fixed-wing “aircraft” specified in USML Category VIII (a), see USML Category VIII (i).
k. “Technology”, not specified in 9E003.a, 9E003.h, or 9E003.i, “required” for the “development” of any of the following components or systems, “specially designed” for aero gas turbine engines to enable “aircraft” to cruise at Mach 1 or greater for more than 30 minutes:
k.1. Propulsion inlet systems;
k.2. Propulsion exhaust systems;
k.3. 'Reheat systems';
k.4. 'Active thermal management systems' to condition fluids used to lubricate or cool 'engine rotor supports';
k.5. Oil-free 'engine rotor supports'; or
k.6. Systems to remove heat from 'compression system' core gas path flow.
Technical Notes:For the purposes of 9E003.k:
1. Propulsion inlet systems include core flow pre-coolers.
2. 'Reheat systems' provide additional thrust by combusting fuel in exhaust and/or bypass flow downstream of the last turbomachinery stage. 'Reheat systems' are also referred to as afterburners.
3. 'Active thermal management systems' employ methods other than passive oil-to-air cooling or oil-to-fuel cooling, such as vapor cycle systems.
4. 'Compression system' is any stage or combination of stages between the engine inlet face and the combustor that increases gas path pressure through mechanical work.
5. An 'engine rotor support' is the bearing supporting the main engine shaft that drives the compression system or turbine rotors.
N.span. 1See 9E003.h, for engine control technology.
N.span. 2See 9E003.i, for adjustable flow path systems technology.
l. “Technology” not otherwise controlled in 9E003.a.1 through a.8, a.10, and .h and used in the “development”, “production”, or overhaul of hot section “parts” or “components” of civil derivatives of military engines controlled on the U.S. Munitions List.
9E018 “Technology” for the “development,” “production,” or “use” of equipment controlled by 9A018.(a) See ECCN 9E610 for “technology” related to aircraft, refuelers, ground equipment, parachutes, harnesses, instrument flight trainers and “parts”, “accessories” and “attachments” for the forgoing that, immediately prior to October 15, 2013, were classified under 9A018.a.1, .a.3, .c, .d, .e, or .f.
(b) See ECCN 9E619 for “technology” related to military trainer aircraft turbo prop engines and “parts” and “components” therefor that, immediately prior to October 15, 2013, were classified under ECCN 9A018.a.2 or .a.3.
(c) Technology related to certain armored ground transport vehicles that prior to January 6, 2014 were classified under ECCN 9A018.b is EAR99 (See 0E606).
9E101 “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of commodities or “software” controlled by ECCN 9A012 (applies only to “production” “technology” for MT-controlled items in 9A012), 9A101 (except for items in 9A101.b that are “subject to the ITAR,” see 22 Cspan part 121), 9A106.d or .e, 9A110 (for items that are “specially designed” for non-military unmanned aerial vehicles controlled by 9A012), 9C110, 9D101, or 9D104.| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | MT applies to entire entry | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 9E515.y | NS Column 1. | MT applies to technology for items in 9A515.d, 9A515.e.2, 9A515.h, and 9B515.a controlled for MT reasons | MT Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 9E515.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 9E515.y, except to Russia for use in, with, or for the International Space Station (ISS), including launch to the ISS | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
The Commerce Country Chart is not used for determining license requirements for “technology” classified ECCN 9E515.f. See § 742.6(a)(9), which specifies that such “technology” is subject to a worldwide license requirement.
a. “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” installation, repair (including on-orbit anomaly resolution and analysis beyond established procedures), overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by ECCN 9A515 (except 9A515.a.1, .a.2, .a.3, .a.4, .b, .d, .e, or .g), ECCN 9B515, or “software” controlled by ECCN 9D515.a.
b. “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” failure analysis or anomaly resolution of software controlled by ECCN 9D515.b.
c. [Reserved]
d. “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, failure analysis or anomaly resolution of commodities controlled by ECCN 9A515.d.
e. “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” failure analysis or anomaly resolution of commodities controlled by ECCN 9A515.e.
f. “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” installation, repair (including on-orbit anomaly resolution and analysis beyond established procedures), overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by ECCN 9A515.a.1, .a.2, .a.3, .a.4, or .g.
g. through x. [Reserved]
y. Specific “technology” “required” for the “production,” “development,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities or software enumerated in ECCN 9A515.y or 9D515.y.
Note 1:[Reserved]
Note 2:Activities and technology/technical data directly related to or required for the spaceflight (e.g., sub-orbital, orbital, lunar, interplanetary, or otherwise beyond Earth orbit) passenger or participant experience, regardless of whether the passenger or participant experience is for space tourism, scientific or commercial research, commercial manufacturing/production activities, educational, media, or commercial transportation purposes, are not subject to the ITAR or the EAR. Such activities and technology/technical data include those directly related to or required for:
(i) “Spacecraft” access, ingress, and egress, including the operation of all “spacecraft” doors, hatches, and airlocks;
(ii) Physiological training (e.g., human-rated centrifuge training or parabolic flights, pressure suit or spacesuit training/operation);
(iii) Medical evaluation or assessment of the spaceflight passenger or participant;
(iv) Training for and operation by the passenger or participant of health and safety related hardware (e.g., seating, environmental control and life support, hygiene facilities, food preparation, exercise equipment, fire suppression, communications equipment, safety-related clothing or headgear) or emergency procedures;
(v) Viewing of the interior and exterior of the spacecraft or terrestrial mock-ups;
(vi) Observing “spacecraft” operations (e.g., pre-flight checks, landing, in-flight status);
(vii) Training in “spacecraft” or terrestrial mock-ups for connecting to or operating passenger or participant equipment used for purposes other than operating the “spacecraft”; or
(viii) Donning, wearing or utilizing the passenger's or participant's flight suit, pressure suit or spacesuit, and personal equipment.
9E604 “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled by ECCN 9A604 or 9B604, or “software” controlled by ECCN 9D604 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | MT applies to “technology,” as described in paragraph .a of this entry, for commodities and “software” controlled for MT reasons in ECCN 9A604, 9B604 or 9D604 | MT Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
b. [Reserved]
9E610 Technology “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of military aircraft and related commodities controlled by 9A610, equipment controlled by 9B610, materials controlled by 9C610, or software controlled by 9D610 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 9E610.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 9E610.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 9E610.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | MT applies to “technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities or software controlled for MT reasons in 9A610, 9B610, or 9D610 for MT reasons | MT Column 1. | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry except 9E610.y | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Technology” (other than technology controlled by paragraphs .b or .y of this entry) “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities or software controlled by ECCN 9A610, 9B610, 9C610, or 9D610.
Note:“Build-to-print technology” “required” for the “production” of items described in paragraphs b.1 through b.15 of this entry is classified under 9E610.a.
b. “Technology” (other than “build-to-print technology”) “required” for the “development” or “production” of any of the following:
b.1. Static structural members;
b.2. Exterior skins, removable fairings, non-removable fairings, radomes, access doors and panels, and in-flight opening doors;
b.3. Control surfaces, leading edges, trailing edges, and leading edge flap seals;
b.4. Leading edge flap actuation system commodities (i.e., power drive units, rotary geared actuators, torque tubes, asymmetry brakes, position sensors, and angle gearboxes) “specially designed” for fighter, attack, or bomber aircraft controlled in USML Category VIII;
b.5. Engine inlets and ducting;
b.6. Fatigue life monitoring systems “specially designed” to relate actual usage to the analytical or design spectrum and to compute amount of fatigue life “specially designed” for aircraft controlled by either USML subcategory VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a, except for Military Commercial Derivative Aircraft;
b.7. Landing gear, and “parts” and “components” “specially designed” therefor, “specially designed” for use in aircraft weighing more than 21,000 pounds controlled by either USML subcategory VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a, except for Military Commercial Derivative Aircraft;
b.8. Conformal fuel tanks and “parts” and “components” “specially designed” therefor;
b.9. Electrical “equipment,” “parts,” and “components” “specially designed” for electro-magnetic interference (EMI)—i.e., conducted emissions, radiated emissions, conducted susceptibility and radiated susceptibility—protection of aircraft that conform to the requirements of MIL-STD-461;
b.10. HOTAS (Hand-on Throttle and Stick) controls, HOCAS (Hands on Collective and Stick), Active Inceptor Systems (i.e., a combination of Active Side Stick Control Assembly, Active Throttle Quadrant Assembly, and Inceptor Control Unit), rudder pedal assemblies for digital flight control systems, and parts and components “specially designed” therefor;
b.11. Integrated Vehicle Health Management Systems (IVHMS), Condition Based Maintenance (CBM) Systems, and Flight Data Monitoring (FDM) systems;
b.12. Equipment “specially designed” for system prognostic and health management of aircraft;
b.13. Active Vibration Control Systems;
b.14. Self-sealing fuel bladders “specially designed” to pass a .50 caliber or larger gunfire test (MIL-DTL-5578, MIL-DTL-27422); or
b.15. Technology “required” for the “development” or “production” of “parts” or “components” controlled in 9A610.x and “specially designed” for damage or failure-adaptive flight control systems controlled in Category VIII(h)(7) of the USML.
c. through x. [Reserved]
y. Specific “technology” “required” for the “production,” “development,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities or software enumerated in ECCN 9A610.y or 9D610.y.
9E619 “Technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of military gas turbine engines and related commodities controlled by 9A619, equipment controlled by 9B619, materials controlled by 9C619, or software controlled by 9D619 (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry except 9E619.y | NS Column 1. | RS applies to entire entry except 9E619.y | RS Column 1. | RS applies to 9E619.y | China, Russia, or Venezuela (see § 742.6(a)(7)). | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. | UN applies to entire entry except 9E619.y | See § 746.1(b)
for UN controls. |
|---|
a. “Technology” (other than “technology” controlled by paragraphs .b and .c of this entry) “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishment of items controlled by ECCN 9A619 (except 9A619.y), ECCN 9B619 (except 9B619.y), ECCN 9C619, or ECCN 9D619 (except 9D619.y).
Note:“Build-to-print technology” “required” for the “production” of items described in paragraphs b.1 through b.10 of this entry is classified under 9E619.a.
b. “Technology” (other than “build-to-print technology”) “required” for the “development” or “production” of any of the following:
b.1. Front, turbine center, and exhaust frames;
b.2. Low pressure compressor (i.e., fan) “components” and “parts” as follows: Nose cones and casings;
b.3. High pressure compressor “components” and “parts” as follows: Casings;
b.4. Combustor “components” and “parts” as follows: Casings, fuel nozzles, swirlers, swirler cups, deswirlers, valve injectors, and igniters;
b.5. High pressure turbine “components” and “parts” as follows: Casings
b.6. Low pressure turbine “components” and “parts” as follows: Casings;
b.7. Augmentor “components” and “parts” as follows: Casings, flame holders, spray bars, pilot burners, augmentor fuel controls, flaps (external, convergent, and divergent), guide and syncronization rings, and flame detectors and sensors;
b.8. Mechanical “components” and “parts” as follows: Fuel metering units and fuel pump metering units, valves (fuel throttle, main metering, oil flow management), heat exchangers (air/air, fuel/air, fuel/oil), debris monitoring (inlet and exhaust), seals (carbon, labyrinth, brush, balance piston, and “knife-edge”), permanent magnetic alternator and generator, eddy current sensors;
b.9. Torquemeter assembly (i.e., housing, shaft, reference shaft, and sleeve); or
b.10. Materials controlled by ECCN 9C619.b.
c. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of any of the following:
c.1. Low pressure compressor (i.e., fan) “components” and “parts” as follows: blades, vanes, spools, shrouds, blisks, shafts and disks;
c.2. High pressure compressor “components” and “parts” as follows: blades, vanes, spools, shrouds, blisks, shafts, disks, and impellers;
c.3. Combustor “components” and “parts” as follows: diffusers, liners, chambers, cowlings, domes and shells;
c.4. High pressure turbine “components” and “parts” as follows: shafts and disks, blades, vanes, nozzles, tip shrouds;
c.5. Low pressure turbine “components” and “parts” as follows: shafts and disks, blades, vanes, nozzles, tip shrouds;
c.6. Digital engine control systems (e.g., Full Authority Digital Engine Controls (FADEC) and Digital Electronic Engine Controls (DEEC)) “specially designed” for gas turbine engines controlled in this ECCN; or
c.7. Engine monitoring systems (i.e., prognostics, diagnostics, and health) “specially designed” for gas turbine engines and components controlled in this ECCN.
d. through x. [Reserved]
y. Specific “technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishment of commodities controlled by 9A619.y or 9B619.y, or “software” controlled by ECCN 9D619.y.
9E620 Technology “required” for cryogenic and “superconductive” equipment, as follows (see List of Items Controlled).| Control(s) | Country chart
(see Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | NS applies to entire entry | NS Column 1 | RS applies to entire entry | RS Column 1 | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 | UN applies to entire entry | See § 746.1(b) for UN controls |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to “technology” for equipment under 9A990 and 9B990 except 9A990.a | AT Column 1 | AT applies to “technology” for equipment under 9A990.a only | AT Column 2 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1 |
|---|
| Control(s) | Country Chart (See Supp. No. 1 to part 738) | AT applies to entire entry | AT Column 1. |
|---|
b. Gas bearing for turbine engine rotor assemblies.
EAR99 Items subject to the EAR that are not elsewhere specified in this CCL Category or in any other category in the CCL are designated by the number EAR99.